| Server IP : 170.10.162.208 / Your IP : 216.73.216.181 Web Server : LiteSpeed System : Linux altar19.supremepanel19.com 4.18.0-553.69.1.lve.el8.x86_64 #1 SMP Wed Aug 13 19:53:59 UTC 2025 x86_64 User : deltahospital ( 1806) PHP Version : 7.4.33 Disable Function : NONE MySQL : OFF | cURL : ON | WGET : ON | Perl : ON | Python : ON | Sudo : OFF | Pkexec : OFF Directory : /var/tmp/ |
Upload File : |
<?php
/**
* HTTP API: WP_Http class
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage HTTP
* @since 2.7.0
*/
if ( ! class_exists( 'WpOrg\Requests\Autoload' ) ) {
require ABSPATH . WPINC . '/Requests/src/Autoload.php';
WpOrg\Requests\Autoload::register();
WpOrg\Requests\Requests::set_certificate_path( ABSPATH . WPINC . '/certificates/ca-bundle.crt' );
}
/**
* Core class used for managing HTTP transports and making HTTP requests.
*
* This class is used to consistently make outgoing HTTP requests easy for developers
* while still being compatible with the many PHP configurations under which
* WordPress runs.
*
* Debugging includes several actions, which pass different variables for debugging the HTTP API.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*/
#[AllowDynamicProperties]
class WP_Http {
// Aliases for HTTP response codes.
const HTTP_CONTINUE = 100;
const SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS = 101;
const PROCESSING = 102;
const EARLY_HINTS = 103;
const OK = 200;
const CREATED = 201;
const ACCEPTED = 202;
const NON_AUTHORITATIVE_INFORMATION = 203;
const NO_CONTENT = 204;
const RESET_CONTENT = 205;
const PARTIAL_CONTENT = 206;
const MULTI_STATUS = 207;
const IM_USED = 226;
const MULTIPLE_CHOICES = 300;
const MOVED_PERMANENTLY = 301;
const FOUND = 302;
const SEE_OTHER = 303;
const NOT_MODIFIED = 304;
const USE_PROXY = 305;
const RESERVED = 306;
const TEMPORARY_REDIRECT = 307;
const PERMANENT_REDIRECT = 308;
const BAD_REQUEST = 400;
const UNAUTHORIZED = 401;
const PAYMENT_REQUIRED = 402;
const FORBIDDEN = 403;
const NOT_FOUND = 404;
const METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED = 405;
const NOT_ACCEPTABLE = 406;
const PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED = 407;
const REQUEST_TIMEOUT = 408;
const CONFLICT = 409;
const GONE = 410;
const LENGTH_REQUIRED = 411;
const PRECONDITION_FAILED = 412;
const REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE = 413;
const REQUEST_URI_TOO_LONG = 414;
const UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE = 415;
const REQUESTED_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE = 416;
const EXPECTATION_FAILED = 417;
const IM_A_TEAPOT = 418;
const MISDIRECTED_REQUEST = 421;
const UNPROCESSABLE_ENTITY = 422;
const LOCKED = 423;
const FAILED_DEPENDENCY = 424;
const UPGRADE_REQUIRED = 426;
const PRECONDITION_REQUIRED = 428;
const TOO_MANY_REQUESTS = 429;
const REQUEST_HEADER_FIELDS_TOO_LARGE = 431;
const UNAVAILABLE_FOR_LEGAL_REASONS = 451;
const INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR = 500;
const NOT_IMPLEMENTED = 501;
const BAD_GATEWAY = 502;
const SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE = 503;
const GATEWAY_TIMEOUT = 504;
const HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED = 505;
const VARIANT_ALSO_NEGOTIATES = 506;
const INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE = 507;
const NOT_EXTENDED = 510;
const NETWORK_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED = 511;
/**
* Send an HTTP request to a URI.
*
* Please note: The only URI that are supported in the HTTP Transport implementation
* are the HTTP and HTTPS protocols.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $url The request URL.
* @param string|array $args {
* Optional. Array or string of HTTP request arguments.
*
* @type string $method Request method. Accepts 'GET', 'POST', 'HEAD', 'PUT', 'DELETE',
* 'TRACE', 'OPTIONS', or 'PATCH'.
* Some transports technically allow others, but should not be
* assumed. Default 'GET'.
* @type float $timeout How long the connection should stay open in seconds. Default 5.
* @type int $redirection Number of allowed redirects. Not supported by all transports.
* Default 5.
* @type string $httpversion Version of the HTTP protocol to use. Accepts '1.0' and '1.1'.
* Default '1.0'.
* @type string $user-agent User-agent value sent.
* Default 'WordPress/' . get_bloginfo( 'version' ) . '; ' . get_bloginfo( 'url' ).
* @type bool $reject_unsafe_urls Whether to pass URLs through wp_http_validate_url().
* Default false.
* @type bool $blocking Whether the calling code requires the result of the request.
* If set to false, the request will be sent to the remote server,
* and processing returned to the calling code immediately, the caller
* will know if the request succeeded or failed, but will not receive
* any response from the remote server. Default true.
* @type string|array $headers Array or string of headers to send with the request.
* Default empty array.
* @type array $cookies List of cookies to send with the request. Default empty array.
* @type string|array $body Body to send with the request. Default null.
* @type bool $compress Whether to compress the $body when sending the request.
* Default false.
* @type bool $decompress Whether to decompress a compressed response. If set to false and
* compressed content is returned in the response anyway, it will
* need to be separately decompressed. Default true.
* @type bool $sslverify Whether to verify SSL for the request. Default true.
* @type string $sslcertificates Absolute path to an SSL certificate .crt file.
* Default ABSPATH . WPINC . '/certificates/ca-bundle.crt'.
* @type bool $stream Whether to stream to a file. If set to true and no filename was
* given, it will be dropped it in the WP temp dir and its name will
* be set using the basename of the URL. Default false.
* @type string $filename Filename of the file to write to when streaming. $stream must be
* set to true. Default null.
* @type int $limit_response_size Size in bytes to limit the response to. Default null.
*
* }
* @return array|WP_Error Array containing 'headers', 'body', 'response', 'cookies', 'filename'.
* A WP_Error instance upon error.
*/
public function request( $url, $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array(
'method' => 'GET',
/**
* Filters the timeout value for an HTTP request.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 5.1.0 The `$url` parameter was added.
*
* @param float $timeout_value Time in seconds until a request times out. Default 5.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
'timeout' => apply_filters( 'http_request_timeout', 5, $url ),
/**
* Filters the number of redirects allowed during an HTTP request.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 5.1.0 The `$url` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $redirect_count Number of redirects allowed. Default 5.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
'redirection' => apply_filters( 'http_request_redirection_count', 5, $url ),
/**
* Filters the version of the HTTP protocol used in a request.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 5.1.0 The `$url` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $version Version of HTTP used. Accepts '1.0' and '1.1'. Default '1.0'.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
'httpversion' => apply_filters( 'http_request_version', '1.0', $url ),
/**
* Filters the user agent value sent with an HTTP request.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 5.1.0 The `$url` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $user_agent WordPress user agent string.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
'user-agent' => apply_filters( 'http_headers_useragent', 'WordPress/' . get_bloginfo( 'version' ) . '; ' . get_bloginfo( 'url' ), $url ),
/**
* Filters whether to pass URLs through wp_http_validate_url() in an HTTP request.
*
* @since 3.6.0
* @since 5.1.0 The `$url` parameter was added.
*
* @param bool $pass_url Whether to pass URLs through wp_http_validate_url(). Default false.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
'reject_unsafe_urls' => apply_filters( 'http_request_reject_unsafe_urls', false, $url ),
'blocking' => true,
'headers' => array(),
'cookies' => array(),
'body' => null,
'compress' => false,
'decompress' => true,
'sslverify' => true,
'sslcertificates' => ABSPATH . WPINC . '/certificates/ca-bundle.crt',
'stream' => false,
'filename' => null,
'limit_response_size' => null,
);
// Pre-parse for the HEAD checks.
$args = wp_parse_args( $args );
// By default, HEAD requests do not cause redirections.
if ( isset( $args['method'] ) && 'HEAD' === $args['method'] ) {
$defaults['redirection'] = 0;
}
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
/**
* Filters the arguments used in an HTTP request.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param array $parsed_args An array of HTTP request arguments.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
$parsed_args = apply_filters( 'http_request_args', $parsed_args, $url );
// The transports decrement this, store a copy of the original value for loop purposes.
if ( ! isset( $parsed_args['_redirection'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['_redirection'] = $parsed_args['redirection'];
}
/**
* Filters the preemptive return value of an HTTP request.
*
* Returning a non-false value from the filter will short-circuit the HTTP request and return
* early with that value. A filter should return one of:
*
* - An array containing 'headers', 'body', 'response', 'cookies', and 'filename' elements
* - A WP_Error instance
* - boolean false to avoid short-circuiting the response
*
* Returning any other value may result in unexpected behavior.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param false|array|WP_Error $response A preemptive return value of an HTTP request. Default false.
* @param array $parsed_args HTTP request arguments.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
$pre = apply_filters( 'pre_http_request', false, $parsed_args, $url );
if ( false !== $pre ) {
return $pre;
}
if ( function_exists( 'wp_kses_bad_protocol' ) ) {
if ( $parsed_args['reject_unsafe_urls'] ) {
$url = wp_http_validate_url( $url );
}
if ( $url ) {
$url = wp_kses_bad_protocol( $url, array( 'http', 'https', 'ssl' ) );
}
}
$parsed_url = parse_url( $url );
if ( empty( $url ) || empty( $parsed_url['scheme'] ) ) {
$response = new WP_Error( 'http_request_failed', __( 'A valid URL was not provided.' ) );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-http.php */
do_action( 'http_api_debug', $response, 'response', 'WpOrg\Requests\Requests', $parsed_args, $url );
return $response;
}
if ( $this->block_request( $url ) ) {
$response = new WP_Error( 'http_request_not_executed', __( 'User has blocked requests through HTTP.' ) );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-http.php */
do_action( 'http_api_debug', $response, 'response', 'WpOrg\Requests\Requests', $parsed_args, $url );
return $response;
}
// If we are streaming to a file but no filename was given drop it in the WP temp dir
// and pick its name using the basename of the $url.
if ( $parsed_args['stream'] ) {
if ( empty( $parsed_args['filename'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['filename'] = get_temp_dir() . basename( $url );
}
// Force some settings if we are streaming to a file and check for existence
// and perms of destination directory.
$parsed_args['blocking'] = true;
if ( ! wp_is_writable( dirname( $parsed_args['filename'] ) ) ) {
$response = new WP_Error( 'http_request_failed', __( 'Destination directory for file streaming does not exist or is not writable.' ) );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-http.php */
do_action( 'http_api_debug', $response, 'response', 'WpOrg\Requests\Requests', $parsed_args, $url );
return $response;
}
}
if ( is_null( $parsed_args['headers'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['headers'] = array();
}
// WP allows passing in headers as a string, weirdly.
if ( ! is_array( $parsed_args['headers'] ) ) {
$processed_headers = WP_Http::processHeaders( $parsed_args['headers'] );
$parsed_args['headers'] = $processed_headers['headers'];
}
// Setup arguments.
$headers = $parsed_args['headers'];
$data = $parsed_args['body'];
$type = $parsed_args['method'];
$options = array(
'timeout' => $parsed_args['timeout'],
'useragent' => $parsed_args['user-agent'],
'blocking' => $parsed_args['blocking'],
'hooks' => new WP_HTTP_Requests_Hooks( $url, $parsed_args ),
);
// Ensure redirects follow browser behavior.
$options['hooks']->register( 'requests.before_redirect', array( get_class(), 'browser_redirect_compatibility' ) );
// Validate redirected URLs.
if ( function_exists( 'wp_kses_bad_protocol' ) && $parsed_args['reject_unsafe_urls'] ) {
$options['hooks']->register( 'requests.before_redirect', array( get_class(), 'validate_redirects' ) );
}
if ( $parsed_args['stream'] ) {
$options['filename'] = $parsed_args['filename'];
}
if ( empty( $parsed_args['redirection'] ) ) {
$options['follow_redirects'] = false;
} else {
$options['redirects'] = $parsed_args['redirection'];
}
// Use byte limit, if we can.
if ( isset( $parsed_args['limit_response_size'] ) ) {
$options['max_bytes'] = $parsed_args['limit_response_size'];
}
// If we've got cookies, use and convert them to WpOrg\Requests\Cookie.
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['cookies'] ) ) {
$options['cookies'] = WP_Http::normalize_cookies( $parsed_args['cookies'] );
}
// SSL certificate handling.
if ( ! $parsed_args['sslverify'] ) {
$options['verify'] = false;
$options['verifyname'] = false;
} else {
$options['verify'] = $parsed_args['sslcertificates'];
}
// All non-GET/HEAD requests should put the arguments in the form body.
if ( 'HEAD' !== $type && 'GET' !== $type ) {
$options['data_format'] = 'body';
}
/**
* Filters whether SSL should be verified for non-local requests.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @since 5.1.0 The `$url` parameter was added.
*
* @param bool|string $ssl_verify Boolean to control whether to verify the SSL connection
* or path to an SSL certificate.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
$options['verify'] = apply_filters( 'https_ssl_verify', $options['verify'], $url );
// Check for proxies.
$proxy = new WP_HTTP_Proxy();
if ( $proxy->is_enabled() && $proxy->send_through_proxy( $url ) ) {
$options['proxy'] = new WpOrg\Requests\Proxy\Http( $proxy->host() . ':' . $proxy->port() );
if ( $proxy->use_authentication() ) {
$options['proxy']->use_authentication = true;
$options['proxy']->user = $proxy->username();
$options['proxy']->pass = $proxy->password();
}
}
// Avoid issues where mbstring.func_overload is enabled.
mbstring_binary_safe_encoding();
try {
$requests_response = WpOrg\Requests\Requests::request( $url, $headers, $data, $type, $options );
// Convert the response into an array.
$http_response = new WP_HTTP_Requests_Response( $requests_response, $parsed_args['filename'] );
$response = $http_response->to_array();
// Add the original object to the array.
$response['http_response'] = $http_response;
} catch ( WpOrg\Requests\Exception $e ) {
$response = new WP_Error( 'http_request_failed', $e->getMessage() );
}
reset_mbstring_encoding();
/**
* Fires after an HTTP API response is received and before the response is returned.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response or WP_Error object.
* @param string $context Context under which the hook is fired.
* @param string $class HTTP transport used.
* @param array $parsed_args HTTP request arguments.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
do_action( 'http_api_debug', $response, 'response', 'WpOrg\Requests\Requests', $parsed_args, $url );
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) ) {
return $response;
}
if ( ! $parsed_args['blocking'] ) {
return array(
'headers' => array(),
'body' => '',
'response' => array(
'code' => false,
'message' => false,
),
'cookies' => array(),
'http_response' => null,
);
}
/**
* Filters a successful HTTP API response immediately before the response is returned.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param array $response HTTP response.
* @param array $parsed_args HTTP request arguments.
* @param string $url The request URL.
*/
return apply_filters( 'http_response', $response, $parsed_args, $url );
}
/**
* Normalizes cookies for using in Requests.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param array $cookies Array of cookies to send with the request.
* @return WpOrg\Requests\Cookie\Jar Cookie holder object.
*/
public static function normalize_cookies( $cookies ) {
$cookie_jar = new WpOrg\Requests\Cookie\Jar();
foreach ( $cookies as $name => $value ) {
if ( $value instanceof WP_Http_Cookie ) {
$attributes = array_filter(
$value->get_attributes(),
static function( $attr ) {
return null !== $attr;
}
);
$cookie_jar[ $value->name ] = new WpOrg\Requests\Cookie( $value->name, $value->value, $attributes, array( 'host-only' => $value->host_only ) );
} elseif ( is_scalar( $value ) ) {
$cookie_jar[ $name ] = new WpOrg\Requests\Cookie( $name, (string) $value );
}
}
return $cookie_jar;
}
/**
* Match redirect behavior to browser handling.
*
* Changes 302 redirects from POST to GET to match browser handling. Per
* RFC 7231, user agents can deviate from the strict reading of the
* specification for compatibility purposes.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param string $location URL to redirect to.
* @param array $headers Headers for the redirect.
* @param string|array $data Body to send with the request.
* @param array $options Redirect request options.
* @param WpOrg\Requests\Response $original Response object.
*/
public static function browser_redirect_compatibility( $location, $headers, $data, &$options, $original ) {
// Browser compatibility.
if ( 302 === $original->status_code ) {
$options['type'] = WpOrg\Requests\Requests::GET;
}
}
/**
* Validate redirected URLs.
*
* @since 4.7.5
*
* @throws WpOrg\Requests\Exception On unsuccessful URL validation.
* @param string $location URL to redirect to.
*/
public static function validate_redirects( $location ) {
if ( ! wp_http_validate_url( $location ) ) {
throw new WpOrg\Requests\Exception( __( 'A valid URL was not provided.' ), 'wp_http.redirect_failed_validation' );
}
}
/**
* Tests which transports are capable of supporting the request.
*
* @since 3.2.0
*
* @param array $args Request arguments.
* @param string $url URL to request.
* @return string|false Class name for the first transport that claims to support the request.
* False if no transport claims to support the request.
*/
public function _get_first_available_transport( $args, $url = null ) {
$transports = array( 'curl', 'streams' );
/**
* Filters which HTTP transports are available and in what order.
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @param string[] $transports Array of HTTP transports to check. Default array contains
* 'curl' and 'streams', in that order.
* @param array $args HTTP request arguments.
* @param string $url The URL to request.
*/
$request_order = apply_filters( 'http_api_transports', $transports, $args, $url );
// Loop over each transport on each HTTP request looking for one which will serve this request's needs.
foreach ( $request_order as $transport ) {
if ( in_array( $transport, $transports, true ) ) {
$transport = ucfirst( $transport );
}
$class = 'WP_Http_' . $transport;
// Check to see if this transport is a possibility, calls the transport statically.
if ( ! call_user_func( array( $class, 'test' ), $args, $url ) ) {
continue;
}
return $class;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Dispatches a HTTP request to a supporting transport.
*
* Tests each transport in order to find a transport which matches the request arguments.
* Also caches the transport instance to be used later.
*
* The order for requests is cURL, and then PHP Streams.
*
* @since 3.2.0
* @deprecated 5.1.0 Use WP_Http::request()
* @see WP_Http::request()
*
* @param string $url URL to request.
* @param array $args Request arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error Array containing 'headers', 'body', 'response', 'cookies', 'filename'.
* A WP_Error instance upon error.
*/
private function _dispatch_request( $url, $args ) {
static $transports = array();
$class = $this->_get_first_available_transport( $args, $url );
if ( ! $class ) {
return new WP_Error( 'http_failure', __( 'There are no HTTP transports available which can complete the requested request.' ) );
}
// Transport claims to support request, instantiate it and give it a whirl.
if ( empty( $transports[ $class ] ) ) {
$transports[ $class ] = new $class();
}
$response = $transports[ $class ]->request( $url, $args );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-http.php */
do_action( 'http_api_debug', $response, 'response', $class, $args, $url );
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) ) {
return $response;
}
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-http.php */
return apply_filters( 'http_response', $response, $args, $url );
}
/**
* Uses the POST HTTP method.
*
* Used for sending data that is expected to be in the body.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $url The request URL.
* @param string|array $args Optional. Override the defaults.
* @return array|WP_Error Array containing 'headers', 'body', 'response', 'cookies', 'filename'.
* A WP_Error instance upon error.
*/
public function post( $url, $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array( 'method' => 'POST' );
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
return $this->request( $url, $parsed_args );
}
/**
* Uses the GET HTTP method.
*
* Used for sending data that is expected to be in the body.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $url The request URL.
* @param string|array $args Optional. Override the defaults.
* @return array|WP_Error Array containing 'headers', 'body', 'response', 'cookies', 'filename'.
* A WP_Error instance upon error.
*/
public function get( $url, $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array( 'method' => 'GET' );
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
return $this->request( $url, $parsed_args );
}
/**
* Uses the HEAD HTTP method.
*
* Used for sending data that is expected to be in the body.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $url The request URL.
* @param string|array $args Optional. Override the defaults.
* @return array|WP_Error Array containing 'headers', 'body', 'response', 'cookies', 'filename'.
* A WP_Error instance upon error.
*/
public function head( $url, $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array( 'method' => 'HEAD' );
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
return $this->request( $url, $parsed_args );
}
/**
* Parses the responses and splits the parts into headers and body.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $response The full response string.
* @return array {
* Array with response headers and body.
*
* @type string $headers HTTP response headers.
* @type string $body HTTP response body.
* }
*/
public static function processResponse( $response ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.MethodNameInvalid
$response = explode( "\r\n\r\n", $response, 2 );
return array(
'headers' => $response[0],
'body' => isset( $response[1] ) ? $response[1] : '',
);
}
/**
* Transforms header string into an array.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string|array $headers The original headers. If a string is passed, it will be converted
* to an array. If an array is passed, then it is assumed to be
* raw header data with numeric keys with the headers as the values.
* No headers must be passed that were already processed.
* @param string $url Optional. The URL that was requested. Default empty.
* @return array {
* Processed string headers. If duplicate headers are encountered,
* then a numbered array is returned as the value of that header-key.
*
* @type array $response {
* @type int $code The response status code. Default 0.
* @type string $message The response message. Default empty.
* }
* @type array $newheaders The processed header data as a multidimensional array.
* @type WP_Http_Cookie[] $cookies If the original headers contain the 'Set-Cookie' key,
* an array containing `WP_Http_Cookie` objects is returned.
* }
*/
public static function processHeaders( $headers, $url = '' ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.MethodNameInvalid
// Split headers, one per array element.
if ( is_string( $headers ) ) {
// Tolerate line terminator: CRLF = LF (RFC 2616 19.3).
$headers = str_replace( "\r\n", "\n", $headers );
/*
* Unfold folded header fields. LWS = [CRLF] 1*( SP | HT ) <US-ASCII SP, space (32)>,
* <US-ASCII HT, horizontal-tab (9)> (RFC 2616 2.2).
*/
$headers = preg_replace( '/\n[ \t]/', ' ', $headers );
// Create the headers array.
$headers = explode( "\n", $headers );
}
$response = array(
'code' => 0,
'message' => '',
);
/*
* If a redirection has taken place, The headers for each page request may have been passed.
* In this case, determine the final HTTP header and parse from there.
*/
for ( $i = count( $headers ) - 1; $i >= 0; $i-- ) {
if ( ! empty( $headers[ $i ] ) && ! str_contains( $headers[ $i ], ':' ) ) {
$headers = array_splice( $headers, $i );
break;
}
}
$cookies = array();
$newheaders = array();
foreach ( (array) $headers as $tempheader ) {
if ( empty( $tempheader ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( ! str_contains( $tempheader, ':' ) ) {
$stack = explode( ' ', $tempheader, 3 );
$stack[] = '';
list( , $response['code'], $response['message']) = $stack;
continue;
}
list($key, $value) = explode( ':', $tempheader, 2 );
$key = strtolower( $key );
$value = trim( $value );
if ( isset( $newheaders[ $key ] ) ) {
if ( ! is_array( $newheaders[ $key ] ) ) {
$newheaders[ $key ] = array( $newheaders[ $key ] );
}
$newheaders[ $key ][] = $value;
} else {
$newheaders[ $key ] = $value;
}
if ( 'set-cookie' === $key ) {
$cookies[] = new WP_Http_Cookie( $value, $url );
}
}
// Cast the Response Code to an int.
$response['code'] = (int) $response['code'];
return array(
'response' => $response,
'headers' => $newheaders,
'cookies' => $cookies,
);
}
/**
* Takes the arguments for a ::request() and checks for the cookie array.
*
* If it's found, then it upgrades any basic name => value pairs to WP_Http_Cookie instances,
* which are each parsed into strings and added to the Cookie: header (within the arguments array).
* Edits the array by reference.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param array $r Full array of args passed into ::request()
*/
public static function buildCookieHeader( &$r ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.MethodNameInvalid
if ( ! empty( $r['cookies'] ) ) {
// Upgrade any name => value cookie pairs to WP_HTTP_Cookie instances.
foreach ( $r['cookies'] as $name => $value ) {
if ( ! is_object( $value ) ) {
$r['cookies'][ $name ] = new WP_Http_Cookie(
array(
'name' => $name,
'value' => $value,
)
);
}
}
$cookies_header = '';
foreach ( (array) $r['cookies'] as $cookie ) {
$cookies_header .= $cookie->getHeaderValue() . '; ';
}
$cookies_header = substr( $cookies_header, 0, -2 );
$r['headers']['cookie'] = $cookies_header;
}
}
/**
* Decodes chunk transfer-encoding, based off the HTTP 1.1 specification.
*
* Based off the HTTP http_encoding_dechunk function.
*
* @link https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-19.4.6 Process for chunked decoding.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $body Body content.
* @return string Chunked decoded body on success or raw body on failure.
*/
public static function chunkTransferDecode( $body ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.MethodNameInvalid
// The body is not chunked encoded or is malformed.
if ( ! preg_match( '/^([0-9a-f]+)[^\r\n]*\r\n/i', trim( $body ) ) ) {
return $body;
}
$parsed_body = '';
// We'll be altering $body, so need a backup in case of error.
$body_original = $body;
while ( true ) {
$has_chunk = (bool) preg_match( '/^([0-9a-f]+)[^\r\n]*\r\n/i', $body, $match );
if ( ! $has_chunk || empty( $match[1] ) ) {
return $body_original;
}
$length = hexdec( $match[1] );
$chunk_length = strlen( $match[0] );
// Parse out the chunk of data.
$parsed_body .= substr( $body, $chunk_length, $length );
// Remove the chunk from the raw data.
$body = substr( $body, $length + $chunk_length );
// End of the document.
if ( '0' === trim( $body ) ) {
return $parsed_body;
}
}
}
/**
* Determines whether an HTTP API request to the given URL should be blocked.
*
* Those who are behind a proxy and want to prevent access to certain hosts may do so. This will
* prevent plugins from working and core functionality, if you don't include `api.wordpress.org`.
*
* You block external URL requests by defining `WP_HTTP_BLOCK_EXTERNAL` as true in your `wp-config.php`
* file and this will only allow localhost and your site to make requests. The constant
* `WP_ACCESSIBLE_HOSTS` will allow additional hosts to go through for requests. The format of the
* `WP_ACCESSIBLE_HOSTS` constant is a comma separated list of hostnames to allow, wildcard domains
* are supported, eg `*.wordpress.org` will allow for all subdomains of `wordpress.org` to be contacted.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/8927 Allow preventing external requests.
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/14636 Allow wildcard domains in WP_ACCESSIBLE_HOSTS
*
* @param string $uri URI of url.
* @return bool True to block, false to allow.
*/
public function block_request( $uri ) {
// We don't need to block requests, because nothing is blocked.
if ( ! defined( 'WP_HTTP_BLOCK_EXTERNAL' ) || ! WP_HTTP_BLOCK_EXTERNAL ) {
return false;
}
$check = parse_url( $uri );
if ( ! $check ) {
return true;
}
$home = parse_url( get_option( 'siteurl' ) );
// Don't block requests back to ourselves by default.
if ( 'localhost' === $check['host'] || ( isset( $home['host'] ) && $home['host'] === $check['host'] ) ) {
/**
* Filters whether to block local HTTP API requests.
*
* A local request is one to `localhost` or to the same host as the site itself.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param bool $block Whether to block local requests. Default false.
*/
return apply_filters( 'block_local_requests', false );
}
if ( ! defined( 'WP_ACCESSIBLE_HOSTS' ) ) {
return true;
}
static $accessible_hosts = null;
static $wildcard_regex = array();
if ( null === $accessible_hosts ) {
$accessible_hosts = preg_split( '|,\s*|', WP_ACCESSIBLE_HOSTS );
if ( str_contains( WP_ACCESSIBLE_HOSTS, '*' ) ) {
$wildcard_regex = array();
foreach ( $accessible_hosts as $host ) {
$wildcard_regex[] = str_replace( '\*', '.+', preg_quote( $host, '/' ) );
}
$wildcard_regex = '/^(' . implode( '|', $wildcard_regex ) . ')$/i';
}
}
if ( ! empty( $wildcard_regex ) ) {
return ! preg_match( $wildcard_regex, $check['host'] );
} else {
return ! in_array( $check['host'], $accessible_hosts, true ); // Inverse logic, if it's in the array, then don't block it.
}
}
/**
* Used as a wrapper for PHP's parse_url() function that handles edgecases in < PHP 5.4.7.
*
* @deprecated 4.4.0 Use wp_parse_url()
* @see wp_parse_url()
*
* @param string $url The URL to parse.
* @return bool|array False on failure; Array of URL components on success;
* See parse_url()'s return values.
*/
protected static function parse_url( $url ) {
_deprecated_function( __METHOD__, '4.4.0', 'wp_parse_url()' );
return wp_parse_url( $url );
}
/**
* Converts a relative URL to an absolute URL relative to a given URL.
*
* If an Absolute URL is provided, no processing of that URL is done.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param string $maybe_relative_path The URL which might be relative.
* @param string $url The URL which $maybe_relative_path is relative to.
* @return string An Absolute URL, in a failure condition where the URL cannot be parsed, the relative URL will be returned.
*/
public static function make_absolute_url( $maybe_relative_path, $url ) {
if ( empty( $url ) ) {
return $maybe_relative_path;
}
$url_parts = wp_parse_url( $url );
if ( ! $url_parts ) {
return $maybe_relative_path;
}
$relative_url_parts = wp_parse_url( $maybe_relative_path );
if ( ! $relative_url_parts ) {
return $maybe_relative_path;
}
// Check for a scheme on the 'relative' URL.
if ( ! empty( $relative_url_parts['scheme'] ) ) {
return $maybe_relative_path;
}
$absolute_path = $url_parts['scheme'] . '://';
// Schemeless URLs will make it this far, so we check for a host in the relative URL
// and convert it to a protocol-URL.
if ( isset( $relative_url_parts['host'] ) ) {
$absolute_path .= $relative_url_parts['host'];
if ( isset( $relative_url_parts['port'] ) ) {
$absolute_path .= ':' . $relative_url_parts['port'];
}
} else {
$absolute_path .= $url_parts['host'];
if ( isset( $url_parts['port'] ) ) {
$absolute_path .= ':' . $url_parts['port'];
}
}
// Start off with the absolute URL path.
$path = ! empty( $url_parts['path'] ) ? $url_parts['path'] : '/';
// If it's a root-relative path, then great.
if ( ! empty( $relative_url_parts['path'] ) && '/' === $relative_url_parts['path'][0] ) {
$path = $relative_url_parts['path'];
// Else it's a relative path.
} elseif ( ! empty( $relative_url_parts['path'] ) ) {
// Strip off any file components from the absolute path.
$path = substr( $path, 0, strrpos( $path, '/' ) + 1 );
// Build the new path.
$path .= $relative_url_parts['path'];
// Strip all /path/../ out of the path.
while ( strpos( $path, '../' ) > 1 ) {
$path = preg_replace( '![^/]+/\.\./!', '', $path );
}
// Strip any final leading ../ from the path.
$path = preg_replace( '!^/(\.\./)+!', '', $path );
}
// Add the query string.
if ( ! empty( $relative_url_parts['query'] ) ) {
$path .= '?' . $relative_url_parts['query'];
}
// Add the fragment.
if ( ! empty( $relative_url_parts['fragment'] ) ) {
$path .= '#' . $relative_url_parts['fragment'];
}
return $absolute_path . '/' . ltrim( $path, '/' );
}
/**
* Handles an HTTP redirect and follows it if appropriate.
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @param string $url The URL which was requested.
* @param array $args The arguments which were used to make the request.
* @param array $response The response of the HTTP request.
* @return array|false|WP_Error An HTTP API response array if the redirect is successfully followed,
* false if no redirect is present, or a WP_Error object if there's an error.
*/
public static function handle_redirects( $url, $args, $response ) {
// If no redirects are present, or, redirects were not requested, perform no action.
if ( ! isset( $response['headers']['location'] ) || 0 === $args['_redirection'] ) {
return false;
}
// Only perform redirections on redirection http codes.
if ( $response['response']['code'] > 399 || $response['response']['code'] < 300 ) {
return false;
}
// Don't redirect if we've run out of redirects.
if ( $args['redirection']-- <= 0 ) {
return new WP_Error( 'http_request_failed', __( 'Too many redirects.' ) );
}
$redirect_location = $response['headers']['location'];
// If there were multiple Location headers, use the last header specified.
if ( is_array( $redirect_location ) ) {
$redirect_location = array_pop( $redirect_location );
}
$redirect_location = WP_Http::make_absolute_url( $redirect_location, $url );
// POST requests should not POST to a redirected location.
if ( 'POST' === $args['method'] ) {
if ( in_array( $response['response']['code'], array( 302, 303 ), true ) ) {
$args['method'] = 'GET';
}
}
// Include valid cookies in the redirect process.
if ( ! empty( $response['cookies'] ) ) {
foreach ( $response['cookies'] as $cookie ) {
if ( $cookie->test( $redirect_location ) ) {
$args['cookies'][] = $cookie;
}
}
}
return wp_remote_request( $redirect_location, $args );
}
/**
* Determines if a specified string represents an IP address or not.
*
* This function also detects the type of the IP address, returning either
* '4' or '6' to represent an IPv4 and IPv6 address respectively.
* This does not verify if the IP is a valid IP, only that it appears to be
* an IP address.
*
* @link http://home.deds.nl/~aeron/regex/ for IPv6 regex.
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @param string $maybe_ip A suspected IP address.
* @return int|false Upon success, '4' or '6' to represent an IPv4 or IPv6 address, false upon failure.
*/
public static function is_ip_address( $maybe_ip ) {
if ( preg_match( '/^\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}\.\d{1,3}$/', $maybe_ip ) ) {
return 4;
}
if ( str_contains( $maybe_ip, ':' ) && preg_match( '/^(((?=.*(::))(?!.*\3.+\3))\3?|([\dA-F]{1,4}(\3|:\b|$)|\2))(?4){5}((?4){2}|(((2[0-4]|1\d|[1-9])?\d|25[0-5])\.?\b){4})$/i', trim( $maybe_ip, ' []' ) ) ) {
return 6;
}
return false;
}
}
<?php
/**
* APIs to interact with global settings & styles.
*
* @package WordPress
*/
/**
* Gets the settings resulting of merging core, theme, and user data.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param array $path Path to the specific setting to retrieve. Optional.
* If empty, will return all settings.
* @param array $context {
* Metadata to know where to retrieve the $path from. Optional.
*
* @type string $block_name Which block to retrieve the settings from.
* If empty, it'll return the settings for the global context.
* @type string $origin Which origin to take data from.
* Valid values are 'all' (core, theme, and user) or 'base' (core and theme).
* If empty or unknown, 'all' is used.
* }
* @return mixed The settings array or individual setting value to retrieve.
*/
function wp_get_global_settings( $path = array(), $context = array() ) {
if ( ! empty( $context['block_name'] ) ) {
$new_path = array( 'blocks', $context['block_name'] );
foreach ( $path as $subpath ) {
$new_path[] = $subpath;
}
$path = $new_path;
}
/*
* This is the default value when no origin is provided or when it is 'all'.
*
* The $origin is used as part of the cache key. Changes here need to account
* for clearing the cache appropriately.
*/
$origin = 'custom';
if (
! wp_theme_has_theme_json() ||
( isset( $context['origin'] ) && 'base' === $context['origin'] )
) {
$origin = 'theme';
}
/*
* By using the 'theme_json' group, this data is marked to be non-persistent across requests.
* See `wp_cache_add_non_persistent_groups` in src/wp-includes/load.php and other places.
*
* The rationale for this is to make sure derived data from theme.json
* is always fresh from the potential modifications done via hooks
* that can use dynamic data (modify the stylesheet depending on some option,
* settings depending on user permissions, etc.).
* See some of the existing hooks to modify theme.json behaviour:
* https://make.wordpress.org/core/2022/10/10/filters-for-theme-json-data/
*
* A different alternative considered was to invalidate the cache upon certain
* events such as options add/update/delete, user meta, etc.
* It was judged not enough, hence this approach.
* See https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/pull/45372
*/
$cache_group = 'theme_json';
$cache_key = 'wp_get_global_settings_' . $origin;
/*
* Ignore cache when the development mode is set to 'theme', so it doesn't interfere with the theme
* developer's workflow.
*/
$can_use_cached = ! wp_is_development_mode( 'theme' );
$settings = false;
if ( $can_use_cached ) {
$settings = wp_cache_get( $cache_key, $cache_group );
}
if ( false === $settings ) {
$settings = WP_Theme_JSON_Resolver::get_merged_data( $origin )->get_settings();
if ( $can_use_cached ) {
wp_cache_set( $cache_key, $settings, $cache_group );
}
}
return _wp_array_get( $settings, $path, $settings );
}
/**
* Gets the styles resulting of merging core, theme, and user data.
*
* @since 5.9.0
* @since 6.3.0 the internal link format "var:preset|color|secondary" is resolved
* to "var(--wp--preset--font-size--small)" so consumers don't have to.
* @since 6.3.0 `transforms` is now usable in the `context` parameter. In case [`transforms`]['resolve_variables']
* is defined, variables are resolved to their value in the styles.
*
* @param array $path Path to the specific style to retrieve. Optional.
* If empty, will return all styles.
* @param array $context {
* Metadata to know where to retrieve the $path from. Optional.
*
* @type string $block_name Which block to retrieve the styles from.
* If empty, it'll return the styles for the global context.
* @type string $origin Which origin to take data from.
* Valid values are 'all' (core, theme, and user) or 'base' (core and theme).
* If empty or unknown, 'all' is used.
* @type array $transforms Which transformation(s) to apply.
* Valid value is array( 'resolve-variables' ).
* If defined, variables are resolved to their value in the styles.
* }
* @return mixed The styles array or individual style value to retrieve.
*/
function wp_get_global_styles( $path = array(), $context = array() ) {
if ( ! empty( $context['block_name'] ) ) {
$path = array_merge( array( 'blocks', $context['block_name'] ), $path );
}
$origin = 'custom';
if ( isset( $context['origin'] ) && 'base' === $context['origin'] ) {
$origin = 'theme';
}
$resolve_variables = isset( $context['transforms'] )
&& is_array( $context['transforms'] )
&& in_array( 'resolve-variables', $context['transforms'], true );
$merged_data = WP_Theme_JSON_Resolver::get_merged_data( $origin );
if ( $resolve_variables ) {
$merged_data = WP_Theme_JSON::resolve_variables( $merged_data );
}
$styles = $merged_data->get_raw_data()['styles'];
return _wp_array_get( $styles, $path, $styles );
}
/**
* Returns the stylesheet resulting of merging core, theme, and user data.
*
* @since 5.9.0
* @since 6.1.0 Added 'base-layout-styles' support.
*
* @param array $types Optional. Types of styles to load.
* It accepts as values 'variables', 'presets', 'styles', 'base-layout-styles'.
* If empty, it'll load the following:
* - for themes without theme.json: 'variables', 'presets', 'base-layout-styles'.
* - for themes with theme.json: 'variables', 'presets', 'styles'.
* @return string Stylesheet.
*/
function wp_get_global_stylesheet( $types = array() ) {
/*
* Ignore cache when the development mode is set to 'theme', so it doesn't interfere with the theme
* developer's workflow.
*/
$can_use_cached = empty( $types ) && ! wp_is_development_mode( 'theme' );
/*
* By using the 'theme_json' group, this data is marked to be non-persistent across requests.
* @see `wp_cache_add_non_persistent_groups()`.
*
* The rationale for this is to make sure derived data from theme.json
* is always fresh from the potential modifications done via hooks
* that can use dynamic data (modify the stylesheet depending on some option,
* settings depending on user permissions, etc.).
* See some of the existing hooks to modify theme.json behavior:
* @see https://make.wordpress.org/core/2022/10/10/filters-for-theme-json-data/
*
* A different alternative considered was to invalidate the cache upon certain
* events such as options add/update/delete, user meta, etc.
* It was judged not enough, hence this approach.
* @see https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/pull/45372
*/
$cache_group = 'theme_json';
$cache_key = 'wp_get_global_stylesheet';
if ( $can_use_cached ) {
$cached = wp_cache_get( $cache_key, $cache_group );
if ( $cached ) {
return $cached;
}
}
$tree = WP_Theme_JSON_Resolver::get_merged_data();
$supports_theme_json = wp_theme_has_theme_json();
if ( empty( $types ) && ! $supports_theme_json ) {
$types = array( 'variables', 'presets', 'base-layout-styles' );
} elseif ( empty( $types ) ) {
$types = array( 'variables', 'styles', 'presets' );
}
/*
* If variables are part of the stylesheet, then add them.
* This is so themes without a theme.json still work as before 5.9:
* they can override the default presets.
* See https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/54782
*/
$styles_variables = '';
if ( in_array( 'variables', $types, true ) ) {
/*
* Only use the default, theme, and custom origins. Why?
* Because styles for `blocks` origin are added at a later phase
* (i.e. in the render cycle). Here, only the ones in use are rendered.
* @see wp_add_global_styles_for_blocks
*/
$origins = array( 'default', 'theme', 'custom' );
$styles_variables = $tree->get_stylesheet( array( 'variables' ), $origins );
$types = array_diff( $types, array( 'variables' ) );
}
/*
* For the remaining types (presets, styles), we do consider origins:
*
* - themes without theme.json: only the classes for the presets defined by core
* - themes with theme.json: the presets and styles classes, both from core and the theme
*/
$styles_rest = '';
if ( ! empty( $types ) ) {
/*
* Only use the default, theme, and custom origins. Why?
* Because styles for `blocks` origin are added at a later phase
* (i.e. in the render cycle). Here, only the ones in use are rendered.
* @see wp_add_global_styles_for_blocks
*/
$origins = array( 'default', 'theme', 'custom' );
if ( ! $supports_theme_json ) {
$origins = array( 'default' );
}
$styles_rest = $tree->get_stylesheet( $types, $origins );
}
$stylesheet = $styles_variables . $styles_rest;
if ( $can_use_cached ) {
wp_cache_set( $cache_key, $stylesheet, $cache_group );
}
return $stylesheet;
}
/**
* Gets the global styles custom CSS from theme.json.
*
* @since 6.2.0
*
* @return string The global styles custom CSS.
*/
function wp_get_global_styles_custom_css() {
if ( ! wp_theme_has_theme_json() ) {
return '';
}
/*
* Ignore cache when the development mode is set to 'theme', so it doesn't interfere with the theme
* developer's workflow.
*/
$can_use_cached = ! wp_is_development_mode( 'theme' );
/*
* By using the 'theme_json' group, this data is marked to be non-persistent across requests.
* @see `wp_cache_add_non_persistent_groups()`.
*
* The rationale for this is to make sure derived data from theme.json
* is always fresh from the potential modifications done via hooks
* that can use dynamic data (modify the stylesheet depending on some option,
* settings depending on user permissions, etc.).
* See some of the existing hooks to modify theme.json behavior:
* @see https://make.wordpress.org/core/2022/10/10/filters-for-theme-json-data/
*
* A different alternative considered was to invalidate the cache upon certain
* events such as options add/update/delete, user meta, etc.
* It was judged not enough, hence this approach.
* @see https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/pull/45372
*/
$cache_key = 'wp_get_global_styles_custom_css';
$cache_group = 'theme_json';
if ( $can_use_cached ) {
$cached = wp_cache_get( $cache_key, $cache_group );
if ( $cached ) {
return $cached;
}
}
$tree = WP_Theme_JSON_Resolver::get_merged_data();
$stylesheet = $tree->get_custom_css();
if ( $can_use_cached ) {
wp_cache_set( $cache_key, $stylesheet, $cache_group );
}
return $stylesheet;
}
/**
* Adds global style rules to the inline style for each block.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*/
function wp_add_global_styles_for_blocks() {
$tree = WP_Theme_JSON_Resolver::get_merged_data();
$block_nodes = $tree->get_styles_block_nodes();
foreach ( $block_nodes as $metadata ) {
$block_css = $tree->get_styles_for_block( $metadata );
if ( ! wp_should_load_separate_core_block_assets() ) {
wp_add_inline_style( 'global-styles', $block_css );
continue;
}
$stylesheet_handle = 'global-styles';
if ( isset( $metadata['name'] ) ) {
/*
* These block styles are added on block_render.
* This hooks inline CSS to them so that they are loaded conditionally
* based on whether or not the block is used on the page.
*/
if ( str_starts_with( $metadata['name'], 'core/' ) ) {
$block_name = str_replace( 'core/', '', $metadata['name'] );
$stylesheet_handle = 'wp-block-' . $block_name;
}
wp_add_inline_style( $stylesheet_handle, $block_css );
}
// The likes of block element styles from theme.json do not have $metadata['name'] set.
if ( ! isset( $metadata['name'] ) && ! empty( $metadata['path'] ) ) {
$block_name = wp_get_block_name_from_theme_json_path( $metadata['path'] );
if ( $block_name ) {
if ( str_starts_with( $block_name, 'core/' ) ) {
$block_name = str_replace( 'core/', '', $block_name );
$stylesheet_handle = 'wp-block-' . $block_name;
}
wp_add_inline_style( $stylesheet_handle, $block_css );
}
}
}
}
/**
* Gets the block name from a given theme.json path.
*
* @since 6.3.0
* @access private
*
* @param array $path An array of keys describing the path to a property in theme.json.
* @return string Identified block name, or empty string if none found.
*/
function wp_get_block_name_from_theme_json_path( $path ) {
// Block name is expected to be the third item after 'styles' and 'blocks'.
if (
count( $path ) >= 3
&& 'styles' === $path[0]
&& 'blocks' === $path[1]
&& str_contains( $path[2], '/' )
) {
return $path[2];
}
/*
* As fallback and for backward compatibility, allow any core block to be
* at any position.
*/
$result = array_values(
array_filter(
$path,
static function ( $item ) {
if ( str_contains( $item, 'core/' ) ) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
)
);
if ( isset( $result[0] ) ) {
return $result[0];
}
return '';
}
/**
* Checks whether a theme or its parent has a theme.json file.
*
* @since 6.2.0
*
* @return bool Returns true if theme or its parent has a theme.json file, false otherwise.
*/
function wp_theme_has_theme_json() {
static $theme_has_support = array();
$stylesheet = get_stylesheet();
if (
isset( $theme_has_support[ $stylesheet ] ) &&
/*
* Ignore static cache when the development mode is set to 'theme', to avoid interfering with
* the theme developer's workflow.
*/
! wp_is_development_mode( 'theme' )
) {
return $theme_has_support[ $stylesheet ];
}
$stylesheet_directory = get_stylesheet_directory();
$template_directory = get_template_directory();
// This is the same as get_theme_file_path(), which isn't available in load-styles.php context
if ( $stylesheet_directory !== $template_directory && file_exists( $stylesheet_directory . '/theme.json' ) ) {
$path = $stylesheet_directory . '/theme.json';
} else {
$path = $template_directory . '/theme.json';
}
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/link-template.php */
$path = apply_filters( 'theme_file_path', $path, 'theme.json' );
$theme_has_support[ $stylesheet ] = file_exists( $path );
return $theme_has_support[ $stylesheet ];
}
/**
* Cleans the caches under the theme_json group.
*
* @since 6.2.0
*/
function wp_clean_theme_json_cache() {
wp_cache_delete( 'wp_get_global_stylesheet', 'theme_json' );
wp_cache_delete( 'wp_get_global_styles_svg_filters', 'theme_json' );
wp_cache_delete( 'wp_get_global_settings_custom', 'theme_json' );
wp_cache_delete( 'wp_get_global_settings_theme', 'theme_json' );
wp_cache_delete( 'wp_get_global_styles_custom_css', 'theme_json' );
WP_Theme_JSON_Resolver::clean_cached_data();
}
/**
* Returns the current theme's wanted patterns (slugs) to be
* registered from Pattern Directory.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @return string[]
*/
function wp_get_theme_directory_pattern_slugs() {
return WP_Theme_JSON_Resolver::get_theme_data( array(), array( 'with_supports' => false ) )->get_patterns();
}
/**
* Determines the CSS selector for the block type and property provided,
* returning it if available.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param WP_Block_Type $block_type The block's type.
* @param string|array $target The desired selector's target, `root` or array path.
* @param boolean $fallback Whether to fall back to broader selector.
*
* @return string|null CSS selector or `null` if no selector available.
*/
function wp_get_block_css_selector( $block_type, $target = 'root', $fallback = false ) {
if ( empty( $target ) ) {
return null;
}
$has_selectors = ! empty( $block_type->selectors );
// Root Selector.
// Calculated before returning as it can be used as fallback for
// feature selectors later on.
$root_selector = null;
if ( $has_selectors && isset( $block_type->selectors['root'] ) ) {
// Use the selectors API if available.
$root_selector = $block_type->selectors['root'];
} elseif ( isset( $block_type->supports['__experimentalSelector'] ) && is_string( $block_type->supports['__experimentalSelector'] ) ) {
// Use the old experimental selector supports property if set.
$root_selector = $block_type->supports['__experimentalSelector'];
} else {
// If no root selector found, generate default block class selector.
$block_name = str_replace( '/', '-', str_replace( 'core/', '', $block_type->name ) );
$root_selector = ".wp-block-{$block_name}";
}
// Return selector if it's the root target we are looking for.
if ( 'root' === $target ) {
return $root_selector;
}
// If target is not `root` we have a feature or subfeature as the target.
// If the target is a string convert to an array.
if ( is_string( $target ) ) {
$target = explode( '.', $target );
}
// Feature Selectors ( May fallback to root selector ).
if ( 1 === count( $target ) ) {
$fallback_selector = $fallback ? $root_selector : null;
// Prefer the selectors API if available.
if ( $has_selectors ) {
// Look for selector under `feature.root`.
$path = array_merge( $target, array( 'root' ) );
$feature_selector = _wp_array_get( $block_type->selectors, $path, null );
if ( $feature_selector ) {
return $feature_selector;
}
// Check if feature selector is set via shorthand.
$feature_selector = _wp_array_get( $block_type->selectors, $target, null );
return is_string( $feature_selector ) ? $feature_selector : $fallback_selector;
}
// Try getting old experimental supports selector value.
$path = array_merge( $target, array( '__experimentalSelector' ) );
$feature_selector = _wp_array_get( $block_type->supports, $path, null );
// Nothing to work with, provide fallback or null.
if ( null === $feature_selector ) {
return $fallback_selector;
}
// Scope the feature selector by the block's root selector.
return WP_Theme_JSON::scope_selector( $root_selector, $feature_selector );
}
// Subfeature selector
// This may fallback either to parent feature or root selector.
$subfeature_selector = null;
// Use selectors API if available.
if ( $has_selectors ) {
$subfeature_selector = _wp_array_get( $block_type->selectors, $target, null );
}
// Only return if we have a subfeature selector.
if ( $subfeature_selector ) {
return $subfeature_selector;
}
// To this point we don't have a subfeature selector. If a fallback
// has been requested, remove subfeature from target path and return
// results of a call for the parent feature's selector.
if ( $fallback ) {
return wp_get_block_css_selector( $block_type, $target[0], $fallback );
}
return null;
}
<?php
/**
* General template tags that can go anywhere in a template.
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage Template
*/
/**
* Loads header template.
*
* Includes the header template for a theme or if a name is specified then a
* specialized header will be included.
*
* For the parameter, if the file is called "header-special.php" then specify
* "special".
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 5.5.0 A return value was added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $name The name of the specialized header.
* @param array $args Optional. Additional arguments passed to the header template.
* Default empty array.
* @return void|false Void on success, false if the template does not exist.
*/
function get_header( $name = null, $args = array() ) {
/**
* Fires before the header template file is loaded.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 2.8.0 The `$name` parameter was added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string|null $name Name of the specific header file to use. Null for the default header.
* @param array $args Additional arguments passed to the header template.
*/
do_action( 'get_header', $name, $args );
$templates = array();
$name = (string) $name;
if ( '' !== $name ) {
$templates[] = "header-{$name}.php";
}
$templates[] = 'header.php';
if ( ! locate_template( $templates, true, true, $args ) ) {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Loads footer template.
*
* Includes the footer template for a theme or if a name is specified then a
* specialized footer will be included.
*
* For the parameter, if the file is called "footer-special.php" then specify
* "special".
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 5.5.0 A return value was added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $name The name of the specialized footer.
* @param array $args Optional. Additional arguments passed to the footer template.
* Default empty array.
* @return void|false Void on success, false if the template does not exist.
*/
function get_footer( $name = null, $args = array() ) {
/**
* Fires before the footer template file is loaded.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 2.8.0 The `$name` parameter was added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string|null $name Name of the specific footer file to use. Null for the default footer.
* @param array $args Additional arguments passed to the footer template.
*/
do_action( 'get_footer', $name, $args );
$templates = array();
$name = (string) $name;
if ( '' !== $name ) {
$templates[] = "footer-{$name}.php";
}
$templates[] = 'footer.php';
if ( ! locate_template( $templates, true, true, $args ) ) {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Loads sidebar template.
*
* Includes the sidebar template for a theme or if a name is specified then a
* specialized sidebar will be included.
*
* For the parameter, if the file is called "sidebar-special.php" then specify
* "special".
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 5.5.0 A return value was added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $name The name of the specialized sidebar.
* @param array $args Optional. Additional arguments passed to the sidebar template.
* Default empty array.
* @return void|false Void on success, false if the template does not exist.
*/
function get_sidebar( $name = null, $args = array() ) {
/**
* Fires before the sidebar template file is loaded.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @since 2.8.0 The `$name` parameter was added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string|null $name Name of the specific sidebar file to use. Null for the default sidebar.
* @param array $args Additional arguments passed to the sidebar template.
*/
do_action( 'get_sidebar', $name, $args );
$templates = array();
$name = (string) $name;
if ( '' !== $name ) {
$templates[] = "sidebar-{$name}.php";
}
$templates[] = 'sidebar.php';
if ( ! locate_template( $templates, true, true, $args ) ) {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Loads a template part into a template.
*
* Provides a simple mechanism for child themes to overload reusable sections of code
* in the theme.
*
* Includes the named template part for a theme or if a name is specified then a
* specialized part will be included. If the theme contains no {slug}.php file
* then no template will be included.
*
* The template is included using require, not require_once, so you may include the
* same template part multiple times.
*
* For the $name parameter, if the file is called "{slug}-special.php" then specify
* "special".
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 5.5.0 A return value was added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $slug The slug name for the generic template.
* @param string|null $name Optional. The name of the specialized template.
* @param array $args Optional. Additional arguments passed to the template.
* Default empty array.
* @return void|false Void on success, false if the template does not exist.
*/
function get_template_part( $slug, $name = null, $args = array() ) {
/**
* Fires before the specified template part file is loaded.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$slug`, refers to the slug name
* for the generic template part.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $slug The slug name for the generic template.
* @param string|null $name The name of the specialized template or null if
* there is none.
* @param array $args Additional arguments passed to the template.
*/
do_action( "get_template_part_{$slug}", $slug, $name, $args );
$templates = array();
$name = (string) $name;
if ( '' !== $name ) {
$templates[] = "{$slug}-{$name}.php";
}
$templates[] = "{$slug}.php";
/**
* Fires before an attempt is made to locate and load a template part.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $slug The slug name for the generic template.
* @param string $name The name of the specialized template or an empty
* string if there is none.
* @param string[] $templates Array of template files to search for, in order.
* @param array $args Additional arguments passed to the template.
*/
do_action( 'get_template_part', $slug, $name, $templates, $args );
if ( ! locate_template( $templates, true, false, $args ) ) {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Displays search form.
*
* Will first attempt to locate the searchform.php file in either the child or
* the parent, then load it. If it doesn't exist, then the default search form
* will be displayed. The default search form is HTML, which will be displayed.
* There is a filter applied to the search form HTML in order to edit or replace
* it. The filter is {@see 'get_search_form'}.
*
* This function is primarily used by themes which want to hardcode the search
* form into the sidebar and also by the search widget in WordPress.
*
* There is also an action that is called whenever the function is run called,
* {@see 'pre_get_search_form'}. This can be useful for outputting JavaScript that the
* search relies on or various formatting that applies to the beginning of the
* search. To give a few examples of what it can be used for.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 5.2.0 The `$args` array parameter was added in place of an `$echo` boolean flag.
*
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Array of display arguments.
*
* @type bool $echo Whether to echo or return the form. Default true.
* @type string $aria_label ARIA label for the search form. Useful to distinguish
* multiple search forms on the same page and improve
* accessibility. Default empty.
* }
* @return void|string Void if 'echo' argument is true, search form HTML if 'echo' is false.
*/
function get_search_form( $args = array() ) {
/**
* Fires before the search form is retrieved, at the start of get_search_form().
*
* @since 2.7.0 as 'get_search_form' action.
* @since 3.6.0
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/19321
*
* @param array $args The array of arguments for building the search form.
* See get_search_form() for information on accepted arguments.
*/
do_action( 'pre_get_search_form', $args );
$echo = true;
if ( ! is_array( $args ) ) {
/*
* Back compat: to ensure previous uses of get_search_form() continue to
* function as expected, we handle a value for the boolean $echo param removed
* in 5.2.0. Then we deal with the $args array and cast its defaults.
*/
$echo = (bool) $args;
// Set an empty array and allow default arguments to take over.
$args = array();
}
// Defaults are to echo and to output no custom label on the form.
$defaults = array(
'echo' => $echo,
'aria_label' => '',
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
/**
* Filters the array of arguments used when generating the search form.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @param array $args The array of arguments for building the search form.
* See get_search_form() for information on accepted arguments.
*/
$args = apply_filters( 'search_form_args', $args );
// Ensure that the filtered arguments contain all required default values.
$args = array_merge( $defaults, $args );
$format = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'search-form' ) ? 'html5' : 'xhtml';
/**
* Filters the HTML format of the search form.
*
* @since 3.6.0
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $format The type of markup to use in the search form.
* Accepts 'html5', 'xhtml'.
* @param array $args The array of arguments for building the search form.
* See get_search_form() for information on accepted arguments.
*/
$format = apply_filters( 'search_form_format', $format, $args );
$search_form_template = locate_template( 'searchform.php' );
if ( '' !== $search_form_template ) {
ob_start();
require $search_form_template;
$form = ob_get_clean();
} else {
// Build a string containing an aria-label to use for the search form.
if ( $args['aria_label'] ) {
$aria_label = 'aria-label="' . esc_attr( $args['aria_label'] ) . '" ';
} else {
/*
* If there's no custom aria-label, we can set a default here. At the
* moment it's empty as there's uncertainty about what the default should be.
*/
$aria_label = '';
}
if ( 'html5' === $format ) {
$form = '<form role="search" ' . $aria_label . 'method="get" class="search-form" action="' . esc_url( home_url( '/' ) ) . '">
<label>
<span class="screen-reader-text">' .
/* translators: Hidden accessibility text. */
_x( 'Search for:', 'label' ) .
'</span>
<input type="search" class="search-field" placeholder="' . esc_attr_x( 'Search …', 'placeholder' ) . '" value="' . get_search_query() . '" name="s" />
</label>
<input type="submit" class="search-submit" value="' . esc_attr_x( 'Search', 'submit button' ) . '" />
</form>';
} else {
$form = '<form role="search" ' . $aria_label . 'method="get" id="searchform" class="searchform" action="' . esc_url( home_url( '/' ) ) . '">
<div>
<label class="screen-reader-text" for="s">' .
/* translators: Hidden accessibility text. */
_x( 'Search for:', 'label' ) .
'</label>
<input type="text" value="' . get_search_query() . '" name="s" id="s" />
<input type="submit" id="searchsubmit" value="' . esc_attr_x( 'Search', 'submit button' ) . '" />
</div>
</form>';
}
}
/**
* Filters the HTML output of the search form.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 5.5.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $form The search form HTML output.
* @param array $args The array of arguments for building the search form.
* See get_search_form() for information on accepted arguments.
*/
$result = apply_filters( 'get_search_form', $form, $args );
if ( null === $result ) {
$result = $form;
}
if ( $args['echo'] ) {
echo $result;
} else {
return $result;
}
}
/**
* Displays the Log In/Out link.
*
* Displays a link, which allows users to navigate to the Log In page to log in
* or log out depending on whether they are currently logged in.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $redirect Optional path to redirect to on login/logout.
* @param bool $display Default to echo and not return the link.
* @return void|string Void if `$display` argument is true, log in/out link if `$display` is false.
*/
function wp_loginout( $redirect = '', $display = true ) {
if ( ! is_user_logged_in() ) {
$link = '<a href="' . esc_url( wp_login_url( $redirect ) ) . '">' . __( 'Log in' ) . '</a>';
} else {
$link = '<a href="' . esc_url( wp_logout_url( $redirect ) ) . '">' . __( 'Log out' ) . '</a>';
}
if ( $display ) {
/**
* Filters the HTML output for the Log In/Log Out link.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $link The HTML link content.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'loginout', $link );
} else {
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/general-template.php */
return apply_filters( 'loginout', $link );
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the logout URL.
*
* Returns the URL that allows the user to log out of the site.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $redirect Path to redirect to on logout.
* @return string The logout URL. Note: HTML-encoded via esc_html() in wp_nonce_url().
*/
function wp_logout_url( $redirect = '' ) {
$args = array();
if ( ! empty( $redirect ) ) {
$args['redirect_to'] = urlencode( $redirect );
}
$logout_url = add_query_arg( $args, site_url( 'wp-login.php?action=logout', 'login' ) );
$logout_url = wp_nonce_url( $logout_url, 'log-out' );
/**
* Filters the logout URL.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param string $logout_url The HTML-encoded logout URL.
* @param string $redirect Path to redirect to on logout.
*/
return apply_filters( 'logout_url', $logout_url, $redirect );
}
/**
* Retrieves the login URL.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $redirect Path to redirect to on log in.
* @param bool $force_reauth Whether to force reauthorization, even if a cookie is present.
* Default false.
* @return string The login URL. Not HTML-encoded.
*/
function wp_login_url( $redirect = '', $force_reauth = false ) {
$login_url = site_url( 'wp-login.php', 'login' );
if ( ! empty( $redirect ) ) {
$login_url = add_query_arg( 'redirect_to', urlencode( $redirect ), $login_url );
}
if ( $force_reauth ) {
$login_url = add_query_arg( 'reauth', '1', $login_url );
}
/**
* Filters the login URL.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @since 4.2.0 The `$force_reauth` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $login_url The login URL. Not HTML-encoded.
* @param string $redirect The path to redirect to on login, if supplied.
* @param bool $force_reauth Whether to force reauthorization, even if a cookie is present.
*/
return apply_filters( 'login_url', $login_url, $redirect, $force_reauth );
}
/**
* Returns the URL that allows the user to register on the site.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @return string User registration URL.
*/
function wp_registration_url() {
/**
* Filters the user registration URL.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $register The user registration URL.
*/
return apply_filters( 'register_url', site_url( 'wp-login.php?action=register', 'login' ) );
}
/**
* Provides a simple login form for use anywhere within WordPress.
*
* The login form HTML is echoed by default. Pass a false value for `$echo` to return it instead.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Array of options to control the form output. Default empty array.
*
* @type bool $echo Whether to display the login form or return the form HTML code.
* Default true (echo).
* @type string $redirect URL to redirect to. Must be absolute, as in "https://example.com/mypage/".
* Default is to redirect back to the request URI.
* @type string $form_id ID attribute value for the form. Default 'loginform'.
* @type string $label_username Label for the username or email address field. Default 'Username or Email Address'.
* @type string $label_password Label for the password field. Default 'Password'.
* @type string $label_remember Label for the remember field. Default 'Remember Me'.
* @type string $label_log_in Label for the submit button. Default 'Log In'.
* @type string $id_username ID attribute value for the username field. Default 'user_login'.
* @type string $id_password ID attribute value for the password field. Default 'user_pass'.
* @type string $id_remember ID attribute value for the remember field. Default 'rememberme'.
* @type string $id_submit ID attribute value for the submit button. Default 'wp-submit'.
* @type bool $remember Whether to display the "rememberme" checkbox in the form.
* @type string $value_username Default value for the username field. Default empty.
* @type bool $value_remember Whether the "Remember Me" checkbox should be checked by default.
* Default false (unchecked).
*
* }
* @return void|string Void if 'echo' argument is true, login form HTML if 'echo' is false.
*/
function wp_login_form( $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array(
'echo' => true,
// Default 'redirect' value takes the user back to the request URI.
'redirect' => ( is_ssl() ? 'https://' : 'http://' ) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'] . $_SERVER['REQUEST_URI'],
'form_id' => 'loginform',
'label_username' => __( 'Username or Email Address' ),
'label_password' => __( 'Password' ),
'label_remember' => __( 'Remember Me' ),
'label_log_in' => __( 'Log In' ),
'id_username' => 'user_login',
'id_password' => 'user_pass',
'id_remember' => 'rememberme',
'id_submit' => 'wp-submit',
'remember' => true,
'value_username' => '',
// Set 'value_remember' to true to default the "Remember me" checkbox to checked.
'value_remember' => false,
);
/**
* Filters the default login form output arguments.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @see wp_login_form()
*
* @param array $defaults An array of default login form arguments.
*/
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, apply_filters( 'login_form_defaults', $defaults ) );
/**
* Filters content to display at the top of the login form.
*
* The filter evaluates just following the opening form tag element.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to display. Default empty.
* @param array $args Array of login form arguments.
*/
$login_form_top = apply_filters( 'login_form_top', '', $args );
/**
* Filters content to display in the middle of the login form.
*
* The filter evaluates just following the location where the 'login-password'
* field is displayed.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to display. Default empty.
* @param array $args Array of login form arguments.
*/
$login_form_middle = apply_filters( 'login_form_middle', '', $args );
/**
* Filters content to display at the bottom of the login form.
*
* The filter evaluates just preceding the closing form tag element.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to display. Default empty.
* @param array $args Array of login form arguments.
*/
$login_form_bottom = apply_filters( 'login_form_bottom', '', $args );
$form =
sprintf(
'<form name="%1$s" id="%1$s" action="%2$s" method="post">',
esc_attr( $args['form_id'] ),
esc_url( site_url( 'wp-login.php', 'login_post' ) )
) .
$login_form_top .
sprintf(
'<p class="login-username">
<label for="%1$s">%2$s</label>
<input type="text" name="log" id="%1$s" autocomplete="username" class="input" value="%3$s" size="20" />
</p>',
esc_attr( $args['id_username'] ),
esc_html( $args['label_username'] ),
esc_attr( $args['value_username'] )
) .
sprintf(
'<p class="login-password">
<label for="%1$s">%2$s</label>
<input type="password" name="pwd" id="%1$s" autocomplete="current-password" spellcheck="false" class="input" value="" size="20" />
</p>',
esc_attr( $args['id_password'] ),
esc_html( $args['label_password'] )
) .
$login_form_middle .
( $args['remember'] ?
sprintf(
'<p class="login-remember"><label><input name="rememberme" type="checkbox" id="%1$s" value="forever"%2$s /> %3$s</label></p>',
esc_attr( $args['id_remember'] ),
( $args['value_remember'] ? ' checked="checked"' : '' ),
esc_html( $args['label_remember'] )
) : ''
) .
sprintf(
'<p class="login-submit">
<input type="submit" name="wp-submit" id="%1$s" class="button button-primary" value="%2$s" />
<input type="hidden" name="redirect_to" value="%3$s" />
</p>',
esc_attr( $args['id_submit'] ),
esc_attr( $args['label_log_in'] ),
esc_url( $args['redirect'] )
) .
$login_form_bottom .
'</form>';
if ( $args['echo'] ) {
echo $form;
} else {
return $form;
}
}
/**
* Returns the URL that allows the user to reset the lost password.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param string $redirect Path to redirect to on login.
* @return string Lost password URL.
*/
function wp_lostpassword_url( $redirect = '' ) {
$args = array(
'action' => 'lostpassword',
);
if ( ! empty( $redirect ) ) {
$args['redirect_to'] = urlencode( $redirect );
}
if ( is_multisite() ) {
$blog_details = get_site();
$wp_login_path = $blog_details->path . 'wp-login.php';
} else {
$wp_login_path = 'wp-login.php';
}
$lostpassword_url = add_query_arg( $args, network_site_url( $wp_login_path, 'login' ) );
/**
* Filters the Lost Password URL.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param string $lostpassword_url The lost password page URL.
* @param string $redirect The path to redirect to on login.
*/
return apply_filters( 'lostpassword_url', $lostpassword_url, $redirect );
}
/**
* Displays the Registration or Admin link.
*
* Display a link which allows the user to navigate to the registration page if
* not logged in and registration is enabled or to the dashboard if logged in.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $before Text to output before the link. Default `<li>`.
* @param string $after Text to output after the link. Default `</li>`.
* @param bool $display Default to echo and not return the link.
* @return void|string Void if `$display` argument is true, registration or admin link
* if `$display` is false.
*/
function wp_register( $before = '<li>', $after = '</li>', $display = true ) {
if ( ! is_user_logged_in() ) {
if ( get_option( 'users_can_register' ) ) {
$link = $before . '<a href="' . esc_url( wp_registration_url() ) . '">' . __( 'Register' ) . '</a>' . $after;
} else {
$link = '';
}
} elseif ( current_user_can( 'read' ) ) {
$link = $before . '<a href="' . admin_url() . '">' . __( 'Site Admin' ) . '</a>' . $after;
} else {
$link = '';
}
/**
* Filters the HTML link to the Registration or Admin page.
*
* Users are sent to the admin page if logged-in, or the registration page
* if enabled and logged-out.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $link The HTML code for the link to the Registration or Admin page.
*/
$link = apply_filters( 'register', $link );
if ( $display ) {
echo $link;
} else {
return $link;
}
}
/**
* Theme container function for the 'wp_meta' action.
*
* The {@see 'wp_meta'} action can have several purposes, depending on how you use it,
* but one purpose might have been to allow for theme switching.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/1458 Explanation of 'wp_meta' action.
*/
function wp_meta() {
/**
* Fires before displaying echoed content in the sidebar.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*/
do_action( 'wp_meta' );
}
/**
* Displays information about the current site.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @see get_bloginfo() For possible `$show` values
*
* @param string $show Optional. Site information to display. Default empty.
*/
function bloginfo( $show = '' ) {
echo get_bloginfo( $show, 'display' );
}
/**
* Retrieves information about the current site.
*
* Possible values for `$show` include:
*
* - 'name' - Site title (set in Settings > General)
* - 'description' - Site tagline (set in Settings > General)
* - 'wpurl' - The WordPress address (URL) (set in Settings > General)
* - 'url' - The Site address (URL) (set in Settings > General)
* - 'admin_email' - Admin email (set in Settings > General)
* - 'charset' - The "Encoding for pages and feeds" (set in Settings > Reading)
* - 'version' - The current WordPress version
* - 'html_type' - The Content-Type (default: "text/html"). Themes and plugins
* can override the default value using the {@see 'pre_option_html_type'} filter
* - 'text_direction' - The text direction determined by the site's language. is_rtl()
* should be used instead
* - 'language' - Language code for the current site
* - 'stylesheet_url' - URL to the stylesheet for the active theme. An active child theme
* will take precedence over this value
* - 'stylesheet_directory' - Directory path for the active theme. An active child theme
* will take precedence over this value
* - 'template_url' / 'template_directory' - URL of the active theme's directory. An active
* child theme will NOT take precedence over this value
* - 'pingback_url' - The pingback XML-RPC file URL (xmlrpc.php)
* - 'atom_url' - The Atom feed URL (/feed/atom)
* - 'rdf_url' - The RDF/RSS 1.0 feed URL (/feed/rdf)
* - 'rss_url' - The RSS 0.92 feed URL (/feed/rss)
* - 'rss2_url' - The RSS 2.0 feed URL (/feed)
* - 'comments_atom_url' - The comments Atom feed URL (/comments/feed)
* - 'comments_rss2_url' - The comments RSS 2.0 feed URL (/comments/feed)
*
* Some `$show` values are deprecated and will be removed in future versions.
* These options will trigger the _deprecated_argument() function.
*
* Deprecated arguments include:
*
* - 'siteurl' - Use 'url' instead
* - 'home' - Use 'url' instead
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @global string $wp_version The WordPress version string.
*
* @param string $show Optional. Site info to retrieve. Default empty (site name).
* @param string $filter Optional. How to filter what is retrieved. Default 'raw'.
* @return string Mostly string values, might be empty.
*/
function get_bloginfo( $show = '', $filter = 'raw' ) {
switch ( $show ) {
case 'home': // Deprecated.
case 'siteurl': // Deprecated.
_deprecated_argument(
__FUNCTION__,
'2.2.0',
sprintf(
/* translators: 1: 'siteurl'/'home' argument, 2: bloginfo() function name, 3: 'url' argument. */
__( 'The %1$s option is deprecated for the family of %2$s functions. Use the %3$s option instead.' ),
'<code>' . $show . '</code>',
'<code>bloginfo()</code>',
'<code>url</code>'
)
);
// Intentional fall-through to be handled by the 'url' case.
case 'url':
$output = home_url();
break;
case 'wpurl':
$output = site_url();
break;
case 'description':
$output = get_option( 'blogdescription' );
break;
case 'rdf_url':
$output = get_feed_link( 'rdf' );
break;
case 'rss_url':
$output = get_feed_link( 'rss' );
break;
case 'rss2_url':
$output = get_feed_link( 'rss2' );
break;
case 'atom_url':
$output = get_feed_link( 'atom' );
break;
case 'comments_atom_url':
$output = get_feed_link( 'comments_atom' );
break;
case 'comments_rss2_url':
$output = get_feed_link( 'comments_rss2' );
break;
case 'pingback_url':
$output = site_url( 'xmlrpc.php' );
break;
case 'stylesheet_url':
$output = get_stylesheet_uri();
break;
case 'stylesheet_directory':
$output = get_stylesheet_directory_uri();
break;
case 'template_directory':
case 'template_url':
$output = get_template_directory_uri();
break;
case 'admin_email':
$output = get_option( 'admin_email' );
break;
case 'charset':
$output = get_option( 'blog_charset' );
if ( '' === $output ) {
$output = 'UTF-8';
}
break;
case 'html_type':
$output = get_option( 'html_type' );
break;
case 'version':
global $wp_version;
$output = $wp_version;
break;
case 'language':
/*
* translators: Translate this to the correct language tag for your locale,
* see https://www.w3.org/International/articles/language-tags/ for reference.
* Do not translate into your own language.
*/
$output = __( 'html_lang_attribute' );
if ( 'html_lang_attribute' === $output || preg_match( '/[^a-zA-Z0-9-]/', $output ) ) {
$output = determine_locale();
$output = str_replace( '_', '-', $output );
}
break;
case 'text_direction':
_deprecated_argument(
__FUNCTION__,
'2.2.0',
sprintf(
/* translators: 1: 'text_direction' argument, 2: bloginfo() function name, 3: is_rtl() function name. */
__( 'The %1$s option is deprecated for the family of %2$s functions. Use the %3$s function instead.' ),
'<code>' . $show . '</code>',
'<code>bloginfo()</code>',
'<code>is_rtl()</code>'
)
);
if ( function_exists( 'is_rtl' ) ) {
$output = is_rtl() ? 'rtl' : 'ltr';
} else {
$output = 'ltr';
}
break;
case 'name':
default:
$output = get_option( 'blogname' );
break;
}
$url = true;
if ( ! str_contains( $show, 'url' )
&& ! str_contains( $show, 'directory' )
&& ! str_contains( $show, 'home' )
) {
$url = false;
}
if ( 'display' === $filter ) {
if ( $url ) {
/**
* Filters the URL returned by get_bloginfo().
*
* @since 2.0.5
*
* @param string $output The URL returned by bloginfo().
* @param string $show Type of information requested.
*/
$output = apply_filters( 'bloginfo_url', $output, $show );
} else {
/**
* Filters the site information returned by get_bloginfo().
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param mixed $output The requested non-URL site information.
* @param string $show Type of information requested.
*/
$output = apply_filters( 'bloginfo', $output, $show );
}
}
return $output;
}
/**
* Returns the Site Icon URL.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param int $size Optional. Size of the site icon. Default 512 (pixels).
* @param string $url Optional. Fallback url if no site icon is found. Default empty.
* @param int $blog_id Optional. ID of the blog to get the site icon for. Default current blog.
* @return string Site Icon URL.
*/
function get_site_icon_url( $size = 512, $url = '', $blog_id = 0 ) {
$switched_blog = false;
if ( is_multisite() && ! empty( $blog_id ) && get_current_blog_id() !== (int) $blog_id ) {
switch_to_blog( $blog_id );
$switched_blog = true;
}
$site_icon_id = (int) get_option( 'site_icon' );
if ( $site_icon_id ) {
if ( $size >= 512 ) {
$size_data = 'full';
} else {
$size_data = array( $size, $size );
}
$url = wp_get_attachment_image_url( $site_icon_id, $size_data );
}
if ( $switched_blog ) {
restore_current_blog();
}
/**
* Filters the site icon URL.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $url Site icon URL.
* @param int $size Size of the site icon.
* @param int $blog_id ID of the blog to get the site icon for.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_site_icon_url', $url, $size, $blog_id );
}
/**
* Displays the Site Icon URL.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param int $size Optional. Size of the site icon. Default 512 (pixels).
* @param string $url Optional. Fallback url if no site icon is found. Default empty.
* @param int $blog_id Optional. ID of the blog to get the site icon for. Default current blog.
*/
function site_icon_url( $size = 512, $url = '', $blog_id = 0 ) {
echo esc_url( get_site_icon_url( $size, $url, $blog_id ) );
}
/**
* Determines whether the site has a Site Icon.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param int $blog_id Optional. ID of the blog in question. Default current blog.
* @return bool Whether the site has a site icon or not.
*/
function has_site_icon( $blog_id = 0 ) {
return (bool) get_site_icon_url( 512, '', $blog_id );
}
/**
* Determines whether the site has a custom logo.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param int $blog_id Optional. ID of the blog in question. Default is the ID of the current blog.
* @return bool Whether the site has a custom logo or not.
*/
function has_custom_logo( $blog_id = 0 ) {
$switched_blog = false;
if ( is_multisite() && ! empty( $blog_id ) && get_current_blog_id() !== (int) $blog_id ) {
switch_to_blog( $blog_id );
$switched_blog = true;
}
$custom_logo_id = get_theme_mod( 'custom_logo' );
if ( $switched_blog ) {
restore_current_blog();
}
return (bool) $custom_logo_id;
}
/**
* Returns a custom logo, linked to home unless the theme supports removing the link on the home page.
*
* @since 4.5.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added option to remove the link on the home page with `unlink-homepage-logo` theme support
* for the `custom-logo` theme feature.
* @since 5.5.1 Disabled lazy-loading by default.
*
* @param int $blog_id Optional. ID of the blog in question. Default is the ID of the current blog.
* @return string Custom logo markup.
*/
function get_custom_logo( $blog_id = 0 ) {
$html = '';
$switched_blog = false;
if ( is_multisite() && ! empty( $blog_id ) && get_current_blog_id() !== (int) $blog_id ) {
switch_to_blog( $blog_id );
$switched_blog = true;
}
$custom_logo_id = get_theme_mod( 'custom_logo' );
// We have a logo. Logo is go.
if ( $custom_logo_id ) {
$custom_logo_attr = array(
'class' => 'custom-logo',
'loading' => false,
);
$unlink_homepage_logo = (bool) get_theme_support( 'custom-logo', 'unlink-homepage-logo' );
if ( $unlink_homepage_logo && is_front_page() && ! is_paged() ) {
/*
* If on the home page, set the logo alt attribute to an empty string,
* as the image is decorative and doesn't need its purpose to be described.
*/
$custom_logo_attr['alt'] = '';
} else {
/*
* If the logo alt attribute is empty, get the site title and explicitly pass it
* to the attributes used by wp_get_attachment_image().
*/
$image_alt = get_post_meta( $custom_logo_id, '_wp_attachment_image_alt', true );
if ( empty( $image_alt ) ) {
$custom_logo_attr['alt'] = get_bloginfo( 'name', 'display' );
}
}
/**
* Filters the list of custom logo image attributes.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param array $custom_logo_attr Custom logo image attributes.
* @param int $custom_logo_id Custom logo attachment ID.
* @param int $blog_id ID of the blog to get the custom logo for.
*/
$custom_logo_attr = apply_filters( 'get_custom_logo_image_attributes', $custom_logo_attr, $custom_logo_id, $blog_id );
/*
* If the alt attribute is not empty, there's no need to explicitly pass it
* because wp_get_attachment_image() already adds the alt attribute.
*/
$image = wp_get_attachment_image( $custom_logo_id, 'full', false, $custom_logo_attr );
if ( $unlink_homepage_logo && is_front_page() && ! is_paged() ) {
// If on the home page, don't link the logo to home.
$html = sprintf(
'<span class="custom-logo-link">%1$s</span>',
$image
);
} else {
$aria_current = is_front_page() && ! is_paged() ? ' aria-current="page"' : '';
$html = sprintf(
'<a href="%1$s" class="custom-logo-link" rel="home"%2$s>%3$s</a>',
esc_url( home_url( '/' ) ),
$aria_current,
$image
);
}
} elseif ( is_customize_preview() ) {
// If no logo is set but we're in the Customizer, leave a placeholder (needed for the live preview).
$html = sprintf(
'<a href="%1$s" class="custom-logo-link" style="display:none;"><img class="custom-logo" alt="" /></a>',
esc_url( home_url( '/' ) )
);
}
if ( $switched_blog ) {
restore_current_blog();
}
/**
* Filters the custom logo output.
*
* @since 4.5.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$blog_id` parameter.
*
* @param string $html Custom logo HTML output.
* @param int $blog_id ID of the blog to get the custom logo for.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_custom_logo', $html, $blog_id );
}
/**
* Displays a custom logo, linked to home unless the theme supports removing the link on the home page.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param int $blog_id Optional. ID of the blog in question. Default is the ID of the current blog.
*/
function the_custom_logo( $blog_id = 0 ) {
echo get_custom_logo( $blog_id );
}
/**
* Returns document title for the current page.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @global int $page Page number of a single post.
* @global int $paged Page number of a list of posts.
*
* @return string Tag with the document title.
*/
function wp_get_document_title() {
/**
* Filters the document title before it is generated.
*
* Passing a non-empty value will short-circuit wp_get_document_title(),
* returning that value instead.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $title The document title. Default empty string.
*/
$title = apply_filters( 'pre_get_document_title', '' );
if ( ! empty( $title ) ) {
return $title;
}
global $page, $paged;
$title = array(
'title' => '',
);
// If it's a 404 page, use a "Page not found" title.
if ( is_404() ) {
$title['title'] = __( 'Page not found' );
// If it's a search, use a dynamic search results title.
} elseif ( is_search() ) {
/* translators: %s: Search query. */
$title['title'] = sprintf( __( 'Search Results for “%s”' ), get_search_query() );
// If on the front page, use the site title.
} elseif ( is_front_page() ) {
$title['title'] = get_bloginfo( 'name', 'display' );
// If on a post type archive, use the post type archive title.
} elseif ( is_post_type_archive() ) {
$title['title'] = post_type_archive_title( '', false );
// If on a taxonomy archive, use the term title.
} elseif ( is_tax() ) {
$title['title'] = single_term_title( '', false );
/*
* If we're on the blog page that is not the homepage
* or a single post of any post type, use the post title.
*/
} elseif ( is_home() || is_singular() ) {
$title['title'] = single_post_title( '', false );
// If on a category or tag archive, use the term title.
} elseif ( is_category() || is_tag() ) {
$title['title'] = single_term_title( '', false );
// If on an author archive, use the author's display name.
} elseif ( is_author() && get_queried_object() ) {
$author = get_queried_object();
$title['title'] = $author->display_name;
// If it's a date archive, use the date as the title.
} elseif ( is_year() ) {
$title['title'] = get_the_date( _x( 'Y', 'yearly archives date format' ) );
} elseif ( is_month() ) {
$title['title'] = get_the_date( _x( 'F Y', 'monthly archives date format' ) );
} elseif ( is_day() ) {
$title['title'] = get_the_date();
}
// Add a page number if necessary.
if ( ( $paged >= 2 || $page >= 2 ) && ! is_404() ) {
/* translators: %s: Page number. */
$title['page'] = sprintf( __( 'Page %s' ), max( $paged, $page ) );
}
// Append the description or site title to give context.
if ( is_front_page() ) {
$title['tagline'] = get_bloginfo( 'description', 'display' );
} else {
$title['site'] = get_bloginfo( 'name', 'display' );
}
/**
* Filters the separator for the document title.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $sep Document title separator. Default '-'.
*/
$sep = apply_filters( 'document_title_separator', '-' );
/**
* Filters the parts of the document title.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array $title {
* The document title parts.
*
* @type string $title Title of the viewed page.
* @type string $page Optional. Page number if paginated.
* @type string $tagline Optional. Site description when on home page.
* @type string $site Optional. Site title when not on home page.
* }
*/
$title = apply_filters( 'document_title_parts', $title );
$title = implode( " $sep ", array_filter( $title ) );
/**
* Filters the document title.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param string $title Document title.
*/
$title = apply_filters( 'document_title', $title );
return $title;
}
/**
* Displays title tag with content.
*
* @ignore
* @since 4.1.0
* @since 4.4.0 Improved title output replaced `wp_title()`.
* @access private
*/
function _wp_render_title_tag() {
if ( ! current_theme_supports( 'title-tag' ) ) {
return;
}
echo '<title>' . wp_get_document_title() . '</title>' . "\n";
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves page title for all areas of blog.
*
* By default, the page title will display the separator before the page title,
* so that the blog title will be before the page title. This is not good for
* title display, since the blog title shows up on most tabs and not what is
* important, which is the page that the user is looking at.
*
* There are also SEO benefits to having the blog title after or to the 'right'
* of the page title. However, it is mostly common sense to have the blog title
* to the right with most browsers supporting tabs. You can achieve this by
* using the seplocation parameter and setting the value to 'right'. This change
* was introduced around 2.5.0, in case backward compatibility of themes is
* important.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
*
* @param string $sep Optional. How to separate the various items within the page title.
* Default '»'.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display or retrieve title. Default true.
* @param string $seplocation Optional. Location of the separator ('left' or 'right').
* @return string|void String when `$display` is false, nothing otherwise.
*/
function wp_title( $sep = '»', $display = true, $seplocation = '' ) {
global $wp_locale;
$m = get_query_var( 'm' );
$year = get_query_var( 'year' );
$monthnum = get_query_var( 'monthnum' );
$day = get_query_var( 'day' );
$search = get_query_var( 's' );
$title = '';
$t_sep = '%WP_TITLE_SEP%'; // Temporary separator, for accurate flipping, if necessary.
// If there is a post.
if ( is_single() || ( is_home() && ! is_front_page() ) || ( is_page() && ! is_front_page() ) ) {
$title = single_post_title( '', false );
}
// If there's a post type archive.
if ( is_post_type_archive() ) {
$post_type = get_query_var( 'post_type' );
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
$post_type = reset( $post_type );
}
$post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
if ( ! $post_type_object->has_archive ) {
$title = post_type_archive_title( '', false );
}
}
// If there's a category or tag.
if ( is_category() || is_tag() ) {
$title = single_term_title( '', false );
}
// If there's a taxonomy.
if ( is_tax() ) {
$term = get_queried_object();
if ( $term ) {
$tax = get_taxonomy( $term->taxonomy );
$title = single_term_title( $tax->labels->name . $t_sep, false );
}
}
// If there's an author.
if ( is_author() && ! is_post_type_archive() ) {
$author = get_queried_object();
if ( $author ) {
$title = $author->display_name;
}
}
// Post type archives with has_archive should override terms.
if ( is_post_type_archive() && $post_type_object->has_archive ) {
$title = post_type_archive_title( '', false );
}
// If there's a month.
if ( is_archive() && ! empty( $m ) ) {
$my_year = substr( $m, 0, 4 );
$my_month = substr( $m, 4, 2 );
$my_day = (int) substr( $m, 6, 2 );
$title = $my_year .
( $my_month ? $t_sep . $wp_locale->get_month( $my_month ) : '' ) .
( $my_day ? $t_sep . $my_day : '' );
}
// If there's a year.
if ( is_archive() && ! empty( $year ) ) {
$title = $year;
if ( ! empty( $monthnum ) ) {
$title .= $t_sep . $wp_locale->get_month( $monthnum );
}
if ( ! empty( $day ) ) {
$title .= $t_sep . zeroise( $day, 2 );
}
}
// If it's a search.
if ( is_search() ) {
/* translators: 1: Separator, 2: Search query. */
$title = sprintf( __( 'Search Results %1$s %2$s' ), $t_sep, strip_tags( $search ) );
}
// If it's a 404 page.
if ( is_404() ) {
$title = __( 'Page not found' );
}
$prefix = '';
if ( ! empty( $title ) ) {
$prefix = " $sep ";
}
/**
* Filters the parts of the page title.
*
* @since 4.0.0
*
* @param string[] $title_array Array of parts of the page title.
*/
$title_array = apply_filters( 'wp_title_parts', explode( $t_sep, $title ) );
// Determines position of the separator and direction of the breadcrumb.
if ( 'right' === $seplocation ) { // Separator on right, so reverse the order.
$title_array = array_reverse( $title_array );
$title = implode( " $sep ", $title_array ) . $prefix;
} else {
$title = $prefix . implode( " $sep ", $title_array );
}
/**
* Filters the text of the page title.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $title Page title.
* @param string $sep Title separator.
* @param string $seplocation Location of the separator ('left' or 'right').
*/
$title = apply_filters( 'wp_title', $title, $sep, $seplocation );
// Send it out.
if ( $display ) {
echo $title;
} else {
return $title;
}
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves page title for post.
*
* This is optimized for single.php template file for displaying the post title.
*
* It does not support placing the separator after the title, but by leaving the
* prefix parameter empty, you can set the title separator manually. The prefix
* does not automatically place a space between the prefix, so if there should
* be a space, the parameter value will need to have it at the end.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $prefix Optional. What to display before the title.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display or retrieve title. Default true.
* @return string|void Title when retrieving.
*/
function single_post_title( $prefix = '', $display = true ) {
$_post = get_queried_object();
if ( ! isset( $_post->post_title ) ) {
return;
}
/**
* Filters the page title for a single post.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $_post_title The single post page title.
* @param WP_Post $_post The current post.
*/
$title = apply_filters( 'single_post_title', $_post->post_title, $_post );
if ( $display ) {
echo $prefix . $title;
} else {
return $prefix . $title;
}
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves title for a post type archive.
*
* This is optimized for archive.php and archive-{$post_type}.php template files
* for displaying the title of the post type.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param string $prefix Optional. What to display before the title.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display or retrieve title. Default true.
* @return string|void Title when retrieving, null when displaying or failure.
*/
function post_type_archive_title( $prefix = '', $display = true ) {
if ( ! is_post_type_archive() ) {
return;
}
$post_type = get_query_var( 'post_type' );
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
$post_type = reset( $post_type );
}
$post_type_obj = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
/**
* Filters the post type archive title.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param string $post_type_name Post type 'name' label.
* @param string $post_type Post type.
*/
$title = apply_filters( 'post_type_archive_title', $post_type_obj->labels->name, $post_type );
if ( $display ) {
echo $prefix . $title;
} else {
return $prefix . $title;
}
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves page title for category archive.
*
* Useful for category template files for displaying the category page title.
* The prefix does not automatically place a space between the prefix, so if
* there should be a space, the parameter value will need to have it at the end.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $prefix Optional. What to display before the title.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display or retrieve title. Default true.
* @return string|void Title when retrieving.
*/
function single_cat_title( $prefix = '', $display = true ) {
return single_term_title( $prefix, $display );
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves page title for tag post archive.
*
* Useful for tag template files for displaying the tag page title. The prefix
* does not automatically place a space between the prefix, so if there should
* be a space, the parameter value will need to have it at the end.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $prefix Optional. What to display before the title.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display or retrieve title. Default true.
* @return string|void Title when retrieving.
*/
function single_tag_title( $prefix = '', $display = true ) {
return single_term_title( $prefix, $display );
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves page title for taxonomy term archive.
*
* Useful for taxonomy term template files for displaying the taxonomy term page title.
* The prefix does not automatically place a space between the prefix, so if there should
* be a space, the parameter value will need to have it at the end.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param string $prefix Optional. What to display before the title.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display or retrieve title. Default true.
* @return string|void Title when retrieving.
*/
function single_term_title( $prefix = '', $display = true ) {
$term = get_queried_object();
if ( ! $term ) {
return;
}
if ( is_category() ) {
/**
* Filters the category archive page title.
*
* @since 2.0.10
*
* @param string $term_name Category name for archive being displayed.
*/
$term_name = apply_filters( 'single_cat_title', $term->name );
} elseif ( is_tag() ) {
/**
* Filters the tag archive page title.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $term_name Tag name for archive being displayed.
*/
$term_name = apply_filters( 'single_tag_title', $term->name );
} elseif ( is_tax() ) {
/**
* Filters the custom taxonomy archive page title.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param string $term_name Term name for archive being displayed.
*/
$term_name = apply_filters( 'single_term_title', $term->name );
} else {
return;
}
if ( empty( $term_name ) ) {
return;
}
if ( $display ) {
echo $prefix . $term_name;
} else {
return $prefix . $term_name;
}
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves page title for post archive based on date.
*
* Useful for when the template only needs to display the month and year,
* if either are available. The prefix does not automatically place a space
* between the prefix, so if there should be a space, the parameter value
* will need to have it at the end.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
*
* @param string $prefix Optional. What to display before the title.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display or retrieve title. Default true.
* @return string|false|void False if there's no valid title for the month. Title when retrieving.
*/
function single_month_title( $prefix = '', $display = true ) {
global $wp_locale;
$m = get_query_var( 'm' );
$year = get_query_var( 'year' );
$monthnum = get_query_var( 'monthnum' );
if ( ! empty( $monthnum ) && ! empty( $year ) ) {
$my_year = $year;
$my_month = $wp_locale->get_month( $monthnum );
} elseif ( ! empty( $m ) ) {
$my_year = substr( $m, 0, 4 );
$my_month = $wp_locale->get_month( substr( $m, 4, 2 ) );
}
if ( empty( $my_month ) ) {
return false;
}
$result = $prefix . $my_month . $prefix . $my_year;
if ( ! $display ) {
return $result;
}
echo $result;
}
/**
* Displays the archive title based on the queried object.
*
* @since 4.1.0
*
* @see get_the_archive_title()
*
* @param string $before Optional. Content to prepend to the title. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Content to append to the title. Default empty.
*/
function the_archive_title( $before = '', $after = '' ) {
$title = get_the_archive_title();
if ( ! empty( $title ) ) {
echo $before . $title . $after;
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the archive title based on the queried object.
*
* @since 4.1.0
* @since 5.5.0 The title part is wrapped in a `<span>` element.
*
* @return string Archive title.
*/
function get_the_archive_title() {
$title = __( 'Archives' );
$prefix = '';
if ( is_category() ) {
$title = single_cat_title( '', false );
$prefix = _x( 'Category:', 'category archive title prefix' );
} elseif ( is_tag() ) {
$title = single_tag_title( '', false );
$prefix = _x( 'Tag:', 'tag archive title prefix' );
} elseif ( is_author() ) {
$title = get_the_author();
$prefix = _x( 'Author:', 'author archive title prefix' );
} elseif ( is_year() ) {
$title = get_the_date( _x( 'Y', 'yearly archives date format' ) );
$prefix = _x( 'Year:', 'date archive title prefix' );
} elseif ( is_month() ) {
$title = get_the_date( _x( 'F Y', 'monthly archives date format' ) );
$prefix = _x( 'Month:', 'date archive title prefix' );
} elseif ( is_day() ) {
$title = get_the_date( _x( 'F j, Y', 'daily archives date format' ) );
$prefix = _x( 'Day:', 'date archive title prefix' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format' ) ) {
if ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-aside' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Asides', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-gallery' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Galleries', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-image' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Images', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-video' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Videos', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-quote' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Quotes', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-link' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Links', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-status' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Statuses', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-audio' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Audio', 'post format archive title' );
} elseif ( is_tax( 'post_format', 'post-format-chat' ) ) {
$title = _x( 'Chats', 'post format archive title' );
}
} elseif ( is_post_type_archive() ) {
$title = post_type_archive_title( '', false );
$prefix = _x( 'Archives:', 'post type archive title prefix' );
} elseif ( is_tax() ) {
$queried_object = get_queried_object();
if ( $queried_object ) {
$tax = get_taxonomy( $queried_object->taxonomy );
$title = single_term_title( '', false );
$prefix = sprintf(
/* translators: %s: Taxonomy singular name. */
_x( '%s:', 'taxonomy term archive title prefix' ),
$tax->labels->singular_name
);
}
}
$original_title = $title;
/**
* Filters the archive title prefix.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $prefix Archive title prefix.
*/
$prefix = apply_filters( 'get_the_archive_title_prefix', $prefix );
if ( $prefix ) {
$title = sprintf(
/* translators: 1: Title prefix. 2: Title. */
_x( '%1$s %2$s', 'archive title' ),
$prefix,
'<span>' . $title . '</span>'
);
}
/**
* Filters the archive title.
*
* @since 4.1.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added the `$prefix` and `$original_title` parameters.
*
* @param string $title Archive title to be displayed.
* @param string $original_title Archive title without prefix.
* @param string $prefix Archive title prefix.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_the_archive_title', $title, $original_title, $prefix );
}
/**
* Displays category, tag, term, or author description.
*
* @since 4.1.0
*
* @see get_the_archive_description()
*
* @param string $before Optional. Content to prepend to the description. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Content to append to the description. Default empty.
*/
function the_archive_description( $before = '', $after = '' ) {
$description = get_the_archive_description();
if ( $description ) {
echo $before . $description . $after;
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the description for an author, post type, or term archive.
*
* @since 4.1.0
* @since 4.7.0 Added support for author archives.
* @since 4.9.0 Added support for post type archives.
*
* @see term_description()
*
* @return string Archive description.
*/
function get_the_archive_description() {
if ( is_author() ) {
$description = get_the_author_meta( 'description' );
} elseif ( is_post_type_archive() ) {
$description = get_the_post_type_description();
} else {
$description = term_description();
}
/**
* Filters the archive description.
*
* @since 4.1.0
*
* @param string $description Archive description to be displayed.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_the_archive_description', $description );
}
/**
* Retrieves the description for a post type archive.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @return string The post type description.
*/
function get_the_post_type_description() {
$post_type = get_query_var( 'post_type' );
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
$post_type = reset( $post_type );
}
$post_type_obj = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
// Check if a description is set.
if ( isset( $post_type_obj->description ) ) {
$description = $post_type_obj->description;
} else {
$description = '';
}
/**
* Filters the description for a post type archive.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param string $description The post type description.
* @param WP_Post_Type $post_type_obj The post type object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_the_post_type_description', $description, $post_type_obj );
}
/**
* Retrieves archive link content based on predefined or custom code.
*
* The format can be one of four styles. The 'link' for head element, 'option'
* for use in the select element, 'html' for use in list (either ol or ul HTML
* elements). Custom content is also supported using the before and after
* parameters.
*
* The 'link' format uses the `<link>` HTML element with the **archives**
* relationship. The before and after parameters are not used. The text
* parameter is used to describe the link.
*
* The 'option' format uses the option HTML element for use in select element.
* The value is the url parameter and the before and after parameters are used
* between the text description.
*
* The 'html' format, which is the default, uses the li HTML element for use in
* the list HTML elements. The before parameter is before the link and the after
* parameter is after the closing link.
*
* The custom format uses the before parameter before the link ('a' HTML
* element) and the after parameter after the closing link tag. If the above
* three values for the format are not used, then custom format is assumed.
*
* @since 1.0.0
* @since 5.2.0 Added the `$selected` parameter.
*
* @param string $url URL to archive.
* @param string $text Archive text description.
* @param string $format Optional. Can be 'link', 'option', 'html', or custom. Default 'html'.
* @param string $before Optional. Content to prepend to the description. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Content to append to the description. Default empty.
* @param bool $selected Optional. Set to true if the current page is the selected archive page.
* @return string HTML link content for archive.
*/
function get_archives_link( $url, $text, $format = 'html', $before = '', $after = '', $selected = false ) {
$text = wptexturize( $text );
$url = esc_url( $url );
$aria_current = $selected ? ' aria-current="page"' : '';
if ( 'link' === $format ) {
$link_html = "\t<link rel='archives' title='" . esc_attr( $text ) . "' href='$url' />\n";
} elseif ( 'option' === $format ) {
$selected_attr = $selected ? " selected='selected'" : '';
$link_html = "\t<option value='$url'$selected_attr>$before $text $after</option>\n";
} elseif ( 'html' === $format ) {
$link_html = "\t<li>$before<a href='$url'$aria_current>$text</a>$after</li>\n";
} else { // Custom.
$link_html = "\t$before<a href='$url'$aria_current>$text</a>$after\n";
}
/**
* Filters the archive link content.
*
* @since 2.6.0
* @since 4.5.0 Added the `$url`, `$text`, `$format`, `$before`, and `$after` parameters.
* @since 5.2.0 Added the `$selected` parameter.
*
* @param string $link_html The archive HTML link content.
* @param string $url URL to archive.
* @param string $text Archive text description.
* @param string $format Link format. Can be 'link', 'option', 'html', or custom.
* @param string $before Content to prepend to the description.
* @param string $after Content to append to the description.
* @param bool $selected True if the current page is the selected archive.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_archives_link', $link_html, $url, $text, $format, $before, $after, $selected );
}
/**
* Displays archive links based on type and format.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.4.0 The `$post_type` argument was added.
* @since 5.2.0 The `$year`, `$monthnum`, `$day`, and `$w` arguments were added.
*
* @see get_archives_link()
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
*
* @param string|array $args {
* Default archive links arguments. Optional.
*
* @type string $type Type of archive to retrieve. Accepts 'daily', 'weekly', 'monthly',
* 'yearly', 'postbypost', or 'alpha'. Both 'postbypost' and 'alpha'
* display the same archive link list as well as post titles instead
* of displaying dates. The difference between the two is that 'alpha'
* will order by post title and 'postbypost' will order by post date.
* Default 'monthly'.
* @type string|int $limit Number of links to limit the query to. Default empty (no limit).
* @type string $format Format each link should take using the $before and $after args.
* Accepts 'link' (`<link>` tag), 'option' (`<option>` tag), 'html'
* (`<li>` tag), or a custom format, which generates a link anchor
* with $before preceding and $after succeeding. Default 'html'.
* @type string $before Markup to prepend to the beginning of each link. Default empty.
* @type string $after Markup to append to the end of each link. Default empty.
* @type bool $show_post_count Whether to display the post count alongside the link. Default false.
* @type bool|int $echo Whether to echo or return the links list. Default 1|true to echo.
* @type string $order Whether to use ascending or descending order. Accepts 'ASC', or 'DESC'.
* Default 'DESC'.
* @type string $post_type Post type. Default 'post'.
* @type string $year Year. Default current year.
* @type string $monthnum Month number. Default current month number.
* @type string $day Day. Default current day.
* @type string $w Week. Default current week.
* }
* @return void|string Void if 'echo' argument is true, archive links if 'echo' is false.
*/
function wp_get_archives( $args = '' ) {
global $wpdb, $wp_locale;
$defaults = array(
'type' => 'monthly',
'limit' => '',
'format' => 'html',
'before' => '',
'after' => '',
'show_post_count' => false,
'echo' => 1,
'order' => 'DESC',
'post_type' => 'post',
'year' => get_query_var( 'year' ),
'monthnum' => get_query_var( 'monthnum' ),
'day' => get_query_var( 'day' ),
'w' => get_query_var( 'w' ),
);
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $parsed_args['post_type'] );
if ( ! is_post_type_viewable( $post_type_object ) ) {
return;
}
$parsed_args['post_type'] = $post_type_object->name;
if ( '' === $parsed_args['type'] ) {
$parsed_args['type'] = 'monthly';
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_args['limit'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['limit'] = absint( $parsed_args['limit'] );
$parsed_args['limit'] = ' LIMIT ' . $parsed_args['limit'];
}
$order = strtoupper( $parsed_args['order'] );
if ( 'ASC' !== $order ) {
$order = 'DESC';
}
// This is what will separate dates on weekly archive links.
$archive_week_separator = '–';
$sql_where = $wpdb->prepare( "WHERE post_type = %s AND post_status = 'publish'", $parsed_args['post_type'] );
/**
* Filters the SQL WHERE clause for retrieving archives.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @param string $sql_where Portion of SQL query containing the WHERE clause.
* @param array $parsed_args An array of default arguments.
*/
$where = apply_filters( 'getarchives_where', $sql_where, $parsed_args );
/**
* Filters the SQL JOIN clause for retrieving archives.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @param string $sql_join Portion of SQL query containing JOIN clause.
* @param array $parsed_args An array of default arguments.
*/
$join = apply_filters( 'getarchives_join', '', $parsed_args );
$output = '';
$last_changed = wp_cache_get_last_changed( 'posts' );
$limit = $parsed_args['limit'];
if ( 'monthly' === $parsed_args['type'] ) {
$query = "SELECT YEAR(post_date) AS `year`, MONTH(post_date) AS `month`, count(ID) as posts FROM $wpdb->posts $join $where GROUP BY YEAR(post_date), MONTH(post_date) ORDER BY post_date $order $limit";
$key = md5( $query );
$key = "wp_get_archives:$key:$last_changed";
$results = wp_cache_get( $key, 'post-queries' );
if ( ! $results ) {
$results = $wpdb->get_results( $query );
wp_cache_set( $key, $results, 'post-queries' );
}
if ( $results ) {
$after = $parsed_args['after'];
foreach ( (array) $results as $result ) {
$url = get_month_link( $result->year, $result->month );
if ( 'post' !== $parsed_args['post_type'] ) {
$url = add_query_arg( 'post_type', $parsed_args['post_type'], $url );
}
/* translators: 1: Month name, 2: 4-digit year. */
$text = sprintf( __( '%1$s %2$d' ), $wp_locale->get_month( $result->month ), $result->year );
if ( $parsed_args['show_post_count'] ) {
$parsed_args['after'] = ' (' . $result->posts . ')' . $after;
}
$selected = is_archive() && (string) $parsed_args['year'] === $result->year && (string) $parsed_args['monthnum'] === $result->month;
$output .= get_archives_link( $url, $text, $parsed_args['format'], $parsed_args['before'], $parsed_args['after'], $selected );
}
}
} elseif ( 'yearly' === $parsed_args['type'] ) {
$query = "SELECT YEAR(post_date) AS `year`, count(ID) as posts FROM $wpdb->posts $join $where GROUP BY YEAR(post_date) ORDER BY post_date $order $limit";
$key = md5( $query );
$key = "wp_get_archives:$key:$last_changed";
$results = wp_cache_get( $key, 'post-queries' );
if ( ! $results ) {
$results = $wpdb->get_results( $query );
wp_cache_set( $key, $results, 'post-queries' );
}
if ( $results ) {
$after = $parsed_args['after'];
foreach ( (array) $results as $result ) {
$url = get_year_link( $result->year );
if ( 'post' !== $parsed_args['post_type'] ) {
$url = add_query_arg( 'post_type', $parsed_args['post_type'], $url );
}
$text = sprintf( '%d', $result->year );
if ( $parsed_args['show_post_count'] ) {
$parsed_args['after'] = ' (' . $result->posts . ')' . $after;
}
$selected = is_archive() && (string) $parsed_args['year'] === $result->year;
$output .= get_archives_link( $url, $text, $parsed_args['format'], $parsed_args['before'], $parsed_args['after'], $selected );
}
}
} elseif ( 'daily' === $parsed_args['type'] ) {
$query = "SELECT YEAR(post_date) AS `year`, MONTH(post_date) AS `month`, DAYOFMONTH(post_date) AS `dayofmonth`, count(ID) as posts FROM $wpdb->posts $join $where GROUP BY YEAR(post_date), MONTH(post_date), DAYOFMONTH(post_date) ORDER BY post_date $order $limit";
$key = md5( $query );
$key = "wp_get_archives:$key:$last_changed";
$results = wp_cache_get( $key, 'post-queries' );
if ( ! $results ) {
$results = $wpdb->get_results( $query );
wp_cache_set( $key, $results, 'post-queries' );
}
if ( $results ) {
$after = $parsed_args['after'];
foreach ( (array) $results as $result ) {
$url = get_day_link( $result->year, $result->month, $result->dayofmonth );
if ( 'post' !== $parsed_args['post_type'] ) {
$url = add_query_arg( 'post_type', $parsed_args['post_type'], $url );
}
$date = sprintf( '%1$d-%2$02d-%3$02d 00:00:00', $result->year, $result->month, $result->dayofmonth );
$text = mysql2date( get_option( 'date_format' ), $date );
if ( $parsed_args['show_post_count'] ) {
$parsed_args['after'] = ' (' . $result->posts . ')' . $after;
}
$selected = is_archive() && (string) $parsed_args['year'] === $result->year && (string) $parsed_args['monthnum'] === $result->month && (string) $parsed_args['day'] === $result->dayofmonth;
$output .= get_archives_link( $url, $text, $parsed_args['format'], $parsed_args['before'], $parsed_args['after'], $selected );
}
}
} elseif ( 'weekly' === $parsed_args['type'] ) {
$week = _wp_mysql_week( '`post_date`' );
$query = "SELECT DISTINCT $week AS `week`, YEAR( `post_date` ) AS `yr`, DATE_FORMAT( `post_date`, '%Y-%m-%d' ) AS `yyyymmdd`, count( `ID` ) AS `posts` FROM `$wpdb->posts` $join $where GROUP BY $week, YEAR( `post_date` ) ORDER BY `post_date` $order $limit";
$key = md5( $query );
$key = "wp_get_archives:$key:$last_changed";
$results = wp_cache_get( $key, 'post-queries' );
if ( ! $results ) {
$results = $wpdb->get_results( $query );
wp_cache_set( $key, $results, 'post-queries' );
}
$arc_w_last = '';
if ( $results ) {
$after = $parsed_args['after'];
foreach ( (array) $results as $result ) {
if ( $result->week != $arc_w_last ) {
$arc_year = $result->yr;
$arc_w_last = $result->week;
$arc_week = get_weekstartend( $result->yyyymmdd, get_option( 'start_of_week' ) );
$arc_week_start = date_i18n( get_option( 'date_format' ), $arc_week['start'] );
$arc_week_end = date_i18n( get_option( 'date_format' ), $arc_week['end'] );
$url = add_query_arg(
array(
'm' => $arc_year,
'w' => $result->week,
),
home_url( '/' )
);
if ( 'post' !== $parsed_args['post_type'] ) {
$url = add_query_arg( 'post_type', $parsed_args['post_type'], $url );
}
$text = $arc_week_start . $archive_week_separator . $arc_week_end;
if ( $parsed_args['show_post_count'] ) {
$parsed_args['after'] = ' (' . $result->posts . ')' . $after;
}
$selected = is_archive() && (string) $parsed_args['year'] === $result->yr && (string) $parsed_args['w'] === $result->week;
$output .= get_archives_link( $url, $text, $parsed_args['format'], $parsed_args['before'], $parsed_args['after'], $selected );
}
}
}
} elseif ( ( 'postbypost' === $parsed_args['type'] ) || ( 'alpha' === $parsed_args['type'] ) ) {
$orderby = ( 'alpha' === $parsed_args['type'] ) ? 'post_title ASC ' : 'post_date DESC, ID DESC ';
$query = "SELECT * FROM $wpdb->posts $join $where ORDER BY $orderby $limit";
$key = md5( $query );
$key = "wp_get_archives:$key:$last_changed";
$results = wp_cache_get( $key, 'post-queries' );
if ( ! $results ) {
$results = $wpdb->get_results( $query );
wp_cache_set( $key, $results, 'post-queries' );
}
if ( $results ) {
foreach ( (array) $results as $result ) {
if ( '0000-00-00 00:00:00' !== $result->post_date ) {
$url = get_permalink( $result );
if ( $result->post_title ) {
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/post-template.php */
$text = strip_tags( apply_filters( 'the_title', $result->post_title, $result->ID ) );
} else {
$text = $result->ID;
}
$selected = get_the_ID() === $result->ID;
$output .= get_archives_link( $url, $text, $parsed_args['format'], $parsed_args['before'], $parsed_args['after'], $selected );
}
}
}
}
if ( $parsed_args['echo'] ) {
echo $output;
} else {
return $output;
}
}
/**
* Gets number of days since the start of the week.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $num Number of day.
* @return float Days since the start of the week.
*/
function calendar_week_mod( $num ) {
$base = 7;
return ( $num - $base * floor( $num / $base ) );
}
/**
* Displays calendar with days that have posts as links.
*
* The calendar is cached, which will be retrieved, if it exists. If there are
* no posts for the month, then it will not be displayed.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @global int $m
* @global int $monthnum
* @global int $year
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
* @global array $posts
*
* @param bool $initial Optional. Whether to use initial calendar names. Default true.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to display the calendar output. Default true.
* @return void|string Void if `$display` argument is true, calendar HTML if `$display` is false.
*/
function get_calendar( $initial = true, $display = true ) {
global $wpdb, $m, $monthnum, $year, $wp_locale, $posts;
$key = md5( $m . $monthnum . $year );
$cache = wp_cache_get( 'get_calendar', 'calendar' );
if ( $cache && is_array( $cache ) && isset( $cache[ $key ] ) ) {
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/general-template.php */
$output = apply_filters( 'get_calendar', $cache[ $key ] );
if ( $display ) {
echo $output;
return;
}
return $output;
}
if ( ! is_array( $cache ) ) {
$cache = array();
}
// Quick check. If we have no posts at all, abort!
if ( ! $posts ) {
$gotsome = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT 1 as test FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_type = 'post' AND post_status = 'publish' LIMIT 1" );
if ( ! $gotsome ) {
$cache[ $key ] = '';
wp_cache_set( 'get_calendar', $cache, 'calendar' );
return;
}
}
if ( isset( $_GET['w'] ) ) {
$w = (int) $_GET['w'];
}
// week_begins = 0 stands for Sunday.
$week_begins = (int) get_option( 'start_of_week' );
// Let's figure out when we are.
if ( ! empty( $monthnum ) && ! empty( $year ) ) {
$thismonth = zeroise( (int) $monthnum, 2 );
$thisyear = (int) $year;
} elseif ( ! empty( $w ) ) {
// We need to get the month from MySQL.
$thisyear = (int) substr( $m, 0, 4 );
// It seems MySQL's weeks disagree with PHP's.
$d = ( ( $w - 1 ) * 7 ) + 6;
$thismonth = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT DATE_FORMAT((DATE_ADD('{$thisyear}0101', INTERVAL $d DAY) ), '%m')" );
} elseif ( ! empty( $m ) ) {
$thisyear = (int) substr( $m, 0, 4 );
if ( strlen( $m ) < 6 ) {
$thismonth = '01';
} else {
$thismonth = zeroise( (int) substr( $m, 4, 2 ), 2 );
}
} else {
$thisyear = current_time( 'Y' );
$thismonth = current_time( 'm' );
}
$unixmonth = mktime( 0, 0, 0, $thismonth, 1, $thisyear );
$last_day = gmdate( 't', $unixmonth );
// Get the next and previous month and year with at least one post.
$previous = $wpdb->get_row(
"SELECT MONTH(post_date) AS month, YEAR(post_date) AS year
FROM $wpdb->posts
WHERE post_date < '$thisyear-$thismonth-01'
AND post_type = 'post' AND post_status = 'publish'
ORDER BY post_date DESC
LIMIT 1"
);
$next = $wpdb->get_row(
"SELECT MONTH(post_date) AS month, YEAR(post_date) AS year
FROM $wpdb->posts
WHERE post_date > '$thisyear-$thismonth-{$last_day} 23:59:59'
AND post_type = 'post' AND post_status = 'publish'
ORDER BY post_date ASC
LIMIT 1"
);
/* translators: Calendar caption: 1: Month name, 2: 4-digit year. */
$calendar_caption = _x( '%1$s %2$s', 'calendar caption' );
$calendar_output = '<table id="wp-calendar" class="wp-calendar-table">
<caption>' . sprintf(
$calendar_caption,
$wp_locale->get_month( $thismonth ),
gmdate( 'Y', $unixmonth )
) . '</caption>
<thead>
<tr>';
$myweek = array();
for ( $wdcount = 0; $wdcount <= 6; $wdcount++ ) {
$myweek[] = $wp_locale->get_weekday( ( $wdcount + $week_begins ) % 7 );
}
foreach ( $myweek as $wd ) {
$day_name = $initial ? $wp_locale->get_weekday_initial( $wd ) : $wp_locale->get_weekday_abbrev( $wd );
$wd = esc_attr( $wd );
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t<th scope=\"col\" title=\"$wd\">$day_name</th>";
}
$calendar_output .= '
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>';
$daywithpost = array();
// Get days with posts.
$dayswithposts = $wpdb->get_results(
"SELECT DISTINCT DAYOFMONTH(post_date)
FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE post_date >= '{$thisyear}-{$thismonth}-01 00:00:00'
AND post_type = 'post' AND post_status = 'publish'
AND post_date <= '{$thisyear}-{$thismonth}-{$last_day} 23:59:59'",
ARRAY_N
);
if ( $dayswithposts ) {
foreach ( (array) $dayswithposts as $daywith ) {
$daywithpost[] = (int) $daywith[0];
}
}
// See how much we should pad in the beginning.
$pad = calendar_week_mod( gmdate( 'w', $unixmonth ) - $week_begins );
if ( 0 != $pad ) {
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t" . '<td colspan="' . esc_attr( $pad ) . '" class="pad"> </td>';
}
$newrow = false;
$daysinmonth = (int) gmdate( 't', $unixmonth );
for ( $day = 1; $day <= $daysinmonth; ++$day ) {
if ( isset( $newrow ) && $newrow ) {
$calendar_output .= "\n\t</tr>\n\t<tr>\n\t\t";
}
$newrow = false;
if ( current_time( 'j' ) == $day &&
current_time( 'm' ) == $thismonth &&
current_time( 'Y' ) == $thisyear ) {
$calendar_output .= '<td id="today">';
} else {
$calendar_output .= '<td>';
}
if ( in_array( $day, $daywithpost, true ) ) {
// Any posts today?
$date_format = gmdate( _x( 'F j, Y', 'daily archives date format' ), strtotime( "{$thisyear}-{$thismonth}-{$day}" ) );
/* translators: Post calendar label. %s: Date. */
$label = sprintf( __( 'Posts published on %s' ), $date_format );
$calendar_output .= sprintf(
'<a href="%s" aria-label="%s">%s</a>',
get_day_link( $thisyear, $thismonth, $day ),
esc_attr( $label ),
$day
);
} else {
$calendar_output .= $day;
}
$calendar_output .= '</td>';
if ( 6 == calendar_week_mod( gmdate( 'w', mktime( 0, 0, 0, $thismonth, $day, $thisyear ) ) - $week_begins ) ) {
$newrow = true;
}
}
$pad = 7 - calendar_week_mod( gmdate( 'w', mktime( 0, 0, 0, $thismonth, $day, $thisyear ) ) - $week_begins );
if ( 0 != $pad && 7 != $pad ) {
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t" . '<td class="pad" colspan="' . esc_attr( $pad ) . '"> </td>';
}
$calendar_output .= "\n\t</tr>\n\t</tbody>";
$calendar_output .= "\n\t</table>";
$calendar_output .= '<nav aria-label="' . __( 'Previous and next months' ) . '" class="wp-calendar-nav">';
if ( $previous ) {
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t" . '<span class="wp-calendar-nav-prev"><a href="' . get_month_link( $previous->year, $previous->month ) . '">« ' .
$wp_locale->get_month_abbrev( $wp_locale->get_month( $previous->month ) ) .
'</a></span>';
} else {
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t" . '<span class="wp-calendar-nav-prev"> </span>';
}
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t" . '<span class="pad"> </span>';
if ( $next ) {
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t" . '<span class="wp-calendar-nav-next"><a href="' . get_month_link( $next->year, $next->month ) . '">' .
$wp_locale->get_month_abbrev( $wp_locale->get_month( $next->month ) ) .
' »</a></span>';
} else {
$calendar_output .= "\n\t\t" . '<span class="wp-calendar-nav-next"> </span>';
}
$calendar_output .= '
</nav>';
$cache[ $key ] = $calendar_output;
wp_cache_set( 'get_calendar', $cache, 'calendar' );
if ( $display ) {
/**
* Filters the HTML calendar output.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $calendar_output HTML output of the calendar.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'get_calendar', $calendar_output );
return;
}
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/general-template.php */
return apply_filters( 'get_calendar', $calendar_output );
}
/**
* Purges the cached results of get_calendar.
*
* @see get_calendar()
* @since 2.1.0
*/
function delete_get_calendar_cache() {
wp_cache_delete( 'get_calendar', 'calendar' );
}
/**
* Displays all of the allowed tags in HTML format with attributes.
*
* This is useful for displaying in the comment area, which elements and
* attributes are supported. As well as any plugins which want to display it.
*
* @since 1.0.1
* @since 4.4.0 No longer used in core.
*
* @global array $allowedtags
*
* @return string HTML allowed tags entity encoded.
*/
function allowed_tags() {
global $allowedtags;
$allowed = '';
foreach ( (array) $allowedtags as $tag => $attributes ) {
$allowed .= '<' . $tag;
if ( 0 < count( $attributes ) ) {
foreach ( $attributes as $attribute => $limits ) {
$allowed .= ' ' . $attribute . '=""';
}
}
$allowed .= '> ';
}
return htmlentities( $allowed );
}
/***** Date/Time tags */
/**
* Outputs the date in iso8601 format for xml files.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*/
function the_date_xml() {
echo mysql2date( 'Y-m-d', get_post()->post_date, false );
}
/**
* Displays or retrieves the date the current post was written (once per date)
*
* Will only output the date if the current post's date is different from the
* previous one output.
*
* i.e. Only one date listing will show per day worth of posts shown in the loop, even if the
* function is called several times for each post.
*
* HTML output can be filtered with 'the_date'.
* Date string output can be filtered with 'get_the_date'.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @global string $currentday The day of the current post in the loop.
* @global string $previousday The day of the previous post in the loop.
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP date format. Defaults to the 'date_format' option.
* @param string $before Optional. Output before the date. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Output after the date. Default empty.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to echo the date or return it. Default true.
* @return string|void String if retrieving.
*/
function the_date( $format = '', $before = '', $after = '', $display = true ) {
global $currentday, $previousday;
$the_date = '';
if ( is_new_day() ) {
$the_date = $before . get_the_date( $format ) . $after;
$previousday = $currentday;
}
/**
* Filters the date a post was published for display.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $the_date The formatted date string.
* @param string $format PHP date format.
* @param string $before HTML output before the date.
* @param string $after HTML output after the date.
*/
$the_date = apply_filters( 'the_date', $the_date, $format, $before, $after );
if ( $display ) {
echo $the_date;
} else {
return $the_date;
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the date on which the post was written.
*
* Unlike the_date() this function will always return the date.
* Modify output with the {@see 'get_the_date'} filter.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP date format. Defaults to the 'date_format' option.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default current post.
* @return string|int|false Date the current post was written. False on failure.
*/
function get_the_date( $format = '', $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$_format = ! empty( $format ) ? $format : get_option( 'date_format' );
$the_date = get_post_time( $_format, false, $post, true );
/**
* Filters the date a post was published.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string|int $the_date Formatted date string or Unix timestamp if `$format` is 'U' or 'G'.
* @param string $format PHP date format.
* @param WP_Post $post The post object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_the_date', $the_date, $format, $post );
}
/**
* Displays the date on which the post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP date format. Defaults to the 'date_format' option.
* @param string $before Optional. Output before the date. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Output after the date. Default empty.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to echo the date or return it. Default true.
* @return string|void String if retrieving.
*/
function the_modified_date( $format = '', $before = '', $after = '', $display = true ) {
$the_modified_date = $before . get_the_modified_date( $format ) . $after;
/**
* Filters the date a post was last modified for display.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string|false $the_modified_date The last modified date or false if no post is found.
* @param string $format PHP date format.
* @param string $before HTML output before the date.
* @param string $after HTML output after the date.
*/
$the_modified_date = apply_filters( 'the_modified_date', $the_modified_date, $format, $before, $after );
if ( $display ) {
echo $the_modified_date;
} else {
return $the_modified_date;
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the date on which the post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP date format. Defaults to the 'date_format' option.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default current post.
* @return string|int|false Date the current post was modified. False on failure.
*/
function get_the_modified_date( $format = '', $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
// For backward compatibility, failures go through the filter below.
$the_time = false;
} else {
$_format = ! empty( $format ) ? $format : get_option( 'date_format' );
$the_time = get_post_modified_time( $_format, false, $post, true );
}
/**
* Filters the date a post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param string|int|false $the_time The formatted date or false if no post is found.
* @param string $format PHP date format.
* @param WP_Post|null $post WP_Post object or null if no post is found.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_the_modified_date', $the_time, $format, $post );
}
/**
* Displays the time at which the post was written.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $format Optional. Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was written. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
* Defaults to the 'time_format' option.
*/
function the_time( $format = '' ) {
/**
* Filters the time a post was written for display.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $get_the_time The formatted time.
* @param string $format Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was written. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'the_time', get_the_time( $format ), $format );
}
/**
* Retrieves the time at which the post was written.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $format Optional. Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was written. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
* Defaults to the 'time_format' option.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object. Default is global `$post` object.
* @return string|int|false Formatted date string or Unix timestamp if `$format` is 'U' or 'G'.
* False on failure.
*/
function get_the_time( $format = '', $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$_format = ! empty( $format ) ? $format : get_option( 'time_format' );
$the_time = get_post_time( $_format, false, $post, true );
/**
* Filters the time a post was written.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string|int $the_time Formatted date string or Unix timestamp if `$format` is 'U' or 'G'.
* @param string $format Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was written. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
* @param WP_Post $post Post object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_the_time', $the_time, $format, $post );
}
/**
* Retrieves the time at which the post was written.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $format Optional. Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was written. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format. Default 'U'.
* @param bool $gmt Optional. Whether to retrieve the GMT time. Default false.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object. Default is global `$post` object.
* @param bool $translate Whether to translate the time string. Default false.
* @return string|int|false Formatted date string or Unix timestamp if `$format` is 'U' or 'G'.
* False on failure.
*/
function get_post_time( $format = 'U', $gmt = false, $post = null, $translate = false ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$source = ( $gmt ) ? 'gmt' : 'local';
$datetime = get_post_datetime( $post, 'date', $source );
if ( false === $datetime ) {
return false;
}
if ( 'U' === $format || 'G' === $format ) {
$time = $datetime->getTimestamp();
// Returns a sum of timestamp with timezone offset. Ideally should never be used.
if ( ! $gmt ) {
$time += $datetime->getOffset();
}
} elseif ( $translate ) {
$time = wp_date( $format, $datetime->getTimestamp(), $gmt ? new DateTimeZone( 'UTC' ) : null );
} else {
if ( $gmt ) {
$datetime = $datetime->setTimezone( new DateTimeZone( 'UTC' ) );
}
$time = $datetime->format( $format );
}
/**
* Filters the localized time a post was written.
*
* @since 2.6.0
*
* @param string|int $time Formatted date string or Unix timestamp if `$format` is 'U' or 'G'.
* @param string $format Format to use for retrieving the time the post was written.
* Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
* @param bool $gmt Whether to retrieve the GMT time.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_post_time', $time, $format, $gmt );
}
/**
* Retrieves post published or modified time as a `DateTimeImmutable` object instance.
*
* The object will be set to the timezone from WordPress settings.
*
* For legacy reasons, this function allows to choose to instantiate from local or UTC time in database.
* Normally this should make no difference to the result. However, the values might get out of sync in database,
* typically because of timezone setting changes. The parameter ensures the ability to reproduce backwards
* compatible behaviors in such cases.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Default is global `$post` object.
* @param string $field Optional. Published or modified time to use from database. Accepts 'date' or 'modified'.
* Default 'date'.
* @param string $source Optional. Local or UTC time to use from database. Accepts 'local' or 'gmt'.
* Default 'local'.
* @return DateTimeImmutable|false Time object on success, false on failure.
*/
function get_post_datetime( $post = null, $field = 'date', $source = 'local' ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$wp_timezone = wp_timezone();
if ( 'gmt' === $source ) {
$time = ( 'modified' === $field ) ? $post->post_modified_gmt : $post->post_date_gmt;
$timezone = new DateTimeZone( 'UTC' );
} else {
$time = ( 'modified' === $field ) ? $post->post_modified : $post->post_date;
$timezone = $wp_timezone;
}
if ( empty( $time ) || '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $time ) {
return false;
}
$datetime = date_create_immutable_from_format( 'Y-m-d H:i:s', $time, $timezone );
if ( false === $datetime ) {
return false;
}
return $datetime->setTimezone( $wp_timezone );
}
/**
* Retrieves post published or modified time as a Unix timestamp.
*
* Note that this function returns a true Unix timestamp, not summed with timezone offset
* like older WP functions.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or post object. Default is global `$post` object.
* @param string $field Optional. Published or modified time to use from database. Accepts 'date' or 'modified'.
* Default 'date'.
* @return int|false Unix timestamp on success, false on failure.
*/
function get_post_timestamp( $post = null, $field = 'date' ) {
$datetime = get_post_datetime( $post, $field );
if ( false === $datetime ) {
return false;
}
return $datetime->getTimestamp();
}
/**
* Displays the time at which the post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $format Optional. Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was modified. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
* Defaults to the 'time_format' option.
*/
function the_modified_time( $format = '' ) {
/**
* Filters the localized time a post was last modified, for display.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string|false $get_the_modified_time The formatted time or false if no post is found.
* @param string $format Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was modified. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'the_modified_time', get_the_modified_time( $format ), $format );
}
/**
* Retrieves the time at which the post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.0.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param string $format Optional. Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was modified. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
* Defaults to the 'time_format' option.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default current post.
* @return string|int|false Formatted date string or Unix timestamp. False on failure.
*/
function get_the_modified_time( $format = '', $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
// For backward compatibility, failures go through the filter below.
$the_time = false;
} else {
$_format = ! empty( $format ) ? $format : get_option( 'time_format' );
$the_time = get_post_modified_time( $_format, false, $post, true );
}
/**
* Filters the localized time a post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.0.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param string|int|false $the_time The formatted time or false if no post is found.
* @param string $format Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was modified. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format.
* @param WP_Post|null $post WP_Post object or null if no post is found.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_the_modified_time', $the_time, $format, $post );
}
/**
* Retrieves the time at which the post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $format Optional. Format to use for retrieving the time the post
* was modified. Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format. Default 'U'.
* @param bool $gmt Optional. Whether to retrieve the GMT time. Default false.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object. Default is global `$post` object.
* @param bool $translate Whether to translate the time string. Default false.
* @return string|int|false Formatted date string or Unix timestamp if `$format` is 'U' or 'G'.
* False on failure.
*/
function get_post_modified_time( $format = 'U', $gmt = false, $post = null, $translate = false ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return false;
}
$source = ( $gmt ) ? 'gmt' : 'local';
$datetime = get_post_datetime( $post, 'modified', $source );
if ( false === $datetime ) {
return false;
}
if ( 'U' === $format || 'G' === $format ) {
$time = $datetime->getTimestamp();
// Returns a sum of timestamp with timezone offset. Ideally should never be used.
if ( ! $gmt ) {
$time += $datetime->getOffset();
}
} elseif ( $translate ) {
$time = wp_date( $format, $datetime->getTimestamp(), $gmt ? new DateTimeZone( 'UTC' ) : null );
} else {
if ( $gmt ) {
$datetime = $datetime->setTimezone( new DateTimeZone( 'UTC' ) );
}
$time = $datetime->format( $format );
}
/**
* Filters the localized time a post was last modified.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param string|int $time Formatted date string or Unix timestamp if `$format` is 'U' or 'G'.
* @param string $format Format to use for retrieving the time the post was modified.
* Accepts 'G', 'U', or PHP date format. Default 'U'.
* @param bool $gmt Whether to retrieve the GMT time. Default false.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_post_modified_time', $time, $format, $gmt );
}
/**
* Displays the weekday on which the post was written.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
*/
function the_weekday() {
global $wp_locale;
$post = get_post();
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
$the_weekday = $wp_locale->get_weekday( get_post_time( 'w', false, $post ) );
/**
* Filters the weekday on which the post was written, for display.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $the_weekday
*/
echo apply_filters( 'the_weekday', $the_weekday );
}
/**
* Displays the weekday on which the post was written.
*
* Will only output the weekday if the current post's weekday is different from
* the previous one output.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
* @global string $currentday The day of the current post in the loop.
* @global string $previousweekday The day of the previous post in the loop.
*
* @param string $before Optional. Output before the date. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Output after the date. Default empty.
*/
function the_weekday_date( $before = '', $after = '' ) {
global $wp_locale, $currentday, $previousweekday;
$post = get_post();
if ( ! $post ) {
return;
}
$the_weekday_date = '';
if ( $currentday !== $previousweekday ) {
$the_weekday_date .= $before;
$the_weekday_date .= $wp_locale->get_weekday( get_post_time( 'w', false, $post ) );
$the_weekday_date .= $after;
$previousweekday = $currentday;
}
/**
* Filters the localized date on which the post was written, for display.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $the_weekday_date The weekday on which the post was written.
* @param string $before The HTML to output before the date.
* @param string $after The HTML to output after the date.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'the_weekday_date', $the_weekday_date, $before, $after );
}
/**
* Fires the wp_head action.
*
* See {@see 'wp_head'}.
*
* @since 1.2.0
*/
function wp_head() {
/**
* Prints scripts or data in the head tag on the front end.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*/
do_action( 'wp_head' );
}
/**
* Fires the wp_footer action.
*
* See {@see 'wp_footer'}.
*
* @since 1.5.1
*/
function wp_footer() {
/**
* Prints scripts or data before the closing body tag on the front end.
*
* @since 1.5.1
*/
do_action( 'wp_footer' );
}
/**
* Fires the wp_body_open action.
*
* See {@see 'wp_body_open'}.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
function wp_body_open() {
/**
* Triggered after the opening body tag.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
do_action( 'wp_body_open' );
}
/**
* Displays the links to the general feeds.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param array $args Optional arguments.
*/
function feed_links( $args = array() ) {
if ( ! current_theme_supports( 'automatic-feed-links' ) ) {
return;
}
$defaults = array(
/* translators: Separator between site name and feed type in feed links. */
'separator' => _x( '»', 'feed link' ),
/* translators: 1: Site title, 2: Separator (raquo). */
'feedtitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s Feed' ),
/* translators: 1: Site title, 2: Separator (raquo). */
'comstitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s Comments Feed' ),
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
/**
* Filters whether to display the posts feed link.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the posts feed link. Default true.
*/
if ( apply_filters( 'feed_links_show_posts_feed', true ) ) {
printf(
'<link rel="alternate" type="%s" title="%s" href="%s" />' . "\n",
feed_content_type(),
esc_attr( sprintf( $args['feedtitle'], get_bloginfo( 'name' ), $args['separator'] ) ),
esc_url( get_feed_link() )
);
}
/**
* Filters whether to display the comments feed link.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the comments feed link. Default true.
*/
if ( apply_filters( 'feed_links_show_comments_feed', true ) ) {
printf(
'<link rel="alternate" type="%s" title="%s" href="%s" />' . "\n",
feed_content_type(),
esc_attr( sprintf( $args['comstitle'], get_bloginfo( 'name' ), $args['separator'] ) ),
esc_url( get_feed_link( 'comments_' . get_default_feed() ) )
);
}
}
/**
* Displays the links to the extra feeds such as category feeds.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param array $args Optional arguments.
*/
function feed_links_extra( $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array(
/* translators: Separator between site name and feed type in feed links. */
'separator' => _x( '»', 'feed link' ),
/* translators: 1: Site name, 2: Separator (raquo), 3: Post title. */
'singletitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s %3$s Comments Feed' ),
/* translators: 1: Site name, 2: Separator (raquo), 3: Category name. */
'cattitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s %3$s Category Feed' ),
/* translators: 1: Site name, 2: Separator (raquo), 3: Tag name. */
'tagtitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s %3$s Tag Feed' ),
/* translators: 1: Site name, 2: Separator (raquo), 3: Term name, 4: Taxonomy singular name. */
'taxtitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s %3$s %4$s Feed' ),
/* translators: 1: Site name, 2: Separator (raquo), 3: Author name. */
'authortitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s Posts by %3$s Feed' ),
/* translators: 1: Site name, 2: Separator (raquo), 3: Search query. */
'searchtitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s Search Results for “%3$s” Feed' ),
/* translators: 1: Site name, 2: Separator (raquo), 3: Post type name. */
'posttypetitle' => __( '%1$s %2$s %3$s Feed' ),
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( is_singular() ) {
$id = 0;
$post = get_post( $id );
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/general-template.php */
$show_comments_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_show_comments_feed', true );
/**
* Filters whether to display the post comments feed link.
*
* This filter allows to enable or disable the feed link for a singular post
* in a way that is independent of {@see 'feed_links_show_comments_feed'}
* (which controls the global comments feed). The result of that filter
* is accepted as a parameter.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param bool $show_comments_feed Whether to display the post comments feed link. Defaults to
* the {@see 'feed_links_show_comments_feed'} filter result.
*/
$show_post_comments_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_extra_show_post_comments_feed', $show_comments_feed );
if ( $show_post_comments_feed && ( comments_open() || pings_open() || $post->comment_count > 0 ) ) {
$title = sprintf(
$args['singletitle'],
get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
$args['separator'],
the_title_attribute( array( 'echo' => false ) )
);
$feed_link = get_post_comments_feed_link( $post->ID );
if ( $feed_link ) {
$href = $feed_link;
}
}
} elseif ( is_post_type_archive() ) {
/**
* Filters whether to display the post type archive feed link.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the post type archive feed link. Default true.
*/
$show_post_type_archive_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_extra_show_post_type_archive_feed', true );
if ( $show_post_type_archive_feed ) {
$post_type = get_query_var( 'post_type' );
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
$post_type = reset( $post_type );
}
$post_type_obj = get_post_type_object( $post_type );
$title = sprintf(
$args['posttypetitle'],
get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
$args['separator'],
$post_type_obj->labels->name
);
$href = get_post_type_archive_feed_link( $post_type_obj->name );
}
} elseif ( is_category() ) {
/**
* Filters whether to display the category feed link.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the category feed link. Default true.
*/
$show_category_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_extra_show_category_feed', true );
if ( $show_category_feed ) {
$term = get_queried_object();
if ( $term ) {
$title = sprintf(
$args['cattitle'],
get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
$args['separator'],
$term->name
);
$href = get_category_feed_link( $term->term_id );
}
}
} elseif ( is_tag() ) {
/**
* Filters whether to display the tag feed link.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the tag feed link. Default true.
*/
$show_tag_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_extra_show_tag_feed', true );
if ( $show_tag_feed ) {
$term = get_queried_object();
if ( $term ) {
$title = sprintf(
$args['tagtitle'],
get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
$args['separator'],
$term->name
);
$href = get_tag_feed_link( $term->term_id );
}
}
} elseif ( is_tax() ) {
/**
* Filters whether to display the custom taxonomy feed link.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the custom taxonomy feed link. Default true.
*/
$show_tax_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_extra_show_tax_feed', true );
if ( $show_tax_feed ) {
$term = get_queried_object();
if ( $term ) {
$tax = get_taxonomy( $term->taxonomy );
$title = sprintf(
$args['taxtitle'],
get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
$args['separator'],
$term->name,
$tax->labels->singular_name
);
$href = get_term_feed_link( $term->term_id, $term->taxonomy );
}
}
} elseif ( is_author() ) {
/**
* Filters whether to display the author feed link.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the author feed link. Default true.
*/
$show_author_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_extra_show_author_feed', true );
if ( $show_author_feed ) {
$author_id = (int) get_query_var( 'author' );
$title = sprintf(
$args['authortitle'],
get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
$args['separator'],
get_the_author_meta( 'display_name', $author_id )
);
$href = get_author_feed_link( $author_id );
}
} elseif ( is_search() ) {
/**
* Filters whether to display the search results feed link.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param bool $show Whether to display the search results feed link. Default true.
*/
$show_search_feed = apply_filters( 'feed_links_extra_show_search_feed', true );
if ( $show_search_feed ) {
$title = sprintf(
$args['searchtitle'],
get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
$args['separator'],
get_search_query( false )
);
$href = get_search_feed_link();
}
}
if ( isset( $title ) && isset( $href ) ) {
printf(
'<link rel="alternate" type="%s" title="%s" href="%s" />' . "\n",
feed_content_type(),
esc_attr( $title ),
esc_url( $href )
);
}
}
/**
* Displays the link to the Really Simple Discovery service endpoint.
*
* @link http://archipelago.phrasewise.com/rsd
* @since 2.0.0
*/
function rsd_link() {
printf(
'<link rel="EditURI" type="application/rsd+xml" title="RSD" href="%s" />' . "\n",
esc_url( site_url( 'xmlrpc.php?rsd', 'rpc' ) )
);
}
/**
* Displays a referrer `strict-origin-when-cross-origin` meta tag.
*
* Outputs a referrer `strict-origin-when-cross-origin` meta tag that tells the browser not to send
* the full URL as a referrer to other sites when cross-origin assets are loaded.
*
* Typical usage is as a {@see 'wp_head'} callback:
*
* add_action( 'wp_head', 'wp_strict_cross_origin_referrer' );
*
* @since 5.7.0
*/
function wp_strict_cross_origin_referrer() {
?>
<meta name='referrer' content='strict-origin-when-cross-origin' />
<?php
}
/**
* Displays site icon meta tags.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @link https://www.whatwg.org/specs/web-apps/current-work/multipage/links.html#rel-icon HTML5 specification link icon.
*/
function wp_site_icon() {
if ( ! has_site_icon() && ! is_customize_preview() ) {
return;
}
$meta_tags = array();
$icon_32 = get_site_icon_url( 32 );
if ( empty( $icon_32 ) && is_customize_preview() ) {
$icon_32 = '/favicon.ico'; // Serve default favicon URL in customizer so element can be updated for preview.
}
if ( $icon_32 ) {
$meta_tags[] = sprintf( '<link rel="icon" href="%s" sizes="32x32" />', esc_url( $icon_32 ) );
}
$icon_192 = get_site_icon_url( 192 );
if ( $icon_192 ) {
$meta_tags[] = sprintf( '<link rel="icon" href="%s" sizes="192x192" />', esc_url( $icon_192 ) );
}
$icon_180 = get_site_icon_url( 180 );
if ( $icon_180 ) {
$meta_tags[] = sprintf( '<link rel="apple-touch-icon" href="%s" />', esc_url( $icon_180 ) );
}
$icon_270 = get_site_icon_url( 270 );
if ( $icon_270 ) {
$meta_tags[] = sprintf( '<meta name="msapplication-TileImage" content="%s" />', esc_url( $icon_270 ) );
}
/**
* Filters the site icon meta tags, so plugins can add their own.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param string[] $meta_tags Array of Site Icon meta tags.
*/
$meta_tags = apply_filters( 'site_icon_meta_tags', $meta_tags );
$meta_tags = array_filter( $meta_tags );
foreach ( $meta_tags as $meta_tag ) {
echo "$meta_tag\n";
}
}
/**
* Prints resource hints to browsers for pre-fetching, pre-rendering
* and pre-connecting to web sites.
*
* Gives hints to browsers to prefetch specific pages or render them
* in the background, to perform DNS lookups or to begin the connection
* handshake (DNS, TCP, TLS) in the background.
*
* These performance improving indicators work by using `<link rel"…">`.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*/
function wp_resource_hints() {
$hints = array(
'dns-prefetch' => wp_dependencies_unique_hosts(),
'preconnect' => array(),
'prefetch' => array(),
'prerender' => array(),
);
foreach ( $hints as $relation_type => $urls ) {
$unique_urls = array();
/**
* Filters domains and URLs for resource hints of relation type.
*
* @since 4.6.0
* @since 4.7.0 The `$urls` parameter accepts arrays of specific HTML attributes
* as its child elements.
*
* @param array $urls {
* Array of resources and their attributes, or URLs to print for resource hints.
*
* @type array|string ...$0 {
* Array of resource attributes, or a URL string.
*
* @type string $href URL to include in resource hints. Required.
* @type string $as How the browser should treat the resource
* (`script`, `style`, `image`, `document`, etc).
* @type string $crossorigin Indicates the CORS policy of the specified resource.
* @type float $pr Expected probability that the resource hint will be used.
* @type string $type Type of the resource (`text/html`, `text/css`, etc).
* }
* }
* @param string $relation_type The relation type the URLs are printed for,
* e.g. 'preconnect' or 'prerender'.
*/
$urls = apply_filters( 'wp_resource_hints', $urls, $relation_type );
foreach ( $urls as $key => $url ) {
$atts = array();
if ( is_array( $url ) ) {
if ( isset( $url['href'] ) ) {
$atts = $url;
$url = $url['href'];
} else {
continue;
}
}
$url = esc_url( $url, array( 'http', 'https' ) );
if ( ! $url ) {
continue;
}
if ( isset( $unique_urls[ $url ] ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( in_array( $relation_type, array( 'preconnect', 'dns-prefetch' ), true ) ) {
$parsed = wp_parse_url( $url );
if ( empty( $parsed['host'] ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( 'preconnect' === $relation_type && ! empty( $parsed['scheme'] ) ) {
$url = $parsed['scheme'] . '://' . $parsed['host'];
} else {
// Use protocol-relative URLs for dns-prefetch or if scheme is missing.
$url = '//' . $parsed['host'];
}
}
$atts['rel'] = $relation_type;
$atts['href'] = $url;
$unique_urls[ $url ] = $atts;
}
foreach ( $unique_urls as $atts ) {
$html = '';
foreach ( $atts as $attr => $value ) {
if ( ! is_scalar( $value )
|| ( ! in_array( $attr, array( 'as', 'crossorigin', 'href', 'pr', 'rel', 'type' ), true ) && ! is_numeric( $attr ) )
) {
continue;
}
$value = ( 'href' === $attr ) ? esc_url( $value ) : esc_attr( $value );
if ( ! is_string( $attr ) ) {
$html .= " $value";
} else {
$html .= " $attr='$value'";
}
}
$html = trim( $html );
echo "<link $html />\n";
}
}
}
/**
* Prints resource preloads directives to browsers.
*
* Gives directive to browsers to preload specific resources that website will
* need very soon, this ensures that they are available earlier and are less
* likely to block the page's render. Preload directives should not be used for
* non-render-blocking elements, as then they would compete with the
* render-blocking ones, slowing down the render.
*
* These performance improving indicators work by using `<link rel="preload">`.
*
* @link https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Link_types/preload
* @link https://web.dev/preload-responsive-images/
*
* @since 6.1.0
*/
function wp_preload_resources() {
/**
* Filters domains and URLs for resource preloads.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param array $preload_resources {
* Array of resources and their attributes, or URLs to print for resource preloads.
*
* @type array ...$0 {
* Array of resource attributes.
*
* @type string $href URL to include in resource preloads. Required.
* @type string $as How the browser should treat the resource
* (`script`, `style`, `image`, `document`, etc).
* @type string $crossorigin Indicates the CORS policy of the specified resource.
* @type string $type Type of the resource (`text/html`, `text/css`, etc).
* @type string $media Accepts media types or media queries. Allows responsive preloading.
* @type string $imagesizes Responsive source size to the source Set.
* @type string $imagesrcset Responsive image sources to the source set.
* }
* }
*/
$preload_resources = apply_filters( 'wp_preload_resources', array() );
if ( ! is_array( $preload_resources ) ) {
return;
}
$unique_resources = array();
// Parse the complete resource list and extract unique resources.
foreach ( $preload_resources as $resource ) {
if ( ! is_array( $resource ) ) {
continue;
}
$attributes = $resource;
if ( isset( $resource['href'] ) ) {
$href = $resource['href'];
if ( isset( $unique_resources[ $href ] ) ) {
continue;
}
$unique_resources[ $href ] = $attributes;
// Media can use imagesrcset and not href.
} elseif ( ( 'image' === $resource['as'] ) &&
( isset( $resource['imagesrcset'] ) || isset( $resource['imagesizes'] ) )
) {
if ( isset( $unique_resources[ $resource['imagesrcset'] ] ) ) {
continue;
}
$unique_resources[ $resource['imagesrcset'] ] = $attributes;
} else {
continue;
}
}
// Build and output the HTML for each unique resource.
foreach ( $unique_resources as $unique_resource ) {
$html = '';
foreach ( $unique_resource as $resource_key => $resource_value ) {
if ( ! is_scalar( $resource_value ) ) {
continue;
}
// Ignore non-supported attributes.
$non_supported_attributes = array( 'as', 'crossorigin', 'href', 'imagesrcset', 'imagesizes', 'type', 'media' );
if ( ! in_array( $resource_key, $non_supported_attributes, true ) && ! is_numeric( $resource_key ) ) {
continue;
}
// imagesrcset only usable when preloading image, ignore otherwise.
if ( ( 'imagesrcset' === $resource_key ) && ( ! isset( $unique_resource['as'] ) || ( 'image' !== $unique_resource['as'] ) ) ) {
continue;
}
// imagesizes only usable when preloading image and imagesrcset present, ignore otherwise.
if ( ( 'imagesizes' === $resource_key ) &&
( ! isset( $unique_resource['as'] ) || ( 'image' !== $unique_resource['as'] ) || ! isset( $unique_resource['imagesrcset'] ) )
) {
continue;
}
$resource_value = ( 'href' === $resource_key ) ? esc_url( $resource_value, array( 'http', 'https' ) ) : esc_attr( $resource_value );
if ( ! is_string( $resource_key ) ) {
$html .= " $resource_value";
} else {
$html .= " $resource_key='$resource_value'";
}
}
$html = trim( $html );
printf( "<link rel='preload' %s />\n", $html );
}
}
/**
* Retrieves a list of unique hosts of all enqueued scripts and styles.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @global WP_Scripts $wp_scripts The WP_Scripts object for printing scripts.
* @global WP_Styles $wp_styles The WP_Styles object for printing styles.
*
* @return string[] A list of unique hosts of enqueued scripts and styles.
*/
function wp_dependencies_unique_hosts() {
global $wp_scripts, $wp_styles;
$unique_hosts = array();
foreach ( array( $wp_scripts, $wp_styles ) as $dependencies ) {
if ( $dependencies instanceof WP_Dependencies && ! empty( $dependencies->queue ) ) {
foreach ( $dependencies->queue as $handle ) {
if ( ! isset( $dependencies->registered[ $handle ] ) ) {
continue;
}
/* @var _WP_Dependency $dependency */
$dependency = $dependencies->registered[ $handle ];
$parsed = wp_parse_url( $dependency->src );
if ( ! empty( $parsed['host'] )
&& ! in_array( $parsed['host'], $unique_hosts, true ) && $parsed['host'] !== $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME']
) {
$unique_hosts[] = $parsed['host'];
}
}
}
}
return $unique_hosts;
}
/**
* Determines whether the user can access the visual editor.
*
* Checks if the user can access the visual editor and that it's supported by the user's browser.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @global bool $wp_rich_edit Whether the user can access the visual editor.
* @global bool $is_gecko Whether the browser is Gecko-based.
* @global bool $is_opera Whether the browser is Opera.
* @global bool $is_safari Whether the browser is Safari.
* @global bool $is_chrome Whether the browser is Chrome.
* @global bool $is_IE Whether the browser is Internet Explorer.
* @global bool $is_edge Whether the browser is Microsoft Edge.
*
* @return bool True if the user can access the visual editor, false otherwise.
*/
function user_can_richedit() {
global $wp_rich_edit, $is_gecko, $is_opera, $is_safari, $is_chrome, $is_IE, $is_edge;
if ( ! isset( $wp_rich_edit ) ) {
$wp_rich_edit = false;
if ( 'true' === get_user_option( 'rich_editing' ) || ! is_user_logged_in() ) { // Default to 'true' for logged out users.
if ( $is_safari ) {
$wp_rich_edit = ! wp_is_mobile() || ( preg_match( '!AppleWebKit/(\d+)!', $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'], $match ) && (int) $match[1] >= 534 );
} elseif ( $is_IE ) {
$wp_rich_edit = str_contains( $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'], 'Trident/7.0;' );
} elseif ( $is_gecko || $is_chrome || $is_edge || ( $is_opera && ! wp_is_mobile() ) ) {
$wp_rich_edit = true;
}
}
}
/**
* Filters whether the user can access the visual editor.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param bool $wp_rich_edit Whether the user can access the visual editor.
*/
return apply_filters( 'user_can_richedit', $wp_rich_edit );
}
/**
* Finds out which editor should be displayed by default.
*
* Works out which of the two editors to display as the current editor for a
* user. The 'html' setting is for the "Text" editor tab.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @return string Either 'tinymce', or 'html', or 'test'
*/
function wp_default_editor() {
$r = user_can_richedit() ? 'tinymce' : 'html'; // Defaults.
if ( wp_get_current_user() ) { // Look for cookie.
$ed = get_user_setting( 'editor', 'tinymce' );
$r = ( in_array( $ed, array( 'tinymce', 'html', 'test' ), true ) ) ? $ed : $r;
}
/**
* Filters which editor should be displayed by default.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $r Which editor should be displayed by default. Either 'tinymce', 'html', or 'test'.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_default_editor', $r );
}
/**
* Renders an editor.
*
* Using this function is the proper way to output all needed components for both TinyMCE and Quicktags.
* _WP_Editors should not be used directly. See https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/17144.
*
* NOTE: Once initialized the TinyMCE editor cannot be safely moved in the DOM. For that reason
* running wp_editor() inside of a meta box is not a good idea unless only Quicktags is used.
* On the post edit screen several actions can be used to include additional editors
* containing TinyMCE: 'edit_page_form', 'edit_form_advanced' and 'dbx_post_sidebar'.
* See https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/19173 for more information.
*
* @see _WP_Editors::editor()
* @see _WP_Editors::parse_settings()
* @since 3.3.0
*
* @param string $content Initial content for the editor.
* @param string $editor_id HTML ID attribute value for the textarea and TinyMCE.
* Should not contain square brackets.
* @param array $settings See _WP_Editors::parse_settings() for description.
*/
function wp_editor( $content, $editor_id, $settings = array() ) {
if ( ! class_exists( '_WP_Editors', false ) ) {
require ABSPATH . WPINC . '/class-wp-editor.php';
}
_WP_Editors::editor( $content, $editor_id, $settings );
}
/**
* Outputs the editor scripts, stylesheets, and default settings.
*
* The editor can be initialized when needed after page load.
* See wp.editor.initialize() in wp-admin/js/editor.js for initialization options.
*
* @uses _WP_Editors
* @since 4.8.0
*/
function wp_enqueue_editor() {
if ( ! class_exists( '_WP_Editors', false ) ) {
require ABSPATH . WPINC . '/class-wp-editor.php';
}
_WP_Editors::enqueue_default_editor();
}
/**
* Enqueues assets needed by the code editor for the given settings.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @see wp_enqueue_editor()
* @see wp_get_code_editor_settings();
* @see _WP_Editors::parse_settings()
*
* @param array $args {
* Args.
*
* @type string $type The MIME type of the file to be edited.
* @type string $file Filename to be edited. Extension is used to sniff the type. Can be supplied as alternative to `$type` param.
* @type WP_Theme $theme Theme being edited when on the theme file editor.
* @type string $plugin Plugin being edited when on the plugin file editor.
* @type array $codemirror Additional CodeMirror setting overrides.
* @type array $csslint CSSLint rule overrides.
* @type array $jshint JSHint rule overrides.
* @type array $htmlhint HTMLHint rule overrides.
* }
* @return array|false Settings for the enqueued code editor, or false if the editor was not enqueued.
*/
function wp_enqueue_code_editor( $args ) {
if ( is_user_logged_in() && 'false' === wp_get_current_user()->syntax_highlighting ) {
return false;
}
$settings = wp_get_code_editor_settings( $args );
if ( empty( $settings ) || empty( $settings['codemirror'] ) ) {
return false;
}
wp_enqueue_script( 'code-editor' );
wp_enqueue_style( 'code-editor' );
if ( isset( $settings['codemirror']['mode'] ) ) {
$mode = $settings['codemirror']['mode'];
if ( is_string( $mode ) ) {
$mode = array(
'name' => $mode,
);
}
if ( ! empty( $settings['codemirror']['lint'] ) ) {
switch ( $mode['name'] ) {
case 'css':
case 'text/css':
case 'text/x-scss':
case 'text/x-less':
wp_enqueue_script( 'csslint' );
break;
case 'htmlmixed':
case 'text/html':
case 'php':
case 'application/x-httpd-php':
case 'text/x-php':
wp_enqueue_script( 'htmlhint' );
wp_enqueue_script( 'csslint' );
wp_enqueue_script( 'jshint' );
if ( ! current_user_can( 'unfiltered_html' ) ) {
wp_enqueue_script( 'htmlhint-kses' );
}
break;
case 'javascript':
case 'application/ecmascript':
case 'application/json':
case 'application/javascript':
case 'application/ld+json':
case 'text/typescript':
case 'application/typescript':
wp_enqueue_script( 'jshint' );
wp_enqueue_script( 'jsonlint' );
break;
}
}
}
wp_add_inline_script( 'code-editor', sprintf( 'jQuery.extend( wp.codeEditor.defaultSettings, %s );', wp_json_encode( $settings ) ) );
/**
* Fires when scripts and styles are enqueued for the code editor.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param array $settings Settings for the enqueued code editor.
*/
do_action( 'wp_enqueue_code_editor', $settings );
return $settings;
}
/**
* Generates and returns code editor settings.
*
* @since 5.0.0
*
* @see wp_enqueue_code_editor()
*
* @param array $args {
* Args.
*
* @type string $type The MIME type of the file to be edited.
* @type string $file Filename to be edited. Extension is used to sniff the type. Can be supplied as alternative to `$type` param.
* @type WP_Theme $theme Theme being edited when on the theme file editor.
* @type string $plugin Plugin being edited when on the plugin file editor.
* @type array $codemirror Additional CodeMirror setting overrides.
* @type array $csslint CSSLint rule overrides.
* @type array $jshint JSHint rule overrides.
* @type array $htmlhint HTMLHint rule overrides.
* }
* @return array|false Settings for the code editor.
*/
function wp_get_code_editor_settings( $args ) {
$settings = array(
'codemirror' => array(
'indentUnit' => 4,
'indentWithTabs' => true,
'inputStyle' => 'contenteditable',
'lineNumbers' => true,
'lineWrapping' => true,
'styleActiveLine' => true,
'continueComments' => true,
'extraKeys' => array(
'Ctrl-Space' => 'autocomplete',
'Ctrl-/' => 'toggleComment',
'Cmd-/' => 'toggleComment',
'Alt-F' => 'findPersistent',
'Ctrl-F' => 'findPersistent',
'Cmd-F' => 'findPersistent',
),
'direction' => 'ltr', // Code is shown in LTR even in RTL languages.
'gutters' => array(),
),
'csslint' => array(
'errors' => true, // Parsing errors.
'box-model' => true,
'display-property-grouping' => true,
'duplicate-properties' => true,
'known-properties' => true,
'outline-none' => true,
),
'jshint' => array(
// The following are copied from <https://github.com/WordPress/wordpress-develop/blob/4.8.1/.jshintrc>.
'boss' => true,
'curly' => true,
'eqeqeq' => true,
'eqnull' => true,
'es3' => true,
'expr' => true,
'immed' => true,
'noarg' => true,
'nonbsp' => true,
'onevar' => true,
'quotmark' => 'single',
'trailing' => true,
'undef' => true,
'unused' => true,
'browser' => true,
'globals' => array(
'_' => false,
'Backbone' => false,
'jQuery' => false,
'JSON' => false,
'wp' => false,
),
),
'htmlhint' => array(
'tagname-lowercase' => true,
'attr-lowercase' => true,
'attr-value-double-quotes' => false,
'doctype-first' => false,
'tag-pair' => true,
'spec-char-escape' => true,
'id-unique' => true,
'src-not-empty' => true,
'attr-no-duplication' => true,
'alt-require' => true,
'space-tab-mixed-disabled' => 'tab',
'attr-unsafe-chars' => true,
),
);
$type = '';
if ( isset( $args['type'] ) ) {
$type = $args['type'];
// Remap MIME types to ones that CodeMirror modes will recognize.
if ( 'application/x-patch' === $type || 'text/x-patch' === $type ) {
$type = 'text/x-diff';
}
} elseif ( isset( $args['file'] ) && str_contains( basename( $args['file'] ), '.' ) ) {
$extension = strtolower( pathinfo( $args['file'], PATHINFO_EXTENSION ) );
foreach ( wp_get_mime_types() as $exts => $mime ) {
if ( preg_match( '!^(' . $exts . ')$!i', $extension ) ) {
$type = $mime;
break;
}
}
// Supply any types that are not matched by wp_get_mime_types().
if ( empty( $type ) ) {
switch ( $extension ) {
case 'conf':
$type = 'text/nginx';
break;
case 'css':
$type = 'text/css';
break;
case 'diff':
case 'patch':
$type = 'text/x-diff';
break;
case 'html':
case 'htm':
$type = 'text/html';
break;
case 'http':
$type = 'message/http';
break;
case 'js':
$type = 'text/javascript';
break;
case 'json':
$type = 'application/json';
break;
case 'jsx':
$type = 'text/jsx';
break;
case 'less':
$type = 'text/x-less';
break;
case 'md':
$type = 'text/x-gfm';
break;
case 'php':
case 'phtml':
case 'php3':
case 'php4':
case 'php5':
case 'php7':
case 'phps':
$type = 'application/x-httpd-php';
break;
case 'scss':
$type = 'text/x-scss';
break;
case 'sass':
$type = 'text/x-sass';
break;
case 'sh':
case 'bash':
$type = 'text/x-sh';
break;
case 'sql':
$type = 'text/x-sql';
break;
case 'svg':
$type = 'application/svg+xml';
break;
case 'xml':
$type = 'text/xml';
break;
case 'yml':
case 'yaml':
$type = 'text/x-yaml';
break;
case 'txt':
default:
$type = 'text/plain';
break;
}
}
}
if ( in_array( $type, array( 'text/css', 'text/x-scss', 'text/x-less', 'text/x-sass' ), true ) ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => $type,
'lint' => false,
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'matchBrackets' => true,
)
);
} elseif ( 'text/x-diff' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'diff',
)
);
} elseif ( 'text/html' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'htmlmixed',
'lint' => true,
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'autoCloseTags' => true,
'matchTags' => array(
'bothTags' => true,
),
)
);
if ( ! current_user_can( 'unfiltered_html' ) ) {
$settings['htmlhint']['kses'] = wp_kses_allowed_html( 'post' );
}
} elseif ( 'text/x-gfm' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'gfm',
'highlightFormatting' => true,
)
);
} elseif ( 'application/javascript' === $type || 'text/javascript' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'javascript',
'lint' => true,
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'matchBrackets' => true,
)
);
} elseif ( str_contains( $type, 'json' ) ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => array(
'name' => 'javascript',
),
'lint' => true,
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'matchBrackets' => true,
)
);
if ( 'application/ld+json' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror']['mode']['jsonld'] = true;
} else {
$settings['codemirror']['mode']['json'] = true;
}
} elseif ( str_contains( $type, 'jsx' ) ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'jsx',
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'matchBrackets' => true,
)
);
} elseif ( 'text/x-markdown' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'markdown',
'highlightFormatting' => true,
)
);
} elseif ( 'text/nginx' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'nginx',
)
);
} elseif ( 'application/x-httpd-php' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'php',
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'autoCloseTags' => true,
'matchBrackets' => true,
'matchTags' => array(
'bothTags' => true,
),
)
);
} elseif ( 'text/x-sql' === $type || 'text/x-mysql' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'sql',
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'matchBrackets' => true,
)
);
} elseif ( str_contains( $type, 'xml' ) ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'xml',
'autoCloseBrackets' => true,
'autoCloseTags' => true,
'matchTags' => array(
'bothTags' => true,
),
)
);
} elseif ( 'text/x-yaml' === $type ) {
$settings['codemirror'] = array_merge(
$settings['codemirror'],
array(
'mode' => 'yaml',
)
);
} else {
$settings['codemirror']['mode'] = $type;
}
if ( ! empty( $settings['codemirror']['lint'] ) ) {
$settings['codemirror']['gutters'][] = 'CodeMirror-lint-markers';
}
// Let settings supplied via args override any defaults.
foreach ( wp_array_slice_assoc( $args, array( 'codemirror', 'csslint', 'jshint', 'htmlhint' ) ) as $key => $value ) {
$settings[ $key ] = array_merge(
$settings[ $key ],
$value
);
}
/**
* Filters settings that are passed into the code editor.
*
* Returning a falsey value will disable the syntax-highlighting code editor.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param array $settings The array of settings passed to the code editor.
* A falsey value disables the editor.
* @param array $args {
* Args passed when calling `get_code_editor_settings()`.
*
* @type string $type The MIME type of the file to be edited.
* @type string $file Filename being edited.
* @type WP_Theme $theme Theme being edited when on the theme file editor.
* @type string $plugin Plugin being edited when on the plugin file editor.
* @type array $codemirror Additional CodeMirror setting overrides.
* @type array $csslint CSSLint rule overrides.
* @type array $jshint JSHint rule overrides.
* @type array $htmlhint HTMLHint rule overrides.
* }
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_code_editor_settings', $settings, $args );
}
/**
* Retrieves the contents of the search WordPress query variable.
*
* The search query string is passed through esc_attr() to ensure that it is safe
* for placing in an HTML attribute.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param bool $escaped Whether the result is escaped. Default true.
* Only use when you are later escaping it. Do not use unescaped.
* @return string
*/
function get_search_query( $escaped = true ) {
/**
* Filters the contents of the search query variable.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $search Contents of the search query variable.
*/
$query = apply_filters( 'get_search_query', get_query_var( 's' ) );
if ( $escaped ) {
$query = esc_attr( $query );
}
return $query;
}
/**
* Displays the contents of the search query variable.
*
* The search query string is passed through esc_attr() to ensure that it is safe
* for placing in an HTML attribute.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*/
function the_search_query() {
/**
* Filters the contents of the search query variable for display.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $search Contents of the search query variable.
*/
echo esc_attr( apply_filters( 'the_search_query', get_search_query( false ) ) );
}
/**
* Gets the language attributes for the 'html' tag.
*
* Builds up a set of HTML attributes containing the text direction and language
* information for the page.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param string $doctype Optional. The type of HTML document. Accepts 'xhtml' or 'html'. Default 'html'.
* @return string A space-separated list of language attributes.
*/
function get_language_attributes( $doctype = 'html' ) {
$attributes = array();
if ( function_exists( 'is_rtl' ) && is_rtl() ) {
$attributes[] = 'dir="rtl"';
}
$lang = get_bloginfo( 'language' );
if ( $lang ) {
if ( 'text/html' === get_option( 'html_type' ) || 'html' === $doctype ) {
$attributes[] = 'lang="' . esc_attr( $lang ) . '"';
}
if ( 'text/html' !== get_option( 'html_type' ) || 'xhtml' === $doctype ) {
$attributes[] = 'xml:lang="' . esc_attr( $lang ) . '"';
}
}
$output = implode( ' ', $attributes );
/**
* Filters the language attributes for display in the 'html' tag.
*
* @since 2.5.0
* @since 4.3.0 Added the `$doctype` parameter.
*
* @param string $output A space-separated list of language attributes.
* @param string $doctype The type of HTML document (xhtml|html).
*/
return apply_filters( 'language_attributes', $output, $doctype );
}
/**
* Displays the language attributes for the 'html' tag.
*
* Builds up a set of HTML attributes containing the text direction and language
* information for the page.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 4.3.0 Converted into a wrapper for get_language_attributes().
*
* @param string $doctype Optional. The type of HTML document. Accepts 'xhtml' or 'html'. Default 'html'.
*/
function language_attributes( $doctype = 'html' ) {
echo get_language_attributes( $doctype );
}
/**
* Retrieves paginated links for archive post pages.
*
* Technically, the function can be used to create paginated link list for any
* area. The 'base' argument is used to reference the url, which will be used to
* create the paginated links. The 'format' argument is then used for replacing
* the page number. It is however, most likely and by default, to be used on the
* archive post pages.
*
* The 'type' argument controls format of the returned value. The default is
* 'plain', which is just a string with the links separated by a newline
* character. The other possible values are either 'array' or 'list'. The
* 'array' value will return an array of the paginated link list to offer full
* control of display. The 'list' value will place all of the paginated links in
* an unordered HTML list.
*
* The 'total' argument is the total amount of pages and is an integer. The
* 'current' argument is the current page number and is also an integer.
*
* An example of the 'base' argument is "http://example.com/all_posts.php%_%"
* and the '%_%' is required. The '%_%' will be replaced by the contents of in
* the 'format' argument. An example for the 'format' argument is "?page=%#%"
* and the '%#%' is also required. The '%#%' will be replaced with the page
* number.
*
* You can include the previous and next links in the list by setting the
* 'prev_next' argument to true, which it is by default. You can set the
* previous text, by using the 'prev_text' argument. You can set the next text
* by setting the 'next_text' argument.
*
* If the 'show_all' argument is set to true, then it will show all of the pages
* instead of a short list of the pages near the current page. By default, the
* 'show_all' is set to false and controlled by the 'end_size' and 'mid_size'
* arguments. The 'end_size' argument is how many numbers on either the start
* and the end list edges, by default is 1. The 'mid_size' argument is how many
* numbers to either side of current page, but not including current page.
*
* It is possible to add query vars to the link by using the 'add_args' argument
* and see add_query_arg() for more information.
*
* The 'before_page_number' and 'after_page_number' arguments allow users to
* augment the links themselves. Typically this might be to add context to the
* numbered links so that screen reader users understand what the links are for.
* The text strings are added before and after the page number - within the
* anchor tag.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 4.9.0 Added the `aria_current` argument.
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
* @global WP_Rewrite $wp_rewrite WordPress rewrite component.
*
* @param string|array $args {
* Optional. Array or string of arguments for generating paginated links for archives.
*
* @type string $base Base of the paginated url. Default empty.
* @type string $format Format for the pagination structure. Default empty.
* @type int $total The total amount of pages. Default is the value WP_Query's
* `max_num_pages` or 1.
* @type int $current The current page number. Default is 'paged' query var or 1.
* @type string $aria_current The value for the aria-current attribute. Possible values are 'page',
* 'step', 'location', 'date', 'time', 'true', 'false'. Default is 'page'.
* @type bool $show_all Whether to show all pages. Default false.
* @type int $end_size How many numbers on either the start and the end list edges.
* Default 1.
* @type int $mid_size How many numbers to either side of the current pages. Default 2.
* @type bool $prev_next Whether to include the previous and next links in the list. Default true.
* @type string $prev_text The previous page text. Default '« Previous'.
* @type string $next_text The next page text. Default 'Next »'.
* @type string $type Controls format of the returned value. Possible values are 'plain',
* 'array' and 'list'. Default is 'plain'.
* @type array $add_args An array of query args to add. Default false.
* @type string $add_fragment A string to append to each link. Default empty.
* @type string $before_page_number A string to appear before the page number. Default empty.
* @type string $after_page_number A string to append after the page number. Default empty.
* }
* @return string|string[]|void String of page links or array of page links, depending on 'type' argument.
* Void if total number of pages is less than 2.
*/
function paginate_links( $args = '' ) {
global $wp_query, $wp_rewrite;
// Setting up default values based on the current URL.
$pagenum_link = html_entity_decode( get_pagenum_link() );
$url_parts = explode( '?', $pagenum_link );
// Get max pages and current page out of the current query, if available.
$total = isset( $wp_query->max_num_pages ) ? $wp_query->max_num_pages : 1;
$current = get_query_var( 'paged' ) ? (int) get_query_var( 'paged' ) : 1;
// Append the format placeholder to the base URL.
$pagenum_link = trailingslashit( $url_parts[0] ) . '%_%';
// URL base depends on permalink settings.
$format = $wp_rewrite->using_index_permalinks() && ! strpos( $pagenum_link, 'index.php' ) ? 'index.php/' : '';
$format .= $wp_rewrite->using_permalinks() ? user_trailingslashit( $wp_rewrite->pagination_base . '/%#%', 'paged' ) : '?paged=%#%';
$defaults = array(
'base' => $pagenum_link, // http://example.com/all_posts.php%_% : %_% is replaced by format (below).
'format' => $format, // ?page=%#% : %#% is replaced by the page number.
'total' => $total,
'current' => $current,
'aria_current' => 'page',
'show_all' => false,
'prev_next' => true,
'prev_text' => __( '« Previous' ),
'next_text' => __( 'Next »' ),
'end_size' => 1,
'mid_size' => 2,
'type' => 'plain',
'add_args' => array(), // Array of query args to add.
'add_fragment' => '',
'before_page_number' => '',
'after_page_number' => '',
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( ! is_array( $args['add_args'] ) ) {
$args['add_args'] = array();
}
// Merge additional query vars found in the original URL into 'add_args' array.
if ( isset( $url_parts[1] ) ) {
// Find the format argument.
$format = explode( '?', str_replace( '%_%', $args['format'], $args['base'] ) );
$format_query = isset( $format[1] ) ? $format[1] : '';
wp_parse_str( $format_query, $format_args );
// Find the query args of the requested URL.
wp_parse_str( $url_parts[1], $url_query_args );
// Remove the format argument from the array of query arguments, to avoid overwriting custom format.
foreach ( $format_args as $format_arg => $format_arg_value ) {
unset( $url_query_args[ $format_arg ] );
}
$args['add_args'] = array_merge( $args['add_args'], urlencode_deep( $url_query_args ) );
}
// Who knows what else people pass in $args.
$total = (int) $args['total'];
if ( $total < 2 ) {
return;
}
$current = (int) $args['current'];
$end_size = (int) $args['end_size']; // Out of bounds? Make it the default.
if ( $end_size < 1 ) {
$end_size = 1;
}
$mid_size = (int) $args['mid_size'];
if ( $mid_size < 0 ) {
$mid_size = 2;
}
$add_args = $args['add_args'];
$r = '';
$page_links = array();
$dots = false;
if ( $args['prev_next'] && $current && 1 < $current ) :
$link = str_replace( '%_%', 2 == $current ? '' : $args['format'], $args['base'] );
$link = str_replace( '%#%', $current - 1, $link );
if ( $add_args ) {
$link = add_query_arg( $add_args, $link );
}
$link .= $args['add_fragment'];
$page_links[] = sprintf(
'<a class="prev page-numbers" href="%s">%s</a>',
/**
* Filters the paginated links for the given archive pages.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $link The paginated link URL.
*/
esc_url( apply_filters( 'paginate_links', $link ) ),
$args['prev_text']
);
endif;
for ( $n = 1; $n <= $total; $n++ ) :
if ( $n == $current ) :
$page_links[] = sprintf(
'<span aria-current="%s" class="page-numbers current">%s</span>',
esc_attr( $args['aria_current'] ),
$args['before_page_number'] . number_format_i18n( $n ) . $args['after_page_number']
);
$dots = true;
else :
if ( $args['show_all'] || ( $n <= $end_size || ( $current && $n >= $current - $mid_size && $n <= $current + $mid_size ) || $n > $total - $end_size ) ) :
$link = str_replace( '%_%', 1 == $n ? '' : $args['format'], $args['base'] );
$link = str_replace( '%#%', $n, $link );
if ( $add_args ) {
$link = add_query_arg( $add_args, $link );
}
$link .= $args['add_fragment'];
$page_links[] = sprintf(
'<a class="page-numbers" href="%s">%s</a>',
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/general-template.php */
esc_url( apply_filters( 'paginate_links', $link ) ),
$args['before_page_number'] . number_format_i18n( $n ) . $args['after_page_number']
);
$dots = true;
elseif ( $dots && ! $args['show_all'] ) :
$page_links[] = '<span class="page-numbers dots">' . __( '…' ) . '</span>';
$dots = false;
endif;
endif;
endfor;
if ( $args['prev_next'] && $current && $current < $total ) :
$link = str_replace( '%_%', $args['format'], $args['base'] );
$link = str_replace( '%#%', $current + 1, $link );
if ( $add_args ) {
$link = add_query_arg( $add_args, $link );
}
$link .= $args['add_fragment'];
$page_links[] = sprintf(
'<a class="next page-numbers" href="%s">%s</a>',
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/general-template.php */
esc_url( apply_filters( 'paginate_links', $link ) ),
$args['next_text']
);
endif;
switch ( $args['type'] ) {
case 'array':
return $page_links;
case 'list':
$r .= "<ul class='page-numbers'>\n\t<li>";
$r .= implode( "</li>\n\t<li>", $page_links );
$r .= "</li>\n</ul>\n";
break;
default:
$r = implode( "\n", $page_links );
break;
}
/**
* Filters the HTML output of paginated links for archives.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param string $r HTML output.
* @param array $args An array of arguments. See paginate_links()
* for information on accepted arguments.
*/
$r = apply_filters( 'paginate_links_output', $r, $args );
return $r;
}
/**
* Registers an admin color scheme css file.
*
* Allows a plugin to register a new admin color scheme. For example:
*
* wp_admin_css_color( 'classic', __( 'Classic' ), admin_url( "css/colors-classic.css" ), array(
* '#07273E', '#14568A', '#D54E21', '#2683AE'
* ) );
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global array $_wp_admin_css_colors
*
* @param string $key The unique key for this theme.
* @param string $name The name of the theme.
* @param string $url The URL of the CSS file containing the color scheme.
* @param array $colors Optional. An array of CSS color definition strings which are used
* to give the user a feel for the theme.
* @param array $icons {
* Optional. CSS color definitions used to color any SVG icons.
*
* @type string $base SVG icon base color.
* @type string $focus SVG icon color on focus.
* @type string $current SVG icon color of current admin menu link.
* }
*/
function wp_admin_css_color( $key, $name, $url, $colors = array(), $icons = array() ) {
global $_wp_admin_css_colors;
if ( ! isset( $_wp_admin_css_colors ) ) {
$_wp_admin_css_colors = array();
}
$_wp_admin_css_colors[ $key ] = (object) array(
'name' => $name,
'url' => $url,
'colors' => $colors,
'icon_colors' => $icons,
);
}
/**
* Registers the default admin color schemes.
*
* Registers the initial set of eight color schemes in the Profile section
* of the dashboard which allows for styling the admin menu and toolbar.
*
* @see wp_admin_css_color()
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
function register_admin_color_schemes() {
$suffix = is_rtl() ? '-rtl' : '';
$suffix .= SCRIPT_DEBUG ? '' : '.min';
wp_admin_css_color(
'fresh',
_x( 'Default', 'admin color scheme' ),
false,
array( '#1d2327', '#2c3338', '#2271b1', '#72aee6' ),
array(
'base' => '#a7aaad',
'focus' => '#72aee6',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'light',
_x( 'Light', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/light/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#e5e5e5', '#999', '#d64e07', '#04a4cc' ),
array(
'base' => '#999',
'focus' => '#ccc',
'current' => '#ccc',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'modern',
_x( 'Modern', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/modern/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#1e1e1e', '#3858e9', '#33f078' ),
array(
'base' => '#f3f1f1',
'focus' => '#fff',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'blue',
_x( 'Blue', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/blue/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#096484', '#4796b3', '#52accc', '#74B6CE' ),
array(
'base' => '#e5f8ff',
'focus' => '#fff',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'midnight',
_x( 'Midnight', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/midnight/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#25282b', '#363b3f', '#69a8bb', '#e14d43' ),
array(
'base' => '#f1f2f3',
'focus' => '#fff',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'sunrise',
_x( 'Sunrise', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/sunrise/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#b43c38', '#cf4944', '#dd823b', '#ccaf0b' ),
array(
'base' => '#f3f1f1',
'focus' => '#fff',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'ectoplasm',
_x( 'Ectoplasm', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/ectoplasm/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#413256', '#523f6d', '#a3b745', '#d46f15' ),
array(
'base' => '#ece6f6',
'focus' => '#fff',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'ocean',
_x( 'Ocean', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/ocean/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#627c83', '#738e96', '#9ebaa0', '#aa9d88' ),
array(
'base' => '#f2fcff',
'focus' => '#fff',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
wp_admin_css_color(
'coffee',
_x( 'Coffee', 'admin color scheme' ),
admin_url( "css/colors/coffee/colors$suffix.css" ),
array( '#46403c', '#59524c', '#c7a589', '#9ea476' ),
array(
'base' => '#f3f2f1',
'focus' => '#fff',
'current' => '#fff',
)
);
}
/**
* Displays the URL of a WordPress admin CSS file.
*
* @see WP_Styles::_css_href() and its {@see 'style_loader_src'} filter.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $file file relative to wp-admin/ without its ".css" extension.
* @return string
*/
function wp_admin_css_uri( $file = 'wp-admin' ) {
if ( defined( 'WP_INSTALLING' ) ) {
$_file = "./$file.css";
} else {
$_file = admin_url( "$file.css" );
}
$_file = add_query_arg( 'version', get_bloginfo( 'version' ), $_file );
/**
* Filters the URI of a WordPress admin CSS file.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $_file Relative path to the file with query arguments attached.
* @param string $file Relative path to the file, minus its ".css" extension.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_admin_css_uri', $_file, $file );
}
/**
* Enqueues or directly prints a stylesheet link to the specified CSS file.
*
* "Intelligently" decides to enqueue or to print the CSS file. If the
* {@see 'wp_print_styles'} action has *not* yet been called, the CSS file will be
* enqueued. If the {@see 'wp_print_styles'} action has been called, the CSS link will
* be printed. Printing may be forced by passing true as the $force_echo
* (second) parameter.
*
* For backward compatibility with WordPress 2.3 calling method: If the $file
* (first) parameter does not correspond to a registered CSS file, we assume
* $file is a file relative to wp-admin/ without its ".css" extension. A
* stylesheet link to that generated URL is printed.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $file Optional. Style handle name or file name (without ".css" extension) relative
* to wp-admin/. Defaults to 'wp-admin'.
* @param bool $force_echo Optional. Force the stylesheet link to be printed rather than enqueued.
*/
function wp_admin_css( $file = 'wp-admin', $force_echo = false ) {
// For backward compatibility.
$handle = str_starts_with( $file, 'css/' ) ? substr( $file, 4 ) : $file;
if ( wp_styles()->query( $handle ) ) {
if ( $force_echo || did_action( 'wp_print_styles' ) ) {
// We already printed the style queue. Print this one immediately.
wp_print_styles( $handle );
} else {
// Add to style queue.
wp_enqueue_style( $handle );
}
return;
}
$stylesheet_link = sprintf(
"<link rel='stylesheet' href='%s' type='text/css' />\n",
esc_url( wp_admin_css_uri( $file ) )
);
/**
* Filters the stylesheet link to the specified CSS file.
*
* If the site is set to display right-to-left, the RTL stylesheet link
* will be used instead.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @param string $stylesheet_link HTML link element for the stylesheet.
* @param string $file Style handle name or filename (without ".css" extension)
* relative to wp-admin/. Defaults to 'wp-admin'.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'wp_admin_css', $stylesheet_link, $file );
if ( function_exists( 'is_rtl' ) && is_rtl() ) {
$rtl_stylesheet_link = sprintf(
"<link rel='stylesheet' href='%s' type='text/css' />\n",
esc_url( wp_admin_css_uri( "$file-rtl" ) )
);
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/general-template.php */
echo apply_filters( 'wp_admin_css', $rtl_stylesheet_link, "$file-rtl" );
}
}
/**
* Enqueues the default ThickBox js and css.
*
* If any of the settings need to be changed, this can be done with another js
* file similar to media-upload.js. That file should
* require array('thickbox') to ensure it is loaded after.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*/
function add_thickbox() {
wp_enqueue_script( 'thickbox' );
wp_enqueue_style( 'thickbox' );
if ( is_network_admin() ) {
add_action( 'admin_head', '_thickbox_path_admin_subfolder' );
}
}
/**
* Displays the XHTML generator that is generated on the wp_head hook.
*
* See {@see 'wp_head'}.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*/
function wp_generator() {
/**
* Filters the output of the XHTML generator tag.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $generator_type The XHTML generator.
*/
the_generator( apply_filters( 'wp_generator_type', 'xhtml' ) );
}
/**
* Displays the generator XML or Comment for RSS, ATOM, etc.
*
* Returns the correct generator type for the requested output format. Allows
* for a plugin to filter generators overall the {@see 'the_generator'} filter.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $type The type of generator to output - (html|xhtml|atom|rss2|rdf|comment|export).
*/
function the_generator( $type ) {
/**
* Filters the output of the XHTML generator tag for display.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $generator_type The generator output.
* @param string $type The type of generator to output. Accepts 'html',
* 'xhtml', 'atom', 'rss2', 'rdf', 'comment', 'export'.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'the_generator', get_the_generator( $type ), $type ) . "\n";
}
/**
* Creates the generator XML or Comment for RSS, ATOM, etc.
*
* Returns the correct generator type for the requested output format. Allows
* for a plugin to filter generators on an individual basis using the
* {@see 'get_the_generator_$type'} filter.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $type The type of generator to return - (html|xhtml|atom|rss2|rdf|comment|export).
* @return string|void The HTML content for the generator.
*/
function get_the_generator( $type = '' ) {
if ( empty( $type ) ) {
$current_filter = current_filter();
if ( empty( $current_filter ) ) {
return;
}
switch ( $current_filter ) {
case 'rss2_head':
case 'commentsrss2_head':
$type = 'rss2';
break;
case 'rss_head':
case 'opml_head':
$type = 'comment';
break;
case 'rdf_header':
$type = 'rdf';
break;
case 'atom_head':
case 'comments_atom_head':
case 'app_head':
$type = 'atom';
break;
}
}
switch ( $type ) {
case 'html':
$gen = '<meta name="generator" content="WordPress ' . esc_attr( get_bloginfo( 'version' ) ) . '">';
break;
case 'xhtml':
$gen = '<meta name="generator" content="WordPress ' . esc_attr( get_bloginfo( 'version' ) ) . '" />';
break;
case 'atom':
$gen = '<generator uri="https://wordpress.org/" version="' . esc_attr( get_bloginfo_rss( 'version' ) ) . '">WordPress</generator>';
break;
case 'rss2':
$gen = '<generator>' . sanitize_url( 'https://wordpress.org/?v=' . get_bloginfo_rss( 'version' ) ) . '</generator>';
break;
case 'rdf':
$gen = '<admin:generatorAgent rdf:resource="' . sanitize_url( 'https://wordpress.org/?v=' . get_bloginfo_rss( 'version' ) ) . '" />';
break;
case 'comment':
$gen = '<!-- generator="WordPress/' . esc_attr( get_bloginfo( 'version' ) ) . '" -->';
break;
case 'export':
$gen = '<!-- generator="WordPress/' . esc_attr( get_bloginfo_rss( 'version' ) ) . '" created="' . gmdate( 'Y-m-d H:i' ) . '" -->';
break;
}
/**
* Filters the HTML for the retrieved generator type.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$type`, refers to the generator type.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `get_the_generator_atom`
* - `get_the_generator_comment`
* - `get_the_generator_export`
* - `get_the_generator_html`
* - `get_the_generator_rdf`
* - `get_the_generator_rss2`
* - `get_the_generator_xhtml`
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $gen The HTML markup output to wp_head().
* @param string $type The type of generator. Accepts 'html', 'xhtml', 'atom',
* 'rss2', 'rdf', 'comment', 'export'.
*/
return apply_filters( "get_the_generator_{$type}", $gen, $type );
}
/**
* Outputs the HTML checked attribute.
*
* Compares the first two arguments and if identical marks as checked.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param mixed $checked One of the values to compare.
* @param mixed $current Optional. The other value to compare if not just true.
* Default true.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to echo or just return the string.
* Default true.
* @return string HTML attribute or empty string.
*/
function checked( $checked, $current = true, $display = true ) {
return __checked_selected_helper( $checked, $current, $display, 'checked' );
}
/**
* Outputs the HTML selected attribute.
*
* Compares the first two arguments and if identical marks as selected.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param mixed $selected One of the values to compare.
* @param mixed $current Optional. The other value to compare if not just true.
* Default true.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to echo or just return the string.
* Default true.
* @return string HTML attribute or empty string.
*/
function selected( $selected, $current = true, $display = true ) {
return __checked_selected_helper( $selected, $current, $display, 'selected' );
}
/**
* Outputs the HTML disabled attribute.
*
* Compares the first two arguments and if identical marks as disabled.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param mixed $disabled One of the values to compare.
* @param mixed $current Optional. The other value to compare if not just true.
* Default true.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to echo or just return the string.
* Default true.
* @return string HTML attribute or empty string.
*/
function disabled( $disabled, $current = true, $display = true ) {
return __checked_selected_helper( $disabled, $current, $display, 'disabled' );
}
/**
* Outputs the HTML readonly attribute.
*
* Compares the first two arguments and if identical marks as readonly.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param mixed $readonly_value One of the values to compare.
* @param mixed $current Optional. The other value to compare if not just true.
* Default true.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to echo or just return the string.
* Default true.
* @return string HTML attribute or empty string.
*/
function wp_readonly( $readonly_value, $current = true, $display = true ) {
return __checked_selected_helper( $readonly_value, $current, $display, 'readonly' );
}
/*
* Include a compat `readonly()` function on PHP < 8.1. Since PHP 8.1,
* `readonly` is a reserved keyword and cannot be used as a function name.
* In order to avoid PHP parser errors, this function was extracted
* to a separate file and is only included conditionally on PHP < 8.1.
*/
if ( PHP_VERSION_ID < 80100 ) {
require_once __DIR__ . '/php-compat/readonly.php';
}
/**
* Private helper function for checked, selected, disabled and readonly.
*
* Compares the first two arguments and if identical marks as `$type`.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @access private
*
* @param mixed $helper One of the values to compare.
* @param mixed $current The other value to compare if not just true.
* @param bool $display Whether to echo or just return the string.
* @param string $type The type of checked|selected|disabled|readonly we are doing.
* @return string HTML attribute or empty string.
*/
function __checked_selected_helper( $helper, $current, $display, $type ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.FunctionDoubleUnderscore,PHPCompatibility.FunctionNameRestrictions.ReservedFunctionNames.FunctionDoubleUnderscore
if ( (string) $helper === (string) $current ) {
$result = " $type='$type'";
} else {
$result = '';
}
if ( $display ) {
echo $result;
}
return $result;
}
/**
* Assigns a visual indicator for required form fields.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @return string Indicator glyph wrapped in a `span` tag.
*/
function wp_required_field_indicator() {
/* translators: Character to identify required form fields. */
$glyph = __( '*' );
$indicator = '<span class="required">' . esc_html( $glyph ) . '</span>';
/**
* Filters the markup for a visual indicator of required form fields.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param string $indicator Markup for the indicator element.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_required_field_indicator', $indicator );
}
/**
* Creates a message to explain required form fields.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @return string Message text and glyph wrapped in a `span` tag.
*/
function wp_required_field_message() {
$message = sprintf(
'<span class="required-field-message">%s</span>',
/* translators: %s: Asterisk symbol (*). */
sprintf( __( 'Required fields are marked %s' ), wp_required_field_indicator() )
);
/**
* Filters the message to explain required form fields.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param string $message Message text and glyph wrapped in a `span` tag.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_required_field_message', $message );
}
/**
* Default settings for heartbeat.
*
* Outputs the nonce used in the heartbeat XHR.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param array $settings
* @return array Heartbeat settings.
*/
function wp_heartbeat_settings( $settings ) {
if ( ! is_admin() ) {
$settings['ajaxurl'] = admin_url( 'admin-ajax.php', 'relative' );
}
if ( is_user_logged_in() ) {
$settings['nonce'] = wp_create_nonce( 'heartbeat-nonce' );
}
return $settings;
}
<?php
/**
* IXR - The Incutio XML-RPC Library
*
* Copyright (c) 2010, Incutio Ltd.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* - Neither the name of Incutio Ltd. nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
* IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
* THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
* PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
* CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
* PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
* PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
* OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
* USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @package IXR
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @copyright Incutio Ltd 2010 (http://www.incutio.com)
* @version 1.7.4 7th September 2010
* @author Simon Willison
* @link http://scripts.incutio.com/xmlrpc/ Site/manual
* @license http://www.opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php BSD
*/
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-server.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-base64.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-client.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-clientmulticall.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-date.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-error.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-introspectionserver.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-message.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-request.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/IXR/class-IXR-value.php';<?php
/**
* WP_MatchesMapRegex helper class
*
* @package WordPress
* @since 4.7.0
*/
/**
* Helper class to remove the need to use eval to replace $matches[] in query strings.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*/
#[AllowDynamicProperties]
class WP_MatchesMapRegex {
/**
* store for matches
*
* @var array
*/
private $_matches;
/**
* store for mapping result
*
* @var string
*/
public $output;
/**
* subject to perform mapping on (query string containing $matches[] references
*
* @var string
*/
private $_subject;
/**
* regexp pattern to match $matches[] references
*
* @var string
*/
public $_pattern = '(\$matches\[[1-9]+[0-9]*\])'; // Magic number.
/**
* constructor
*
* @param string $subject subject if regex
* @param array $matches data to use in map
*/
public function __construct( $subject, $matches ) {
$this->_subject = $subject;
$this->_matches = $matches;
$this->output = $this->_map();
}
/**
* Substitute substring matches in subject.
*
* static helper function to ease use
*
* @param string $subject subject
* @param array $matches data used for substitution
* @return string
*/
public static function apply( $subject, $matches ) {
$oSelf = new WP_MatchesMapRegex( $subject, $matches );
return $oSelf->output;
}
/**
* do the actual mapping
*
* @return string
*/
private function _map() {
$callback = array( $this, 'callback' );
return preg_replace_callback( $this->_pattern, $callback, $this->_subject );
}
/**
* preg_replace_callback hook
*
* @param array $matches preg_replace regexp matches
* @return string
*/
public function callback( $matches ) {
$index = (int) substr( $matches[0], 9, -1 );
return ( isset( $this->_matches[ $index ] ) ? urlencode( $this->_matches[ $index ] ) : '' );
}
}
<?php
/**
* Taxonomy API: Walker_Category class
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage Template
* @since 4.4.0
*/
/**
* Core class used to create an HTML list of categories.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @see Walker
*/
class Walker_Category extends Walker {
/**
* What the class handles.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @var string
*
* @see Walker::$tree_type
*/
public $tree_type = 'category';
/**
* Database fields to use.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @var string[]
*
* @see Walker::$db_fields
* @todo Decouple this
*/
public $db_fields = array(
'parent' => 'parent',
'id' => 'term_id',
);
/**
* Starts the list before the elements are added.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @see Walker::start_lvl()
*
* @param string $output Used to append additional content. Passed by reference.
* @param int $depth Optional. Depth of category. Used for tab indentation. Default 0.
* @param array $args Optional. An array of arguments. Will only append content if style argument
* value is 'list'. See wp_list_categories(). Default empty array.
*/
public function start_lvl( &$output, $depth = 0, $args = array() ) {
if ( 'list' !== $args['style'] ) {
return;
}
$indent = str_repeat( "\t", $depth );
$output .= "$indent<ul class='children'>\n";
}
/**
* Ends the list of after the elements are added.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @see Walker::end_lvl()
*
* @param string $output Used to append additional content. Passed by reference.
* @param int $depth Optional. Depth of category. Used for tab indentation. Default 0.
* @param array $args Optional. An array of arguments. Will only append content if style argument
* value is 'list'. See wp_list_categories(). Default empty array.
*/
public function end_lvl( &$output, $depth = 0, $args = array() ) {
if ( 'list' !== $args['style'] ) {
return;
}
$indent = str_repeat( "\t", $depth );
$output .= "$indent</ul>\n";
}
/**
* Starts the element output.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 5.9.0 Renamed `$category` to `$data_object` and `$id` to `$current_object_id`
* to match parent class for PHP 8 named parameter support.
*
* @see Walker::start_el()
*
* @param string $output Used to append additional content (passed by reference).
* @param WP_Term $data_object Category data object.
* @param int $depth Optional. Depth of category in reference to parents. Default 0.
* @param array $args Optional. An array of arguments. See wp_list_categories().
* Default empty array.
* @param int $current_object_id Optional. ID of the current category. Default 0.
*/
public function start_el( &$output, $data_object, $depth = 0, $args = array(), $current_object_id = 0 ) {
// Restores the more descriptive, specific name for use within this method.
$category = $data_object;
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/category-template.php */
$cat_name = apply_filters( 'list_cats', esc_attr( $category->name ), $category );
// Don't generate an element if the category name is empty.
if ( '' === $cat_name ) {
return;
}
$atts = array();
$atts['href'] = get_term_link( $category );
if ( $args['use_desc_for_title'] && ! empty( $category->description ) ) {
/**
* Filters the category description for display.
*
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @param string $description Category description.
* @param WP_Term $category Category object.
*/
$atts['title'] = strip_tags( apply_filters( 'category_description', $category->description, $category ) );
}
/**
* Filters the HTML attributes applied to a category list item's anchor element.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @param array $atts {
* The HTML attributes applied to the list item's `<a>` element, empty strings are ignored.
*
* @type string $href The href attribute.
* @type string $title The title attribute.
* }
* @param WP_Term $category Term data object.
* @param int $depth Depth of category, used for padding.
* @param array $args An array of arguments.
* @param int $current_object_id ID of the current category.
*/
$atts = apply_filters( 'category_list_link_attributes', $atts, $category, $depth, $args, $current_object_id );
$attributes = '';
foreach ( $atts as $attr => $value ) {
if ( is_scalar( $value ) && '' !== $value && false !== $value ) {
$value = ( 'href' === $attr ) ? esc_url( $value ) : esc_attr( $value );
$attributes .= ' ' . $attr . '="' . $value . '"';
}
}
$link = sprintf(
'<a%s>%s</a>',
$attributes,
$cat_name
);
if ( ! empty( $args['feed_image'] ) || ! empty( $args['feed'] ) ) {
$link .= ' ';
if ( empty( $args['feed_image'] ) ) {
$link .= '(';
}
$link .= '<a href="' . esc_url( get_term_feed_link( $category, $category->taxonomy, $args['feed_type'] ) ) . '"';
if ( empty( $args['feed'] ) ) {
/* translators: %s: Category name. */
$alt = ' alt="' . sprintf( __( 'Feed for all posts filed under %s' ), $cat_name ) . '"';
} else {
$alt = ' alt="' . $args['feed'] . '"';
$name = $args['feed'];
$link .= empty( $args['title'] ) ? '' : $args['title'];
}
$link .= '>';
if ( empty( $args['feed_image'] ) ) {
$link .= $name;
} else {
$link .= "<img src='" . esc_url( $args['feed_image'] ) . "'$alt" . ' />';
}
$link .= '</a>';
if ( empty( $args['feed_image'] ) ) {
$link .= ')';
}
}
if ( ! empty( $args['show_count'] ) ) {
$link .= ' (' . number_format_i18n( $category->count ) . ')';
}
if ( 'list' === $args['style'] ) {
$output .= "\t<li";
$css_classes = array(
'cat-item',
'cat-item-' . $category->term_id,
);
if ( ! empty( $args['current_category'] ) ) {
// 'current_category' can be an array, so we use `get_terms()`.
$_current_terms = get_terms(
array(
'taxonomy' => $category->taxonomy,
'include' => $args['current_category'],
'hide_empty' => false,
)
);
foreach ( $_current_terms as $_current_term ) {
if ( $category->term_id === $_current_term->term_id ) {
$css_classes[] = 'current-cat';
$link = str_replace( '<a', '<a aria-current="page"', $link );
} elseif ( $category->term_id === $_current_term->parent ) {
$css_classes[] = 'current-cat-parent';
}
while ( $_current_term->parent ) {
if ( $category->term_id === $_current_term->parent ) {
$css_classes[] = 'current-cat-ancestor';
break;
}
$_current_term = get_term( $_current_term->parent, $category->taxonomy );
}
}
}
/**
* Filters the list of CSS classes to include with each category in the list.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @see wp_list_categories()
*
* @param string[] $css_classes An array of CSS classes to be applied to each list item.
* @param WP_Term $category Category data object.
* @param int $depth Depth of page, used for padding.
* @param array $args An array of wp_list_categories() arguments.
*/
$css_classes = implode( ' ', apply_filters( 'category_css_class', $css_classes, $category, $depth, $args ) );
$css_classes = $css_classes ? ' class="' . esc_attr( $css_classes ) . '"' : '';
$output .= $css_classes;
$output .= ">$link\n";
} elseif ( isset( $args['separator'] ) ) {
$output .= "\t$link" . $args['separator'] . "\n";
} else {
$output .= "\t$link<br />\n";
}
}
/**
* Ends the element output, if needed.
*
* @since 2.1.0
* @since 5.9.0 Renamed `$page` to `$data_object` to match parent class for PHP 8 named parameter support.
*
* @see Walker::end_el()
*
* @param string $output Used to append additional content (passed by reference).
* @param object $data_object Category data object. Not used.
* @param int $depth Optional. Depth of category. Not used.
* @param array $args Optional. An array of arguments. Only uses 'list' for whether should
* append to output. See wp_list_categories(). Default empty array.
*/
public function end_el( &$output, $data_object, $depth = 0, $args = array() ) {
if ( 'list' !== $args['style'] ) {
return;
}
$output .= "</li>\n";
}
}
<?php
/**
* Blocks API: WP_Block_List class
*
* @package WordPress
* @since 5.5.0
*/
/**
* Class representing a list of block instances.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*/
#[AllowDynamicProperties]
class WP_Block_List implements Iterator, ArrayAccess, Countable {
/**
* Original array of parsed block data, or block instances.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @var array[]|WP_Block[]
* @access protected
*/
protected $blocks;
/**
* All available context of the current hierarchy.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @var array
* @access protected
*/
protected $available_context;
/**
* Block type registry to use in constructing block instances.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @var WP_Block_Type_Registry
* @access protected
*/
protected $registry;
/**
* Constructor.
*
* Populates object properties from the provided block instance argument.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param array[]|WP_Block[] $blocks Array of parsed block data, or block instances.
* @param array $available_context Optional array of ancestry context values.
* @param WP_Block_Type_Registry $registry Optional block type registry.
*/
public function __construct( $blocks, $available_context = array(), $registry = null ) {
if ( ! $registry instanceof WP_Block_Type_Registry ) {
$registry = WP_Block_Type_Registry::get_instance();
}
$this->blocks = $blocks;
$this->available_context = $available_context;
$this->registry = $registry;
}
/**
* Returns true if a block exists by the specified block index, or false
* otherwise.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/arrayaccess.offsetexists.php
*
* @param string $index Index of block to check.
* @return bool Whether block exists.
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function offsetExists( $index ) {
return isset( $this->blocks[ $index ] );
}
/**
* Returns the value by the specified block index.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/arrayaccess.offsetget.php
*
* @param string $index Index of block value to retrieve.
* @return mixed|null Block value if exists, or null.
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function offsetGet( $index ) {
$block = $this->blocks[ $index ];
if ( isset( $block ) && is_array( $block ) ) {
$block = new WP_Block( $block, $this->available_context, $this->registry );
$this->blocks[ $index ] = $block;
}
return $block;
}
/**
* Assign a block value by the specified block index.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/arrayaccess.offsetset.php
*
* @param string $index Index of block value to set.
* @param mixed $value Block value.
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function offsetSet( $index, $value ) {
if ( is_null( $index ) ) {
$this->blocks[] = $value;
} else {
$this->blocks[ $index ] = $value;
}
}
/**
* Unset a block.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/arrayaccess.offsetunset.php
*
* @param string $index Index of block value to unset.
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function offsetUnset( $index ) {
unset( $this->blocks[ $index ] );
}
/**
* Rewinds back to the first element of the Iterator.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/iterator.rewind.php
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function rewind() {
reset( $this->blocks );
}
/**
* Returns the current element of the block list.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/iterator.current.php
*
* @return mixed Current element.
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function current() {
return $this->offsetGet( $this->key() );
}
/**
* Returns the key of the current element of the block list.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/iterator.key.php
*
* @return mixed Key of the current element.
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function key() {
return key( $this->blocks );
}
/**
* Moves the current position of the block list to the next element.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/iterator.next.php
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function next() {
next( $this->blocks );
}
/**
* Checks if current position is valid.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/iterator.valid.php
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function valid() {
return null !== key( $this->blocks );
}
/**
* Returns the count of blocks in the list.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/countable.count.php
*
* @return int Block count.
*/
#[ReturnTypeWillChange]
public function count() {
return count( $this->blocks );
}
}
<?php
/**
* Core Taxonomy API
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage Taxonomy
*/
//
// Taxonomy registration.
//
/**
* Creates the initial taxonomies.
*
* This function fires twice: in wp-settings.php before plugins are loaded (for
* backward compatibility reasons), and again on the {@see 'init'} action. We must
* avoid registering rewrite rules before the {@see 'init'} action.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added `'wp_template_part_area'` taxonomy.
*
* @global WP_Rewrite $wp_rewrite WordPress rewrite component.
*/
function create_initial_taxonomies() {
global $wp_rewrite;
WP_Taxonomy::reset_default_labels();
if ( ! did_action( 'init' ) ) {
$rewrite = array(
'category' => false,
'post_tag' => false,
'post_format' => false,
);
} else {
/**
* Filters the post formats rewrite base.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param string $context Context of the rewrite base. Default 'type'.
*/
$post_format_base = apply_filters( 'post_format_rewrite_base', 'type' );
$rewrite = array(
'category' => array(
'hierarchical' => true,
'slug' => get_option( 'category_base' ) ? get_option( 'category_base' ) : 'category',
'with_front' => ! get_option( 'category_base' ) || $wp_rewrite->using_index_permalinks(),
'ep_mask' => EP_CATEGORIES,
),
'post_tag' => array(
'hierarchical' => false,
'slug' => get_option( 'tag_base' ) ? get_option( 'tag_base' ) : 'tag',
'with_front' => ! get_option( 'tag_base' ) || $wp_rewrite->using_index_permalinks(),
'ep_mask' => EP_TAGS,
),
'post_format' => $post_format_base ? array( 'slug' => $post_format_base ) : false,
);
}
register_taxonomy(
'category',
'post',
array(
'hierarchical' => true,
'query_var' => 'category_name',
'rewrite' => $rewrite['category'],
'public' => true,
'show_ui' => true,
'show_admin_column' => true,
'_builtin' => true,
'capabilities' => array(
'manage_terms' => 'manage_categories',
'edit_terms' => 'edit_categories',
'delete_terms' => 'delete_categories',
'assign_terms' => 'assign_categories',
),
'show_in_rest' => true,
'rest_base' => 'categories',
'rest_controller_class' => 'WP_REST_Terms_Controller',
)
);
register_taxonomy(
'post_tag',
'post',
array(
'hierarchical' => false,
'query_var' => 'tag',
'rewrite' => $rewrite['post_tag'],
'public' => true,
'show_ui' => true,
'show_admin_column' => true,
'_builtin' => true,
'capabilities' => array(
'manage_terms' => 'manage_post_tags',
'edit_terms' => 'edit_post_tags',
'delete_terms' => 'delete_post_tags',
'assign_terms' => 'assign_post_tags',
),
'show_in_rest' => true,
'rest_base' => 'tags',
'rest_controller_class' => 'WP_REST_Terms_Controller',
)
);
register_taxonomy(
'nav_menu',
'nav_menu_item',
array(
'public' => false,
'hierarchical' => false,
'labels' => array(
'name' => __( 'Navigation Menus' ),
'singular_name' => __( 'Navigation Menu' ),
),
'query_var' => false,
'rewrite' => false,
'show_ui' => false,
'_builtin' => true,
'show_in_nav_menus' => false,
'capabilities' => array(
'manage_terms' => 'edit_theme_options',
'edit_terms' => 'edit_theme_options',
'delete_terms' => 'edit_theme_options',
'assign_terms' => 'edit_theme_options',
),
'show_in_rest' => true,
'rest_base' => 'menus',
'rest_controller_class' => 'WP_REST_Menus_Controller',
)
);
register_taxonomy(
'link_category',
'link',
array(
'hierarchical' => false,
'labels' => array(
'name' => __( 'Link Categories' ),
'singular_name' => __( 'Link Category' ),
'search_items' => __( 'Search Link Categories' ),
'popular_items' => null,
'all_items' => __( 'All Link Categories' ),
'edit_item' => __( 'Edit Link Category' ),
'update_item' => __( 'Update Link Category' ),
'add_new_item' => __( 'Add New Link Category' ),
'new_item_name' => __( 'New Link Category Name' ),
'separate_items_with_commas' => null,
'add_or_remove_items' => null,
'choose_from_most_used' => null,
'back_to_items' => __( '← Go to Link Categories' ),
),
'capabilities' => array(
'manage_terms' => 'manage_links',
'edit_terms' => 'manage_links',
'delete_terms' => 'manage_links',
'assign_terms' => 'manage_links',
),
'query_var' => false,
'rewrite' => false,
'public' => false,
'show_ui' => true,
'_builtin' => true,
)
);
register_taxonomy(
'post_format',
'post',
array(
'public' => true,
'hierarchical' => false,
'labels' => array(
'name' => _x( 'Formats', 'post format' ),
'singular_name' => _x( 'Format', 'post format' ),
),
'query_var' => true,
'rewrite' => $rewrite['post_format'],
'show_ui' => false,
'_builtin' => true,
'show_in_nav_menus' => current_theme_supports( 'post-formats' ),
)
);
register_taxonomy(
'wp_theme',
array( 'wp_template', 'wp_template_part', 'wp_global_styles' ),
array(
'public' => false,
'hierarchical' => false,
'labels' => array(
'name' => __( 'Themes' ),
'singular_name' => __( 'Theme' ),
),
'query_var' => false,
'rewrite' => false,
'show_ui' => false,
'_builtin' => true,
'show_in_nav_menus' => false,
'show_in_rest' => false,
)
);
register_taxonomy(
'wp_template_part_area',
array( 'wp_template_part' ),
array(
'public' => false,
'hierarchical' => false,
'labels' => array(
'name' => __( 'Template Part Areas' ),
'singular_name' => __( 'Template Part Area' ),
),
'query_var' => false,
'rewrite' => false,
'show_ui' => false,
'_builtin' => true,
'show_in_nav_menus' => false,
'show_in_rest' => false,
)
);
}
/**
* Retrieves a list of registered taxonomy names or objects.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies The registered taxonomies.
*
* @param array $args Optional. An array of `key => value` arguments to match against the taxonomy objects.
* Default empty array.
* @param string $output Optional. The type of output to return in the array. Accepts either taxonomy 'names'
* or 'objects'. Default 'names'.
* @param string $operator Optional. The logical operation to perform. Accepts 'and' or 'or'. 'or' means only
* one element from the array needs to match; 'and' means all elements must match.
* Default 'and'.
* @return string[]|WP_Taxonomy[] An array of taxonomy names or objects.
*/
function get_taxonomies( $args = array(), $output = 'names', $operator = 'and' ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
$field = ( 'names' === $output ) ? 'name' : false;
return wp_filter_object_list( $wp_taxonomies, $args, $operator, $field );
}
/**
* Returns the names or objects of the taxonomies which are registered for the requested object or object type,
* such as a post object or post type name.
*
* Example:
*
* $taxonomies = get_object_taxonomies( 'post' );
*
* This results in:
*
* Array( 'category', 'post_tag' )
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies The registered taxonomies.
*
* @param string|string[]|WP_Post $object_type Name of the type of taxonomy object, or an object (row from posts).
* @param string $output Optional. The type of output to return in the array. Accepts either
* 'names' or 'objects'. Default 'names'.
* @return string[]|WP_Taxonomy[] The names or objects of all taxonomies of `$object_type`.
*/
function get_object_taxonomies( $object_type, $output = 'names' ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
if ( is_object( $object_type ) ) {
if ( 'attachment' === $object_type->post_type ) {
return get_attachment_taxonomies( $object_type, $output );
}
$object_type = $object_type->post_type;
}
$object_type = (array) $object_type;
$taxonomies = array();
foreach ( (array) $wp_taxonomies as $tax_name => $tax_obj ) {
if ( array_intersect( $object_type, (array) $tax_obj->object_type ) ) {
if ( 'names' === $output ) {
$taxonomies[] = $tax_name;
} else {
$taxonomies[ $tax_name ] = $tax_obj;
}
}
}
return $taxonomies;
}
/**
* Retrieves the taxonomy object of $taxonomy.
*
* The get_taxonomy function will first check that the parameter string given
* is a taxonomy object and if it is, it will return it.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies The registered taxonomies.
*
* @param string $taxonomy Name of taxonomy object to return.
* @return WP_Taxonomy|false The taxonomy object or false if $taxonomy doesn't exist.
*/
function get_taxonomy( $taxonomy ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return false;
}
return $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ];
}
/**
* Determines whether the taxonomy name exists.
*
* Formerly is_taxonomy(), introduced in 2.3.0.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies The registered taxonomies.
*
* @param string $taxonomy Name of taxonomy object.
* @return bool Whether the taxonomy exists.
*/
function taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
return is_string( $taxonomy ) && isset( $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ] );
}
/**
* Determines whether the taxonomy object is hierarchical.
*
* Checks to make sure that the taxonomy is an object first. Then Gets the
* object, and finally returns the hierarchical value in the object.
*
* A false return value might also mean that the taxonomy does not exist.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Name of taxonomy object.
* @return bool Whether the taxonomy is hierarchical.
*/
function is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return false;
}
$taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
return $taxonomy->hierarchical;
}
/**
* Creates or modifies a taxonomy object.
*
* Note: Do not use before the {@see 'init'} hook.
*
* A simple function for creating or modifying a taxonomy object based on
* the parameters given. If modifying an existing taxonomy object, note
* that the `$object_type` value from the original registration will be
* overwritten.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.2.0 Introduced `show_in_quick_edit` argument.
* @since 4.4.0 The `show_ui` argument is now enforced on the term editing screen.
* @since 4.4.0 The `public` argument now controls whether the taxonomy can be queried on the front end.
* @since 4.5.0 Introduced `publicly_queryable` argument.
* @since 4.7.0 Introduced `show_in_rest`, 'rest_base' and 'rest_controller_class'
* arguments to register the taxonomy in REST API.
* @since 5.1.0 Introduced `meta_box_sanitize_cb` argument.
* @since 5.4.0 Added the registered taxonomy object as a return value.
* @since 5.5.0 Introduced `default_term` argument.
* @since 5.9.0 Introduced `rest_namespace` argument.
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies Registered taxonomies.
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy key. Must not exceed 32 characters and may only contain
* lowercase alphanumeric characters, dashes, and underscores. See sanitize_key().
* @param array|string $object_type Object type or array of object types with which the taxonomy should be associated.
* @param array|string $args {
* Optional. Array or query string of arguments for registering a taxonomy.
*
* @type string[] $labels An array of labels for this taxonomy. By default, Tag labels are
* used for non-hierarchical taxonomies, and Category labels are used
* for hierarchical taxonomies. See accepted values in
* get_taxonomy_labels(). Default empty array.
* @type string $description A short descriptive summary of what the taxonomy is for. Default empty.
* @type bool $public Whether a taxonomy is intended for use publicly either via
* the admin interface or by front-end users. The default settings
* of `$publicly_queryable`, `$show_ui`, and `$show_in_nav_menus`
* are inherited from `$public`.
* @type bool $publicly_queryable Whether the taxonomy is publicly queryable.
* If not set, the default is inherited from `$public`
* @type bool $hierarchical Whether the taxonomy is hierarchical. Default false.
* @type bool $show_ui Whether to generate and allow a UI for managing terms in this taxonomy in
* the admin. If not set, the default is inherited from `$public`
* (default true).
* @type bool $show_in_menu Whether to show the taxonomy in the admin menu. If true, the taxonomy is
* shown as a submenu of the object type menu. If false, no menu is shown.
* `$show_ui` must be true. If not set, default is inherited from `$show_ui`
* (default true).
* @type bool $show_in_nav_menus Makes this taxonomy available for selection in navigation menus. If not
* set, the default is inherited from `$public` (default true).
* @type bool $show_in_rest Whether to include the taxonomy in the REST API. Set this to true
* for the taxonomy to be available in the block editor.
* @type string $rest_base To change the base url of REST API route. Default is $taxonomy.
* @type string $rest_namespace To change the namespace URL of REST API route. Default is wp/v2.
* @type string $rest_controller_class REST API Controller class name. Default is 'WP_REST_Terms_Controller'.
* @type bool $show_tagcloud Whether to list the taxonomy in the Tag Cloud Widget controls. If not set,
* the default is inherited from `$show_ui` (default true).
* @type bool $show_in_quick_edit Whether to show the taxonomy in the quick/bulk edit panel. It not set,
* the default is inherited from `$show_ui` (default true).
* @type bool $show_admin_column Whether to display a column for the taxonomy on its post type listing
* screens. Default false.
* @type bool|callable $meta_box_cb Provide a callback function for the meta box display. If not set,
* post_categories_meta_box() is used for hierarchical taxonomies, and
* post_tags_meta_box() is used for non-hierarchical. If false, no meta
* box is shown.
* @type callable $meta_box_sanitize_cb Callback function for sanitizing taxonomy data saved from a meta
* box. If no callback is defined, an appropriate one is determined
* based on the value of `$meta_box_cb`.
* @type string[] $capabilities {
* Array of capabilities for this taxonomy.
*
* @type string $manage_terms Default 'manage_categories'.
* @type string $edit_terms Default 'manage_categories'.
* @type string $delete_terms Default 'manage_categories'.
* @type string $assign_terms Default 'edit_posts'.
* }
* @type bool|array $rewrite {
* Triggers the handling of rewrites for this taxonomy. Default true, using $taxonomy as slug. To prevent
* rewrite, set to false. To specify rewrite rules, an array can be passed with any of these keys:
*
* @type string $slug Customize the permastruct slug. Default `$taxonomy` key.
* @type bool $with_front Should the permastruct be prepended with WP_Rewrite::$front. Default true.
* @type bool $hierarchical Either hierarchical rewrite tag or not. Default false.
* @type int $ep_mask Assign an endpoint mask. Default `EP_NONE`.
* }
* @type string|bool $query_var Sets the query var key for this taxonomy. Default `$taxonomy` key. If
* false, a taxonomy cannot be loaded at `?{query_var}={term_slug}`. If a
* string, the query `?{query_var}={term_slug}` will be valid.
* @type callable $update_count_callback Works much like a hook, in that it will be called when the count is
* updated. Default _update_post_term_count() for taxonomies attached
* to post types, which confirms that the objects are published before
* counting them. Default _update_generic_term_count() for taxonomies
* attached to other object types, such as users.
* @type string|array $default_term {
* Default term to be used for the taxonomy.
*
* @type string $name Name of default term.
* @type string $slug Slug for default term. Default empty.
* @type string $description Description for default term. Default empty.
* }
* @type bool $sort Whether terms in this taxonomy should be sorted in the order they are
* provided to `wp_set_object_terms()`. Default null which equates to false.
* @type array $args Array of arguments to automatically use inside `wp_get_object_terms()`
* for this taxonomy.
* @type bool $_builtin This taxonomy is a "built-in" taxonomy. INTERNAL USE ONLY!
* Default false.
* }
* @return WP_Taxonomy|WP_Error The registered taxonomy object on success, WP_Error object on failure.
*/
function register_taxonomy( $taxonomy, $object_type, $args = array() ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
if ( ! is_array( $wp_taxonomies ) ) {
$wp_taxonomies = array();
}
$args = wp_parse_args( $args );
if ( empty( $taxonomy ) || strlen( $taxonomy ) > 32 ) {
_doing_it_wrong( __FUNCTION__, __( 'Taxonomy names must be between 1 and 32 characters in length.' ), '4.2.0' );
return new WP_Error( 'taxonomy_length_invalid', __( 'Taxonomy names must be between 1 and 32 characters in length.' ) );
}
$taxonomy_object = new WP_Taxonomy( $taxonomy, $object_type, $args );
$taxonomy_object->add_rewrite_rules();
$wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ] = $taxonomy_object;
$taxonomy_object->add_hooks();
// Add default term.
if ( ! empty( $taxonomy_object->default_term ) ) {
$term = term_exists( $taxonomy_object->default_term['name'], $taxonomy );
if ( $term ) {
update_option( 'default_term_' . $taxonomy_object->name, $term['term_id'] );
} else {
$term = wp_insert_term(
$taxonomy_object->default_term['name'],
$taxonomy,
array(
'slug' => sanitize_title( $taxonomy_object->default_term['slug'] ),
'description' => $taxonomy_object->default_term['description'],
)
);
// Update `term_id` in options.
if ( ! is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
update_option( 'default_term_' . $taxonomy_object->name, $term['term_id'] );
}
}
}
/**
* Fires after a taxonomy is registered.
*
* @since 3.3.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array|string $object_type Object type or array of object types.
* @param array $args Array of taxonomy registration arguments.
*/
do_action( 'registered_taxonomy', $taxonomy, $object_type, (array) $taxonomy_object );
/**
* Fires after a specific taxonomy is registered.
*
* The dynamic portion of the filter name, `$taxonomy`, refers to the taxonomy key.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `registered_taxonomy_category`
* - `registered_taxonomy_post_tag`
*
* @since 6.0.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array|string $object_type Object type or array of object types.
* @param array $args Array of taxonomy registration arguments.
*/
do_action( "registered_taxonomy_{$taxonomy}", $taxonomy, $object_type, (array) $taxonomy_object );
return $taxonomy_object;
}
/**
* Unregisters a taxonomy.
*
* Can not be used to unregister built-in taxonomies.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies List of taxonomies.
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return true|WP_Error True on success, WP_Error on failure or if the taxonomy doesn't exist.
*/
function unregister_taxonomy( $taxonomy ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
$taxonomy_object = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
// Do not allow unregistering internal taxonomies.
if ( $taxonomy_object->_builtin ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Unregistering a built-in taxonomy is not allowed.' ) );
}
$taxonomy_object->remove_rewrite_rules();
$taxonomy_object->remove_hooks();
// Remove the taxonomy.
unset( $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ] );
/**
* Fires after a taxonomy is unregistered.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
*/
do_action( 'unregistered_taxonomy', $taxonomy );
return true;
}
/**
* Builds an object with all taxonomy labels out of a taxonomy object.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 4.3.0 Added the `no_terms` label.
* @since 4.4.0 Added the `items_list_navigation` and `items_list` labels.
* @since 4.9.0 Added the `most_used` and `back_to_items` labels.
* @since 5.7.0 Added the `filter_by_item` label.
* @since 5.8.0 Added the `item_link` and `item_link_description` labels.
* @since 5.9.0 Added the `name_field_description`, `slug_field_description`,
* `parent_field_description`, and `desc_field_description` labels.
*
* @param WP_Taxonomy $tax Taxonomy object.
* @return object {
* Taxonomy labels object. The first default value is for non-hierarchical taxonomies
* (like tags) and the second one is for hierarchical taxonomies (like categories).
*
* @type string $name General name for the taxonomy, usually plural. The same
* as and overridden by `$tax->label`. Default 'Tags'/'Categories'.
* @type string $singular_name Name for one object of this taxonomy. Default 'Tag'/'Category'.
* @type string $search_items Default 'Search Tags'/'Search Categories'.
* @type string $popular_items This label is only used for non-hierarchical taxonomies.
* Default 'Popular Tags'.
* @type string $all_items Default 'All Tags'/'All Categories'.
* @type string $parent_item This label is only used for hierarchical taxonomies. Default
* 'Parent Category'.
* @type string $parent_item_colon The same as `parent_item`, but with colon `:` in the end.
* @type string $name_field_description Description for the Name field on Edit Tags screen.
* Default 'The name is how it appears on your site'.
* @type string $slug_field_description Description for the Slug field on Edit Tags screen.
* Default 'The “slug” is the URL-friendly version
* of the name. It is usually all lowercase and contains
* only letters, numbers, and hyphens'.
* @type string $parent_field_description Description for the Parent field on Edit Tags screen.
* Default 'Assign a parent term to create a hierarchy.
* The term Jazz, for example, would be the parent
* of Bebop and Big Band'.
* @type string $desc_field_description Description for the Description field on Edit Tags screen.
* Default 'The description is not prominent by default;
* however, some themes may show it'.
* @type string $edit_item Default 'Edit Tag'/'Edit Category'.
* @type string $view_item Default 'View Tag'/'View Category'.
* @type string $update_item Default 'Update Tag'/'Update Category'.
* @type string $add_new_item Default 'Add New Tag'/'Add New Category'.
* @type string $new_item_name Default 'New Tag Name'/'New Category Name'.
* @type string $separate_items_with_commas This label is only used for non-hierarchical taxonomies. Default
* 'Separate tags with commas', used in the meta box.
* @type string $add_or_remove_items This label is only used for non-hierarchical taxonomies. Default
* 'Add or remove tags', used in the meta box when JavaScript
* is disabled.
* @type string $choose_from_most_used This label is only used on non-hierarchical taxonomies. Default
* 'Choose from the most used tags', used in the meta box.
* @type string $not_found Default 'No tags found'/'No categories found', used in
* the meta box and taxonomy list table.
* @type string $no_terms Default 'No tags'/'No categories', used in the posts and media
* list tables.
* @type string $filter_by_item This label is only used for hierarchical taxonomies. Default
* 'Filter by category', used in the posts list table.
* @type string $items_list_navigation Label for the table pagination hidden heading.
* @type string $items_list Label for the table hidden heading.
* @type string $most_used Title for the Most Used tab. Default 'Most Used'.
* @type string $back_to_items Label displayed after a term has been updated.
* @type string $item_link Used in the block editor. Title for a navigation link block variation.
* Default 'Tag Link'/'Category Link'.
* @type string $item_link_description Used in the block editor. Description for a navigation link block
* variation. Default 'A link to a tag'/'A link to a category'.
* }
*/
function get_taxonomy_labels( $tax ) {
$tax->labels = (array) $tax->labels;
if ( isset( $tax->helps ) && empty( $tax->labels['separate_items_with_commas'] ) ) {
$tax->labels['separate_items_with_commas'] = $tax->helps;
}
if ( isset( $tax->no_tagcloud ) && empty( $tax->labels['not_found'] ) ) {
$tax->labels['not_found'] = $tax->no_tagcloud;
}
$nohier_vs_hier_defaults = WP_Taxonomy::get_default_labels();
$nohier_vs_hier_defaults['menu_name'] = $nohier_vs_hier_defaults['name'];
$labels = _get_custom_object_labels( $tax, $nohier_vs_hier_defaults );
$taxonomy = $tax->name;
$default_labels = clone $labels;
/**
* Filters the labels of a specific taxonomy.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers to the taxonomy slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `taxonomy_labels_category`
* - `taxonomy_labels_post_tag`
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @see get_taxonomy_labels() for the full list of taxonomy labels.
*
* @param object $labels Object with labels for the taxonomy as member variables.
*/
$labels = apply_filters( "taxonomy_labels_{$taxonomy}", $labels );
// Ensure that the filtered labels contain all required default values.
$labels = (object) array_merge( (array) $default_labels, (array) $labels );
return $labels;
}
/**
* Adds an already registered taxonomy to an object type.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies The registered taxonomies.
*
* @param string $taxonomy Name of taxonomy object.
* @param string $object_type Name of the object type.
* @return bool True if successful, false if not.
*/
function register_taxonomy_for_object_type( $taxonomy, $object_type ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
if ( ! isset( $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! get_post_type_object( $object_type ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! in_array( $object_type, $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->object_type, true ) ) {
$wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->object_type[] = $object_type;
}
// Filter out empties.
$wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->object_type = array_filter( $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->object_type );
/**
* Fires after a taxonomy is registered for an object type.
*
* @since 5.1.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @param string $object_type Name of the object type.
*/
do_action( 'registered_taxonomy_for_object_type', $taxonomy, $object_type );
return true;
}
/**
* Removes an already registered taxonomy from an object type.
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @global WP_Taxonomy[] $wp_taxonomies The registered taxonomies.
*
* @param string $taxonomy Name of taxonomy object.
* @param string $object_type Name of the object type.
* @return bool True if successful, false if not.
*/
function unregister_taxonomy_for_object_type( $taxonomy, $object_type ) {
global $wp_taxonomies;
if ( ! isset( $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! get_post_type_object( $object_type ) ) {
return false;
}
$key = array_search( $object_type, $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->object_type, true );
if ( false === $key ) {
return false;
}
unset( $wp_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->object_type[ $key ] );
/**
* Fires after a taxonomy is unregistered for an object type.
*
* @since 5.1.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @param string $object_type Name of the object type.
*/
do_action( 'unregistered_taxonomy_for_object_type', $taxonomy, $object_type );
return true;
}
//
// Term API.
//
/**
* Retrieves object IDs of valid taxonomy and term.
*
* The strings of `$taxonomies` must exist before this function will continue.
* On failure of finding a valid taxonomy, it will return a WP_Error.
*
* The `$terms` aren't checked the same as `$taxonomies`, but still need to exist
* for object IDs to be returned.
*
* It is possible to change the order that object IDs are returned by using `$args`
* with either ASC or DESC array. The value should be in the key named 'order'.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int|int[] $term_ids Term ID or array of term IDs of terms that will be used.
* @param string|string[] $taxonomies String of taxonomy name or Array of string values of taxonomy names.
* @param array|string $args {
* Change the order of the object IDs.
*
* @type string $order Order to retrieve terms. Accepts 'ASC' or 'DESC'. Default 'ASC'.
* }
* @return string[]|WP_Error An array of object IDs as numeric strings on success,
* WP_Error if the taxonomy does not exist.
*/
function get_objects_in_term( $term_ids, $taxonomies, $args = array() ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( ! is_array( $term_ids ) ) {
$term_ids = array( $term_ids );
}
if ( ! is_array( $taxonomies ) ) {
$taxonomies = array( $taxonomies );
}
foreach ( (array) $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
}
$defaults = array( 'order' => 'ASC' );
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$order = ( 'desc' === strtolower( $args['order'] ) ) ? 'DESC' : 'ASC';
$term_ids = array_map( 'intval', $term_ids );
$taxonomies = "'" . implode( "', '", array_map( 'esc_sql', $taxonomies ) ) . "'";
$term_ids = "'" . implode( "', '", $term_ids ) . "'";
$sql = "SELECT tr.object_id FROM $wpdb->term_relationships AS tr INNER JOIN $wpdb->term_taxonomy AS tt ON tr.term_taxonomy_id = tt.term_taxonomy_id WHERE tt.taxonomy IN ($taxonomies) AND tt.term_id IN ($term_ids) ORDER BY tr.object_id $order";
$last_changed = wp_cache_get_last_changed( 'terms' );
$cache_key = 'get_objects_in_term:' . md5( $sql ) . ":$last_changed";
$cache = wp_cache_get( $cache_key, 'term-queries' );
if ( false === $cache ) {
$object_ids = $wpdb->get_col( $sql );
wp_cache_set( $cache_key, $object_ids, 'term-queries' );
} else {
$object_ids = (array) $cache;
}
if ( ! $object_ids ) {
return array();
}
return $object_ids;
}
/**
* Given a taxonomy query, generates SQL to be appended to a main query.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @see WP_Tax_Query
*
* @param array $tax_query A compact tax query
* @param string $primary_table
* @param string $primary_id_column
* @return string[]
*/
function get_tax_sql( $tax_query, $primary_table, $primary_id_column ) {
$tax_query_obj = new WP_Tax_Query( $tax_query );
return $tax_query_obj->get_sql( $primary_table, $primary_id_column );
}
/**
* Gets all term data from database by term ID.
*
* The usage of the get_term function is to apply filters to a term object. It
* is possible to get a term object from the database before applying the
* filters.
*
* $term ID must be part of $taxonomy, to get from the database. Failure, might
* be able to be captured by the hooks. Failure would be the same value as $wpdb
* returns for the get_row method.
*
* There are two hooks, one is specifically for each term, named 'get_term', and
* the second is for the taxonomy name, 'term_$taxonomy'. Both hooks gets the
* term object, and the taxonomy name as parameters. Both hooks are expected to
* return a term object.
*
* {@see 'get_term'} hook - Takes two parameters the term Object and the taxonomy name.
* Must return term object. Used in get_term() as a catch-all filter for every
* $term.
*
* {@see 'get_$taxonomy'} hook - Takes two parameters the term Object and the taxonomy
* name. Must return term object. $taxonomy will be the taxonomy name, so for
* example, if 'category', it would be 'get_category' as the filter name. Useful
* for custom taxonomies or plugging into default taxonomies.
*
* @todo Better formatting for DocBlock
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.4.0 Converted to return a WP_Term object if `$output` is `OBJECT`.
* The `$taxonomy` parameter was made optional.
*
* @see sanitize_term_field() The $context param lists the available values for get_term_by() $filter param.
*
* @param int|WP_Term|object $term If integer, term data will be fetched from the database,
* or from the cache if available.
* If stdClass object (as in the results of a database query),
* will apply filters and return a `WP_Term` object with the `$term` data.
* If `WP_Term`, will return `$term`.
* @param string $taxonomy Optional. Taxonomy name that `$term` is part of.
* @param string $output Optional. The required return type. One of OBJECT, ARRAY_A, or ARRAY_N, which
* correspond to a WP_Term object, an associative array, or a numeric array,
* respectively. Default OBJECT.
* @param string $filter Optional. How to sanitize term fields. Default 'raw'.
* @return WP_Term|array|WP_Error|null WP_Term instance (or array) on success, depending on the `$output` value.
* WP_Error if `$taxonomy` does not exist. Null for miscellaneous failure.
*/
function get_term( $term, $taxonomy = '', $output = OBJECT, $filter = 'raw' ) {
if ( empty( $term ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_term', __( 'Empty Term.' ) );
}
if ( $taxonomy && ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
if ( $term instanceof WP_Term ) {
$_term = $term;
} elseif ( is_object( $term ) ) {
if ( empty( $term->filter ) || 'raw' === $term->filter ) {
$_term = sanitize_term( $term, $taxonomy, 'raw' );
$_term = new WP_Term( $_term );
} else {
$_term = WP_Term::get_instance( $term->term_id );
}
} else {
$_term = WP_Term::get_instance( $term, $taxonomy );
}
if ( is_wp_error( $_term ) ) {
return $_term;
} elseif ( ! $_term ) {
return null;
}
// Ensure for filters that this is not empty.
$taxonomy = $_term->taxonomy;
/**
* Filters a taxonomy term object.
*
* The {@see 'get_$taxonomy'} hook is also available for targeting a specific
* taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.4.0 `$_term` is now a `WP_Term` object.
*
* @param WP_Term $_term Term object.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy slug.
*/
$_term = apply_filters( 'get_term', $_term, $taxonomy );
/**
* Filters a taxonomy term object.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers
* to the slug of the term's taxonomy.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `get_category`
* - `get_post_tag`
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.4.0 `$_term` is now a `WP_Term` object.
*
* @param WP_Term $_term Term object.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy slug.
*/
$_term = apply_filters( "get_{$taxonomy}", $_term, $taxonomy );
// Bail if a filter callback has changed the type of the `$_term` object.
if ( ! ( $_term instanceof WP_Term ) ) {
return $_term;
}
// Sanitize term, according to the specified filter.
$_term->filter( $filter );
if ( ARRAY_A === $output ) {
return $_term->to_array();
} elseif ( ARRAY_N === $output ) {
return array_values( $_term->to_array() );
}
return $_term;
}
/**
* Gets all term data from database by term field and data.
*
* Warning: $value is not escaped for 'name' $field. You must do it yourself, if
* required.
*
* The default $field is 'id', therefore it is possible to also use null for
* field, but not recommended that you do so.
*
* If $value does not exist, the return value will be false. If $taxonomy exists
* and $field and $value combinations exist, the term will be returned.
*
* This function will always return the first term that matches the `$field`-
* `$value`-`$taxonomy` combination specified in the parameters. If your query
* is likely to match more than one term (as is likely to be the case when
* `$field` is 'name', for example), consider using get_terms() instead; that
* way, you will get all matching terms, and can provide your own logic for
* deciding which one was intended.
*
* @todo Better formatting for DocBlock.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.4.0 `$taxonomy` is optional if `$field` is 'term_taxonomy_id'. Converted to return
* a WP_Term object if `$output` is `OBJECT`.
* @since 5.5.0 Added 'ID' as an alias of 'id' for the `$field` parameter.
*
* @see sanitize_term_field() The $context param lists the available values for get_term_by() $filter param.
*
* @param string $field Either 'slug', 'name', 'term_id' (or 'id', 'ID'), or 'term_taxonomy_id'.
* @param string|int $value Search for this term value.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name. Optional, if `$field` is 'term_taxonomy_id'.
* @param string $output Optional. The required return type. One of OBJECT, ARRAY_A, or ARRAY_N, which
* correspond to a WP_Term object, an associative array, or a numeric array,
* respectively. Default OBJECT.
* @param string $filter Optional. How to sanitize term fields. Default 'raw'.
* @return WP_Term|array|false WP_Term instance (or array) on success, depending on the `$output` value.
* False if `$taxonomy` does not exist or `$term` was not found.
*/
function get_term_by( $field, $value, $taxonomy = '', $output = OBJECT, $filter = 'raw' ) {
// 'term_taxonomy_id' lookups don't require taxonomy checks.
if ( 'term_taxonomy_id' !== $field && ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return false;
}
// No need to perform a query for empty 'slug' or 'name'.
if ( 'slug' === $field || 'name' === $field ) {
$value = (string) $value;
if ( 0 === strlen( $value ) ) {
return false;
}
}
if ( 'id' === $field || 'ID' === $field || 'term_id' === $field ) {
$term = get_term( (int) $value, $taxonomy, $output, $filter );
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) || null === $term ) {
$term = false;
}
return $term;
}
$args = array(
'get' => 'all',
'number' => 1,
'taxonomy' => $taxonomy,
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
'orderby' => 'none',
'suppress_filter' => true,
);
switch ( $field ) {
case 'slug':
$args['slug'] = $value;
break;
case 'name':
$args['name'] = $value;
break;
case 'term_taxonomy_id':
$args['term_taxonomy_id'] = $value;
unset( $args['taxonomy'] );
break;
default:
return false;
}
$terms = get_terms( $args );
if ( is_wp_error( $terms ) || empty( $terms ) ) {
return false;
}
$term = array_shift( $terms );
// In the case of 'term_taxonomy_id', override the provided `$taxonomy` with whatever we find in the DB.
if ( 'term_taxonomy_id' === $field ) {
$taxonomy = $term->taxonomy;
}
return get_term( $term, $taxonomy, $output, $filter );
}
/**
* Merges all term children into a single array of their IDs.
*
* This recursive function will merge all of the children of $term into the same
* array of term IDs. Only useful for taxonomies which are hierarchical.
*
* Will return an empty array if $term does not exist in $taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param int $term_id ID of term to get children.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return array|WP_Error List of term IDs. WP_Error returned if `$taxonomy` does not exist.
*/
function get_term_children( $term_id, $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
$term_id = (int) $term_id;
$terms = _get_term_hierarchy( $taxonomy );
if ( ! isset( $terms[ $term_id ] ) ) {
return array();
}
$children = $terms[ $term_id ];
foreach ( (array) $terms[ $term_id ] as $child ) {
if ( $term_id === $child ) {
continue;
}
if ( isset( $terms[ $child ] ) ) {
$children = array_merge( $children, get_term_children( $child, $taxonomy ) );
}
}
return $children;
}
/**
* Gets sanitized term field.
*
* The function is for contextual reasons and for simplicity of usage.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.4.0 The `$taxonomy` parameter was made optional. `$term` can also now accept a WP_Term object.
*
* @see sanitize_term_field()
*
* @param string $field Term field to fetch.
* @param int|WP_Term $term Term ID or object.
* @param string $taxonomy Optional. Taxonomy name. Default empty.
* @param string $context Optional. How to sanitize term fields. Look at sanitize_term_field() for available options.
* Default 'display'.
* @return string|int|null|WP_Error Will return an empty string if $term is not an object or if $field is not set in $term.
*/
function get_term_field( $field, $term, $taxonomy = '', $context = 'display' ) {
$term = get_term( $term, $taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return $term;
}
if ( ! is_object( $term ) ) {
return '';
}
if ( ! isset( $term->$field ) ) {
return '';
}
return sanitize_term_field( $field, $term->$field, $term->term_id, $term->taxonomy, $context );
}
/**
* Sanitizes term for editing.
*
* Return value is sanitize_term() and usage is for sanitizing the term for
* editing. Function is for contextual and simplicity.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param int|object $id Term ID or object.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return string|int|null|WP_Error Will return empty string if $term is not an object.
*/
function get_term_to_edit( $id, $taxonomy ) {
$term = get_term( $id, $taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return $term;
}
if ( ! is_object( $term ) ) {
return '';
}
return sanitize_term( $term, $taxonomy, 'edit' );
}
/**
* Retrieves the terms in a given taxonomy or list of taxonomies.
*
* You can fully inject any customizations to the query before it is sent, as
* well as control the output with a filter.
*
* The return type varies depending on the value passed to `$args['fields']`. See
* WP_Term_Query::get_terms() for details. In all cases, a `WP_Error` object will
* be returned if an invalid taxonomy is requested.
*
* The {@see 'get_terms'} filter will be called when the cache has the term and will
* pass the found term along with the array of $taxonomies and array of $args.
* This filter is also called before the array of terms is passed and will pass
* the array of terms, along with the $taxonomies and $args.
*
* The {@see 'list_terms_exclusions'} filter passes the compiled exclusions along with
* the $args.
*
* The {@see 'get_terms_orderby'} filter passes the `ORDER BY` clause for the query
* along with the $args array.
*
* Taxonomy or an array of taxonomies should be passed via the 'taxonomy' argument
* in the `$args` array:
*
* $terms = get_terms( array(
* 'taxonomy' => 'post_tag',
* 'hide_empty' => false,
* ) );
*
* Prior to 4.5.0, taxonomy was passed as the first parameter of `get_terms()`.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.2.0 Introduced 'name' and 'childless' parameters.
* @since 4.4.0 Introduced the ability to pass 'term_id' as an alias of 'id' for the `orderby` parameter.
* Introduced the 'meta_query' and 'update_term_meta_cache' parameters. Converted to return
* a list of WP_Term objects.
* @since 4.5.0 Changed the function signature so that the `$args` array can be provided as the first parameter.
* Introduced 'meta_key' and 'meta_value' parameters. Introduced the ability to order results by metadata.
* @since 4.8.0 Introduced 'suppress_filter' parameter.
*
* @internal The `$deprecated` parameter is parsed for backward compatibility only.
*
* @param array|string $args Optional. Array or string of arguments. See WP_Term_Query::__construct()
* for information on accepted arguments. Default empty array.
* @param array|string $deprecated Optional. Argument array, when using the legacy function parameter format.
* If present, this parameter will be interpreted as `$args`, and the first
* function parameter will be parsed as a taxonomy or array of taxonomies.
* Default empty.
* @return WP_Term[]|int[]|string[]|string|WP_Error Array of terms, a count thereof as a numeric string,
* or WP_Error if any of the taxonomies do not exist.
* See the function description for more information.
*/
function get_terms( $args = array(), $deprecated = '' ) {
$term_query = new WP_Term_Query();
$defaults = array(
'suppress_filter' => false,
);
/*
* Legacy argument format ($taxonomy, $args) takes precedence.
*
* We detect legacy argument format by checking if
* (a) a second non-empty parameter is passed, or
* (b) the first parameter shares no keys with the default array (ie, it's a list of taxonomies)
*/
$_args = wp_parse_args( $args );
$key_intersect = array_intersect_key( $term_query->query_var_defaults, (array) $_args );
$do_legacy_args = $deprecated || empty( $key_intersect );
if ( $do_legacy_args ) {
$taxonomies = (array) $args;
$args = wp_parse_args( $deprecated, $defaults );
$args['taxonomy'] = $taxonomies;
} else {
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( isset( $args['taxonomy'] ) && null !== $args['taxonomy'] ) {
$args['taxonomy'] = (array) $args['taxonomy'];
}
}
if ( ! empty( $args['taxonomy'] ) ) {
foreach ( $args['taxonomy'] as $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
}
}
// Don't pass suppress_filter to WP_Term_Query.
$suppress_filter = $args['suppress_filter'];
unset( $args['suppress_filter'] );
$terms = $term_query->query( $args );
// Count queries are not filtered, for legacy reasons.
if ( ! is_array( $terms ) ) {
return $terms;
}
if ( $suppress_filter ) {
return $terms;
}
/**
* Filters the found terms.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$term_query` parameter.
*
* @param array $terms Array of found terms.
* @param array|null $taxonomies An array of taxonomies if known.
* @param array $args An array of get_terms() arguments.
* @param WP_Term_Query $term_query The WP_Term_Query object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_terms', $terms, $term_query->query_vars['taxonomy'], $term_query->query_vars, $term_query );
}
/**
* Adds metadata to a term.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $meta_key Metadata name.
* @param mixed $meta_value Metadata value. Must be serializable if non-scalar.
* @param bool $unique Optional. Whether the same key should not be added.
* Default false.
* @return int|false|WP_Error Meta ID on success, false on failure.
* WP_Error when term_id is ambiguous between taxonomies.
*/
function add_term_meta( $term_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $unique = false ) {
if ( wp_term_is_shared( $term_id ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'ambiguous_term_id', __( 'Term meta cannot be added to terms that are shared between taxonomies.' ), $term_id );
}
return add_metadata( 'term', $term_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $unique );
}
/**
* Removes metadata matching criteria from a term.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $meta_key Metadata name.
* @param mixed $meta_value Optional. Metadata value. If provided,
* rows will only be removed that match the value.
* Must be serializable if non-scalar. Default empty.
* @return bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
function delete_term_meta( $term_id, $meta_key, $meta_value = '' ) {
return delete_metadata( 'term', $term_id, $meta_key, $meta_value );
}
/**
* Retrieves metadata for a term.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $key Optional. The meta key to retrieve. By default,
* returns data for all keys. Default empty.
* @param bool $single Optional. Whether to return a single value.
* This parameter has no effect if `$key` is not specified.
* Default false.
* @return mixed An array of values if `$single` is false.
* The value of the meta field if `$single` is true.
* False for an invalid `$term_id` (non-numeric, zero, or negative value).
* An empty string if a valid but non-existing term ID is passed.
*/
function get_term_meta( $term_id, $key = '', $single = false ) {
return get_metadata( 'term', $term_id, $key, $single );
}
/**
* Updates term metadata.
*
* Use the `$prev_value` parameter to differentiate between meta fields with the same key and term ID.
*
* If the meta field for the term does not exist, it will be added.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $meta_key Metadata key.
* @param mixed $meta_value Metadata value. Must be serializable if non-scalar.
* @param mixed $prev_value Optional. Previous value to check before updating.
* If specified, only update existing metadata entries with
* this value. Otherwise, update all entries. Default empty.
* @return int|bool|WP_Error Meta ID if the key didn't exist. true on successful update,
* false on failure or if the value passed to the function
* is the same as the one that is already in the database.
* WP_Error when term_id is ambiguous between taxonomies.
*/
function update_term_meta( $term_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $prev_value = '' ) {
if ( wp_term_is_shared( $term_id ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'ambiguous_term_id', __( 'Term meta cannot be added to terms that are shared between taxonomies.' ), $term_id );
}
return update_metadata( 'term', $term_id, $meta_key, $meta_value, $prev_value );
}
/**
* Updates metadata cache for list of term IDs.
*
* Performs SQL query to retrieve all metadata for the terms matching `$term_ids` and stores them in the cache.
* Subsequent calls to `get_term_meta()` will not need to query the database.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array $term_ids List of term IDs.
* @return array|false An array of metadata on success, false if there is nothing to update.
*/
function update_termmeta_cache( $term_ids ) {
return update_meta_cache( 'term', $term_ids );
}
/**
* Queue term meta for lazy-loading.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param array $term_ids List of term IDs.
*/
function wp_lazyload_term_meta( array $term_ids ) {
if ( empty( $term_ids ) ) {
return;
}
$lazyloader = wp_metadata_lazyloader();
$lazyloader->queue_objects( 'term', $term_ids );
}
/**
* Gets all meta data, including meta IDs, for the given term ID.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @return array|false Array with meta data, or false when the meta table is not installed.
*/
function has_term_meta( $term_id ) {
$check = wp_check_term_meta_support_prefilter( null );
if ( null !== $check ) {
return $check;
}
global $wpdb;
return $wpdb->get_results( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT meta_key, meta_value, meta_id, term_id FROM $wpdb->termmeta WHERE term_id = %d ORDER BY meta_key,meta_id", $term_id ), ARRAY_A );
}
/**
* Registers a meta key for terms.
*
* @since 4.9.8
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy to register a meta key for. Pass an empty string
* to register the meta key across all existing taxonomies.
* @param string $meta_key The meta key to register.
* @param array $args Data used to describe the meta key when registered. See
* {@see register_meta()} for a list of supported arguments.
* @return bool True if the meta key was successfully registered, false if not.
*/
function register_term_meta( $taxonomy, $meta_key, array $args ) {
$args['object_subtype'] = $taxonomy;
return register_meta( 'term', $meta_key, $args );
}
/**
* Unregisters a meta key for terms.
*
* @since 4.9.8
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy the meta key is currently registered for. Pass
* an empty string if the meta key is registered across all
* existing taxonomies.
* @param string $meta_key The meta key to unregister.
* @return bool True on success, false if the meta key was not previously registered.
*/
function unregister_term_meta( $taxonomy, $meta_key ) {
return unregister_meta_key( 'term', $meta_key, $taxonomy );
}
/**
* Determines whether a taxonomy term exists.
*
* Formerly is_term(), introduced in 2.3.0.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 6.0.0 Converted to use `get_terms()`.
*
* @global bool $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation
*
* @param int|string $term The term to check. Accepts term ID, slug, or name.
* @param string $taxonomy Optional. The taxonomy name to use.
* @param int $parent_term Optional. ID of parent term under which to confine the exists search.
* @return mixed Returns null if the term does not exist.
* Returns the term ID if no taxonomy is specified and the term ID exists.
* Returns an array of the term ID and the term taxonomy ID if the taxonomy is specified and the pairing exists.
* Returns 0 if term ID 0 is passed to the function.
*/
function term_exists( $term, $taxonomy = '', $parent_term = null ) {
global $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation;
if ( null === $term ) {
return null;
}
$defaults = array(
'get' => 'all',
'fields' => 'ids',
'number' => 1,
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
'order' => 'ASC',
'orderby' => 'term_id',
'suppress_filter' => true,
);
// Ensure that while importing, queries are not cached.
if ( ! empty( $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation ) ) {
// @todo Disable caching once #52710 is merged.
$defaults['cache_domain'] = microtime();
}
if ( ! empty( $taxonomy ) ) {
$defaults['taxonomy'] = $taxonomy;
$defaults['fields'] = 'all';
}
/**
* Filters default query arguments for checking if a term exists.
*
* @since 6.0.0
*
* @param array $defaults An array of arguments passed to get_terms().
* @param int|string $term The term to check. Accepts term ID, slug, or name.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy name to use. An empty string indicates
* the search is against all taxonomies.
* @param int|null $parent_term ID of parent term under which to confine the exists search.
* Null indicates the search is unconfined.
*/
$defaults = apply_filters( 'term_exists_default_query_args', $defaults, $term, $taxonomy, $parent_term );
if ( is_int( $term ) ) {
if ( 0 === $term ) {
return 0;
}
$args = wp_parse_args( array( 'include' => array( $term ) ), $defaults );
$terms = get_terms( $args );
} else {
$term = trim( wp_unslash( $term ) );
if ( '' === $term ) {
return null;
}
if ( ! empty( $taxonomy ) && is_numeric( $parent_term ) ) {
$defaults['parent'] = (int) $parent_term;
}
$args = wp_parse_args( array( 'slug' => sanitize_title( $term ) ), $defaults );
$terms = get_terms( $args );
if ( empty( $terms ) || is_wp_error( $terms ) ) {
$args = wp_parse_args( array( 'name' => $term ), $defaults );
$terms = get_terms( $args );
}
}
if ( empty( $terms ) || is_wp_error( $terms ) ) {
return null;
}
$_term = array_shift( $terms );
if ( ! empty( $taxonomy ) ) {
return array(
'term_id' => (string) $_term->term_id,
'term_taxonomy_id' => (string) $_term->term_taxonomy_id,
);
}
return (string) $_term;
}
/**
* Checks if a term is an ancestor of another term.
*
* You can use either an ID or the term object for both parameters.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param int|object $term1 ID or object to check if this is the parent term.
* @param int|object $term2 The child term.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name that $term1 and `$term2` belong to.
* @return bool Whether `$term2` is a child of `$term1`.
*/
function term_is_ancestor_of( $term1, $term2, $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! isset( $term1->term_id ) ) {
$term1 = get_term( $term1, $taxonomy );
}
if ( ! isset( $term2->parent ) ) {
$term2 = get_term( $term2, $taxonomy );
}
if ( empty( $term1->term_id ) || empty( $term2->parent ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( $term2->parent === $term1->term_id ) {
return true;
}
return term_is_ancestor_of( $term1, get_term( $term2->parent, $taxonomy ), $taxonomy );
}
/**
* Sanitizes all term fields.
*
* Relies on sanitize_term_field() to sanitize the term. The difference is that
* this function will sanitize **all** fields. The context is based
* on sanitize_term_field().
*
* The `$term` is expected to be either an array or an object.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param array|object $term The term to check.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy name to use.
* @param string $context Optional. Context in which to sanitize the term.
* Accepts 'raw', 'edit', 'db', 'display', 'rss',
* 'attribute', or 'js'. Default 'display'.
* @return array|object Term with all fields sanitized.
*/
function sanitize_term( $term, $taxonomy, $context = 'display' ) {
$fields = array( 'term_id', 'name', 'description', 'slug', 'count', 'parent', 'term_group', 'term_taxonomy_id', 'object_id' );
$do_object = is_object( $term );
$term_id = $do_object ? $term->term_id : ( isset( $term['term_id'] ) ? $term['term_id'] : 0 );
foreach ( (array) $fields as $field ) {
if ( $do_object ) {
if ( isset( $term->$field ) ) {
$term->$field = sanitize_term_field( $field, $term->$field, $term_id, $taxonomy, $context );
}
} else {
if ( isset( $term[ $field ] ) ) {
$term[ $field ] = sanitize_term_field( $field, $term[ $field ], $term_id, $taxonomy, $context );
}
}
}
if ( $do_object ) {
$term->filter = $context;
} else {
$term['filter'] = $context;
}
return $term;
}
/**
* Sanitizes the field value in the term based on the context.
*
* Passing a term field value through the function should be assumed to have
* cleansed the value for whatever context the term field is going to be used.
*
* If no context or an unsupported context is given, then default filters will
* be applied.
*
* There are enough filters for each context to support a custom filtering
* without creating your own filter function. Simply create a function that
* hooks into the filter you need.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $field Term field to sanitize.
* @param string $value Search for this term value.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @param string $context Context in which to sanitize the term field.
* Accepts 'raw', 'edit', 'db', 'display', 'rss',
* 'attribute', or 'js'. Default 'display'.
* @return mixed Sanitized field.
*/
function sanitize_term_field( $field, $value, $term_id, $taxonomy, $context ) {
$int_fields = array( 'parent', 'term_id', 'count', 'term_group', 'term_taxonomy_id', 'object_id' );
if ( in_array( $field, $int_fields, true ) ) {
$value = (int) $value;
if ( $value < 0 ) {
$value = 0;
}
}
$context = strtolower( $context );
if ( 'raw' === $context ) {
return $value;
}
if ( 'edit' === $context ) {
/**
* Filters a term field to edit before it is sanitized.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the term field.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the term field.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "edit_term_{$field}", $value, $term_id, $taxonomy );
/**
* Filters the taxonomy field to edit before it is sanitized.
*
* The dynamic portions of the filter name, `$taxonomy` and `$field`, refer
* to the taxonomy slug and taxonomy field, respectively.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the taxonomy field to edit.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "edit_{$taxonomy}_{$field}", $value, $term_id );
if ( 'description' === $field ) {
$value = esc_html( $value ); // textarea_escaped
} else {
$value = esc_attr( $value );
}
} elseif ( 'db' === $context ) {
/**
* Filters a term field value before it is sanitized.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the term field.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the term field.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "pre_term_{$field}", $value, $taxonomy );
/**
* Filters a taxonomy field before it is sanitized.
*
* The dynamic portions of the filter name, `$taxonomy` and `$field`, refer
* to the taxonomy slug and field name, respectively.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the taxonomy field.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "pre_{$taxonomy}_{$field}", $value );
// Back compat filters.
if ( 'slug' === $field ) {
/**
* Filters the category nicename before it is sanitized.
*
* Use the {@see 'pre_$taxonomy_$field'} hook instead.
*
* @since 2.0.3
*
* @param string $value The category nicename.
*/
$value = apply_filters( 'pre_category_nicename', $value );
}
} elseif ( 'rss' === $context ) {
/**
* Filters the term field for use in RSS.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the term field.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the term field.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "term_{$field}_rss", $value, $taxonomy );
/**
* Filters the taxonomy field for use in RSS.
*
* The dynamic portions of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, and `$field`, refer
* to the taxonomy slug and field name, respectively.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the taxonomy field.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "{$taxonomy}_{$field}_rss", $value );
} else {
// Use display filters by default.
/**
* Filters the term field sanitized for display.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$field`, refers to the term field name.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the term field.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param string $context Context to retrieve the term field value.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "term_{$field}", $value, $term_id, $taxonomy, $context );
/**
* Filters the taxonomy field sanitized for display.
*
* The dynamic portions of the filter name, `$taxonomy`, and `$field`, refer
* to the taxonomy slug and taxonomy field, respectively.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the taxonomy field.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $context Context to retrieve the taxonomy field value.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "{$taxonomy}_{$field}", $value, $term_id, $context );
}
if ( 'attribute' === $context ) {
$value = esc_attr( $value );
} elseif ( 'js' === $context ) {
$value = esc_js( $value );
}
// Restore the type for integer fields after esc_attr().
if ( in_array( $field, $int_fields, true ) ) {
$value = (int) $value;
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Counts how many terms are in taxonomy.
*
* Default $args is 'hide_empty' which can be 'hide_empty=true' or array('hide_empty' => true).
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 5.6.0 Changed the function signature so that the `$args` array can be provided as the first parameter.
*
* @internal The `$deprecated` parameter is parsed for backward compatibility only.
*
* @param array|string $args Optional. Array or string of arguments. See WP_Term_Query::__construct()
* for information on accepted arguments. Default empty array.
* @param array|string $deprecated Optional. Argument array, when using the legacy function parameter format.
* If present, this parameter will be interpreted as `$args`, and the first
* function parameter will be parsed as a taxonomy or array of taxonomies.
* Default empty.
* @return string|WP_Error Numeric string containing the number of terms in that
* taxonomy or WP_Error if the taxonomy does not exist.
*/
function wp_count_terms( $args = array(), $deprecated = '' ) {
$use_legacy_args = false;
// Check whether function is used with legacy signature: `$taxonomy` and `$args`.
if ( $args
&& ( is_string( $args ) && taxonomy_exists( $args )
|| is_array( $args ) && wp_is_numeric_array( $args ) )
) {
$use_legacy_args = true;
}
$defaults = array( 'hide_empty' => false );
if ( $use_legacy_args ) {
$defaults['taxonomy'] = $args;
$args = $deprecated;
}
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
// Backward compatibility.
if ( isset( $args['ignore_empty'] ) ) {
$args['hide_empty'] = $args['ignore_empty'];
unset( $args['ignore_empty'] );
}
$args['fields'] = 'count';
return get_terms( $args );
}
/**
* Unlinks the object from the taxonomy or taxonomies.
*
* Will remove all relationships between the object and any terms in
* a particular taxonomy or taxonomies. Does not remove the term or
* taxonomy itself.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param int $object_id The term object ID that refers to the term.
* @param string|array $taxonomies List of taxonomy names or single taxonomy name.
*/
function wp_delete_object_term_relationships( $object_id, $taxonomies ) {
$object_id = (int) $object_id;
if ( ! is_array( $taxonomies ) ) {
$taxonomies = array( $taxonomies );
}
foreach ( (array) $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) {
$term_ids = wp_get_object_terms( $object_id, $taxonomy, array( 'fields' => 'ids' ) );
$term_ids = array_map( 'intval', $term_ids );
wp_remove_object_terms( $object_id, $term_ids, $taxonomy );
}
}
/**
* Removes a term from the database.
*
* If the term is a parent of other terms, then the children will be updated to
* that term's parent.
*
* Metadata associated with the term will be deleted.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $term Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @param array|string $args {
* Optional. Array of arguments to override the default term ID. Default empty array.
*
* @type int $default The term ID to make the default term. This will only override
* the terms found if there is only one term found. Any other and
* the found terms are used.
* @type bool $force_default Optional. Whether to force the supplied term as default to be
* assigned even if the object was not going to be term-less.
* Default false.
* }
* @return bool|int|WP_Error True on success, false if term does not exist. Zero on attempted
* deletion of default Category. WP_Error if the taxonomy does not exist.
*/
function wp_delete_term( $term, $taxonomy, $args = array() ) {
global $wpdb;
$term = (int) $term;
$ids = term_exists( $term, $taxonomy );
if ( ! $ids ) {
return false;
}
if ( is_wp_error( $ids ) ) {
return $ids;
}
$tt_id = $ids['term_taxonomy_id'];
$defaults = array();
if ( 'category' === $taxonomy ) {
$defaults['default'] = (int) get_option( 'default_category' );
if ( $defaults['default'] === $term ) {
return 0; // Don't delete the default category.
}
}
// Don't delete the default custom taxonomy term.
$taxonomy_object = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( ! empty( $taxonomy_object->default_term ) ) {
$defaults['default'] = (int) get_option( 'default_term_' . $taxonomy );
if ( $defaults['default'] === $term ) {
return 0;
}
}
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( isset( $args['default'] ) ) {
$default = (int) $args['default'];
if ( ! term_exists( $default, $taxonomy ) ) {
unset( $default );
}
}
if ( isset( $args['force_default'] ) ) {
$force_default = $args['force_default'];
}
/**
* Fires when deleting a term, before any modifications are made to posts or terms.
*
* @since 4.1.0
*
* @param int $term Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
*/
do_action( 'pre_delete_term', $term, $taxonomy );
// Update children to point to new parent.
if ( is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $taxonomy ) ) {
$term_obj = get_term( $term, $taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $term_obj ) ) {
return $term_obj;
}
$parent = $term_obj->parent;
$edit_ids = $wpdb->get_results( "SELECT term_id, term_taxonomy_id FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE `parent` = " . (int) $term_obj->term_id );
$edit_tt_ids = wp_list_pluck( $edit_ids, 'term_taxonomy_id' );
/**
* Fires immediately before a term to delete's children are reassigned a parent.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param array $edit_tt_ids An array of term taxonomy IDs for the given term.
*/
do_action( 'edit_term_taxonomies', $edit_tt_ids );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->term_taxonomy, compact( 'parent' ), array( 'parent' => $term_obj->term_id ) + compact( 'taxonomy' ) );
// Clean the cache for all child terms.
$edit_term_ids = wp_list_pluck( $edit_ids, 'term_id' );
clean_term_cache( $edit_term_ids, $taxonomy );
/**
* Fires immediately after a term to delete's children are reassigned a parent.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param array $edit_tt_ids An array of term taxonomy IDs for the given term.
*/
do_action( 'edited_term_taxonomies', $edit_tt_ids );
}
// Get the term before deleting it or its term relationships so we can pass to actions below.
$deleted_term = get_term( $term, $taxonomy );
$object_ids = (array) $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT object_id FROM $wpdb->term_relationships WHERE term_taxonomy_id = %d", $tt_id ) );
foreach ( $object_ids as $object_id ) {
if ( ! isset( $default ) ) {
wp_remove_object_terms( $object_id, $term, $taxonomy );
continue;
}
$terms = wp_get_object_terms(
$object_id,
$taxonomy,
array(
'fields' => 'ids',
'orderby' => 'none',
)
);
if ( 1 === count( $terms ) && isset( $default ) ) {
$terms = array( $default );
} else {
$terms = array_diff( $terms, array( $term ) );
if ( isset( $default ) && isset( $force_default ) && $force_default ) {
$terms = array_merge( $terms, array( $default ) );
}
}
$terms = array_map( 'intval', $terms );
wp_set_object_terms( $object_id, $terms, $taxonomy );
}
// Clean the relationship caches for all object types using this term.
$tax_object = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
foreach ( $tax_object->object_type as $object_type ) {
clean_object_term_cache( $object_ids, $object_type );
}
$term_meta_ids = $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT meta_id FROM $wpdb->termmeta WHERE term_id = %d ", $term ) );
foreach ( $term_meta_ids as $mid ) {
delete_metadata_by_mid( 'term', $mid );
}
/**
* Fires immediately before a term taxonomy ID is deleted.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
*/
do_action( 'delete_term_taxonomy', $tt_id );
$wpdb->delete( $wpdb->term_taxonomy, array( 'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id ) );
/**
* Fires immediately after a term taxonomy ID is deleted.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
*/
do_action( 'deleted_term_taxonomy', $tt_id );
// Delete the term if no taxonomies use it.
if ( ! $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE term_id = %d", $term ) ) ) {
$wpdb->delete( $wpdb->terms, array( 'term_id' => $term ) );
}
clean_term_cache( $term, $taxonomy );
/**
* Fires after a term is deleted from the database and the cache is cleaned.
*
* The {@see 'delete_$taxonomy'} hook is also available for targeting a specific
* taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.5.0
* @since 4.5.0 Introduced the `$object_ids` argument.
*
* @param int $term Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param WP_Term $deleted_term Copy of the already-deleted term.
* @param array $object_ids List of term object IDs.
*/
do_action( 'delete_term', $term, $tt_id, $taxonomy, $deleted_term, $object_ids );
/**
* Fires after a term in a specific taxonomy is deleted.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers to the specific
* taxonomy the term belonged to.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `delete_category`
* - `delete_post_tag`
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.5.0 Introduced the `$object_ids` argument.
*
* @param int $term Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param WP_Term $deleted_term Copy of the already-deleted term.
* @param array $object_ids List of term object IDs.
*/
do_action( "delete_{$taxonomy}", $term, $tt_id, $deleted_term, $object_ids );
return true;
}
/**
* Deletes one existing category.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param int $cat_id Category term ID.
* @return bool|int|WP_Error Returns true if completes delete action; false if term doesn't exist;
* Zero on attempted deletion of default Category; WP_Error object is
* also a possibility.
*/
function wp_delete_category( $cat_id ) {
return wp_delete_term( $cat_id, 'category' );
}
/**
* Retrieves the terms associated with the given object(s), in the supplied taxonomies.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.2.0 Added support for 'taxonomy', 'parent', and 'term_taxonomy_id' values of `$orderby`.
* Introduced `$parent` argument.
* @since 4.4.0 Introduced `$meta_query` and `$update_term_meta_cache` arguments. When `$fields` is 'all' or
* 'all_with_object_id', an array of `WP_Term` objects will be returned.
* @since 4.7.0 Refactored to use WP_Term_Query, and to support any WP_Term_Query arguments.
* @since 6.3.0 Passing `update_term_meta_cache` argument value false by default resulting in get_terms() to not
* prime the term meta cache.
*
* @param int|int[] $object_ids The ID(s) of the object(s) to retrieve.
* @param string|string[] $taxonomies The taxonomy names to retrieve terms from.
* @param array|string $args See WP_Term_Query::__construct() for supported arguments.
* @return WP_Term[]|int[]|string[]|string|WP_Error Array of terms, a count thereof as a numeric string,
* or WP_Error if any of the taxonomies do not exist.
* See WP_Term_Query::get_terms() for more information.
*/
function wp_get_object_terms( $object_ids, $taxonomies, $args = array() ) {
if ( empty( $object_ids ) || empty( $taxonomies ) ) {
return array();
}
if ( ! is_array( $taxonomies ) ) {
$taxonomies = array( $taxonomies );
}
foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
}
if ( ! is_array( $object_ids ) ) {
$object_ids = array( $object_ids );
}
$object_ids = array_map( 'intval', $object_ids );
$defaults = array(
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
/**
* Filters arguments for retrieving object terms.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param array $args An array of arguments for retrieving terms for the given object(s).
* See {@see wp_get_object_terms()} for details.
* @param int[] $object_ids Array of object IDs.
* @param string[] $taxonomies Array of taxonomy names to retrieve terms from.
*/
$args = apply_filters( 'wp_get_object_terms_args', $args, $object_ids, $taxonomies );
/*
* When one or more queried taxonomies is registered with an 'args' array,
* those params override the `$args` passed to this function.
*/
$terms = array();
if ( count( $taxonomies ) > 1 ) {
foreach ( $taxonomies as $index => $taxonomy ) {
$t = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( isset( $t->args ) && is_array( $t->args ) && array_merge( $args, $t->args ) != $args ) {
unset( $taxonomies[ $index ] );
$terms = array_merge( $terms, wp_get_object_terms( $object_ids, $taxonomy, array_merge( $args, $t->args ) ) );
}
}
} else {
$t = get_taxonomy( $taxonomies[0] );
if ( isset( $t->args ) && is_array( $t->args ) ) {
$args = array_merge( $args, $t->args );
}
}
$args['taxonomy'] = $taxonomies;
$args['object_ids'] = $object_ids;
// Taxonomies registered without an 'args' param are handled here.
if ( ! empty( $taxonomies ) ) {
$terms_from_remaining_taxonomies = get_terms( $args );
// Array keys should be preserved for values of $fields that use term_id for keys.
if ( ! empty( $args['fields'] ) && str_starts_with( $args['fields'], 'id=>' ) ) {
$terms = $terms + $terms_from_remaining_taxonomies;
} else {
$terms = array_merge( $terms, $terms_from_remaining_taxonomies );
}
}
/**
* Filters the terms for a given object or objects.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param WP_Term[]|int[]|string[]|string $terms Array of terms or a count thereof as a numeric string.
* @param int[] $object_ids Array of object IDs for which terms were retrieved.
* @param string[] $taxonomies Array of taxonomy names from which terms were retrieved.
* @param array $args Array of arguments for retrieving terms for the given
* object(s). See wp_get_object_terms() for details.
*/
$terms = apply_filters( 'get_object_terms', $terms, $object_ids, $taxonomies, $args );
$object_ids = implode( ',', $object_ids );
$taxonomies = "'" . implode( "', '", array_map( 'esc_sql', $taxonomies ) ) . "'";
/**
* Filters the terms for a given object or objects.
*
* The `$taxonomies` parameter passed to this filter is formatted as a SQL fragment. The
* {@see 'get_object_terms'} filter is recommended as an alternative.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param WP_Term[]|int[]|string[]|string $terms Array of terms or a count thereof as a numeric string.
* @param string $object_ids Comma separated list of object IDs for which terms were retrieved.
* @param string $taxonomies SQL fragment of taxonomy names from which terms were retrieved.
* @param array $args Array of arguments for retrieving terms for the given
* object(s). See wp_get_object_terms() for details.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_object_terms', $terms, $object_ids, $taxonomies, $args );
}
/**
* Adds a new term to the database.
*
* A non-existent term is inserted in the following sequence:
* 1. The term is added to the term table, then related to the taxonomy.
* 2. If everything is correct, several actions are fired.
* 3. The 'term_id_filter' is evaluated.
* 4. The term cache is cleaned.
* 5. Several more actions are fired.
* 6. An array is returned containing the `term_id` and `term_taxonomy_id`.
*
* If the 'slug' argument is not empty, then it is checked to see if the term
* is invalid. If it is not a valid, existing term, it is added and the term_id
* is given.
*
* If the taxonomy is hierarchical, and the 'parent' argument is not empty,
* the term is inserted and the term_id will be given.
*
* Error handling:
* If `$taxonomy` does not exist or `$term` is empty,
* a WP_Error object will be returned.
*
* If the term already exists on the same hierarchical level,
* or the term slug and name are not unique, a WP_Error object will be returned.
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $term The term name to add.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy to which to add the term.
* @param array|string $args {
* Optional. Array or query string of arguments for inserting a term.
*
* @type string $alias_of Slug of the term to make this term an alias of.
* Default empty string. Accepts a term slug.
* @type string $description The term description. Default empty string.
* @type int $parent The id of the parent term. Default 0.
* @type string $slug The term slug to use. Default empty string.
* }
* @return array|WP_Error {
* An array of the new term data, WP_Error otherwise.
*
* @type int $term_id The new term ID.
* @type int|string $term_taxonomy_id The new term taxonomy ID. Can be a numeric string.
* }
*/
function wp_insert_term( $term, $taxonomy, $args = array() ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
/**
* Filters a term before it is sanitized and inserted into the database.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param string|WP_Error $term The term name to add, or a WP_Error object if there's an error.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array|string $args Array or query string of arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
$term = apply_filters( 'pre_insert_term', $term, $taxonomy, $args );
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return $term;
}
if ( is_int( $term ) && 0 === $term ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_term_id', __( 'Invalid term ID.' ) );
}
if ( '' === trim( $term ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'empty_term_name', __( 'A name is required for this term.' ) );
}
$defaults = array(
'alias_of' => '',
'description' => '',
'parent' => 0,
'slug' => '',
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( (int) $args['parent'] > 0 && ! term_exists( (int) $args['parent'] ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'missing_parent', __( 'Parent term does not exist.' ) );
}
$args['name'] = $term;
$args['taxonomy'] = $taxonomy;
// Coerce null description to strings, to avoid database errors.
$args['description'] = (string) $args['description'];
$args = sanitize_term( $args, $taxonomy, 'db' );
// expected_slashed ($name)
$name = wp_unslash( $args['name'] );
$description = wp_unslash( $args['description'] );
$parent = (int) $args['parent'];
$slug_provided = ! empty( $args['slug'] );
if ( ! $slug_provided ) {
$slug = sanitize_title( $name );
} else {
$slug = $args['slug'];
}
$term_group = 0;
if ( $args['alias_of'] ) {
$alias = get_term_by( 'slug', $args['alias_of'], $taxonomy );
if ( ! empty( $alias->term_group ) ) {
// The alias we want is already in a group, so let's use that one.
$term_group = $alias->term_group;
} elseif ( ! empty( $alias->term_id ) ) {
/*
* The alias is not in a group, so we create a new one
* and add the alias to it.
*/
$term_group = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT MAX(term_group) FROM $wpdb->terms" ) + 1;
wp_update_term(
$alias->term_id,
$taxonomy,
array(
'term_group' => $term_group,
)
);
}
}
/*
* Prevent the creation of terms with duplicate names at the same level of a taxonomy hierarchy,
* unless a unique slug has been explicitly provided.
*/
$name_matches = get_terms(
array(
'taxonomy' => $taxonomy,
'name' => $name,
'hide_empty' => false,
'parent' => $args['parent'],
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
)
);
/*
* The `name` match in `get_terms()` doesn't differentiate accented characters,
* so we do a stricter comparison here.
*/
$name_match = null;
if ( $name_matches ) {
foreach ( $name_matches as $_match ) {
if ( strtolower( $name ) === strtolower( $_match->name ) ) {
$name_match = $_match;
break;
}
}
}
if ( $name_match ) {
$slug_match = get_term_by( 'slug', $slug, $taxonomy );
if ( ! $slug_provided || $name_match->slug === $slug || $slug_match ) {
if ( is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $taxonomy ) ) {
$siblings = get_terms(
array(
'taxonomy' => $taxonomy,
'get' => 'all',
'parent' => $parent,
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
)
);
$existing_term = null;
$sibling_names = wp_list_pluck( $siblings, 'name' );
$sibling_slugs = wp_list_pluck( $siblings, 'slug' );
if ( ( ! $slug_provided || $name_match->slug === $slug ) && in_array( $name, $sibling_names, true ) ) {
$existing_term = $name_match;
} elseif ( $slug_match && in_array( $slug, $sibling_slugs, true ) ) {
$existing_term = $slug_match;
}
if ( $existing_term ) {
return new WP_Error( 'term_exists', __( 'A term with the name provided already exists with this parent.' ), $existing_term->term_id );
}
} else {
return new WP_Error( 'term_exists', __( 'A term with the name provided already exists in this taxonomy.' ), $name_match->term_id );
}
}
}
$slug = wp_unique_term_slug( $slug, (object) $args );
$data = compact( 'name', 'slug', 'term_group' );
/**
* Filters term data before it is inserted into the database.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @param array $data Term data to be inserted.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
$data = apply_filters( 'wp_insert_term_data', $data, $taxonomy, $args );
if ( false === $wpdb->insert( $wpdb->terms, $data ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'db_insert_error', __( 'Could not insert term into the database.' ), $wpdb->last_error );
}
$term_id = (int) $wpdb->insert_id;
// Seems unreachable. However, is used in the case that a term name is provided, which sanitizes to an empty string.
if ( empty( $slug ) ) {
$slug = sanitize_title( $slug, $term_id );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( 'edit_terms', $term_id, $taxonomy );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->terms, compact( 'slug' ), compact( 'term_id' ) );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( 'edited_terms', $term_id, $taxonomy );
}
$tt_id = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT tt.term_taxonomy_id FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy AS tt INNER JOIN $wpdb->terms AS t ON tt.term_id = t.term_id WHERE tt.taxonomy = %s AND t.term_id = %d", $taxonomy, $term_id ) );
if ( ! empty( $tt_id ) ) {
return array(
'term_id' => $term_id,
'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id,
);
}
if ( false === $wpdb->insert( $wpdb->term_taxonomy, compact( 'term_id', 'taxonomy', 'description', 'parent' ) + array( 'count' => 0 ) ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'db_insert_error', __( 'Could not insert term taxonomy into the database.' ), $wpdb->last_error );
}
$tt_id = (int) $wpdb->insert_id;
/*
* Sanity check: if we just created a term with the same parent + taxonomy + slug but a higher term_id than
* an existing term, then we have unwittingly created a duplicate term. Delete the dupe, and use the term_id
* and term_taxonomy_id of the older term instead. Then return out of the function so that the "create" hooks
* are not fired.
*/
$duplicate_term = $wpdb->get_row( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT t.term_id, t.slug, tt.term_taxonomy_id, tt.taxonomy FROM $wpdb->terms AS t INNER JOIN $wpdb->term_taxonomy AS tt ON ( tt.term_id = t.term_id ) WHERE t.slug = %s AND tt.parent = %d AND tt.taxonomy = %s AND t.term_id < %d AND tt.term_taxonomy_id != %d", $slug, $parent, $taxonomy, $term_id, $tt_id ) );
/**
* Filters the duplicate term check that takes place during term creation.
*
* Term parent + taxonomy + slug combinations are meant to be unique, and wp_insert_term()
* performs a last-minute confirmation of this uniqueness before allowing a new term
* to be created. Plugins with different uniqueness requirements may use this filter
* to bypass or modify the duplicate-term check.
*
* @since 5.1.0
*
* @param object $duplicate_term Duplicate term row from terms table, if found.
* @param string $term Term being inserted.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
* @param int $tt_id term_taxonomy_id for the newly created term.
*/
$duplicate_term = apply_filters( 'wp_insert_term_duplicate_term_check', $duplicate_term, $term, $taxonomy, $args, $tt_id );
if ( $duplicate_term ) {
$wpdb->delete( $wpdb->terms, array( 'term_id' => $term_id ) );
$wpdb->delete( $wpdb->term_taxonomy, array( 'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id ) );
$term_id = (int) $duplicate_term->term_id;
$tt_id = (int) $duplicate_term->term_taxonomy_id;
clean_term_cache( $term_id, $taxonomy );
return array(
'term_id' => $term_id,
'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id,
);
}
/**
* Fires immediately after a new term is created, before the term cache is cleaned.
*
* The {@see 'create_$taxonomy'} hook is also available for targeting a specific
* taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
do_action( 'create_term', $term_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy, $args );
/**
* Fires after a new term is created for a specific taxonomy.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers
* to the slug of the taxonomy the term was created for.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `create_category`
* - `create_post_tag`
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
do_action( "create_{$taxonomy}", $term_id, $tt_id, $args );
/**
* Filters the term ID after a new term is created.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
$term_id = apply_filters( 'term_id_filter', $term_id, $tt_id, $args );
clean_term_cache( $term_id, $taxonomy );
/**
* Fires after a new term is created, and after the term cache has been cleaned.
*
* The {@see 'created_$taxonomy'} hook is also available for targeting a specific
* taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
do_action( 'created_term', $term_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy, $args );
/**
* Fires after a new term in a specific taxonomy is created, and after the term
* cache has been cleaned.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers to the taxonomy slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `created_category`
* - `created_post_tag`
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
do_action( "created_{$taxonomy}", $term_id, $tt_id, $args );
/**
* Fires after a term has been saved, and the term cache has been cleared.
*
* The {@see 'saved_$taxonomy'} hook is also available for targeting a specific
* taxonomy.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing term being updated.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
do_action( 'saved_term', $term_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy, false, $args );
/**
* Fires after a term in a specific taxonomy has been saved, and the term
* cache has been cleared.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers to the taxonomy slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `saved_category`
* - `saved_post_tag`
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param bool $update Whether this is an existing term being updated.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_insert_term().
*/
do_action( "saved_{$taxonomy}", $term_id, $tt_id, false, $args );
return array(
'term_id' => $term_id,
'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id,
);
}
/**
* Creates term and taxonomy relationships.
*
* Relates an object (post, link, etc.) to a term and taxonomy type. Creates the
* term and taxonomy relationship if it doesn't already exist. Creates a term if
* it doesn't exist (using the slug).
*
* A relationship means that the term is grouped in or belongs to the taxonomy.
* A term has no meaning until it is given context by defining which taxonomy it
* exists under.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $object_id The object to relate to.
* @param string|int|array $terms A single term slug, single term ID, or array of either term slugs or IDs.
* Will replace all existing related terms in this taxonomy. Passing an
* empty array will remove all related terms.
* @param string $taxonomy The context in which to relate the term to the object.
* @param bool $append Optional. If false will delete difference of terms. Default false.
* @return array|WP_Error Term taxonomy IDs of the affected terms or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_set_object_terms( $object_id, $terms, $taxonomy, $append = false ) {
global $wpdb;
$object_id = (int) $object_id;
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
if ( empty( $terms ) ) {
$terms = array();
} elseif ( ! is_array( $terms ) ) {
$terms = array( $terms );
}
if ( ! $append ) {
$old_tt_ids = wp_get_object_terms(
$object_id,
$taxonomy,
array(
'fields' => 'tt_ids',
'orderby' => 'none',
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
)
);
} else {
$old_tt_ids = array();
}
$tt_ids = array();
$term_ids = array();
$new_tt_ids = array();
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
if ( '' === trim( $term ) ) {
continue;
}
$term_info = term_exists( $term, $taxonomy );
if ( ! $term_info ) {
// Skip if a non-existent term ID is passed.
if ( is_int( $term ) ) {
continue;
}
$term_info = wp_insert_term( $term, $taxonomy );
}
if ( is_wp_error( $term_info ) ) {
return $term_info;
}
$term_ids[] = $term_info['term_id'];
$tt_id = $term_info['term_taxonomy_id'];
$tt_ids[] = $tt_id;
if ( $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT term_taxonomy_id FROM $wpdb->term_relationships WHERE object_id = %d AND term_taxonomy_id = %d", $object_id, $tt_id ) ) ) {
continue;
}
/**
* Fires immediately before an object-term relationship is added.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 4.7.0 Added the `$taxonomy` parameter.
*
* @param int $object_id Object ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
do_action( 'add_term_relationship', $object_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy );
$wpdb->insert(
$wpdb->term_relationships,
array(
'object_id' => $object_id,
'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id,
)
);
/**
* Fires immediately after an object-term relationship is added.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 4.7.0 Added the `$taxonomy` parameter.
*
* @param int $object_id Object ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
do_action( 'added_term_relationship', $object_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy );
$new_tt_ids[] = $tt_id;
}
if ( $new_tt_ids ) {
wp_update_term_count( $new_tt_ids, $taxonomy );
}
if ( ! $append ) {
$delete_tt_ids = array_diff( $old_tt_ids, $tt_ids );
if ( $delete_tt_ids ) {
$in_delete_tt_ids = "'" . implode( "', '", $delete_tt_ids ) . "'";
$delete_term_ids = $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT tt.term_id FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy AS tt WHERE tt.taxonomy = %s AND tt.term_taxonomy_id IN ($in_delete_tt_ids)", $taxonomy ) );
$delete_term_ids = array_map( 'intval', $delete_term_ids );
$remove = wp_remove_object_terms( $object_id, $delete_term_ids, $taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $remove ) ) {
return $remove;
}
}
}
$t = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( ! $append && isset( $t->sort ) && $t->sort ) {
$values = array();
$term_order = 0;
$final_tt_ids = wp_get_object_terms(
$object_id,
$taxonomy,
array(
'fields' => 'tt_ids',
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
)
);
foreach ( $tt_ids as $tt_id ) {
if ( in_array( (int) $tt_id, $final_tt_ids, true ) ) {
$values[] = $wpdb->prepare( '(%d, %d, %d)', $object_id, $tt_id, ++$term_order );
}
}
if ( $values ) {
if ( false === $wpdb->query( "INSERT INTO $wpdb->term_relationships (object_id, term_taxonomy_id, term_order) VALUES " . implode( ',', $values ) . ' ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE term_order = VALUES(term_order)' ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'db_insert_error', __( 'Could not insert term relationship into the database.' ), $wpdb->last_error );
}
}
}
wp_cache_delete( $object_id, $taxonomy . '_relationships' );
wp_cache_set_terms_last_changed();
/**
* Fires after an object's terms have been set.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param int $object_id Object ID.
* @param array $terms An array of object term IDs or slugs.
* @param array $tt_ids An array of term taxonomy IDs.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param bool $append Whether to append new terms to the old terms.
* @param array $old_tt_ids Old array of term taxonomy IDs.
*/
do_action( 'set_object_terms', $object_id, $terms, $tt_ids, $taxonomy, $append, $old_tt_ids );
return $tt_ids;
}
/**
* Adds term(s) associated with a given object.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param int $object_id The ID of the object to which the terms will be added.
* @param string|int|array $terms The slug(s) or ID(s) of the term(s) to add.
* @param array|string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return array|WP_Error Term taxonomy IDs of the affected terms.
*/
function wp_add_object_terms( $object_id, $terms, $taxonomy ) {
return wp_set_object_terms( $object_id, $terms, $taxonomy, true );
}
/**
* Removes term(s) associated with a given object.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $object_id The ID of the object from which the terms will be removed.
* @param string|int|array $terms The slug(s) or ID(s) of the term(s) to remove.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return bool|WP_Error True on success, false or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_remove_object_terms( $object_id, $terms, $taxonomy ) {
global $wpdb;
$object_id = (int) $object_id;
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
if ( ! is_array( $terms ) ) {
$terms = array( $terms );
}
$tt_ids = array();
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
if ( '' === trim( $term ) ) {
continue;
}
$term_info = term_exists( $term, $taxonomy );
if ( ! $term_info ) {
// Skip if a non-existent term ID is passed.
if ( is_int( $term ) ) {
continue;
}
}
if ( is_wp_error( $term_info ) ) {
return $term_info;
}
$tt_ids[] = $term_info['term_taxonomy_id'];
}
if ( $tt_ids ) {
$in_tt_ids = "'" . implode( "', '", $tt_ids ) . "'";
/**
* Fires immediately before an object-term relationship is deleted.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 4.7.0 Added the `$taxonomy` parameter.
*
* @param int $object_id Object ID.
* @param array $tt_ids An array of term taxonomy IDs.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
do_action( 'delete_term_relationships', $object_id, $tt_ids, $taxonomy );
$deleted = $wpdb->query( $wpdb->prepare( "DELETE FROM $wpdb->term_relationships WHERE object_id = %d AND term_taxonomy_id IN ($in_tt_ids)", $object_id ) );
wp_cache_delete( $object_id, $taxonomy . '_relationships' );
wp_cache_set_terms_last_changed();
/**
* Fires immediately after an object-term relationship is deleted.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 4.7.0 Added the `$taxonomy` parameter.
*
* @param int $object_id Object ID.
* @param array $tt_ids An array of term taxonomy IDs.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
do_action( 'deleted_term_relationships', $object_id, $tt_ids, $taxonomy );
wp_update_term_count( $tt_ids, $taxonomy );
return (bool) $deleted;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Makes term slug unique, if it isn't already.
*
* The `$slug` has to be unique global to every taxonomy, meaning that one
* taxonomy term can't have a matching slug with another taxonomy term. Each
* slug has to be globally unique for every taxonomy.
*
* The way this works is that if the taxonomy that the term belongs to is
* hierarchical and has a parent, it will append that parent to the $slug.
*
* If that still doesn't return a unique slug, then it tries to append a number
* until it finds a number that is truly unique.
*
* The only purpose for `$term` is for appending a parent, if one exists.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $slug The string that will be tried for a unique slug.
* @param object $term The term object that the `$slug` will belong to.
* @return string Will return a true unique slug.
*/
function wp_unique_term_slug( $slug, $term ) {
global $wpdb;
$needs_suffix = true;
$original_slug = $slug;
// As of 4.1, duplicate slugs are allowed as long as they're in different taxonomies.
if ( ! term_exists( $slug ) || get_option( 'db_version' ) >= 30133 && ! get_term_by( 'slug', $slug, $term->taxonomy ) ) {
$needs_suffix = false;
}
/*
* If the taxonomy supports hierarchy and the term has a parent, make the slug unique
* by incorporating parent slugs.
*/
$parent_suffix = '';
if ( $needs_suffix && is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $term->taxonomy ) && ! empty( $term->parent ) ) {
$the_parent = $term->parent;
while ( ! empty( $the_parent ) ) {
$parent_term = get_term( $the_parent, $term->taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $parent_term ) || empty( $parent_term ) ) {
break;
}
$parent_suffix .= '-' . $parent_term->slug;
if ( ! term_exists( $slug . $parent_suffix ) ) {
break;
}
if ( empty( $parent_term->parent ) ) {
break;
}
$the_parent = $parent_term->parent;
}
}
// If we didn't get a unique slug, try appending a number to make it unique.
/**
* Filters whether the proposed unique term slug is bad.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param bool $needs_suffix Whether the slug needs to be made unique with a suffix.
* @param string $slug The slug.
* @param object $term Term object.
*/
if ( apply_filters( 'wp_unique_term_slug_is_bad_slug', $needs_suffix, $slug, $term ) ) {
if ( $parent_suffix ) {
$slug .= $parent_suffix;
}
if ( ! empty( $term->term_id ) ) {
$query = $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT slug FROM $wpdb->terms WHERE slug = %s AND term_id != %d", $slug, $term->term_id );
} else {
$query = $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT slug FROM $wpdb->terms WHERE slug = %s", $slug );
}
if ( $wpdb->get_var( $query ) ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.DB.PreparedSQL.NotPrepared
$num = 2;
do {
$alt_slug = $slug . "-$num";
$num++;
$slug_check = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT slug FROM $wpdb->terms WHERE slug = %s", $alt_slug ) );
} while ( $slug_check );
$slug = $alt_slug;
}
}
/**
* Filters the unique term slug.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param string $slug Unique term slug.
* @param object $term Term object.
* @param string $original_slug Slug originally passed to the function for testing.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_unique_term_slug', $slug, $term, $original_slug );
}
/**
* Updates term based on arguments provided.
*
* The `$args` will indiscriminately override all values with the same field name.
* Care must be taken to not override important information need to update or
* update will fail (or perhaps create a new term, neither would be acceptable).
*
* Defaults will set 'alias_of', 'description', 'parent', and 'slug' if not
* defined in `$args` already.
*
* 'alias_of' will create a term group, if it doesn't already exist, and
* update it for the `$term`.
*
* If the 'slug' argument in `$args` is missing, then the 'name' will be used.
* If you set 'slug' and it isn't unique, then a WP_Error is returned.
* If you don't pass any slug, then a unique one will be created.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $term_id The ID of the term.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy of the term.
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Array of arguments for updating a term.
*
* @type string $alias_of Slug of the term to make this term an alias of.
* Default empty string. Accepts a term slug.
* @type string $description The term description. Default empty string.
* @type int $parent The id of the parent term. Default 0.
* @type string $slug The term slug to use. Default empty string.
* }
* @return array|WP_Error An array containing the `term_id` and `term_taxonomy_id`,
* WP_Error otherwise.
*/
function wp_update_term( $term_id, $taxonomy, $args = array() ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_taxonomy', __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) );
}
$term_id = (int) $term_id;
// First, get all of the original args.
$term = get_term( $term_id, $taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return $term;
}
if ( ! $term ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_term', __( 'Empty Term.' ) );
}
$term = (array) $term->data;
// Escape data pulled from DB.
$term = wp_slash( $term );
// Merge old and new args with new args overwriting old ones.
$args = array_merge( $term, $args );
$defaults = array(
'alias_of' => '',
'description' => '',
'parent' => 0,
'slug' => '',
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$args = sanitize_term( $args, $taxonomy, 'db' );
$parsed_args = $args;
// expected_slashed ($name)
$name = wp_unslash( $args['name'] );
$description = wp_unslash( $args['description'] );
$parsed_args['name'] = $name;
$parsed_args['description'] = $description;
if ( '' === trim( $name ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'empty_term_name', __( 'A name is required for this term.' ) );
}
if ( (int) $parsed_args['parent'] > 0 && ! term_exists( (int) $parsed_args['parent'] ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'missing_parent', __( 'Parent term does not exist.' ) );
}
$empty_slug = false;
if ( empty( $args['slug'] ) ) {
$empty_slug = true;
$slug = sanitize_title( $name );
} else {
$slug = $args['slug'];
}
$parsed_args['slug'] = $slug;
$term_group = isset( $parsed_args['term_group'] ) ? $parsed_args['term_group'] : 0;
if ( $args['alias_of'] ) {
$alias = get_term_by( 'slug', $args['alias_of'], $taxonomy );
if ( ! empty( $alias->term_group ) ) {
// The alias we want is already in a group, so let's use that one.
$term_group = $alias->term_group;
} elseif ( ! empty( $alias->term_id ) ) {
/*
* The alias is not in a group, so we create a new one
* and add the alias to it.
*/
$term_group = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT MAX(term_group) FROM $wpdb->terms" ) + 1;
wp_update_term(
$alias->term_id,
$taxonomy,
array(
'term_group' => $term_group,
)
);
}
$parsed_args['term_group'] = $term_group;
}
/**
* Filters the term parent.
*
* Hook to this filter to see if it will cause a hierarchy loop.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param int $parent_term ID of the parent term.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $parsed_args An array of potentially altered update arguments for the given term.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
$parent = (int) apply_filters( 'wp_update_term_parent', $args['parent'], $term_id, $taxonomy, $parsed_args, $args );
// Check for duplicate slug.
$duplicate = get_term_by( 'slug', $slug, $taxonomy );
if ( $duplicate && $duplicate->term_id !== $term_id ) {
/*
* If an empty slug was passed or the parent changed, reset the slug to something unique.
* Otherwise, bail.
*/
if ( $empty_slug || ( $parent !== (int) $term['parent'] ) ) {
$slug = wp_unique_term_slug( $slug, (object) $args );
} else {
/* translators: %s: Taxonomy term slug. */
return new WP_Error( 'duplicate_term_slug', sprintf( __( 'The slug “%s” is already in use by another term.' ), $slug ) );
}
}
$tt_id = (int) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT tt.term_taxonomy_id FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy AS tt INNER JOIN $wpdb->terms AS t ON tt.term_id = t.term_id WHERE tt.taxonomy = %s AND t.term_id = %d", $taxonomy, $term_id ) );
// Check whether this is a shared term that needs splitting.
$_term_id = _split_shared_term( $term_id, $tt_id );
if ( ! is_wp_error( $_term_id ) ) {
$term_id = $_term_id;
}
/**
* Fires immediately before the given terms are edited.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( 'edit_terms', $term_id, $taxonomy, $args );
$data = compact( 'name', 'slug', 'term_group' );
/**
* Filters term data before it is updated in the database.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @param array $data Term data to be updated.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
$data = apply_filters( 'wp_update_term_data', $data, $term_id, $taxonomy, $args );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->terms, $data, compact( 'term_id' ) );
if ( empty( $slug ) ) {
$slug = sanitize_title( $name, $term_id );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->terms, compact( 'slug' ), compact( 'term_id' ) );
}
/**
* Fires immediately after a term is updated in the database, but before its
* term-taxonomy relationship is updated.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( 'edited_terms', $term_id, $taxonomy, $args );
/**
* Fires immediate before a term-taxonomy relationship is updated.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( 'edit_term_taxonomy', $tt_id, $taxonomy, $args );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->term_taxonomy, compact( 'term_id', 'taxonomy', 'description', 'parent' ), array( 'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id ) );
/**
* Fires immediately after a term-taxonomy relationship is updated.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( 'edited_term_taxonomy', $tt_id, $taxonomy, $args );
/**
* Fires after a term has been updated, but before the term cache has been cleaned.
*
* The {@see 'edit_$taxonomy'} hook is also available for targeting a specific
* taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( 'edit_term', $term_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy, $args );
/**
* Fires after a term in a specific taxonomy has been updated, but before the term
* cache has been cleaned.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers to the taxonomy slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `edit_category`
* - `edit_post_tag`
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( "edit_{$taxonomy}", $term_id, $tt_id, $args );
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
$term_id = apply_filters( 'term_id_filter', $term_id, $tt_id );
clean_term_cache( $term_id, $taxonomy );
/**
* Fires after a term has been updated, and the term cache has been cleaned.
*
* The {@see 'edited_$taxonomy'} hook is also available for targeting a specific
* taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( 'edited_term', $term_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy, $args );
/**
* Fires after a term for a specific taxonomy has been updated, and the term
* cache has been cleaned.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$taxonomy`, refers to the taxonomy slug.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `edited_category`
* - `edited_post_tag`
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 6.1.0 The `$args` parameter was added.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param int $tt_id Term taxonomy ID.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to wp_update_term().
*/
do_action( "edited_{$taxonomy}", $term_id, $tt_id, $args );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( 'saved_term', $term_id, $tt_id, $taxonomy, true, $args );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( "saved_{$taxonomy}", $term_id, $tt_id, true, $args );
return array(
'term_id' => $term_id,
'term_taxonomy_id' => $tt_id,
);
}
/**
* Enables or disables term counting.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param bool $defer Optional. Enable if true, disable if false.
* @return bool Whether term counting is enabled or disabled.
*/
function wp_defer_term_counting( $defer = null ) {
static $_defer = false;
if ( is_bool( $defer ) ) {
$_defer = $defer;
// Flush any deferred counts.
if ( ! $defer ) {
wp_update_term_count( null, null, true );
}
}
return $_defer;
}
/**
* Updates the amount of terms in taxonomy.
*
* If there is a taxonomy callback applied, then it will be called for updating
* the count.
*
* The default action is to count what the amount of terms have the relationship
* of term ID. Once that is done, then update the database.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param int|array $terms The term_taxonomy_id of the terms.
* @param string $taxonomy The context of the term.
* @param bool $do_deferred Whether to flush the deferred term counts too. Default false.
* @return bool If no terms will return false, and if successful will return true.
*/
function wp_update_term_count( $terms, $taxonomy, $do_deferred = false ) {
static $_deferred = array();
if ( $do_deferred ) {
foreach ( (array) array_keys( $_deferred ) as $tax ) {
wp_update_term_count_now( $_deferred[ $tax ], $tax );
unset( $_deferred[ $tax ] );
}
}
if ( empty( $terms ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! is_array( $terms ) ) {
$terms = array( $terms );
}
if ( wp_defer_term_counting() ) {
if ( ! isset( $_deferred[ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
$_deferred[ $taxonomy ] = array();
}
$_deferred[ $taxonomy ] = array_unique( array_merge( $_deferred[ $taxonomy ], $terms ) );
return true;
}
return wp_update_term_count_now( $terms, $taxonomy );
}
/**
* Performs term count update immediately.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param array $terms The term_taxonomy_id of terms to update.
* @param string $taxonomy The context of the term.
* @return true Always true when complete.
*/
function wp_update_term_count_now( $terms, $taxonomy ) {
$terms = array_map( 'intval', $terms );
$taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( ! empty( $taxonomy->update_count_callback ) ) {
call_user_func( $taxonomy->update_count_callback, $terms, $taxonomy );
} else {
$object_types = (array) $taxonomy->object_type;
foreach ( $object_types as &$object_type ) {
if ( str_starts_with( $object_type, 'attachment:' ) ) {
list( $object_type ) = explode( ':', $object_type );
}
}
if ( array_filter( $object_types, 'post_type_exists' ) == $object_types ) {
// Only post types are attached to this taxonomy.
_update_post_term_count( $terms, $taxonomy );
} else {
// Default count updater.
_update_generic_term_count( $terms, $taxonomy );
}
}
clean_term_cache( $terms, '', false );
return true;
}
//
// Cache.
//
/**
* Removes the taxonomy relationship to terms from the cache.
*
* Will remove the entire taxonomy relationship containing term `$object_id`. The
* term IDs have to exist within the taxonomy `$object_type` for the deletion to
* take place.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global bool $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation
*
* @see get_object_taxonomies() for more on $object_type.
*
* @param int|array $object_ids Single or list of term object ID(s).
* @param array|string $object_type The taxonomy object type.
*/
function clean_object_term_cache( $object_ids, $object_type ) {
global $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation;
if ( ! empty( $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation ) ) {
return;
}
if ( ! is_array( $object_ids ) ) {
$object_ids = array( $object_ids );
}
$taxonomies = get_object_taxonomies( $object_type );
foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) {
wp_cache_delete_multiple( $object_ids, "{$taxonomy}_relationships" );
}
wp_cache_set_terms_last_changed();
/**
* Fires after the object term cache has been cleaned.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param array $object_ids An array of object IDs.
* @param string $object_type Object type.
*/
do_action( 'clean_object_term_cache', $object_ids, $object_type );
}
/**
* Removes all of the term IDs from the cache.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @global bool $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation
*
* @param int|int[] $ids Single or array of term IDs.
* @param string $taxonomy Optional. Taxonomy slug. Can be empty, in which case the taxonomies of the passed
* term IDs will be used. Default empty.
* @param bool $clean_taxonomy Optional. Whether to clean taxonomy wide caches (true), or just individual
* term object caches (false). Default true.
*/
function clean_term_cache( $ids, $taxonomy = '', $clean_taxonomy = true ) {
global $wpdb, $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation;
if ( ! empty( $_wp_suspend_cache_invalidation ) ) {
return;
}
if ( ! is_array( $ids ) ) {
$ids = array( $ids );
}
$taxonomies = array();
// If no taxonomy, assume tt_ids.
if ( empty( $taxonomy ) ) {
$tt_ids = array_map( 'intval', $ids );
$tt_ids = implode( ', ', $tt_ids );
$terms = $wpdb->get_results( "SELECT term_id, taxonomy FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE term_taxonomy_id IN ($tt_ids)" );
$ids = array();
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
$taxonomies[] = $term->taxonomy;
$ids[] = $term->term_id;
}
wp_cache_delete_multiple( $ids, 'terms' );
$taxonomies = array_unique( $taxonomies );
} else {
wp_cache_delete_multiple( $ids, 'terms' );
$taxonomies = array( $taxonomy );
}
foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) {
if ( $clean_taxonomy ) {
clean_taxonomy_cache( $taxonomy );
}
/**
* Fires once after each taxonomy's term cache has been cleaned.
*
* @since 2.5.0
* @since 4.5.0 Added the `$clean_taxonomy` parameter.
*
* @param array $ids An array of term IDs.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
* @param bool $clean_taxonomy Whether or not to clean taxonomy-wide caches
*/
do_action( 'clean_term_cache', $ids, $taxonomy, $clean_taxonomy );
}
wp_cache_set_terms_last_changed();
}
/**
* Cleans the caches for a taxonomy.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
function clean_taxonomy_cache( $taxonomy ) {
wp_cache_delete( 'all_ids', $taxonomy );
wp_cache_delete( 'get', $taxonomy );
wp_cache_set_terms_last_changed();
// Regenerate cached hierarchy.
delete_option( "{$taxonomy}_children" );
_get_term_hierarchy( $taxonomy );
/**
* Fires after a taxonomy's caches have been cleaned.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
do_action( 'clean_taxonomy_cache', $taxonomy );
}
/**
* Retrieves the cached term objects for the given object ID.
*
* Upstream functions (like get_the_terms() and is_object_in_term()) are
* responsible for populating the object-term relationship cache. The current
* function only fetches relationship data that is already in the cache.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 4.7.0 Returns a `WP_Error` object if there's an error with
* any of the matched terms.
*
* @param int $id Term object ID, for example a post, comment, or user ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return bool|WP_Term[]|WP_Error Array of `WP_Term` objects, if cached.
* False if cache is empty for `$taxonomy` and `$id`.
* WP_Error if get_term() returns an error object for any term.
*/
function get_object_term_cache( $id, $taxonomy ) {
$_term_ids = wp_cache_get( $id, "{$taxonomy}_relationships" );
// We leave the priming of relationship caches to upstream functions.
if ( false === $_term_ids ) {
return false;
}
// Backward compatibility for if a plugin is putting objects into the cache, rather than IDs.
$term_ids = array();
foreach ( $_term_ids as $term_id ) {
if ( is_numeric( $term_id ) ) {
$term_ids[] = (int) $term_id;
} elseif ( isset( $term_id->term_id ) ) {
$term_ids[] = (int) $term_id->term_id;
}
}
// Fill the term objects.
_prime_term_caches( $term_ids );
$terms = array();
foreach ( $term_ids as $term_id ) {
$term = get_term( $term_id, $taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return $term;
}
$terms[] = $term;
}
return $terms;
}
/**
* Updates the cache for the given term object ID(s).
*
* Note: Due to performance concerns, great care should be taken to only update
* term caches when necessary. Processing time can increase exponentially depending
* on both the number of passed term IDs and the number of taxonomies those terms
* belong to.
*
* Caches will only be updated for terms not already cached.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string|int[] $object_ids Comma-separated list or array of term object IDs.
* @param string|string[] $object_type The taxonomy object type or array of the same.
* @return void|false Void on success or if the `$object_ids` parameter is empty,
* false if all of the terms in `$object_ids` are already cached.
*/
function update_object_term_cache( $object_ids, $object_type ) {
if ( empty( $object_ids ) ) {
return;
}
if ( ! is_array( $object_ids ) ) {
$object_ids = explode( ',', $object_ids );
}
$object_ids = array_map( 'intval', $object_ids );
$non_cached_ids = array();
$taxonomies = get_object_taxonomies( $object_type );
foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) {
$cache_values = wp_cache_get_multiple( (array) $object_ids, "{$taxonomy}_relationships" );
foreach ( $cache_values as $id => $value ) {
if ( false === $value ) {
$non_cached_ids[] = $id;
}
}
}
if ( empty( $non_cached_ids ) ) {
return false;
}
$non_cached_ids = array_unique( $non_cached_ids );
$terms = wp_get_object_terms(
$non_cached_ids,
$taxonomies,
array(
'fields' => 'all_with_object_id',
'orderby' => 'name',
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
)
);
$object_terms = array();
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
$object_terms[ $term->object_id ][ $term->taxonomy ][] = $term->term_id;
}
foreach ( $non_cached_ids as $id ) {
foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! isset( $object_terms[ $id ][ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
if ( ! isset( $object_terms[ $id ] ) ) {
$object_terms[ $id ] = array();
}
$object_terms[ $id ][ $taxonomy ] = array();
}
}
}
$cache_values = array();
foreach ( $object_terms as $id => $value ) {
foreach ( $value as $taxonomy => $terms ) {
$cache_values[ $taxonomy ][ $id ] = $terms;
}
}
foreach ( $cache_values as $taxonomy => $data ) {
wp_cache_add_multiple( $data, "{$taxonomy}_relationships" );
}
}
/**
* Updates terms in cache.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param WP_Term[] $terms Array of term objects to change.
* @param string $taxonomy Not used.
*/
function update_term_cache( $terms, $taxonomy = '' ) {
$data = array();
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
// Create a copy in case the array was passed by reference.
$_term = clone $term;
// Object ID should not be cached.
unset( $_term->object_id );
$data[ $term->term_id ] = $_term;
}
wp_cache_add_multiple( $data, 'terms' );
}
//
// Private.
//
/**
* Retrieves children of taxonomy as term IDs.
*
* @access private
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return array Empty if $taxonomy isn't hierarchical or returns children as term IDs.
*/
function _get_term_hierarchy( $taxonomy ) {
if ( ! is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $taxonomy ) ) {
return array();
}
$children = get_option( "{$taxonomy}_children" );
if ( is_array( $children ) ) {
return $children;
}
$children = array();
$terms = get_terms(
array(
'taxonomy' => $taxonomy,
'get' => 'all',
'orderby' => 'id',
'fields' => 'id=>parent',
'update_term_meta_cache' => false,
)
);
foreach ( $terms as $term_id => $parent ) {
if ( $parent > 0 ) {
$children[ $parent ][] = $term_id;
}
}
update_option( "{$taxonomy}_children", $children );
return $children;
}
/**
* Gets the subset of $terms that are descendants of $term_id.
*
* If `$terms` is an array of objects, then _get_term_children() returns an array of objects.
* If `$terms` is an array of IDs, then _get_term_children() returns an array of IDs.
*
* @access private
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param int $term_id The ancestor term: all returned terms should be descendants of `$term_id`.
* @param array $terms The set of terms - either an array of term objects or term IDs - from which those that
* are descendants of $term_id will be chosen.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy which determines the hierarchy of the terms.
* @param array $ancestors Optional. Term ancestors that have already been identified. Passed by reference, to keep
* track of found terms when recursing the hierarchy. The array of located ancestors is used
* to prevent infinite recursion loops. For performance, `term_ids` are used as array keys,
* with 1 as value. Default empty array.
* @return array|WP_Error The subset of $terms that are descendants of $term_id.
*/
function _get_term_children( $term_id, $terms, $taxonomy, &$ancestors = array() ) {
$empty_array = array();
if ( empty( $terms ) ) {
return $empty_array;
}
$term_id = (int) $term_id;
$term_list = array();
$has_children = _get_term_hierarchy( $taxonomy );
if ( $term_id && ! isset( $has_children[ $term_id ] ) ) {
return $empty_array;
}
// Include the term itself in the ancestors array, so we can properly detect when a loop has occurred.
if ( empty( $ancestors ) ) {
$ancestors[ $term_id ] = 1;
}
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
$use_id = false;
if ( ! is_object( $term ) ) {
$term = get_term( $term, $taxonomy );
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return $term;
}
$use_id = true;
}
// Don't recurse if we've already identified the term as a child - this indicates a loop.
if ( isset( $ancestors[ $term->term_id ] ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( (int) $term->parent === $term_id ) {
if ( $use_id ) {
$term_list[] = $term->term_id;
} else {
$term_list[] = $term;
}
if ( ! isset( $has_children[ $term->term_id ] ) ) {
continue;
}
$ancestors[ $term->term_id ] = 1;
$children = _get_term_children( $term->term_id, $terms, $taxonomy, $ancestors );
if ( $children ) {
$term_list = array_merge( $term_list, $children );
}
}
}
return $term_list;
}
/**
* Adds count of children to parent count.
*
* Recalculates term counts by including items from child terms. Assumes all
* relevant children are already in the $terms argument.
*
* @access private
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param object[]|WP_Term[] $terms List of term objects (passed by reference).
* @param string $taxonomy Term context.
*/
function _pad_term_counts( &$terms, $taxonomy ) {
global $wpdb;
// This function only works for hierarchical taxonomies like post categories.
if ( ! is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $taxonomy ) ) {
return;
}
$term_hier = _get_term_hierarchy( $taxonomy );
if ( empty( $term_hier ) ) {
return;
}
$term_items = array();
$terms_by_id = array();
$term_ids = array();
foreach ( (array) $terms as $key => $term ) {
$terms_by_id[ $term->term_id ] = & $terms[ $key ];
$term_ids[ $term->term_taxonomy_id ] = $term->term_id;
}
// Get the object and term IDs and stick them in a lookup table.
$tax_obj = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
$object_types = esc_sql( $tax_obj->object_type );
$results = $wpdb->get_results( "SELECT object_id, term_taxonomy_id FROM $wpdb->term_relationships INNER JOIN $wpdb->posts ON object_id = ID WHERE term_taxonomy_id IN (" . implode( ',', array_keys( $term_ids ) ) . ") AND post_type IN ('" . implode( "', '", $object_types ) . "') AND post_status = 'publish'" );
foreach ( $results as $row ) {
$id = $term_ids[ $row->term_taxonomy_id ];
$term_items[ $id ][ $row->object_id ] = isset( $term_items[ $id ][ $row->object_id ] ) ? ++$term_items[ $id ][ $row->object_id ] : 1;
}
// Touch every ancestor's lookup row for each post in each term.
foreach ( $term_ids as $term_id ) {
$child = $term_id;
$ancestors = array();
while ( ! empty( $terms_by_id[ $child ] ) && $parent = $terms_by_id[ $child ]->parent ) {
$ancestors[] = $child;
if ( ! empty( $term_items[ $term_id ] ) ) {
foreach ( $term_items[ $term_id ] as $item_id => $touches ) {
$term_items[ $parent ][ $item_id ] = isset( $term_items[ $parent ][ $item_id ] ) ? ++$term_items[ $parent ][ $item_id ] : 1;
}
}
$child = $parent;
if ( in_array( $parent, $ancestors, true ) ) {
break;
}
}
}
// Transfer the touched cells.
foreach ( (array) $term_items as $id => $items ) {
if ( isset( $terms_by_id[ $id ] ) ) {
$terms_by_id[ $id ]->count = count( $items );
}
}
}
/**
* Adds any terms from the given IDs to the cache that do not already exist in cache.
*
* @since 4.6.0
* @since 6.1.0 This function is no longer marked as "private".
* @since 6.3.0 Use wp_lazyload_term_meta() for lazy-loading of term meta.
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param array $term_ids Array of term IDs.
* @param bool $update_meta_cache Optional. Whether to update the meta cache. Default true.
*/
function _prime_term_caches( $term_ids, $update_meta_cache = true ) {
global $wpdb;
$non_cached_ids = _get_non_cached_ids( $term_ids, 'terms' );
if ( ! empty( $non_cached_ids ) ) {
$fresh_terms = $wpdb->get_results( sprintf( "SELECT t.*, tt.* FROM $wpdb->terms AS t INNER JOIN $wpdb->term_taxonomy AS tt ON t.term_id = tt.term_id WHERE t.term_id IN (%s)", implode( ',', array_map( 'intval', $non_cached_ids ) ) ) );
update_term_cache( $fresh_terms );
}
if ( $update_meta_cache ) {
wp_lazyload_term_meta( $term_ids );
}
}
//
// Default callbacks.
//
/**
* Updates term count based on object types of the current taxonomy.
*
* Private function for the default callback for post_tag and category
* taxonomies.
*
* @access private
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int[] $terms List of term taxonomy IDs.
* @param WP_Taxonomy $taxonomy Current taxonomy object of terms.
*/
function _update_post_term_count( $terms, $taxonomy ) {
global $wpdb;
$object_types = (array) $taxonomy->object_type;
foreach ( $object_types as &$object_type ) {
list( $object_type ) = explode( ':', $object_type );
}
$object_types = array_unique( $object_types );
$check_attachments = array_search( 'attachment', $object_types, true );
if ( false !== $check_attachments ) {
unset( $object_types[ $check_attachments ] );
$check_attachments = true;
}
if ( $object_types ) {
$object_types = esc_sql( array_filter( $object_types, 'post_type_exists' ) );
}
$post_statuses = array( 'publish' );
/**
* Filters the post statuses for updating the term count.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param string[] $post_statuses List of post statuses to include in the count. Default is 'publish'.
* @param WP_Taxonomy $taxonomy Current taxonomy object.
*/
$post_statuses = esc_sql( apply_filters( 'update_post_term_count_statuses', $post_statuses, $taxonomy ) );
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
$count = 0;
// Attachments can be 'inherit' status, we need to base count off the parent's status if so.
if ( $check_attachments ) {
// phpcs:ignore WordPress.DB.PreparedSQLPlaceholders.QuotedDynamicPlaceholderGeneration
$count += (int) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM $wpdb->term_relationships, $wpdb->posts p1 WHERE p1.ID = $wpdb->term_relationships.object_id AND ( post_status IN ('" . implode( "', '", $post_statuses ) . "') OR ( post_status = 'inherit' AND post_parent > 0 AND ( SELECT post_status FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE ID = p1.post_parent ) IN ('" . implode( "', '", $post_statuses ) . "') ) ) AND post_type = 'attachment' AND term_taxonomy_id = %d", $term ) );
}
if ( $object_types ) {
// phpcs:ignore WordPress.DB.PreparedSQLPlaceholders.QuotedDynamicPlaceholderGeneration
$count += (int) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM $wpdb->term_relationships, $wpdb->posts WHERE $wpdb->posts.ID = $wpdb->term_relationships.object_id AND post_status IN ('" . implode( "', '", $post_statuses ) . "') AND post_type IN ('" . implode( "', '", $object_types ) . "') AND term_taxonomy_id = %d", $term ) );
}
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( 'edit_term_taxonomy', $term, $taxonomy->name );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->term_taxonomy, compact( 'count' ), array( 'term_taxonomy_id' => $term ) );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( 'edited_term_taxonomy', $term, $taxonomy->name );
}
}
/**
* Updates term count based on number of objects.
*
* Default callback for the 'link_category' taxonomy.
*
* @since 3.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int[] $terms List of term taxonomy IDs.
* @param WP_Taxonomy $taxonomy Current taxonomy object of terms.
*/
function _update_generic_term_count( $terms, $taxonomy ) {
global $wpdb;
foreach ( (array) $terms as $term ) {
$count = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM $wpdb->term_relationships WHERE term_taxonomy_id = %d", $term ) );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( 'edit_term_taxonomy', $term, $taxonomy->name );
$wpdb->update( $wpdb->term_taxonomy, compact( 'count' ), array( 'term_taxonomy_id' => $term ) );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
do_action( 'edited_term_taxonomy', $term, $taxonomy->name );
}
}
/**
* Creates a new term for a term_taxonomy item that currently shares its term
* with another term_taxonomy.
*
* @ignore
* @since 4.2.0
* @since 4.3.0 Introduced `$record` parameter. Also, `$term_id` and
* `$term_taxonomy_id` can now accept objects.
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int|object $term_id ID of the shared term, or the shared term object.
* @param int|object $term_taxonomy_id ID of the term_taxonomy item to receive a new term, or the term_taxonomy object
* (corresponding to a row from the term_taxonomy table).
* @param bool $record Whether to record data about the split term in the options table. The recording
* process has the potential to be resource-intensive, so during batch operations
* it can be beneficial to skip inline recording and do it just once, after the
* batch is processed. Only set this to `false` if you know what you are doing.
* Default: true.
* @return int|WP_Error When the current term does not need to be split (or cannot be split on the current
* database schema), `$term_id` is returned. When the term is successfully split, the
* new term_id is returned. A WP_Error is returned for miscellaneous errors.
*/
function _split_shared_term( $term_id, $term_taxonomy_id, $record = true ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( is_object( $term_id ) ) {
$shared_term = $term_id;
$term_id = (int) $shared_term->term_id;
}
if ( is_object( $term_taxonomy_id ) ) {
$term_taxonomy = $term_taxonomy_id;
$term_taxonomy_id = (int) $term_taxonomy->term_taxonomy_id;
}
// If there are no shared term_taxonomy rows, there's nothing to do here.
$shared_tt_count = (int) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy tt WHERE tt.term_id = %d AND tt.term_taxonomy_id != %d", $term_id, $term_taxonomy_id ) );
if ( ! $shared_tt_count ) {
return $term_id;
}
/*
* Verify that the term_taxonomy_id passed to the function is actually associated with the term_id.
* If there's a mismatch, it may mean that the term is already split. Return the actual term_id from the db.
*/
$check_term_id = (int) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT term_id FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE term_taxonomy_id = %d", $term_taxonomy_id ) );
if ( $check_term_id !== $term_id ) {
return $check_term_id;
}
// Pull up data about the currently shared slug, which we'll use to populate the new one.
if ( empty( $shared_term ) ) {
$shared_term = $wpdb->get_row( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT t.* FROM $wpdb->terms t WHERE t.term_id = %d", $term_id ) );
}
$new_term_data = array(
'name' => $shared_term->name,
'slug' => $shared_term->slug,
'term_group' => $shared_term->term_group,
);
if ( false === $wpdb->insert( $wpdb->terms, $new_term_data ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'db_insert_error', __( 'Could not split shared term.' ), $wpdb->last_error );
}
$new_term_id = (int) $wpdb->insert_id;
// Update the existing term_taxonomy to point to the newly created term.
$wpdb->update(
$wpdb->term_taxonomy,
array( 'term_id' => $new_term_id ),
array( 'term_taxonomy_id' => $term_taxonomy_id )
);
// Reassign child terms to the new parent.
if ( empty( $term_taxonomy ) ) {
$term_taxonomy = $wpdb->get_row( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT * FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE term_taxonomy_id = %d", $term_taxonomy_id ) );
}
$children_tt_ids = $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT term_taxonomy_id FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE parent = %d AND taxonomy = %s", $term_id, $term_taxonomy->taxonomy ) );
if ( ! empty( $children_tt_ids ) ) {
foreach ( $children_tt_ids as $child_tt_id ) {
$wpdb->update(
$wpdb->term_taxonomy,
array( 'parent' => $new_term_id ),
array( 'term_taxonomy_id' => $child_tt_id )
);
clean_term_cache( (int) $child_tt_id, '', false );
}
} else {
// If the term has no children, we must force its taxonomy cache to be rebuilt separately.
clean_term_cache( $new_term_id, $term_taxonomy->taxonomy, false );
}
clean_term_cache( $term_id, $term_taxonomy->taxonomy, false );
/*
* Taxonomy cache clearing is delayed to avoid race conditions that may occur when
* regenerating the taxonomy's hierarchy tree.
*/
$taxonomies_to_clean = array( $term_taxonomy->taxonomy );
// Clean the cache for term taxonomies formerly shared with the current term.
$shared_term_taxonomies = $wpdb->get_col( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT taxonomy FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE term_id = %d", $term_id ) );
$taxonomies_to_clean = array_merge( $taxonomies_to_clean, $shared_term_taxonomies );
foreach ( $taxonomies_to_clean as $taxonomy_to_clean ) {
clean_taxonomy_cache( $taxonomy_to_clean );
}
// Keep a record of term_ids that have been split, keyed by old term_id. See wp_get_split_term().
if ( $record ) {
$split_term_data = get_option( '_split_terms', array() );
if ( ! isset( $split_term_data[ $term_id ] ) ) {
$split_term_data[ $term_id ] = array();
}
$split_term_data[ $term_id ][ $term_taxonomy->taxonomy ] = $new_term_id;
update_option( '_split_terms', $split_term_data );
}
// If we've just split the final shared term, set the "finished" flag.
$shared_terms_exist = $wpdb->get_results(
"SELECT tt.term_id, t.*, count(*) as term_tt_count FROM {$wpdb->term_taxonomy} tt
LEFT JOIN {$wpdb->terms} t ON t.term_id = tt.term_id
GROUP BY t.term_id
HAVING term_tt_count > 1
LIMIT 1"
);
if ( ! $shared_terms_exist ) {
update_option( 'finished_splitting_shared_terms', true );
}
/**
* Fires after a previously shared taxonomy term is split into two separate terms.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param int $term_id ID of the formerly shared term.
* @param int $new_term_id ID of the new term created for the $term_taxonomy_id.
* @param int $term_taxonomy_id ID for the term_taxonomy row affected by the split.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy for the split term.
*/
do_action( 'split_shared_term', $term_id, $new_term_id, $term_taxonomy_id, $term_taxonomy->taxonomy );
return $new_term_id;
}
/**
* Splits a batch of shared taxonomy terms.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*/
function _wp_batch_split_terms() {
global $wpdb;
$lock_name = 'term_split.lock';
// Try to lock.
$lock_result = $wpdb->query( $wpdb->prepare( "INSERT IGNORE INTO `$wpdb->options` ( `option_name`, `option_value`, `autoload` ) VALUES (%s, %s, 'no') /* LOCK */", $lock_name, time() ) );
if ( ! $lock_result ) {
$lock_result = get_option( $lock_name );
// Bail if we were unable to create a lock, or if the existing lock is still valid.
if ( ! $lock_result || ( $lock_result > ( time() - HOUR_IN_SECONDS ) ) ) {
wp_schedule_single_event( time() + ( 5 * MINUTE_IN_SECONDS ), 'wp_split_shared_term_batch' );
return;
}
}
// Update the lock, as by this point we've definitely got a lock, just need to fire the actions.
update_option( $lock_name, time() );
// Get a list of shared terms (those with more than one associated row in term_taxonomy).
$shared_terms = $wpdb->get_results(
"SELECT tt.term_id, t.*, count(*) as term_tt_count FROM {$wpdb->term_taxonomy} tt
LEFT JOIN {$wpdb->terms} t ON t.term_id = tt.term_id
GROUP BY t.term_id
HAVING term_tt_count > 1
LIMIT 10"
);
// No more terms, we're done here.
if ( ! $shared_terms ) {
update_option( 'finished_splitting_shared_terms', true );
delete_option( $lock_name );
return;
}
// Shared terms found? We'll need to run this script again.
wp_schedule_single_event( time() + ( 2 * MINUTE_IN_SECONDS ), 'wp_split_shared_term_batch' );
// Rekey shared term array for faster lookups.
$_shared_terms = array();
foreach ( $shared_terms as $shared_term ) {
$term_id = (int) $shared_term->term_id;
$_shared_terms[ $term_id ] = $shared_term;
}
$shared_terms = $_shared_terms;
// Get term taxonomy data for all shared terms.
$shared_term_ids = implode( ',', array_keys( $shared_terms ) );
$shared_tts = $wpdb->get_results( "SELECT * FROM {$wpdb->term_taxonomy} WHERE `term_id` IN ({$shared_term_ids})" );
// Split term data recording is slow, so we do it just once, outside the loop.
$split_term_data = get_option( '_split_terms', array() );
$skipped_first_term = array();
$taxonomies = array();
foreach ( $shared_tts as $shared_tt ) {
$term_id = (int) $shared_tt->term_id;
// Don't split the first tt belonging to a given term_id.
if ( ! isset( $skipped_first_term[ $term_id ] ) ) {
$skipped_first_term[ $term_id ] = 1;
continue;
}
if ( ! isset( $split_term_data[ $term_id ] ) ) {
$split_term_data[ $term_id ] = array();
}
// Keep track of taxonomies whose hierarchies need flushing.
if ( ! isset( $taxonomies[ $shared_tt->taxonomy ] ) ) {
$taxonomies[ $shared_tt->taxonomy ] = 1;
}
// Split the term.
$split_term_data[ $term_id ][ $shared_tt->taxonomy ] = _split_shared_term( $shared_terms[ $term_id ], $shared_tt, false );
}
// Rebuild the cached hierarchy for each affected taxonomy.
foreach ( array_keys( $taxonomies ) as $tax ) {
delete_option( "{$tax}_children" );
_get_term_hierarchy( $tax );
}
update_option( '_split_terms', $split_term_data );
delete_option( $lock_name );
}
/**
* In order to avoid the _wp_batch_split_terms() job being accidentally removed,
* checks that it's still scheduled while we haven't finished splitting terms.
*
* @ignore
* @since 4.3.0
*/
function _wp_check_for_scheduled_split_terms() {
if ( ! get_option( 'finished_splitting_shared_terms' ) && ! wp_next_scheduled( 'wp_split_shared_term_batch' ) ) {
wp_schedule_single_event( time() + MINUTE_IN_SECONDS, 'wp_split_shared_term_batch' );
}
}
/**
* Checks default categories when a term gets split to see if any of them need to be updated.
*
* @ignore
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param int $term_id ID of the formerly shared term.
* @param int $new_term_id ID of the new term created for the $term_taxonomy_id.
* @param int $term_taxonomy_id ID for the term_taxonomy row affected by the split.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy for the split term.
*/
function _wp_check_split_default_terms( $term_id, $new_term_id, $term_taxonomy_id, $taxonomy ) {
if ( 'category' !== $taxonomy ) {
return;
}
foreach ( array( 'default_category', 'default_link_category', 'default_email_category' ) as $option ) {
if ( (int) get_option( $option, -1 ) === $term_id ) {
update_option( $option, $new_term_id );
}
}
}
/**
* Checks menu items when a term gets split to see if any of them need to be updated.
*
* @ignore
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $term_id ID of the formerly shared term.
* @param int $new_term_id ID of the new term created for the $term_taxonomy_id.
* @param int $term_taxonomy_id ID for the term_taxonomy row affected by the split.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy for the split term.
*/
function _wp_check_split_terms_in_menus( $term_id, $new_term_id, $term_taxonomy_id, $taxonomy ) {
global $wpdb;
$post_ids = $wpdb->get_col(
$wpdb->prepare(
"SELECT m1.post_id
FROM {$wpdb->postmeta} AS m1
INNER JOIN {$wpdb->postmeta} AS m2 ON ( m2.post_id = m1.post_id )
INNER JOIN {$wpdb->postmeta} AS m3 ON ( m3.post_id = m1.post_id )
WHERE ( m1.meta_key = '_menu_item_type' AND m1.meta_value = 'taxonomy' )
AND ( m2.meta_key = '_menu_item_object' AND m2.meta_value = %s )
AND ( m3.meta_key = '_menu_item_object_id' AND m3.meta_value = %d )",
$taxonomy,
$term_id
)
);
if ( $post_ids ) {
foreach ( $post_ids as $post_id ) {
update_post_meta( $post_id, '_menu_item_object_id', $new_term_id, $term_id );
}
}
}
/**
* If the term being split is a nav_menu, changes associations.
*
* @ignore
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param int $term_id ID of the formerly shared term.
* @param int $new_term_id ID of the new term created for the $term_taxonomy_id.
* @param int $term_taxonomy_id ID for the term_taxonomy row affected by the split.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy for the split term.
*/
function _wp_check_split_nav_menu_terms( $term_id, $new_term_id, $term_taxonomy_id, $taxonomy ) {
if ( 'nav_menu' !== $taxonomy ) {
return;
}
// Update menu locations.
$locations = get_nav_menu_locations();
foreach ( $locations as $location => $menu_id ) {
if ( $term_id === $menu_id ) {
$locations[ $location ] = $new_term_id;
}
}
set_theme_mod( 'nav_menu_locations', $locations );
}
/**
* Gets data about terms that previously shared a single term_id, but have since been split.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param int $old_term_id Term ID. This is the old, pre-split term ID.
* @return array Array of new term IDs, keyed by taxonomy.
*/
function wp_get_split_terms( $old_term_id ) {
$split_terms = get_option( '_split_terms', array() );
$terms = array();
if ( isset( $split_terms[ $old_term_id ] ) ) {
$terms = $split_terms[ $old_term_id ];
}
return $terms;
}
/**
* Gets the new term ID corresponding to a previously split term.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param int $old_term_id Term ID. This is the old, pre-split term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy that the term belongs to.
* @return int|false If a previously split term is found corresponding to the old term_id and taxonomy,
* the new term_id will be returned. If no previously split term is found matching
* the parameters, returns false.
*/
function wp_get_split_term( $old_term_id, $taxonomy ) {
$split_terms = wp_get_split_terms( $old_term_id );
$term_id = false;
if ( isset( $split_terms[ $taxonomy ] ) ) {
$term_id = (int) $split_terms[ $taxonomy ];
}
return $term_id;
}
/**
* Determines whether a term is shared between multiple taxonomies.
*
* Shared taxonomy terms began to be split in 4.3, but failed cron tasks or
* other delays in upgrade routines may cause shared terms to remain.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @return bool Returns false if a term is not shared between multiple taxonomies or
* if splitting shared taxonomy terms is finished.
*/
function wp_term_is_shared( $term_id ) {
global $wpdb;
if ( get_option( 'finished_splitting_shared_terms' ) ) {
return false;
}
$tt_count = $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM $wpdb->term_taxonomy WHERE term_id = %d", $term_id ) );
return $tt_count > 1;
}
/**
* Generates a permalink for a taxonomy term archive.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global WP_Rewrite $wp_rewrite WordPress rewrite component.
*
* @param WP_Term|int|string $term The term object, ID, or slug whose link will be retrieved.
* @param string $taxonomy Optional. Taxonomy. Default empty.
* @return string|WP_Error URL of the taxonomy term archive on success, WP_Error if term does not exist.
*/
function get_term_link( $term, $taxonomy = '' ) {
global $wp_rewrite;
if ( ! is_object( $term ) ) {
if ( is_int( $term ) ) {
$term = get_term( $term, $taxonomy );
} else {
$term = get_term_by( 'slug', $term, $taxonomy );
}
}
if ( ! is_object( $term ) ) {
$term = new WP_Error( 'invalid_term', __( 'Empty Term.' ) );
}
if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return $term;
}
$taxonomy = $term->taxonomy;
$termlink = $wp_rewrite->get_extra_permastruct( $taxonomy );
/**
* Filters the permalink structure for a term before token replacement occurs.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param string $termlink The permalink structure for the term's taxonomy.
* @param WP_Term $term The term object.
*/
$termlink = apply_filters( 'pre_term_link', $termlink, $term );
$slug = $term->slug;
$t = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( empty( $termlink ) ) {
if ( 'category' === $taxonomy ) {
$termlink = '?cat=' . $term->term_id;
} elseif ( $t->query_var ) {
$termlink = "?$t->query_var=$slug";
} else {
$termlink = "?taxonomy=$taxonomy&term=$slug";
}
$termlink = home_url( $termlink );
} else {
if ( ! empty( $t->rewrite['hierarchical'] ) ) {
$hierarchical_slugs = array();
$ancestors = get_ancestors( $term->term_id, $taxonomy, 'taxonomy' );
foreach ( (array) $ancestors as $ancestor ) {
$ancestor_term = get_term( $ancestor, $taxonomy );
$hierarchical_slugs[] = $ancestor_term->slug;
}
$hierarchical_slugs = array_reverse( $hierarchical_slugs );
$hierarchical_slugs[] = $slug;
$termlink = str_replace( "%$taxonomy%", implode( '/', $hierarchical_slugs ), $termlink );
} else {
$termlink = str_replace( "%$taxonomy%", $slug, $termlink );
}
$termlink = home_url( user_trailingslashit( $termlink, 'category' ) );
}
// Back compat filters.
if ( 'post_tag' === $taxonomy ) {
/**
* Filters the tag link.
*
* @since 2.3.0
* @since 2.5.0 Deprecated in favor of {@see 'term_link'} filter.
* @since 5.4.1 Restored (un-deprecated).
*
* @param string $termlink Tag link URL.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
*/
$termlink = apply_filters( 'tag_link', $termlink, $term->term_id );
} elseif ( 'category' === $taxonomy ) {
/**
* Filters the category link.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 2.5.0 Deprecated in favor of {@see 'term_link'} filter.
* @since 5.4.1 Restored (un-deprecated).
*
* @param string $termlink Category link URL.
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
*/
$termlink = apply_filters( 'category_link', $termlink, $term->term_id );
}
/**
* Filters the term link.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $termlink Term link URL.
* @param WP_Term $term Term object.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy slug.
*/
return apply_filters( 'term_link', $termlink, $term, $taxonomy );
}
/**
* Displays the taxonomies of a post with available options.
*
* This function can be used within the loop to display the taxonomies for a
* post without specifying the Post ID. You can also use it outside the Loop to
* display the taxonomies for a specific post.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param array $args {
* Arguments about which post to use and how to format the output. Shares all of the arguments
* supported by get_the_taxonomies(), in addition to the following.
*
* @type int|WP_Post $post Post ID or object to get taxonomies of. Default current post.
* @type string $before Displays before the taxonomies. Default empty string.
* @type string $sep Separates each taxonomy. Default is a space.
* @type string $after Displays after the taxonomies. Default empty string.
* }
*/
function the_taxonomies( $args = array() ) {
$defaults = array(
'post' => 0,
'before' => '',
'sep' => ' ',
'after' => '',
);
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
echo $parsed_args['before'] . implode( $parsed_args['sep'], get_the_taxonomies( $parsed_args['post'], $parsed_args ) ) . $parsed_args['after'];
}
/**
* Retrieves all taxonomies associated with a post.
*
* This function can be used within the loop. It will also return an array of
* the taxonomies with links to the taxonomy and name.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default is global $post.
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Arguments about how to format the list of taxonomies. Default empty array.
*
* @type string $template Template for displaying a taxonomy label and list of terms.
* Default is "Label: Terms."
* @type string $term_template Template for displaying a single term in the list. Default is the term name
* linked to its archive.
* }
* @return string[] List of taxonomies.
*/
function get_the_taxonomies( $post = 0, $args = array() ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
$args = wp_parse_args(
$args,
array(
/* translators: %s: Taxonomy label, %l: List of terms formatted as per $term_template. */
'template' => __( '%s: %l.' ),
'term_template' => '<a href="%1$s">%2$s</a>',
)
);
$taxonomies = array();
if ( ! $post ) {
return $taxonomies;
}
foreach ( get_object_taxonomies( $post ) as $taxonomy ) {
$t = (array) get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( empty( $t['label'] ) ) {
$t['label'] = $taxonomy;
}
if ( empty( $t['args'] ) ) {
$t['args'] = array();
}
if ( empty( $t['template'] ) ) {
$t['template'] = $args['template'];
}
if ( empty( $t['term_template'] ) ) {
$t['term_template'] = $args['term_template'];
}
$terms = get_object_term_cache( $post->ID, $taxonomy );
if ( false === $terms ) {
$terms = wp_get_object_terms( $post->ID, $taxonomy, $t['args'] );
}
$links = array();
foreach ( $terms as $term ) {
$links[] = wp_sprintf( $t['term_template'], esc_attr( get_term_link( $term ) ), $term->name );
}
if ( $links ) {
$taxonomies[ $taxonomy ] = wp_sprintf( $t['template'], $t['label'], $links, $terms );
}
}
return $taxonomies;
}
/**
* Retrieves all taxonomy names for the given post.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default is global $post.
* @return string[] An array of all taxonomy names for the given post.
*/
function get_post_taxonomies( $post = 0 ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
return get_object_taxonomies( $post );
}
/**
* Determines if the given object is associated with any of the given terms.
*
* The given terms are checked against the object's terms' term_ids, names and slugs.
* Terms given as integers will only be checked against the object's terms' term_ids.
* If no terms are given, determines if object is associated with any terms in the given taxonomy.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param int $object_id ID of the object (post ID, link ID, ...).
* @param string $taxonomy Single taxonomy name.
* @param int|string|int[]|string[] $terms Optional. Term ID, name, slug, or array of such
* to check against. Default null.
* @return bool|WP_Error WP_Error on input error.
*/
function is_object_in_term( $object_id, $taxonomy, $terms = null ) {
$object_id = (int) $object_id;
if ( ! $object_id ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_object', __( 'Invalid object ID.' ) );
}
$object_terms = get_object_term_cache( $object_id, $taxonomy );
if ( false === $object_terms ) {
$object_terms = wp_get_object_terms( $object_id, $taxonomy, array( 'update_term_meta_cache' => false ) );
if ( is_wp_error( $object_terms ) ) {
return $object_terms;
}
wp_cache_set( $object_id, wp_list_pluck( $object_terms, 'term_id' ), "{$taxonomy}_relationships" );
}
if ( is_wp_error( $object_terms ) ) {
return $object_terms;
}
if ( empty( $object_terms ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( empty( $terms ) ) {
return ( ! empty( $object_terms ) );
}
$terms = (array) $terms;
$ints = array_filter( $terms, 'is_int' );
if ( $ints ) {
$strs = array_diff( $terms, $ints );
} else {
$strs =& $terms;
}
foreach ( $object_terms as $object_term ) {
// If term is an int, check against term_ids only.
if ( $ints && in_array( $object_term->term_id, $ints, true ) ) {
return true;
}
if ( $strs ) {
// Only check numeric strings against term_id, to avoid false matches due to type juggling.
$numeric_strs = array_map( 'intval', array_filter( $strs, 'is_numeric' ) );
if ( in_array( $object_term->term_id, $numeric_strs, true ) ) {
return true;
}
if ( in_array( $object_term->name, $strs, true ) ) {
return true;
}
if ( in_array( $object_term->slug, $strs, true ) ) {
return true;
}
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Determines if the given object type is associated with the given taxonomy.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $object_type Object type string.
* @param string $taxonomy Single taxonomy name.
* @return bool True if object is associated with the taxonomy, otherwise false.
*/
function is_object_in_taxonomy( $object_type, $taxonomy ) {
$taxonomies = get_object_taxonomies( $object_type );
if ( empty( $taxonomies ) ) {
return false;
}
return in_array( $taxonomy, $taxonomies, true );
}
/**
* Gets an array of ancestor IDs for a given object.
*
* @since 3.1.0
* @since 4.1.0 Introduced the `$resource_type` argument.
*
* @param int $object_id Optional. The ID of the object. Default 0.
* @param string $object_type Optional. The type of object for which we'll be retrieving
* ancestors. Accepts a post type or a taxonomy name. Default empty.
* @param string $resource_type Optional. Type of resource $object_type is. Accepts 'post_type'
* or 'taxonomy'. Default empty.
* @return int[] An array of IDs of ancestors from lowest to highest in the hierarchy.
*/
function get_ancestors( $object_id = 0, $object_type = '', $resource_type = '' ) {
$object_id = (int) $object_id;
$ancestors = array();
if ( empty( $object_id ) ) {
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/taxonomy.php */
return apply_filters( 'get_ancestors', $ancestors, $object_id, $object_type, $resource_type );
}
if ( ! $resource_type ) {
if ( is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $object_type ) ) {
$resource_type = 'taxonomy';
} elseif ( post_type_exists( $object_type ) ) {
$resource_type = 'post_type';
}
}
if ( 'taxonomy' === $resource_type ) {
$term = get_term( $object_id, $object_type );
while ( ! is_wp_error( $term ) && ! empty( $term->parent ) && ! in_array( $term->parent, $ancestors, true ) ) {
$ancestors[] = (int) $term->parent;
$term = get_term( $term->parent, $object_type );
}
} elseif ( 'post_type' === $resource_type ) {
$ancestors = get_post_ancestors( $object_id );
}
/**
* Filters a given object's ancestors.
*
* @since 3.1.0
* @since 4.1.1 Introduced the `$resource_type` parameter.
*
* @param int[] $ancestors An array of IDs of object ancestors.
* @param int $object_id Object ID.
* @param string $object_type Type of object.
* @param string $resource_type Type of resource $object_type is.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_ancestors', $ancestors, $object_id, $object_type, $resource_type );
}
/**
* Returns the term's parent's term ID.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param int $term_id Term ID.
* @param string $taxonomy Taxonomy name.
* @return int|false Parent term ID on success, false on failure.
*/
function wp_get_term_taxonomy_parent_id( $term_id, $taxonomy ) {
$term = get_term( $term_id, $taxonomy );
if ( ! $term || is_wp_error( $term ) ) {
return false;
}
return (int) $term->parent;
}
/**
* Checks the given subset of the term hierarchy for hierarchy loops.
* Prevents loops from forming and breaks those that it finds.
*
* Attached to the {@see 'wp_update_term_parent'} filter.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param int $parent_term `term_id` of the parent for the term we're checking.
* @param int $term_id The term we're checking.
* @param string $taxonomy The taxonomy of the term we're checking.
* @return int The new parent for the term.
*/
function wp_check_term_hierarchy_for_loops( $parent_term, $term_id, $taxonomy ) {
// Nothing fancy here - bail.
if ( ! $parent_term ) {
return 0;
}
// Can't be its own parent.
if ( $parent_term === $term_id ) {
return 0;
}
// Now look for larger loops.
$loop = wp_find_hierarchy_loop( 'wp_get_term_taxonomy_parent_id', $term_id, $parent_term, array( $taxonomy ) );
if ( ! $loop ) {
return $parent_term; // No loop.
}
// Setting $parent_term to the given value causes a loop.
if ( isset( $loop[ $term_id ] ) ) {
return 0;
}
// There's a loop, but it doesn't contain $term_id. Break the loop.
foreach ( array_keys( $loop ) as $loop_member ) {
wp_update_term( $loop_member, $taxonomy, array( 'parent' => 0 ) );
}
return $parent_term;
}
/**
* Determines whether a taxonomy is considered "viewable".
*
* @since 5.1.0
*
* @param string|WP_Taxonomy $taxonomy Taxonomy name or object.
* @return bool Whether the taxonomy should be considered viewable.
*/
function is_taxonomy_viewable( $taxonomy ) {
if ( is_scalar( $taxonomy ) ) {
$taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy );
if ( ! $taxonomy ) {
return false;
}
}
return $taxonomy->publicly_queryable;
}
/**
* Determines whether a term is publicly viewable.
*
* A term is considered publicly viewable if its taxonomy is viewable.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param int|WP_Term $term Term ID or term object.
* @return bool Whether the term is publicly viewable.
*/
function is_term_publicly_viewable( $term ) {
$term = get_term( $term );
if ( ! $term ) {
return false;
}
return is_taxonomy_viewable( $term->taxonomy );
}
/**
* Sets the last changed time for the 'terms' cache group.
*
* @since 5.0.0
*/
function wp_cache_set_terms_last_changed() {
wp_cache_set_last_changed( 'terms' );
}
/**
* Aborts calls to term meta if it is not supported.
*
* @since 5.0.0
*
* @param mixed $check Skip-value for whether to proceed term meta function execution.
* @return mixed Original value of $check, or false if term meta is not supported.
*/
function wp_check_term_meta_support_prefilter( $check ) {
if ( get_option( 'db_version' ) < 34370 ) {
return false;
}
return $check;
}
<?php
/**
* Error Protection API: WP_Recovery_Mode class
*
* @package WordPress
* @since 5.2.0
*/
/**
* Core class used to implement Recovery Mode.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
#[AllowDynamicProperties]
class WP_Recovery_Mode {
const EXIT_ACTION = 'exit_recovery_mode';
/**
* Service to handle cookies.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @var WP_Recovery_Mode_Cookie_Service
*/
private $cookie_service;
/**
* Service to generate a recovery mode key.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @var WP_Recovery_Mode_Key_Service
*/
private $key_service;
/**
* Service to generate and validate recovery mode links.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @var WP_Recovery_Mode_Link_Service
*/
private $link_service;
/**
* Service to handle sending an email with a recovery mode link.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @var WP_Recovery_Mode_Email_Service
*/
private $email_service;
/**
* Is recovery mode initialized.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @var bool
*/
private $is_initialized = false;
/**
* Is recovery mode active in this session.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @var bool
*/
private $is_active = false;
/**
* Get an ID representing the current recovery mode session.
*
* @since 5.2.0
* @var string
*/
private $session_id = '';
/**
* WP_Recovery_Mode constructor.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
public function __construct() {
$this->cookie_service = new WP_Recovery_Mode_Cookie_Service();
$this->key_service = new WP_Recovery_Mode_Key_Service();
$this->link_service = new WP_Recovery_Mode_Link_Service( $this->cookie_service, $this->key_service );
$this->email_service = new WP_Recovery_Mode_Email_Service( $this->link_service );
}
/**
* Initialize recovery mode for the current request.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
public function initialize() {
$this->is_initialized = true;
add_action( 'wp_logout', array( $this, 'exit_recovery_mode' ) );
add_action( 'login_form_' . self::EXIT_ACTION, array( $this, 'handle_exit_recovery_mode' ) );
add_action( 'recovery_mode_clean_expired_keys', array( $this, 'clean_expired_keys' ) );
if ( ! wp_next_scheduled( 'recovery_mode_clean_expired_keys' ) && ! wp_installing() ) {
wp_schedule_event( time(), 'daily', 'recovery_mode_clean_expired_keys' );
}
if ( defined( 'WP_RECOVERY_MODE_SESSION_ID' ) ) {
$this->is_active = true;
$this->session_id = WP_RECOVERY_MODE_SESSION_ID;
return;
}
if ( $this->cookie_service->is_cookie_set() ) {
$this->handle_cookie();
return;
}
$this->link_service->handle_begin_link( $this->get_link_ttl() );
}
/**
* Checks whether recovery mode is active.
*
* This will not change after recovery mode has been initialized. {@see WP_Recovery_Mode::run()}.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @return bool True if recovery mode is active, false otherwise.
*/
public function is_active() {
return $this->is_active;
}
/**
* Gets the recovery mode session ID.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @return string The session ID if recovery mode is active, empty string otherwise.
*/
public function get_session_id() {
return $this->session_id;
}
/**
* Checks whether recovery mode has been initialized.
*
* Recovery mode should not be used until this point. Initialization happens immediately before loading plugins.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @return bool
*/
public function is_initialized() {
return $this->is_initialized;
}
/**
* Handles a fatal error occurring.
*
* The calling API should immediately die() after calling this function.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @param array $error Error details from `error_get_last()`.
* @return true|WP_Error True if the error was handled and headers have already been sent.
* Or the request will exit to try and catch multiple errors at once.
* WP_Error if an error occurred preventing it from being handled.
*/
public function handle_error( array $error ) {
$extension = $this->get_extension_for_error( $error );
if ( ! $extension || $this->is_network_plugin( $extension ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_source', __( 'Error not caused by a plugin or theme.' ) );
}
if ( ! $this->is_active() ) {
if ( ! is_protected_endpoint() ) {
return new WP_Error( 'non_protected_endpoint', __( 'Error occurred on a non-protected endpoint.' ) );
}
if ( ! function_exists( 'wp_generate_password' ) ) {
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/pluggable.php';
}
return $this->email_service->maybe_send_recovery_mode_email( $this->get_email_rate_limit(), $error, $extension );
}
if ( ! $this->store_error( $error ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'storage_error', __( 'Failed to store the error.' ) );
}
if ( headers_sent() ) {
return true;
}
$this->redirect_protected();
}
/**
* Ends the current recovery mode session.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @return bool True on success, false on failure.
*/
public function exit_recovery_mode() {
if ( ! $this->is_active() ) {
return false;
}
$this->email_service->clear_rate_limit();
$this->cookie_service->clear_cookie();
wp_paused_plugins()->delete_all();
wp_paused_themes()->delete_all();
return true;
}
/**
* Handles a request to exit Recovery Mode.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
public function handle_exit_recovery_mode() {
$redirect_to = wp_get_referer();
// Safety check in case referrer returns false.
if ( ! $redirect_to ) {
$redirect_to = is_user_logged_in() ? admin_url() : home_url();
}
if ( ! $this->is_active() ) {
wp_safe_redirect( $redirect_to );
die;
}
if ( ! isset( $_GET['action'] ) || self::EXIT_ACTION !== $_GET['action'] ) {
return;
}
if ( ! isset( $_GET['_wpnonce'] ) || ! wp_verify_nonce( $_GET['_wpnonce'], self::EXIT_ACTION ) ) {
wp_die( __( 'Exit recovery mode link expired.' ), 403 );
}
if ( ! $this->exit_recovery_mode() ) {
wp_die( __( 'Failed to exit recovery mode. Please try again later.' ) );
}
wp_safe_redirect( $redirect_to );
die;
}
/**
* Cleans any recovery mode keys that have expired according to the link TTL.
*
* Executes on a daily cron schedule.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
public function clean_expired_keys() {
$this->key_service->clean_expired_keys( $this->get_link_ttl() );
}
/**
* Handles checking for the recovery mode cookie and validating it.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
protected function handle_cookie() {
$validated = $this->cookie_service->validate_cookie();
if ( is_wp_error( $validated ) ) {
$this->cookie_service->clear_cookie();
$validated->add_data( array( 'status' => 403 ) );
wp_die( $validated );
}
$session_id = $this->cookie_service->get_session_id_from_cookie();
if ( is_wp_error( $session_id ) ) {
$this->cookie_service->clear_cookie();
$session_id->add_data( array( 'status' => 403 ) );
wp_die( $session_id );
}
$this->is_active = true;
$this->session_id = $session_id;
}
/**
* Gets the rate limit between sending new recovery mode email links.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @return int Rate limit in seconds.
*/
protected function get_email_rate_limit() {
/**
* Filters the rate limit between sending new recovery mode email links.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @param int $rate_limit Time to wait in seconds. Defaults to 1 day.
*/
return apply_filters( 'recovery_mode_email_rate_limit', DAY_IN_SECONDS );
}
/**
* Gets the number of seconds the recovery mode link is valid for.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @return int Interval in seconds.
*/
protected function get_link_ttl() {
$rate_limit = $this->get_email_rate_limit();
$valid_for = $rate_limit;
/**
* Filters the amount of time the recovery mode email link is valid for.
*
* The ttl must be at least as long as the email rate limit.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @param int $valid_for The number of seconds the link is valid for.
*/
$valid_for = apply_filters( 'recovery_mode_email_link_ttl', $valid_for );
return max( $valid_for, $rate_limit );
}
/**
* Gets the extension that the error occurred in.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
*
* @param array $error Error details from `error_get_last()`.
* @return array|false {
* Extension details.
*
* @type string $slug The extension slug. This is the plugin or theme's directory.
* @type string $type The extension type. Either 'plugin' or 'theme'.
* }
*/
protected function get_extension_for_error( $error ) {
global $wp_theme_directories;
if ( ! isset( $error['file'] ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! defined( 'WP_PLUGIN_DIR' ) ) {
return false;
}
$error_file = wp_normalize_path( $error['file'] );
$wp_plugin_dir = wp_normalize_path( WP_PLUGIN_DIR );
if ( str_starts_with( $error_file, $wp_plugin_dir ) ) {
$path = str_replace( $wp_plugin_dir . '/', '', $error_file );
$parts = explode( '/', $path );
return array(
'type' => 'plugin',
'slug' => $parts[0],
);
}
if ( empty( $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
return false;
}
foreach ( $wp_theme_directories as $theme_directory ) {
$theme_directory = wp_normalize_path( $theme_directory );
if ( str_starts_with( $error_file, $theme_directory ) ) {
$path = str_replace( $theme_directory . '/', '', $error_file );
$parts = explode( '/', $path );
return array(
'type' => 'theme',
'slug' => $parts[0],
);
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Checks whether the given extension a network activated plugin.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @param array $extension Extension data.
* @return bool True if network plugin, false otherwise.
*/
protected function is_network_plugin( $extension ) {
if ( 'plugin' !== $extension['type'] ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! is_multisite() ) {
return false;
}
$network_plugins = wp_get_active_network_plugins();
foreach ( $network_plugins as $plugin ) {
if ( str_starts_with( $plugin, $extension['slug'] . '/' ) ) {
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Stores the given error so that the extension causing it is paused.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @param array $error Error details from `error_get_last()`.
* @return bool True if the error was stored successfully, false otherwise.
*/
protected function store_error( $error ) {
$extension = $this->get_extension_for_error( $error );
if ( ! $extension ) {
return false;
}
switch ( $extension['type'] ) {
case 'plugin':
return wp_paused_plugins()->set( $extension['slug'], $error );
case 'theme':
return wp_paused_themes()->set( $extension['slug'], $error );
default:
return false;
}
}
/**
* Redirects the current request to allow recovering multiple errors in one go.
*
* The redirection will only happen when on a protected endpoint.
*
* It must be ensured that this method is only called when an error actually occurred and will not occur on the
* next request again. Otherwise it will create a redirect loop.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*/
protected function redirect_protected() {
// Pluggable is usually loaded after plugins, so we manually include it here for redirection functionality.
if ( ! function_exists( 'wp_safe_redirect' ) ) {
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/pluggable.php';
}
$scheme = is_ssl() ? 'https://' : 'http://';
$url = "{$scheme}{$_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']}{$_SERVER['REQUEST_URI']}";
wp_safe_redirect( $url );
exit;
}
}
<?php
/**
* kses 0.2.2 - HTML/XHTML filter that only allows some elements and attributes
* Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005 Ulf Harnhammar
*
* This program is free software and open source software; you can redistribute
* it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License,
* or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
* ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
* FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
* more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
* with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html
*
* [kses strips evil scripts!]
*
* Added wp_ prefix to avoid conflicts with existing kses users
*
* @version 0.2.2
* @copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005
* @author Ulf Harnhammar <http://advogato.org/person/metaur/>
*
* @package External
* @subpackage KSES
*/
/**
* Specifies the default allowable HTML tags.
*
* Using `CUSTOM_TAGS` is not recommended and should be considered deprecated. The
* {@see 'wp_kses_allowed_html'} filter is more powerful and supplies context.
*
* When using this constant, make sure to set all of these globals to arrays:
*
* - `$allowedposttags`
* - `$allowedtags`
* - `$allowedentitynames`
* - `$allowedxmlentitynames`
*
* @see wp_kses_allowed_html()
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @var array[]|false Array of default allowable HTML tags, or false to use the defaults.
*/
if ( ! defined( 'CUSTOM_TAGS' ) ) {
define( 'CUSTOM_TAGS', false );
}
// Ensure that these variables are added to the global namespace
// (e.g. if using namespaces / autoload in the current PHP environment).
global $allowedposttags, $allowedtags, $allowedentitynames, $allowedxmlentitynames;
if ( ! CUSTOM_TAGS ) {
/**
* KSES global for default allowable HTML tags.
*
* Can be overridden with the `CUSTOM_TAGS` constant.
*
* @var array[] $allowedposttags Array of default allowable HTML tags.
* @since 2.0.0
*/
$allowedposttags = array(
'address' => array(),
'a' => array(
'href' => true,
'rel' => true,
'rev' => true,
'name' => true,
'target' => true,
'download' => array(
'valueless' => 'y',
),
),
'abbr' => array(),
'acronym' => array(),
'area' => array(
'alt' => true,
'coords' => true,
'href' => true,
'nohref' => true,
'shape' => true,
'target' => true,
),
'article' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'aside' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'audio' => array(
'autoplay' => true,
'controls' => true,
'loop' => true,
'muted' => true,
'preload' => true,
'src' => true,
),
'b' => array(),
'bdo' => array(),
'big' => array(),
'blockquote' => array(
'cite' => true,
),
'br' => array(),
'button' => array(
'disabled' => true,
'name' => true,
'type' => true,
'value' => true,
),
'caption' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'cite' => array(),
'code' => array(),
'col' => array(
'align' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'span' => true,
'valign' => true,
'width' => true,
),
'colgroup' => array(
'align' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'span' => true,
'valign' => true,
'width' => true,
),
'del' => array(
'datetime' => true,
),
'dd' => array(),
'dfn' => array(),
'details' => array(
'align' => true,
'open' => true,
),
'div' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'dl' => array(),
'dt' => array(),
'em' => array(),
'fieldset' => array(),
'figure' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'figcaption' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'font' => array(
'color' => true,
'face' => true,
'size' => true,
),
'footer' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'h1' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'h2' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'h3' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'h4' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'h5' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'h6' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'header' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'hgroup' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'hr' => array(
'align' => true,
'noshade' => true,
'size' => true,
'width' => true,
),
'i' => array(),
'img' => array(
'alt' => true,
'align' => true,
'border' => true,
'height' => true,
'hspace' => true,
'loading' => true,
'longdesc' => true,
'vspace' => true,
'src' => true,
'usemap' => true,
'width' => true,
),
'ins' => array(
'datetime' => true,
'cite' => true,
),
'kbd' => array(),
'label' => array(
'for' => true,
),
'legend' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'li' => array(
'align' => true,
'value' => true,
),
'main' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'map' => array(
'name' => true,
),
'mark' => array(),
'menu' => array(
'type' => true,
),
'nav' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'object' => array(
'data' => array(
'required' => true,
'value_callback' => '_wp_kses_allow_pdf_objects',
),
'type' => array(
'required' => true,
'values' => array( 'application/pdf' ),
),
),
'p' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'pre' => array(
'width' => true,
),
'q' => array(
'cite' => true,
),
'rb' => array(),
'rp' => array(),
'rt' => array(),
'rtc' => array(),
'ruby' => array(),
's' => array(),
'samp' => array(),
'span' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'section' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'small' => array(),
'strike' => array(),
'strong' => array(),
'sub' => array(),
'summary' => array(
'align' => true,
),
'sup' => array(),
'table' => array(
'align' => true,
'bgcolor' => true,
'border' => true,
'cellpadding' => true,
'cellspacing' => true,
'rules' => true,
'summary' => true,
'width' => true,
),
'tbody' => array(
'align' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'valign' => true,
),
'td' => array(
'abbr' => true,
'align' => true,
'axis' => true,
'bgcolor' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'colspan' => true,
'headers' => true,
'height' => true,
'nowrap' => true,
'rowspan' => true,
'scope' => true,
'valign' => true,
'width' => true,
),
'textarea' => array(
'cols' => true,
'rows' => true,
'disabled' => true,
'name' => true,
'readonly' => true,
),
'tfoot' => array(
'align' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'valign' => true,
),
'th' => array(
'abbr' => true,
'align' => true,
'axis' => true,
'bgcolor' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'colspan' => true,
'headers' => true,
'height' => true,
'nowrap' => true,
'rowspan' => true,
'scope' => true,
'valign' => true,
'width' => true,
),
'thead' => array(
'align' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'valign' => true,
),
'title' => array(),
'tr' => array(
'align' => true,
'bgcolor' => true,
'char' => true,
'charoff' => true,
'valign' => true,
),
'track' => array(
'default' => true,
'kind' => true,
'label' => true,
'src' => true,
'srclang' => true,
),
'tt' => array(),
'u' => array(),
'ul' => array(
'type' => true,
),
'ol' => array(
'start' => true,
'type' => true,
'reversed' => true,
),
'var' => array(),
'video' => array(
'autoplay' => true,
'controls' => true,
'height' => true,
'loop' => true,
'muted' => true,
'playsinline' => true,
'poster' => true,
'preload' => true,
'src' => true,
'width' => true,
),
);
/**
* @var array[] $allowedtags Array of KSES allowed HTML elements.
* @since 1.0.0
*/
$allowedtags = array(
'a' => array(
'href' => true,
'title' => true,
),
'abbr' => array(
'title' => true,
),
'acronym' => array(
'title' => true,
),
'b' => array(),
'blockquote' => array(
'cite' => true,
),
'cite' => array(),
'code' => array(),
'del' => array(
'datetime' => true,
),
'em' => array(),
'i' => array(),
'q' => array(
'cite' => true,
),
's' => array(),
'strike' => array(),
'strong' => array(),
);
/**
* @var string[] $allowedentitynames Array of KSES allowed HTML entity names.
* @since 1.0.0
*/
$allowedentitynames = array(
'nbsp',
'iexcl',
'cent',
'pound',
'curren',
'yen',
'brvbar',
'sect',
'uml',
'copy',
'ordf',
'laquo',
'not',
'shy',
'reg',
'macr',
'deg',
'plusmn',
'acute',
'micro',
'para',
'middot',
'cedil',
'ordm',
'raquo',
'iquest',
'Agrave',
'Aacute',
'Acirc',
'Atilde',
'Auml',
'Aring',
'AElig',
'Ccedil',
'Egrave',
'Eacute',
'Ecirc',
'Euml',
'Igrave',
'Iacute',
'Icirc',
'Iuml',
'ETH',
'Ntilde',
'Ograve',
'Oacute',
'Ocirc',
'Otilde',
'Ouml',
'times',
'Oslash',
'Ugrave',
'Uacute',
'Ucirc',
'Uuml',
'Yacute',
'THORN',
'szlig',
'agrave',
'aacute',
'acirc',
'atilde',
'auml',
'aring',
'aelig',
'ccedil',
'egrave',
'eacute',
'ecirc',
'euml',
'igrave',
'iacute',
'icirc',
'iuml',
'eth',
'ntilde',
'ograve',
'oacute',
'ocirc',
'otilde',
'ouml',
'divide',
'oslash',
'ugrave',
'uacute',
'ucirc',
'uuml',
'yacute',
'thorn',
'yuml',
'quot',
'amp',
'lt',
'gt',
'apos',
'OElig',
'oelig',
'Scaron',
'scaron',
'Yuml',
'circ',
'tilde',
'ensp',
'emsp',
'thinsp',
'zwnj',
'zwj',
'lrm',
'rlm',
'ndash',
'mdash',
'lsquo',
'rsquo',
'sbquo',
'ldquo',
'rdquo',
'bdquo',
'dagger',
'Dagger',
'permil',
'lsaquo',
'rsaquo',
'euro',
'fnof',
'Alpha',
'Beta',
'Gamma',
'Delta',
'Epsilon',
'Zeta',
'Eta',
'Theta',
'Iota',
'Kappa',
'Lambda',
'Mu',
'Nu',
'Xi',
'Omicron',
'Pi',
'Rho',
'Sigma',
'Tau',
'Upsilon',
'Phi',
'Chi',
'Psi',
'Omega',
'alpha',
'beta',
'gamma',
'delta',
'epsilon',
'zeta',
'eta',
'theta',
'iota',
'kappa',
'lambda',
'mu',
'nu',
'xi',
'omicron',
'pi',
'rho',
'sigmaf',
'sigma',
'tau',
'upsilon',
'phi',
'chi',
'psi',
'omega',
'thetasym',
'upsih',
'piv',
'bull',
'hellip',
'prime',
'Prime',
'oline',
'frasl',
'weierp',
'image',
'real',
'trade',
'alefsym',
'larr',
'uarr',
'rarr',
'darr',
'harr',
'crarr',
'lArr',
'uArr',
'rArr',
'dArr',
'hArr',
'forall',
'part',
'exist',
'empty',
'nabla',
'isin',
'notin',
'ni',
'prod',
'sum',
'minus',
'lowast',
'radic',
'prop',
'infin',
'ang',
'and',
'or',
'cap',
'cup',
'int',
'sim',
'cong',
'asymp',
'ne',
'equiv',
'le',
'ge',
'sub',
'sup',
'nsub',
'sube',
'supe',
'oplus',
'otimes',
'perp',
'sdot',
'lceil',
'rceil',
'lfloor',
'rfloor',
'lang',
'rang',
'loz',
'spades',
'clubs',
'hearts',
'diams',
'sup1',
'sup2',
'sup3',
'frac14',
'frac12',
'frac34',
'there4',
);
/**
* @var string[] $allowedxmlentitynames Array of KSES allowed XML entity names.
* @since 5.5.0
*/
$allowedxmlentitynames = array(
'amp',
'lt',
'gt',
'apos',
'quot',
);
$allowedposttags = array_map( '_wp_add_global_attributes', $allowedposttags );
} else {
$required_kses_globals = array(
'allowedposttags',
'allowedtags',
'allowedentitynames',
'allowedxmlentitynames',
);
$missing_kses_globals = array();
foreach ( $required_kses_globals as $global_name ) {
if ( ! isset( $GLOBALS[ $global_name ] ) || ! is_array( $GLOBALS[ $global_name ] ) ) {
$missing_kses_globals[] = '<code>$' . $global_name . '</code>';
}
}
if ( $missing_kses_globals ) {
_doing_it_wrong(
'wp_kses_allowed_html',
sprintf(
/* translators: 1: CUSTOM_TAGS, 2: Global variable names. */
__( 'When using the %1$s constant, make sure to set these globals to an array: %2$s.' ),
'<code>CUSTOM_TAGS</code>',
implode( ', ', $missing_kses_globals )
),
'6.2.0'
);
}
$allowedtags = wp_kses_array_lc( $allowedtags );
$allowedposttags = wp_kses_array_lc( $allowedposttags );
}
/**
* Filters text content and strips out disallowed HTML.
*
* This function makes sure that only the allowed HTML element names, attribute
* names, attribute values, and HTML entities will occur in the given text string.
*
* This function expects unslashed data.
*
* @see wp_kses_post() for specifically filtering post content and fields.
* @see wp_allowed_protocols() for the default allowed protocols in link URLs.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content Text content to filter.
* @param array[]|string $allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'. See wp_kses_allowed_html()
* for the list of accepted context names.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Optional. Array of allowed URL protocols.
* Defaults to the result of wp_allowed_protocols().
* @return string Filtered content containing only the allowed HTML.
*/
function wp_kses( $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols = array() ) {
if ( empty( $allowed_protocols ) ) {
$allowed_protocols = wp_allowed_protocols();
}
$content = wp_kses_no_null( $content, array( 'slash_zero' => 'keep' ) );
$content = wp_kses_normalize_entities( $content );
$content = wp_kses_hook( $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols );
return wp_kses_split( $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols );
}
/**
* Filters one HTML attribute and ensures its value is allowed.
*
* This function can escape data in some situations where `wp_kses()` must strip the whole attribute.
*
* @since 4.2.3
*
* @param string $attr The 'whole' attribute, including name and value.
* @param string $element The HTML element name to which the attribute belongs.
* @return string Filtered attribute.
*/
function wp_kses_one_attr( $attr, $element ) {
$uris = wp_kses_uri_attributes();
$allowed_html = wp_kses_allowed_html( 'post' );
$allowed_protocols = wp_allowed_protocols();
$attr = wp_kses_no_null( $attr, array( 'slash_zero' => 'keep' ) );
// Preserve leading and trailing whitespace.
$matches = array();
preg_match( '/^\s*/', $attr, $matches );
$lead = $matches[0];
preg_match( '/\s*$/', $attr, $matches );
$trail = $matches[0];
if ( empty( $trail ) ) {
$attr = substr( $attr, strlen( $lead ) );
} else {
$attr = substr( $attr, strlen( $lead ), -strlen( $trail ) );
}
// Parse attribute name and value from input.
$split = preg_split( '/\s*=\s*/', $attr, 2 );
$name = $split[0];
if ( count( $split ) === 2 ) {
$value = $split[1];
/*
* Remove quotes surrounding $value.
* Also guarantee correct quoting in $attr for this one attribute.
*/
if ( '' === $value ) {
$quote = '';
} else {
$quote = $value[0];
}
if ( '"' === $quote || "'" === $quote ) {
if ( ! str_ends_with( $value, $quote ) ) {
return '';
}
$value = substr( $value, 1, -1 );
} else {
$quote = '"';
}
// Sanitize quotes, angle braces, and entities.
$value = esc_attr( $value );
// Sanitize URI values.
if ( in_array( strtolower( $name ), $uris, true ) ) {
$value = wp_kses_bad_protocol( $value, $allowed_protocols );
}
$attr = "$name=$quote$value$quote";
$vless = 'n';
} else {
$value = '';
$vless = 'y';
}
// Sanitize attribute by name.
wp_kses_attr_check( $name, $value, $attr, $vless, $element, $allowed_html );
// Restore whitespace.
return $lead . $attr . $trail;
}
/**
* Returns an array of allowed HTML tags and attributes for a given context.
*
* @since 3.5.0
* @since 5.0.1 `form` removed as allowable HTML tag.
*
* @global array $allowedposttags
* @global array $allowedtags
* @global array $allowedentitynames
*
* @param string|array $context The context for which to retrieve tags. Allowed values are 'post',
* 'strip', 'data', 'entities', or the name of a field filter such as
* 'pre_user_description', or an array of allowed HTML elements and attributes.
* @return array Array of allowed HTML tags and their allowed attributes.
*/
function wp_kses_allowed_html( $context = '' ) {
global $allowedposttags, $allowedtags, $allowedentitynames;
if ( is_array( $context ) ) {
// When `$context` is an array it's actually an array of allowed HTML elements and attributes.
$html = $context;
$context = 'explicit';
/**
* Filters the HTML tags that are allowed for a given context.
*
* HTML tags and attribute names are case-insensitive in HTML but must be
* added to the KSES allow list in lowercase. An item added to the allow list
* in upper or mixed case will not recognized as permitted by KSES.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param array[] $html Allowed HTML tags.
* @param string $context Context name.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_kses_allowed_html', $html, $context );
}
switch ( $context ) {
case 'post':
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/kses.php */
$tags = apply_filters( 'wp_kses_allowed_html', $allowedposttags, $context );
// 5.0.1 removed the `<form>` tag, allow it if a filter is allowing it's sub-elements `<input>` or `<select>`.
if ( ! CUSTOM_TAGS && ! isset( $tags['form'] ) && ( isset( $tags['input'] ) || isset( $tags['select'] ) ) ) {
$tags = $allowedposttags;
$tags['form'] = array(
'action' => true,
'accept' => true,
'accept-charset' => true,
'enctype' => true,
'method' => true,
'name' => true,
'target' => true,
);
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/kses.php */
$tags = apply_filters( 'wp_kses_allowed_html', $tags, $context );
}
return $tags;
case 'user_description':
case 'pre_user_description':
$tags = $allowedtags;
$tags['a']['rel'] = true;
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/kses.php */
return apply_filters( 'wp_kses_allowed_html', $tags, $context );
case 'strip':
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/kses.php */
return apply_filters( 'wp_kses_allowed_html', array(), $context );
case 'entities':
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/kses.php */
return apply_filters( 'wp_kses_allowed_html', $allowedentitynames, $context );
case 'data':
default:
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/kses.php */
return apply_filters( 'wp_kses_allowed_html', $allowedtags, $context );
}
}
/**
* You add any KSES hooks here.
*
* There is currently only one KSES WordPress hook, {@see 'pre_kses'}, and it is called here.
* All parameters are passed to the hooks and expected to receive a string.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to filter through KSES.
* @param array[]|string $allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'. See wp_kses_allowed_html()
* for the list of accepted context names.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @return string Filtered content through {@see 'pre_kses'} hook.
*/
function wp_kses_hook( $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols ) {
/**
* Filters content to be run through KSES.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $content Content to filter through KSES.
* @param array[]|string $allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'. See wp_kses_allowed_html()
* for the list of accepted context names.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
*/
return apply_filters( 'pre_kses', $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols );
}
/**
* Returns the version number of KSES.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @return string KSES version number.
*/
function wp_kses_version() {
return '0.2.2';
}
/**
* Searches for HTML tags, no matter how malformed.
*
* It also matches stray `>` characters.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @global array[]|string $pass_allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'.
* @global string[] $pass_allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
*
* @param string $content Content to filter.
* @param array[]|string $allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'. See wp_kses_allowed_html()
* for the list of accepted context names.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @return string Content with fixed HTML tags
*/
function wp_kses_split( $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols ) {
global $pass_allowed_html, $pass_allowed_protocols;
$pass_allowed_html = $allowed_html;
$pass_allowed_protocols = $allowed_protocols;
return preg_replace_callback( '%(<!--.*?(-->|$))|(<[^>]*(>|$)|>)%', '_wp_kses_split_callback', $content );
}
/**
* Returns an array of HTML attribute names whose value contains a URL.
*
* This function returns a list of all HTML attributes that must contain
* a URL according to the HTML specification.
*
* This list includes URI attributes both allowed and disallowed by KSES.
*
* @link https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Attributes
*
* @since 5.0.1
*
* @return string[] HTML attribute names whose value contains a URL.
*/
function wp_kses_uri_attributes() {
$uri_attributes = array(
'action',
'archive',
'background',
'cite',
'classid',
'codebase',
'data',
'formaction',
'href',
'icon',
'longdesc',
'manifest',
'poster',
'profile',
'src',
'usemap',
'xmlns',
);
/**
* Filters the list of attributes that are required to contain a URL.
*
* Use this filter to add any `data-` attributes that are required to be
* validated as a URL.
*
* @since 5.0.1
*
* @param string[] $uri_attributes HTML attribute names whose value contains a URL.
*/
$uri_attributes = apply_filters( 'wp_kses_uri_attributes', $uri_attributes );
return $uri_attributes;
}
/**
* Callback for `wp_kses_split()`.
*
* @since 3.1.0
* @access private
* @ignore
*
* @global array[]|string $pass_allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'.
* @global string[] $pass_allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
*
* @param array $matches preg_replace regexp matches
* @return string
*/
function _wp_kses_split_callback( $matches ) {
global $pass_allowed_html, $pass_allowed_protocols;
return wp_kses_split2( $matches[0], $pass_allowed_html, $pass_allowed_protocols );
}
/**
* Callback for `wp_kses_split()` for fixing malformed HTML tags.
*
* This function does a lot of work. It rejects some very malformed things like
* `<:::>`. It returns an empty string, if the element isn't allowed (look ma, no
* `strip_tags()`!). Otherwise it splits the tag into an element and an attribute
* list.
*
* After the tag is split into an element and an attribute list, it is run
* through another filter which will remove illegal attributes and once that is
* completed, will be returned.
*
* @access private
* @ignore
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to filter.
* @param array[]|string $allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'. See wp_kses_allowed_html()
* for the list of accepted context names.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @return string Fixed HTML element
*/
function wp_kses_split2( $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols ) {
$content = wp_kses_stripslashes( $content );
// It matched a ">" character.
if ( ! str_starts_with( $content, '<' ) ) {
return '>';
}
// Allow HTML comments.
if ( str_starts_with( $content, '<!--' ) ) {
$content = str_replace( array( '<!--', '-->' ), '', $content );
while ( ( $newstring = wp_kses( $content, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols ) ) != $content ) {
$content = $newstring;
}
if ( '' === $content ) {
return '';
}
// Prevent multiple dashes in comments.
$content = preg_replace( '/--+/', '-', $content );
// Prevent three dashes closing a comment.
$content = preg_replace( '/-$/', '', $content );
return "<!--{$content}-->";
}
// It's seriously malformed.
if ( ! preg_match( '%^<\s*(/\s*)?([a-zA-Z0-9-]+)([^>]*)>?$%', $content, $matches ) ) {
return '';
}
$slash = trim( $matches[1] );
$elem = $matches[2];
$attrlist = $matches[3];
if ( ! is_array( $allowed_html ) ) {
$allowed_html = wp_kses_allowed_html( $allowed_html );
}
// They are using a not allowed HTML element.
if ( ! isset( $allowed_html[ strtolower( $elem ) ] ) ) {
return '';
}
// No attributes are allowed for closing elements.
if ( '' !== $slash ) {
return "</$elem>";
}
return wp_kses_attr( $elem, $attrlist, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols );
}
/**
* Removes all attributes, if none are allowed for this element.
*
* If some are allowed it calls `wp_kses_hair()` to split them further, and then
* it builds up new HTML code from the data that `wp_kses_hair()` returns. It also
* removes `<` and `>` characters, if there are any left. One more thing it does
* is to check if the tag has a closing XHTML slash, and if it does, it puts one
* in the returned code as well.
*
* An array of allowed values can be defined for attributes. If the attribute value
* doesn't fall into the list, the attribute will be removed from the tag.
*
* Attributes can be marked as required. If a required attribute is not present,
* KSES will remove all attributes from the tag. As KSES doesn't match opening and
* closing tags, it's not possible to safely remove the tag itself, the safest
* fallback is to strip all attributes from the tag, instead.
*
* @since 1.0.0
* @since 5.9.0 Added support for an array of allowed values for attributes.
* Added support for required attributes.
*
* @param string $element HTML element/tag.
* @param string $attr HTML attributes from HTML element to closing HTML element tag.
* @param array[]|string $allowed_html An array of allowed HTML elements and attributes,
* or a context name such as 'post'. See wp_kses_allowed_html()
* for the list of accepted context names.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @return string Sanitized HTML element.
*/
function wp_kses_attr( $element, $attr, $allowed_html, $allowed_protocols ) {
if ( ! is_array( $allowed_html ) ) {
$allowed_html = wp_kses_allowed_html( $allowed_html );
}
// Is there a closing XHTML slash at the end of the attributes?
$xhtml_slash = '';
if ( preg_match( '%\s*/\s*$%', $attr ) ) {
$xhtml_slash = ' /';
}
// Are any attributes allowed at all for this element?
$element_low = strtolower( $element );
if ( empty( $allowed_html[ $element_low ] ) || true === $allowed_html[ $element_low ] ) {
return "<$element$xhtml_slash>";
}
// Split it.
$attrarr = wp_kses_hair( $attr, $allowed_protocols );
// Check if there are attributes that are required.
$required_attrs = array_filter(
$allowed_html[ $element_low ],
static function( $required_attr_limits ) {
return isset( $required_attr_limits['required'] ) && true === $required_attr_limits['required'];
}
);
/*
* If a required attribute check fails, we can return nothing for a self-closing tag,
* but for a non-self-closing tag the best option is to return the element with attributes,
* as KSES doesn't handle matching the relevant closing tag.
*/
$stripped_tag = '';
if ( empty( $xhtml_slash ) ) {
$stripped_tag = "<$element>";
}
// Go through $attrarr, and save the allowed attributes for this element in $attr2.
$attr2 = '';
foreach ( $attrarr as $arreach ) {
// Check if this attribute is required.
$required = isset( $required_attrs[ strtolower( $arreach['name'] ) ] );
if ( wp_kses_attr_check( $arreach['name'], $arreach['value'], $arreach['whole'], $arreach['vless'], $element, $allowed_html ) ) {
$attr2 .= ' ' . $arreach['whole'];
// If this was a required attribute, we can mark it as found.
if ( $required ) {
unset( $required_attrs[ strtolower( $arreach['name'] ) ] );
}
} elseif ( $required ) {
// This attribute was required, but didn't pass the check. The entire tag is not allowed.
return $stripped_tag;
}
}
// If some required attributes weren't set, the entire tag is not allowed.
if ( ! empty( $required_attrs ) ) {
return $stripped_tag;
}
// Remove any "<" or ">" characters.
$attr2 = preg_replace( '/[<>]/', '', $attr2 );
return "<$element$attr2$xhtml_slash>";
}
/**
* Determines whether an attribute is allowed.
*
* @since 4.2.3
* @since 5.0.0 Added support for `data-*` wildcard attributes.
*
* @param string $name The attribute name. Passed by reference. Returns empty string when not allowed.
* @param string $value The attribute value. Passed by reference. Returns a filtered value.
* @param string $whole The `name=value` input. Passed by reference. Returns filtered input.
* @param string $vless Whether the attribute is valueless. Use 'y' or 'n'.
* @param string $element The name of the element to which this attribute belongs.
* @param array $allowed_html The full list of allowed elements and attributes.
* @return bool Whether or not the attribute is allowed.
*/
function wp_kses_attr_check( &$name, &$value, &$whole, $vless, $element, $allowed_html ) {
$name_low = strtolower( $name );
$element_low = strtolower( $element );
if ( ! isset( $allowed_html[ $element_low ] ) ) {
$name = '';
$value = '';
$whole = '';
return false;
}
$allowed_attr = $allowed_html[ $element_low ];
if ( ! isset( $allowed_attr[ $name_low ] ) || '' === $allowed_attr[ $name_low ] ) {
/*
* Allow `data-*` attributes.
*
* When specifying `$allowed_html`, the attribute name should be set as
* `data-*` (not to be mixed with the HTML 4.0 `data` attribute, see
* https://www.w3.org/TR/html40/struct/objects.html#adef-data).
*
* Note: the attribute name should only contain `A-Za-z0-9_-` chars,
* double hyphens `--` are not accepted by WordPress.
*/
if ( str_starts_with( $name_low, 'data-' ) && ! empty( $allowed_attr['data-*'] )
&& preg_match( '/^data(?:-[a-z0-9_]+)+$/', $name_low, $match )
) {
/*
* Add the whole attribute name to the allowed attributes and set any restrictions
* for the `data-*` attribute values for the current element.
*/
$allowed_attr[ $match[0] ] = $allowed_attr['data-*'];
} else {
$name = '';
$value = '';
$whole = '';
return false;
}
}
if ( 'style' === $name_low ) {
$new_value = safecss_filter_attr( $value );
if ( empty( $new_value ) ) {
$name = '';
$value = '';
$whole = '';
return false;
}
$whole = str_replace( $value, $new_value, $whole );
$value = $new_value;
}
if ( is_array( $allowed_attr[ $name_low ] ) ) {
// There are some checks.
foreach ( $allowed_attr[ $name_low ] as $currkey => $currval ) {
if ( ! wp_kses_check_attr_val( $value, $vless, $currkey, $currval ) ) {
$name = '';
$value = '';
$whole = '';
return false;
}
}
}
return true;
}
/**
* Builds an attribute list from string containing attributes.
*
* This function does a lot of work. It parses an attribute list into an array
* with attribute data, and tries to do the right thing even if it gets weird
* input. It will add quotes around attribute values that don't have any quotes
* or apostrophes around them, to make it easier to produce HTML code that will
* conform to W3C's HTML specification. It will also remove bad URL protocols
* from attribute values. It also reduces duplicate attributes by using the
* attribute defined first (`foo='bar' foo='baz'` will result in `foo='bar'`).
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $attr Attribute list from HTML element to closing HTML element tag.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @return array[] Array of attribute information after parsing.
*/
function wp_kses_hair( $attr, $allowed_protocols ) {
$attrarr = array();
$mode = 0;
$attrname = '';
$uris = wp_kses_uri_attributes();
// Loop through the whole attribute list.
while ( strlen( $attr ) !== 0 ) {
$working = 0; // Was the last operation successful?
switch ( $mode ) {
case 0:
if ( preg_match( '/^([_a-zA-Z][-_a-zA-Z0-9:.]*)/', $attr, $match ) ) {
$attrname = $match[1];
$working = 1;
$mode = 1;
$attr = preg_replace( '/^[_a-zA-Z][-_a-zA-Z0-9:.]*/', '', $attr );
}
break;
case 1:
if ( preg_match( '/^\s*=\s*/', $attr ) ) { // Equals sign.
$working = 1;
$mode = 2;
$attr = preg_replace( '/^\s*=\s*/', '', $attr );
break;
}
if ( preg_match( '/^\s+/', $attr ) ) { // Valueless.
$working = 1;
$mode = 0;
if ( false === array_key_exists( $attrname, $attrarr ) ) {
$attrarr[ $attrname ] = array(
'name' => $attrname,
'value' => '',
'whole' => $attrname,
'vless' => 'y',
);
}
$attr = preg_replace( '/^\s+/', '', $attr );
}
break;
case 2:
if ( preg_match( '%^"([^"]*)"(\s+|/?$)%', $attr, $match ) ) {
// "value"
$thisval = $match[1];
if ( in_array( strtolower( $attrname ), $uris, true ) ) {
$thisval = wp_kses_bad_protocol( $thisval, $allowed_protocols );
}
if ( false === array_key_exists( $attrname, $attrarr ) ) {
$attrarr[ $attrname ] = array(
'name' => $attrname,
'value' => $thisval,
'whole' => "$attrname=\"$thisval\"",
'vless' => 'n',
);
}
$working = 1;
$mode = 0;
$attr = preg_replace( '/^"[^"]*"(\s+|$)/', '', $attr );
break;
}
if ( preg_match( "%^'([^']*)'(\s+|/?$)%", $attr, $match ) ) {
// 'value'
$thisval = $match[1];
if ( in_array( strtolower( $attrname ), $uris, true ) ) {
$thisval = wp_kses_bad_protocol( $thisval, $allowed_protocols );
}
if ( false === array_key_exists( $attrname, $attrarr ) ) {
$attrarr[ $attrname ] = array(
'name' => $attrname,
'value' => $thisval,
'whole' => "$attrname='$thisval'",
'vless' => 'n',
);
}
$working = 1;
$mode = 0;
$attr = preg_replace( "/^'[^']*'(\s+|$)/", '', $attr );
break;
}
if ( preg_match( "%^([^\s\"']+)(\s+|/?$)%", $attr, $match ) ) {
// value
$thisval = $match[1];
if ( in_array( strtolower( $attrname ), $uris, true ) ) {
$thisval = wp_kses_bad_protocol( $thisval, $allowed_protocols );
}
if ( false === array_key_exists( $attrname, $attrarr ) ) {
$attrarr[ $attrname ] = array(
'name' => $attrname,
'value' => $thisval,
'whole' => "$attrname=\"$thisval\"",
'vless' => 'n',
);
}
// We add quotes to conform to W3C's HTML spec.
$working = 1;
$mode = 0;
$attr = preg_replace( "%^[^\s\"']+(\s+|$)%", '', $attr );
}
break;
} // End switch.
if ( 0 == $working ) { // Not well-formed, remove and try again.
$attr = wp_kses_html_error( $attr );
$mode = 0;
}
} // End while.
if ( 1 == $mode && false === array_key_exists( $attrname, $attrarr ) ) {
/*
* Special case, for when the attribute list ends with a valueless
* attribute like "selected".
*/
$attrarr[ $attrname ] = array(
'name' => $attrname,
'value' => '',
'whole' => $attrname,
'vless' => 'y',
);
}
return $attrarr;
}
/**
* Finds all attributes of an HTML element.
*
* Does not modify input. May return "evil" output.
*
* Based on `wp_kses_split2()` and `wp_kses_attr()`.
*
* @since 4.2.3
*
* @param string $element HTML element.
* @return array|false List of attributes found in the element. Returns false on failure.
*/
function wp_kses_attr_parse( $element ) {
$valid = preg_match( '%^(<\s*)(/\s*)?([a-zA-Z0-9]+\s*)([^>]*)(>?)$%', $element, $matches );
if ( 1 !== $valid ) {
return false;
}
$begin = $matches[1];
$slash = $matches[2];
$elname = $matches[3];
$attr = $matches[4];
$end = $matches[5];
if ( '' !== $slash ) {
// Closing elements do not get parsed.
return false;
}
// Is there a closing XHTML slash at the end of the attributes?
if ( 1 === preg_match( '%\s*/\s*$%', $attr, $matches ) ) {
$xhtml_slash = $matches[0];
$attr = substr( $attr, 0, -strlen( $xhtml_slash ) );
} else {
$xhtml_slash = '';
}
// Split it.
$attrarr = wp_kses_hair_parse( $attr );
if ( false === $attrarr ) {
return false;
}
// Make sure all input is returned by adding front and back matter.
array_unshift( $attrarr, $begin . $slash . $elname );
array_push( $attrarr, $xhtml_slash . $end );
return $attrarr;
}
/**
* Builds an attribute list from string containing attributes.
*
* Does not modify input. May return "evil" output.
* In case of unexpected input, returns false instead of stripping things.
*
* Based on `wp_kses_hair()` but does not return a multi-dimensional array.
*
* @since 4.2.3
*
* @param string $attr Attribute list from HTML element to closing HTML element tag.
* @return array|false List of attributes found in $attr. Returns false on failure.
*/
function wp_kses_hair_parse( $attr ) {
if ( '' === $attr ) {
return array();
}
// phpcs:disable Squiz.Strings.ConcatenationSpacing.PaddingFound -- don't remove regex indentation
$regex =
'(?:'
. '[_a-zA-Z][-_a-zA-Z0-9:.]*' // Attribute name.
. '|'
. '\[\[?[^\[\]]+\]\]?' // Shortcode in the name position implies unfiltered_html.
. ')'
. '(?:' // Attribute value.
. '\s*=\s*' // All values begin with '='.
. '(?:'
. '"[^"]*"' // Double-quoted.
. '|'
. "'[^']*'" // Single-quoted.
. '|'
. '[^\s"\']+' // Non-quoted.
. '(?:\s|$)' // Must have a space.
. ')'
. '|'
. '(?:\s|$)' // If attribute has no value, space is required.
. ')'
. '\s*'; // Trailing space is optional except as mentioned above.
// phpcs:enable
/*
* Although it is possible to reduce this procedure to a single regexp,
* we must run that regexp twice to get exactly the expected result.
*/
$validation = "%^($regex)+$%";
$extraction = "%$regex%";
if ( 1 === preg_match( $validation, $attr ) ) {
preg_match_all( $extraction, $attr, $attrarr );
return $attrarr[0];
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Performs different checks for attribute values.
*
* The currently implemented checks are "maxlen", "minlen", "maxval", "minval",
* and "valueless".
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $value Attribute value.
* @param string $vless Whether the attribute is valueless. Use 'y' or 'n'.
* @param string $checkname What $checkvalue is checking for.
* @param mixed $checkvalue What constraint the value should pass.
* @return bool Whether check passes.
*/
function wp_kses_check_attr_val( $value, $vless, $checkname, $checkvalue ) {
$ok = true;
switch ( strtolower( $checkname ) ) {
case 'maxlen':
/*
* The maxlen check makes sure that the attribute value has a length not
* greater than the given value. This can be used to avoid Buffer Overflows
* in WWW clients and various Internet servers.
*/
if ( strlen( $value ) > $checkvalue ) {
$ok = false;
}
break;
case 'minlen':
/*
* The minlen check makes sure that the attribute value has a length not
* smaller than the given value.
*/
if ( strlen( $value ) < $checkvalue ) {
$ok = false;
}
break;
case 'maxval':
/*
* The maxval check does two things: it checks that the attribute value is
* an integer from 0 and up, without an excessive amount of zeroes or
* whitespace (to avoid Buffer Overflows). It also checks that the attribute
* value is not greater than the given value.
* This check can be used to avoid Denial of Service attacks.
*/
if ( ! preg_match( '/^\s{0,6}[0-9]{1,6}\s{0,6}$/', $value ) ) {
$ok = false;
}
if ( $value > $checkvalue ) {
$ok = false;
}
break;
case 'minval':
/*
* The minval check makes sure that the attribute value is a positive integer,
* and that it is not smaller than the given value.
*/
if ( ! preg_match( '/^\s{0,6}[0-9]{1,6}\s{0,6}$/', $value ) ) {
$ok = false;
}
if ( $value < $checkvalue ) {
$ok = false;
}
break;
case 'valueless':
/*
* The valueless check makes sure if the attribute has a value
* (like `<a href="blah">`) or not (`<option selected>`). If the given value
* is a "y" or a "Y", the attribute must not have a value.
* If the given value is an "n" or an "N", the attribute must have a value.
*/
if ( strtolower( $checkvalue ) !== $vless ) {
$ok = false;
}
break;
case 'values':
/*
* The values check is used when you want to make sure that the attribute
* has one of the given values.
*/
if ( false === array_search( strtolower( $value ), $checkvalue, true ) ) {
$ok = false;
}
break;
case 'value_callback':
/*
* The value_callback check is used when you want to make sure that the attribute
* value is accepted by the callback function.
*/
if ( ! call_user_func( $checkvalue, $value ) ) {
$ok = false;
}
break;
} // End switch.
return $ok;
}
/**
* Sanitizes a string and removed disallowed URL protocols.
*
* This function removes all non-allowed protocols from the beginning of the
* string. It ignores whitespace and the case of the letters, and it does
* understand HTML entities. It does its work recursively, so it won't be
* fooled by a string like `javascript:javascript:alert(57)`.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to filter bad protocols from.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @return string Filtered content.
*/
function wp_kses_bad_protocol( $content, $allowed_protocols ) {
$content = wp_kses_no_null( $content );
// Short-circuit if the string starts with `https://` or `http://`. Most common cases.
if (
( str_starts_with( $content, 'https://' ) && in_array( 'https', $allowed_protocols, true ) ) ||
( str_starts_with( $content, 'http://' ) && in_array( 'http', $allowed_protocols, true ) )
) {
return $content;
}
$iterations = 0;
do {
$original_content = $content;
$content = wp_kses_bad_protocol_once( $content, $allowed_protocols );
} while ( $original_content != $content && ++$iterations < 6 );
if ( $original_content != $content ) {
return '';
}
return $content;
}
/**
* Removes any invalid control characters in a text string.
*
* Also removes any instance of the `\0` string.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to filter null characters from.
* @param array $options Set 'slash_zero' => 'keep' when '\0' is allowed. Default is 'remove'.
* @return string Filtered content.
*/
function wp_kses_no_null( $content, $options = null ) {
if ( ! isset( $options['slash_zero'] ) ) {
$options = array( 'slash_zero' => 'remove' );
}
$content = preg_replace( '/[\x00-\x08\x0B\x0C\x0E-\x1F]/', '', $content );
if ( 'remove' === $options['slash_zero'] ) {
$content = preg_replace( '/\\\\+0+/', '', $content );
}
return $content;
}
/**
* Strips slashes from in front of quotes.
*
* This function changes the character sequence `\"` to just `"`. It leaves all other
* slashes alone. The quoting from `preg_replace(//e)` requires this.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content String to strip slashes from.
* @return string Fixed string with quoted slashes.
*/
function wp_kses_stripslashes( $content ) {
return preg_replace( '%\\\\"%', '"', $content );
}
/**
* Converts the keys of an array to lowercase.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param array $inarray Unfiltered array.
* @return array Fixed array with all lowercase keys.
*/
function wp_kses_array_lc( $inarray ) {
$outarray = array();
foreach ( (array) $inarray as $inkey => $inval ) {
$outkey = strtolower( $inkey );
$outarray[ $outkey ] = array();
foreach ( (array) $inval as $inkey2 => $inval2 ) {
$outkey2 = strtolower( $inkey2 );
$outarray[ $outkey ][ $outkey2 ] = $inval2;
}
}
return $outarray;
}
/**
* Handles parsing errors in `wp_kses_hair()`.
*
* The general plan is to remove everything to and including some whitespace,
* but it deals with quotes and apostrophes as well.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $attr
* @return string
*/
function wp_kses_html_error( $attr ) {
return preg_replace( '/^("[^"]*("|$)|\'[^\']*(\'|$)|\S)*\s*/', '', $attr );
}
/**
* Sanitizes content from bad protocols and other characters.
*
* This function searches for URL protocols at the beginning of the string, while
* handling whitespace and HTML entities.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to check for bad protocols.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @param int $count Depth of call recursion to this function.
* @return string Sanitized content.
*/
function wp_kses_bad_protocol_once( $content, $allowed_protocols, $count = 1 ) {
$content = preg_replace( '/(�*58(?![;0-9])|�*3a(?![;a-f0-9]))/i', '$1;', $content );
$content2 = preg_split( '/:|�*58;|�*3a;|:/i', $content, 2 );
if ( isset( $content2[1] ) && ! preg_match( '%/\?%', $content2[0] ) ) {
$content = trim( $content2[1] );
$protocol = wp_kses_bad_protocol_once2( $content2[0], $allowed_protocols );
if ( 'feed:' === $protocol ) {
if ( $count > 2 ) {
return '';
}
$content = wp_kses_bad_protocol_once( $content, $allowed_protocols, ++$count );
if ( empty( $content ) ) {
return $content;
}
}
$content = $protocol . $content;
}
return $content;
}
/**
* Callback for `wp_kses_bad_protocol_once()` regular expression.
*
* This function processes URL protocols, checks to see if they're in the
* list of allowed protocols or not, and returns different data depending
* on the answer.
*
* @access private
* @ignore
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $scheme URI scheme to check against the list of allowed protocols.
* @param string[] $allowed_protocols Array of allowed URL protocols.
* @return string Sanitized content.
*/
function wp_kses_bad_protocol_once2( $scheme, $allowed_protocols ) {
$scheme = wp_kses_decode_entities( $scheme );
$scheme = preg_replace( '/\s/', '', $scheme );
$scheme = wp_kses_no_null( $scheme );
$scheme = strtolower( $scheme );
$allowed = false;
foreach ( (array) $allowed_protocols as $one_protocol ) {
if ( strtolower( $one_protocol ) === $scheme ) {
$allowed = true;
break;
}
}
if ( $allowed ) {
return "$scheme:";
} else {
return '';
}
}
/**
* Converts and fixes HTML entities.
*
* This function normalizes HTML entities. It will convert `AT&T` to the correct
* `AT&T`, `:` to `:`, `&#XYZZY;` to `&#XYZZY;` and so on.
*
* When `$context` is set to 'xml', HTML entities are converted to their code points. For
* example, `AT&T…&#XYZZY;` is converted to `AT&T…&#XYZZY;`.
*
* @since 1.0.0
* @since 5.5.0 Added `$context` parameter.
*
* @param string $content Content to normalize entities.
* @param string $context Context for normalization. Can be either 'html' or 'xml'.
* Default 'html'.
* @return string Content with normalized entities.
*/
function wp_kses_normalize_entities( $content, $context = 'html' ) {
// Disarm all entities by converting & to &
$content = str_replace( '&', '&', $content );
// Change back the allowed entities in our list of allowed entities.
if ( 'xml' === $context ) {
$content = preg_replace_callback( '/&([A-Za-z]{2,8}[0-9]{0,2});/', 'wp_kses_xml_named_entities', $content );
} else {
$content = preg_replace_callback( '/&([A-Za-z]{2,8}[0-9]{0,2});/', 'wp_kses_named_entities', $content );
}
$content = preg_replace_callback( '/&#(0*[0-9]{1,7});/', 'wp_kses_normalize_entities2', $content );
$content = preg_replace_callback( '/&#[Xx](0*[0-9A-Fa-f]{1,6});/', 'wp_kses_normalize_entities3', $content );
return $content;
}
/**
* Callback for `wp_kses_normalize_entities()` regular expression.
*
* This function only accepts valid named entity references, which are finite,
* case-sensitive, and highly scrutinized by HTML and XML validators.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global array $allowedentitynames
*
* @param array $matches preg_replace_callback() matches array.
* @return string Correctly encoded entity.
*/
function wp_kses_named_entities( $matches ) {
global $allowedentitynames;
if ( empty( $matches[1] ) ) {
return '';
}
$i = $matches[1];
return ( ! in_array( $i, $allowedentitynames, true ) ) ? "&$i;" : "&$i;";
}
/**
* Callback for `wp_kses_normalize_entities()` regular expression.
*
* This function only accepts valid named entity references, which are finite,
* case-sensitive, and highly scrutinized by XML validators. HTML named entity
* references are converted to their code points.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @global array $allowedentitynames
* @global array $allowedxmlentitynames
*
* @param array $matches preg_replace_callback() matches array.
* @return string Correctly encoded entity.
*/
function wp_kses_xml_named_entities( $matches ) {
global $allowedentitynames, $allowedxmlentitynames;
if ( empty( $matches[1] ) ) {
return '';
}
$i = $matches[1];
if ( in_array( $i, $allowedxmlentitynames, true ) ) {
return "&$i;";
} elseif ( in_array( $i, $allowedentitynames, true ) ) {
return html_entity_decode( "&$i;", ENT_HTML5 );
}
return "&$i;";
}
/**
* Callback for `wp_kses_normalize_entities()` regular expression.
*
* This function helps `wp_kses_normalize_entities()` to only accept 16-bit
* values and nothing more for `&#number;` entities.
*
* @access private
* @ignore
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param array $matches `preg_replace_callback()` matches array.
* @return string Correctly encoded entity.
*/
function wp_kses_normalize_entities2( $matches ) {
if ( empty( $matches[1] ) ) {
return '';
}
$i = $matches[1];
if ( valid_unicode( $i ) ) {
$i = str_pad( ltrim( $i, '0' ), 3, '0', STR_PAD_LEFT );
$i = "&#$i;";
} else {
$i = "&#$i;";
}
return $i;
}
/**
* Callback for `wp_kses_normalize_entities()` for regular expression.
*
* This function helps `wp_kses_normalize_entities()` to only accept valid Unicode
* numeric entities in hex form.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @access private
* @ignore
*
* @param array $matches `preg_replace_callback()` matches array.
* @return string Correctly encoded entity.
*/
function wp_kses_normalize_entities3( $matches ) {
if ( empty( $matches[1] ) ) {
return '';
}
$hexchars = $matches[1];
return ( ! valid_unicode( hexdec( $hexchars ) ) ) ? "&#x$hexchars;" : '&#x' . ltrim( $hexchars, '0' ) . ';';
}
/**
* Determines if a Unicode codepoint is valid.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param int $i Unicode codepoint.
* @return bool Whether or not the codepoint is a valid Unicode codepoint.
*/
function valid_unicode( $i ) {
return ( 0x9 == $i || 0xa == $i || 0xd == $i ||
( 0x20 <= $i && $i <= 0xd7ff ) ||
( 0xe000 <= $i && $i <= 0xfffd ) ||
( 0x10000 <= $i && $i <= 0x10ffff ) );
}
/**
* Converts all numeric HTML entities to their named counterparts.
*
* This function decodes numeric HTML entities (`A` and `A`).
* It doesn't do anything with named entities like `ä`, but we don't
* need them in the allowed URL protocols system anyway.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $content Content to change entities.
* @return string Content after decoded entities.
*/
function wp_kses_decode_entities( $content ) {
$content = preg_replace_callback( '/&#([0-9]+);/', '_wp_kses_decode_entities_chr', $content );
$content = preg_replace_callback( '/&#[Xx]([0-9A-Fa-f]+);/', '_wp_kses_decode_entities_chr_hexdec', $content );
return $content;
}
/**
* Regex callback for `wp_kses_decode_entities()`.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @access private
* @ignore
*
* @param array $matches preg match
* @return string
*/
function _wp_kses_decode_entities_chr( $matches ) {
return chr( $matches[1] );
}
/**
* Regex callback for `wp_kses_decode_entities()`.
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @access private
* @ignore
*
* @param array $matches preg match
* @return string
*/
function _wp_kses_decode_entities_chr_hexdec( $matches ) {
return chr( hexdec( $matches[1] ) );
}
/**
* Sanitize content with allowed HTML KSES rules.
*
* This function expects slashed data.
*
* @since 1.0.0
*
* @param string $data Content to filter, expected to be escaped with slashes.
* @return string Filtered content.
*/
function wp_filter_kses( $data ) {
return addslashes( wp_kses( stripslashes( $data ), current_filter() ) );
}
/**
* Sanitize content with allowed HTML KSES rules.
*
* This function expects unslashed data.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param string $data Content to filter, expected to not be escaped.
* @return string Filtered content.
*/
function wp_kses_data( $data ) {
return wp_kses( $data, current_filter() );
}
/**
* Sanitizes content for allowed HTML tags for post content.
*
* Post content refers to the page contents of the 'post' type and not `$_POST`
* data from forms.
*
* This function expects slashed data.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @param string $data Post content to filter, expected to be escaped with slashes.
* @return string Filtered post content with allowed HTML tags and attributes intact.
*/
function wp_filter_post_kses( $data ) {
return addslashes( wp_kses( stripslashes( $data ), 'post' ) );
}
/**
* Sanitizes global styles user content removing unsafe rules.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param string $data Post content to filter.
* @return string Filtered post content with unsafe rules removed.
*/
function wp_filter_global_styles_post( $data ) {
$decoded_data = json_decode( wp_unslash( $data ), true );
$json_decoding_error = json_last_error();
if (
JSON_ERROR_NONE === $json_decoding_error &&
is_array( $decoded_data ) &&
isset( $decoded_data['isGlobalStylesUserThemeJSON'] ) &&
$decoded_data['isGlobalStylesUserThemeJSON']
) {
unset( $decoded_data['isGlobalStylesUserThemeJSON'] );
$data_to_encode = WP_Theme_JSON::remove_insecure_properties( $decoded_data );
$data_to_encode['isGlobalStylesUserThemeJSON'] = true;
return wp_slash( wp_json_encode( $data_to_encode ) );
}
return $data;
}
/**
* Sanitizes content for allowed HTML tags for post content.
*
* Post content refers to the page contents of the 'post' type and not `$_POST`
* data from forms.
*
* This function expects unslashed data.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param string $data Post content to filter.
* @return string Filtered post content with allowed HTML tags and attributes intact.
*/
function wp_kses_post( $data ) {
return wp_kses( $data, 'post' );
}
/**
* Navigates through an array, object, or scalar, and sanitizes content for
* allowed HTML tags for post content.
*
* @since 4.4.2
*
* @see map_deep()
*
* @param mixed $data The array, object, or scalar value to inspect.
* @return mixed The filtered content.
*/
function wp_kses_post_deep( $data ) {
return map_deep( $data, 'wp_kses_post' );
}
/**
* Strips all HTML from a text string.
*
* This function expects slashed data.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $data Content to strip all HTML from.
* @return string Filtered content without any HTML.
*/
function wp_filter_nohtml_kses( $data ) {
return addslashes( wp_kses( stripslashes( $data ), 'strip' ) );
}
/**
* Adds all KSES input form content filters.
*
* All hooks have default priority. The `wp_filter_kses()` function is added to
* the 'pre_comment_content' and 'title_save_pre' hooks.
*
* The `wp_filter_post_kses()` function is added to the 'content_save_pre',
* 'excerpt_save_pre', and 'content_filtered_save_pre' hooks.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*/
function kses_init_filters() {
// Normal filtering.
add_filter( 'title_save_pre', 'wp_filter_kses' );
// Comment filtering.
if ( current_user_can( 'unfiltered_html' ) ) {
add_filter( 'pre_comment_content', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
} else {
add_filter( 'pre_comment_content', 'wp_filter_kses' );
}
// Global Styles filtering: Global Styles filters should be executed before normal post_kses HTML filters.
add_filter( 'content_save_pre', 'wp_filter_global_styles_post', 9 );
add_filter( 'content_filtered_save_pre', 'wp_filter_global_styles_post', 9 );
// Post filtering.
add_filter( 'content_save_pre', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
add_filter( 'excerpt_save_pre', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
add_filter( 'content_filtered_save_pre', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
}
/**
* Removes all KSES input form content filters.
*
* A quick procedural method to removing all of the filters that KSES uses for
* content in WordPress Loop.
*
* Does not remove the `kses_init()` function from {@see 'init'} hook (priority is
* default). Also does not remove `kses_init()` function from {@see 'set_current_user'}
* hook (priority is also default).
*
* @since 2.0.6
*/
function kses_remove_filters() {
// Normal filtering.
remove_filter( 'title_save_pre', 'wp_filter_kses' );
// Comment filtering.
remove_filter( 'pre_comment_content', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
remove_filter( 'pre_comment_content', 'wp_filter_kses' );
// Global Styles filtering.
remove_filter( 'content_save_pre', 'wp_filter_global_styles_post', 9 );
remove_filter( 'content_filtered_save_pre', 'wp_filter_global_styles_post', 9 );
// Post filtering.
remove_filter( 'content_save_pre', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
remove_filter( 'excerpt_save_pre', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
remove_filter( 'content_filtered_save_pre', 'wp_filter_post_kses' );
}
/**
* Sets up most of the KSES filters for input form content.
*
* First removes all of the KSES filters in case the current user does not need
* to have KSES filter the content. If the user does not have `unfiltered_html`
* capability, then KSES filters are added.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*/
function kses_init() {
kses_remove_filters();
if ( ! current_user_can( 'unfiltered_html' ) ) {
kses_init_filters();
}
}
/**
* Filters an inline style attribute and removes disallowed rules.
*
* @since 2.8.1
* @since 4.4.0 Added support for `min-height`, `max-height`, `min-width`, and `max-width`.
* @since 4.6.0 Added support for `list-style-type`.
* @since 5.0.0 Added support for `background-image`.
* @since 5.1.0 Added support for `text-transform`.
* @since 5.2.0 Added support for `background-position` and `grid-template-columns`.
* @since 5.3.0 Added support for `grid`, `flex` and `column` layout properties.
* Extended `background-*` support for individual properties.
* @since 5.3.1 Added support for gradient backgrounds.
* @since 5.7.1 Added support for `object-position`.
* @since 5.8.0 Added support for `calc()` and `var()` values.
* @since 6.1.0 Added support for `min()`, `max()`, `minmax()`, `clamp()`,
* nested `var()` values, and assigning values to CSS variables.
* Added support for `object-fit`, `gap`, `column-gap`, `row-gap`, and `flex-wrap`.
* Extended `margin-*` and `padding-*` support for logical properties.
* @since 6.2.0 Added support for `aspect-ratio`, `position`, `top`, `right`, `bottom`, `left`,
* and `z-index` CSS properties.
* @since 6.3.0 Extended support for `filter` to accept a URL and added support for repeat().
* Added support for `box-shadow`.
*
* @param string $css A string of CSS rules.
* @param string $deprecated Not used.
* @return string Filtered string of CSS rules.
*/
function safecss_filter_attr( $css, $deprecated = '' ) {
if ( ! empty( $deprecated ) ) {
_deprecated_argument( __FUNCTION__, '2.8.1' ); // Never implemented.
}
$css = wp_kses_no_null( $css );
$css = str_replace( array( "\n", "\r", "\t" ), '', $css );
$allowed_protocols = wp_allowed_protocols();
$css_array = explode( ';', trim( $css ) );
/**
* Filters the list of allowed CSS attributes.
*
* @since 2.8.1
*
* @param string[] $attr Array of allowed CSS attributes.
*/
$allowed_attr = apply_filters(
'safe_style_css',
array(
'background',
'background-color',
'background-image',
'background-position',
'background-size',
'background-attachment',
'background-blend-mode',
'border',
'border-radius',
'border-width',
'border-color',
'border-style',
'border-right',
'border-right-color',
'border-right-style',
'border-right-width',
'border-bottom',
'border-bottom-color',
'border-bottom-left-radius',
'border-bottom-right-radius',
'border-bottom-style',
'border-bottom-width',
'border-bottom-right-radius',
'border-bottom-left-radius',
'border-left',
'border-left-color',
'border-left-style',
'border-left-width',
'border-top',
'border-top-color',
'border-top-left-radius',
'border-top-right-radius',
'border-top-style',
'border-top-width',
'border-top-left-radius',
'border-top-right-radius',
'border-spacing',
'border-collapse',
'caption-side',
'columns',
'column-count',
'column-fill',
'column-gap',
'column-rule',
'column-span',
'column-width',
'color',
'filter',
'font',
'font-family',
'font-size',
'font-style',
'font-variant',
'font-weight',
'letter-spacing',
'line-height',
'text-align',
'text-decoration',
'text-indent',
'text-transform',
'height',
'min-height',
'max-height',
'width',
'min-width',
'max-width',
'margin',
'margin-right',
'margin-bottom',
'margin-left',
'margin-top',
'margin-block-start',
'margin-block-end',
'margin-inline-start',
'margin-inline-end',
'padding',
'padding-right',
'padding-bottom',
'padding-left',
'padding-top',
'padding-block-start',
'padding-block-end',
'padding-inline-start',
'padding-inline-end',
'flex',
'flex-basis',
'flex-direction',
'flex-flow',
'flex-grow',
'flex-shrink',
'flex-wrap',
'gap',
'column-gap',
'row-gap',
'grid-template-columns',
'grid-auto-columns',
'grid-column-start',
'grid-column-end',
'grid-column-gap',
'grid-template-rows',
'grid-auto-rows',
'grid-row-start',
'grid-row-end',
'grid-row-gap',
'grid-gap',
'justify-content',
'justify-items',
'justify-self',
'align-content',
'align-items',
'align-self',
'clear',
'cursor',
'direction',
'float',
'list-style-type',
'object-fit',
'object-position',
'overflow',
'vertical-align',
'position',
'top',
'right',
'bottom',
'left',
'z-index',
'box-shadow',
'aspect-ratio',
// Custom CSS properties.
'--*',
)
);
/*
* CSS attributes that accept URL data types.
*
* This is in accordance to the CSS spec and unrelated to
* the sub-set of supported attributes above.
*
* See: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/url
*/
$css_url_data_types = array(
'background',
'background-image',
'cursor',
'filter',
'list-style',
'list-style-image',
);
/*
* CSS attributes that accept gradient data types.
*
*/
$css_gradient_data_types = array(
'background',
'background-image',
);
if ( empty( $allowed_attr ) ) {
return $css;
}
$css = '';
foreach ( $css_array as $css_item ) {
if ( '' === $css_item ) {
continue;
}
$css_item = trim( $css_item );
$css_test_string = $css_item;
$found = false;
$url_attr = false;
$gradient_attr = false;
$is_custom_var = false;
if ( ! str_contains( $css_item, ':' ) ) {
$found = true;
} else {
$parts = explode( ':', $css_item, 2 );
$css_selector = trim( $parts[0] );
// Allow assigning values to CSS variables.
if ( in_array( '--*', $allowed_attr, true ) && preg_match( '/^--[a-zA-Z0-9-_]+$/', $css_selector ) ) {
$allowed_attr[] = $css_selector;
$is_custom_var = true;
}
if ( in_array( $css_selector, $allowed_attr, true ) ) {
$found = true;
$url_attr = in_array( $css_selector, $css_url_data_types, true );
$gradient_attr = in_array( $css_selector, $css_gradient_data_types, true );
}
if ( $is_custom_var ) {
$css_value = trim( $parts[1] );
$url_attr = str_starts_with( $css_value, 'url(' );
$gradient_attr = str_contains( $css_value, '-gradient(' );
}
}
if ( $found && $url_attr ) {
// Simplified: matches the sequence `url(*)`.
preg_match_all( '/url\([^)]+\)/', $parts[1], $url_matches );
foreach ( $url_matches[0] as $url_match ) {
// Clean up the URL from each of the matches above.
preg_match( '/^url\(\s*([\'\"]?)(.*)(\g1)\s*\)$/', $url_match, $url_pieces );
if ( empty( $url_pieces[2] ) ) {
$found = false;
break;
}
$url = trim( $url_pieces[2] );
if ( empty( $url ) || wp_kses_bad_protocol( $url, $allowed_protocols ) !== $url ) {
$found = false;
break;
} else {
// Remove the whole `url(*)` bit that was matched above from the CSS.
$css_test_string = str_replace( $url_match, '', $css_test_string );
}
}
}
if ( $found && $gradient_attr ) {
$css_value = trim( $parts[1] );
if ( preg_match( '/^(repeating-)?(linear|radial|conic)-gradient\(([^()]|rgb[a]?\([^()]*\))*\)$/', $css_value ) ) {
// Remove the whole `gradient` bit that was matched above from the CSS.
$css_test_string = str_replace( $css_value, '', $css_test_string );
}
}
if ( $found ) {
/*
* Allow CSS functions like var(), calc(), etc. by removing them from the test string.
* Nested functions and parentheses are also removed, so long as the parentheses are balanced.
*/
$css_test_string = preg_replace(
'/\b(?:var|calc|min|max|minmax|clamp|repeat)(\((?:[^()]|(?1))*\))/',
'',
$css_test_string
);
/*
* Disallow CSS containing \ ( & } = or comments, except for within url(), var(), calc(), etc.
* which were removed from the test string above.
*/
$allow_css = ! preg_match( '%[\\\(&=}]|/\*%', $css_test_string );
/**
* Filters the check for unsafe CSS in `safecss_filter_attr`.
*
* Enables developers to determine whether a section of CSS should be allowed or discarded.
* By default, the value will be false if the part contains \ ( & } = or comments.
* Return true to allow the CSS part to be included in the output.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param bool $allow_css Whether the CSS in the test string is considered safe.
* @param string $css_test_string The CSS string to test.
*/
$allow_css = apply_filters( 'safecss_filter_attr_allow_css', $allow_css, $css_test_string );
// Only add the CSS part if it passes the regex check.
if ( $allow_css ) {
if ( '' !== $css ) {
$css .= ';';
}
$css .= $css_item;
}
}
}
return $css;
}
/**
* Helper function to add global attributes to a tag in the allowed HTML list.
*
* @since 3.5.0
* @since 5.0.0 Added support for `data-*` wildcard attributes.
* @since 6.0.0 Added `dir`, `lang`, and `xml:lang` to global attributes.
* @since 6.3.0 Added `aria-controls`, `aria-current`, and `aria-expanded` attributes.
*
* @access private
* @ignore
*
* @param array $value An array of attributes.
* @return array The array of attributes with global attributes added.
*/
function _wp_add_global_attributes( $value ) {
$global_attributes = array(
'aria-controls' => true,
'aria-current' => true,
'aria-describedby' => true,
'aria-details' => true,
'aria-expanded' => true,
'aria-label' => true,
'aria-labelledby' => true,
'aria-hidden' => true,
'class' => true,
'data-*' => true,
'dir' => true,
'id' => true,
'lang' => true,
'style' => true,
'title' => true,
'role' => true,
'xml:lang' => true,
);
if ( true === $value ) {
$value = array();
}
if ( is_array( $value ) ) {
return array_merge( $value, $global_attributes );
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Helper function to check if this is a safe PDF URL.
*
* @since 5.9.0
* @access private
* @ignore
*
* @param string $url The URL to check.
* @return bool True if the URL is safe, false otherwise.
*/
function _wp_kses_allow_pdf_objects( $url ) {
// We're not interested in URLs that contain query strings or fragments.
if ( str_contains( $url, '?' ) || str_contains( $url, '#' ) ) {
return false;
}
// If it doesn't have a PDF extension, it's not safe.
if ( ! str_ends_with( $url, '.pdf' ) ) {
return false;
}
// If the URL host matches the current site's media URL, it's safe.
$upload_info = wp_upload_dir( null, false );
$parsed_url = wp_parse_url( $upload_info['url'] );
$upload_host = isset( $parsed_url['host'] ) ? $parsed_url['host'] : '';
$upload_port = isset( $parsed_url['port'] ) ? ':' . $parsed_url['port'] : '';
if ( str_starts_with( $url, "http://$upload_host$upload_port/" )
|| str_starts_with( $url, "https://$upload_host$upload_port/" )
) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
<?php
/**
* Comment template functions
*
* These functions are meant to live inside of the WordPress loop.
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage Template
*/
/**
* Retrieves the author of the current comment.
*
* If the comment has an empty comment_author field, then 'Anonymous' person is
* assumed.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to retrieve the author.
* Default current comment.
* @return string The comment author
*/
function get_comment_author( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_id = ! empty( $comment->comment_ID ) ? $comment->comment_ID : $comment_id;
if ( empty( $comment->comment_author ) ) {
$user = ! empty( $comment->user_id ) ? get_userdata( $comment->user_id ) : false;
if ( $user ) {
$comment_author = $user->display_name;
} else {
$comment_author = __( 'Anonymous' );
}
} else {
$comment_author = $comment->comment_author;
}
/**
* Filters the returned comment author name.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` and `$comment` parameters were added.
*
* @param string $comment_author The comment author's username.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_author', $comment_author, $comment_id, $comment );
}
/**
* Displays the author of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to print the author.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_author( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_author = get_comment_author( $comment );
/**
* Filters the comment author's name for display.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $comment_author The comment author's username.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'comment_author', $comment_author, $comment->comment_ID );
}
/**
* Retrieves the email of the author of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to get the author's email.
* Default current comment.
* @return string The current comment author's email
*/
function get_comment_author_email( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
/**
* Filters the comment author's returned email address.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` and `$comment` parameters were added.
*
* @param string $comment_author_email The comment author's email address.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_author_email', $comment->comment_author_email, $comment->comment_ID, $comment );
}
/**
* Displays the email of the author of the current global $comment.
*
* Care should be taken to protect the email address and assure that email
* harvesters do not capture your commenter's email address. Most assume that
* their email address will not appear in raw form on the site. Doing so will
* enable anyone, including those that people don't want to get the email
* address and use it for their own means good and bad.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to print the author's email.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_author_email( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_author_email = get_comment_author_email( $comment );
/**
* Filters the comment author's email for display.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $comment_author_email The comment author's email address.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'author_email', $comment_author_email, $comment->comment_ID );
}
/**
* Displays the HTML email link to the author of the current comment.
*
* Care should be taken to protect the email address and assure that email
* harvesters do not capture your commenter's email address. Most assume that
* their email address will not appear in raw form on the site. Doing so will
* enable anyone, including those that people don't want to get the email
* address and use it for their own means good and bad.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$comment` parameter.
*
* @param string $link_text Optional. Text to display instead of the comment author's email address.
* Default empty.
* @param string $before Optional. Text or HTML to display before the email link. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Text or HTML to display after the email link. Default empty.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment Optional. Comment ID or WP_Comment object. Default is the current comment.
*/
function comment_author_email_link( $link_text = '', $before = '', $after = '', $comment = null ) {
$link = get_comment_author_email_link( $link_text, $before, $after, $comment );
if ( $link ) {
echo $link;
}
}
/**
* Returns the HTML email link to the author of the current comment.
*
* Care should be taken to protect the email address and assure that email
* harvesters do not capture your commenter's email address. Most assume that
* their email address will not appear in raw form on the site. Doing so will
* enable anyone, including those that people don't want to get the email
* address and use it for their own means good and bad.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$comment` parameter.
*
* @param string $link_text Optional. Text to display instead of the comment author's email address.
* Default empty.
* @param string $before Optional. Text or HTML to display before the email link. Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Text or HTML to display after the email link. Default empty.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment Optional. Comment ID or WP_Comment object. Default is the current comment.
* @return string HTML markup for the comment author email link. By default, the email address is obfuscated
* via the {@see 'comment_email'} filter with antispambot().
*/
function get_comment_author_email_link( $link_text = '', $before = '', $after = '', $comment = null ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment );
/**
* Filters the comment author's email for display.
*
* Care should be taken to protect the email address and assure that email
* harvesters do not capture your commenter's email address.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $comment_author_email The comment author's email address.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
$comment_author_email = apply_filters( 'comment_email', $comment->comment_author_email, $comment );
if ( ( ! empty( $comment_author_email ) ) && ( '@' !== $comment_author_email ) ) {
$display = ( '' !== $link_text ) ? $link_text : $comment_author_email;
$comment_author_email_link = $before . sprintf(
'<a href="%1$s">%2$s</a>',
esc_url( 'mailto:' . $comment_author_email ),
esc_html( $display )
) . $after;
return $comment_author_email_link;
} else {
return '';
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the HTML link to the URL of the author of the current comment.
*
* Both get_comment_author_url() and get_comment_author() rely on get_comment(),
* which falls back to the global comment variable if the $comment_id argument is empty.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to get the author's link.
* Default current comment.
* @return string The comment author name or HTML link for author's URL.
*/
function get_comment_author_link( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_id = ! empty( $comment->comment_ID ) ? $comment->comment_ID : (string) $comment_id;
$comment_author_url = get_comment_author_url( $comment );
$comment_author = get_comment_author( $comment );
if ( empty( $comment_author_url ) || 'http://' === $comment_author_url ) {
$comment_author_link = $comment_author;
} else {
$rel_parts = array( 'ugc' );
if ( ! wp_is_internal_link( $comment_author_url ) ) {
$rel_parts = array_merge(
$rel_parts,
array( 'external', 'nofollow' )
);
}
/**
* Filters the rel attributes of the comment author's link.
*
* @since 6.2.0
*
* @param string[] $rel_parts An array of strings representing the rel tags
* which will be joined into the anchor's rel attribute.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
$rel_parts = apply_filters( 'comment_author_link_rel', $rel_parts, $comment );
$rel = implode( ' ', $rel_parts );
$rel = esc_attr( $rel );
// Empty space before 'rel' is necessary for later sprintf().
$rel = ! empty( $rel ) ? sprintf( ' rel="%s"', $rel ) : '';
$comment_author_link = sprintf(
'<a href="%1$s" class="url"%2$s>%3$s</a>',
$comment_author_url,
$rel,
$comment_author
);
}
/**
* Filters the comment author's link for display.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_author` and `$comment_id` parameters were added.
*
* @param string $comment_author_link The HTML-formatted comment author link.
* Empty for an invalid URL.
* @param string $comment_author The comment author's username.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_author_link', $comment_author_link, $comment_author, $comment_id );
}
/**
* Displays the HTML link to the URL of the author of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to print the author's link.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_author_link( $comment_id = 0 ) {
echo get_comment_author_link( $comment_id );
}
/**
* Retrieves the IP address of the author of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to get the author's IP address.
* Default current comment.
* @return string Comment author's IP address, or an empty string if it's not available.
*/
function get_comment_author_IP( $comment_id = 0 ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.FunctionNameInvalid
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
/**
* Filters the comment author's returned IP address.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` and `$comment` parameters were added.
*
* @param string $comment_author_ip The comment author's IP address, or an empty string if it's not available.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_author_IP', $comment->comment_author_IP, $comment->comment_ID, $comment ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase
}
/**
* Displays the IP address of the author of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to print the author's IP address.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_author_IP( $comment_id = 0 ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.FunctionNameInvalid
echo esc_html( get_comment_author_IP( $comment_id ) );
}
/**
* Retrieves the URL of the author of the current comment, not linked.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to get the author's URL.
* Default current comment.
* @return string Comment author URL, if provided, an empty string otherwise.
*/
function get_comment_author_url( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_author_url = '';
$comment_id = 0;
if ( ! empty( $comment ) ) {
$comment_author_url = ( 'http://' === $comment->comment_author_url ) ? '' : $comment->comment_author_url;
$comment_author_url = esc_url( $comment_author_url, array( 'http', 'https' ) );
$comment_id = $comment->comment_ID;
}
/**
* Filters the comment author's URL.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` and `$comment` parameters were added.
*
* @param string $comment_author_url The comment author's URL, or an empty string.
* @param string|int $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string, or 0 if not found.
* @param WP_Comment|null $comment The comment object, or null if not found.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_author_url', $comment_author_url, $comment_id, $comment );
}
/**
* Displays the URL of the author of the current comment, not linked.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or the ID of the comment for which to print the author's URL.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_author_url( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_author_url = get_comment_author_url( $comment );
/**
* Filters the comment author's URL for display.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $comment_author_url The comment author's URL.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'comment_url', $comment_author_url, $comment->comment_ID );
}
/**
* Retrieves the HTML link of the URL of the author of the current comment.
*
* $link_text parameter is only used if the URL does not exist for the comment
* author. If the URL does exist then the URL will be used and the $link_text
* will be ignored.
*
* Encapsulate the HTML link between the $before and $after. So it will appear
* in the order of $before, link, and finally $after.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$comment` parameter.
*
* @param string $link_text Optional. The text to display instead of the comment
* author's email address. Default empty.
* @param string $before Optional. The text or HTML to display before the email link.
* Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. The text or HTML to display after the email link.
* Default empty.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment Optional. Comment ID or WP_Comment object.
* Default is the current comment.
* @return string The HTML link between the $before and $after parameters.
*/
function get_comment_author_url_link( $link_text = '', $before = '', $after = '', $comment = 0 ) {
$comment_author_url = get_comment_author_url( $comment );
$display = ( '' !== $link_text ) ? $link_text : $comment_author_url;
$display = str_replace( 'http://www.', '', $display );
$display = str_replace( 'http://', '', $display );
if ( str_ends_with( $display, '/' ) ) {
$display = substr( $display, 0, -1 );
}
$comment_author_url_link = $before . sprintf(
'<a href="%1$s" rel="external">%2$s</a>',
$comment_author_url,
$display
) . $after;
/**
* Filters the comment author's returned URL link.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $comment_author_url_link The HTML-formatted comment author URL link.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_author_url_link', $comment_author_url_link );
}
/**
* Displays the HTML link of the URL of the author of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$comment` parameter.
*
* @param string $link_text Optional. Text to display instead of the comment author's
* email address. Default empty.
* @param string $before Optional. Text or HTML to display before the email link.
* Default empty.
* @param string $after Optional. Text or HTML to display after the email link.
* Default empty.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment Optional. Comment ID or WP_Comment object.
* Default is the current comment.
*/
function comment_author_url_link( $link_text = '', $before = '', $after = '', $comment = 0 ) {
echo get_comment_author_url_link( $link_text, $before, $after, $comment );
}
/**
* Generates semantic classes for each comment element.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param string|string[] $css_class Optional. One or more classes to add to the class list.
* Default empty.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment Optional. Comment ID or WP_Comment object. Default current comment.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default current post.
* @param bool $display Optional. Whether to print or return the output.
* Default true.
* @return void|string Void if `$display` argument is true, comment classes if `$display` is false.
*/
function comment_class( $css_class = '', $comment = null, $post = null, $display = true ) {
// Separates classes with a single space, collates classes for comment DIV.
$css_class = 'class="' . implode( ' ', get_comment_class( $css_class, $comment, $post ) ) . '"';
if ( $display ) {
echo $css_class;
} else {
return $css_class;
}
}
/**
* Returns the classes for the comment div as an array.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @global int $comment_alt
* @global int $comment_depth
* @global int $comment_thread_alt
*
* @param string|string[] $css_class Optional. One or more classes to add to the class list.
* Default empty.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. Comment ID or WP_Comment object. Default current comment.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default current post.
* @return string[] An array of classes.
*/
function get_comment_class( $css_class = '', $comment_id = null, $post = null ) {
global $comment_alt, $comment_depth, $comment_thread_alt;
$classes = array();
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
if ( ! $comment ) {
return $classes;
}
// Get the comment type (comment, trackback).
$classes[] = ( empty( $comment->comment_type ) ) ? 'comment' : $comment->comment_type;
// Add classes for comment authors that are registered users.
$user = $comment->user_id ? get_userdata( $comment->user_id ) : false;
if ( $user ) {
$classes[] = 'byuser';
$classes[] = 'comment-author-' . sanitize_html_class( $user->user_nicename, $comment->user_id );
// For comment authors who are the author of the post.
$_post = get_post( $post );
if ( $_post ) {
if ( $comment->user_id === $_post->post_author ) {
$classes[] = 'bypostauthor';
}
}
}
if ( empty( $comment_alt ) ) {
$comment_alt = 0;
}
if ( empty( $comment_depth ) ) {
$comment_depth = 1;
}
if ( empty( $comment_thread_alt ) ) {
$comment_thread_alt = 0;
}
if ( $comment_alt % 2 ) {
$classes[] = 'odd';
$classes[] = 'alt';
} else {
$classes[] = 'even';
}
$comment_alt++;
// Alt for top-level comments.
if ( 1 == $comment_depth ) {
if ( $comment_thread_alt % 2 ) {
$classes[] = 'thread-odd';
$classes[] = 'thread-alt';
} else {
$classes[] = 'thread-even';
}
$comment_thread_alt++;
}
$classes[] = "depth-$comment_depth";
if ( ! empty( $css_class ) ) {
if ( ! is_array( $css_class ) ) {
$css_class = preg_split( '#\s+#', $css_class );
}
$classes = array_merge( $classes, $css_class );
}
$classes = array_map( 'esc_attr', $classes );
/**
* Filters the returned CSS classes for the current comment.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string[] $classes An array of comment classes.
* @param string[] $css_class An array of additional classes added to the list.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
* @param int|WP_Post $post The post ID or WP_Post object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'comment_class', $classes, $css_class, $comment->comment_ID, $comment, $post );
}
/**
* Retrieves the comment date of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP date format. Defaults to the 'date_format' option.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to get the date.
* Default current comment.
* @return string The comment's date.
*/
function get_comment_date( $format = '', $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$_format = ! empty( $format ) ? $format : get_option( 'date_format' );
$comment_date = mysql2date( $_format, $comment->comment_date );
/**
* Filters the returned comment date.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string|int $comment_date Formatted date string or Unix timestamp.
* @param string $format PHP date format.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_date', $comment_date, $format, $comment );
}
/**
* Displays the comment date of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP date format. Defaults to the 'date_format' option.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to print the date.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_date( $format = '', $comment_id = 0 ) {
echo get_comment_date( $format, $comment_id );
}
/**
* Retrieves the excerpt of the given comment.
*
* Returns a maximum of 20 words with an ellipsis appended if necessary.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to get the excerpt.
* Default current comment.
* @return string The possibly truncated comment excerpt.
*/
function get_comment_excerpt( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
if ( ! post_password_required( $comment->comment_post_ID ) ) {
$comment_text = strip_tags( str_replace( array( "\n", "\r" ), ' ', $comment->comment_content ) );
} else {
$comment_text = __( 'Password protected' );
}
/* translators: Maximum number of words used in a comment excerpt. */
$comment_excerpt_length = (int) _x( '20', 'comment_excerpt_length' );
/**
* Filters the maximum number of words used in the comment excerpt.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $comment_excerpt_length The amount of words you want to display in the comment excerpt.
*/
$comment_excerpt_length = apply_filters( 'comment_excerpt_length', $comment_excerpt_length );
$comment_excerpt = wp_trim_words( $comment_text, $comment_excerpt_length, '…' );
/**
* Filters the retrieved comment excerpt.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` and `$comment` parameters were added.
*
* @param string $comment_excerpt The comment excerpt text.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_excerpt', $comment_excerpt, $comment->comment_ID, $comment );
}
/**
* Displays the excerpt of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to print the excerpt.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_excerpt( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_excerpt = get_comment_excerpt( $comment );
/**
* Filters the comment excerpt for display.
*
* @since 1.2.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $comment_excerpt The comment excerpt text.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'comment_excerpt', $comment_excerpt, $comment->comment_ID );
}
/**
* Retrieves the comment ID of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string The comment ID as a numeric string.
*/
function get_comment_ID() { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.FunctionNameInvalid
$comment = get_comment();
$comment_id = ! empty( $comment->comment_ID ) ? $comment->comment_ID : '0';
/**
* Filters the returned comment ID.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $comment_id The current comment ID as a numeric string.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_ID', $comment_id, $comment ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase
}
/**
* Displays the comment ID of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
*/
function comment_ID() { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.FunctionNameInvalid
echo get_comment_ID();
}
/**
* Retrieves the link to a given comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment` to also accept a WP_Comment object. Added `$cpage` argument.
*
* @see get_page_of_comment()
*
* @global WP_Rewrite $wp_rewrite WordPress rewrite component.
* @global bool $in_comment_loop
*
* @param WP_Comment|int|null $comment Optional. Comment to retrieve. Default current comment.
* @param array $args {
* An array of optional arguments to override the defaults.
*
* @type string $type Passed to get_page_of_comment().
* @type int $page Current page of comments, for calculating comment pagination.
* @type int $per_page Per-page value for comment pagination.
* @type int $max_depth Passed to get_page_of_comment().
* @type int|string $cpage Value to use for the comment's "comment-page" or "cpage" value.
* If provided, this value overrides any value calculated from `$page`
* and `$per_page`.
* }
* @return string The permalink to the given comment.
*/
function get_comment_link( $comment = null, $args = array() ) {
global $wp_rewrite, $in_comment_loop;
$comment = get_comment( $comment );
// Back-compat.
if ( ! is_array( $args ) ) {
$args = array( 'page' => $args );
}
$defaults = array(
'type' => 'all',
'page' => '',
'per_page' => '',
'max_depth' => '',
'cpage' => null,
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$comment_link = get_permalink( $comment->comment_post_ID );
// The 'cpage' param takes precedence.
if ( ! is_null( $args['cpage'] ) ) {
$cpage = $args['cpage'];
// No 'cpage' is provided, so we calculate one.
} else {
if ( '' === $args['per_page'] && get_option( 'page_comments' ) ) {
$args['per_page'] = get_option( 'comments_per_page' );
}
if ( empty( $args['per_page'] ) ) {
$args['per_page'] = 0;
$args['page'] = 0;
}
$cpage = $args['page'];
if ( '' == $cpage ) {
if ( ! empty( $in_comment_loop ) ) {
$cpage = get_query_var( 'cpage' );
} else {
// Requires a database hit, so we only do it when we can't figure out from context.
$cpage = get_page_of_comment( $comment->comment_ID, $args );
}
}
/*
* If the default page displays the oldest comments, the permalinks for comments on the default page
* do not need a 'cpage' query var.
*/
if ( 'oldest' === get_option( 'default_comments_page' ) && 1 === $cpage ) {
$cpage = '';
}
}
if ( $cpage && get_option( 'page_comments' ) ) {
if ( $wp_rewrite->using_permalinks() ) {
if ( $cpage ) {
$comment_link = trailingslashit( $comment_link ) . $wp_rewrite->comments_pagination_base . '-' . $cpage;
}
$comment_link = user_trailingslashit( $comment_link, 'comment' );
} elseif ( $cpage ) {
$comment_link = add_query_arg( 'cpage', $cpage, $comment_link );
}
}
if ( $wp_rewrite->using_permalinks() ) {
$comment_link = user_trailingslashit( $comment_link, 'comment' );
}
$comment_link = $comment_link . '#comment-' . $comment->comment_ID;
/**
* Filters the returned single comment permalink.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the `$cpage` parameter.
*
* @see get_page_of_comment()
*
* @param string $comment_link The comment permalink with '#comment-$id' appended.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The current comment object.
* @param array $args An array of arguments to override the defaults.
* @param int $cpage The calculated 'cpage' value.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_link', $comment_link, $comment, $args, $cpage );
}
/**
* Retrieves the link to the current post comments.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default is global $post.
* @return string The link to the comments.
*/
function get_comments_link( $post = 0 ) {
$hash = get_comments_number( $post ) ? '#comments' : '#respond';
$comments_link = get_permalink( $post ) . $hash;
/**
* Filters the returned post comments permalink.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $comments_link Post comments permalink with '#comments' appended.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Post ID or WP_Post object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comments_link', $comments_link, $post );
}
/**
* Displays the link to the current post comments.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string $deprecated Not Used.
* @param string $deprecated_2 Not Used.
*/
function comments_link( $deprecated = '', $deprecated_2 = '' ) {
if ( ! empty( $deprecated ) ) {
_deprecated_argument( __FUNCTION__, '0.72' );
}
if ( ! empty( $deprecated_2 ) ) {
_deprecated_argument( __FUNCTION__, '1.3.0' );
}
echo esc_url( get_comments_link() );
}
/**
* Retrieves the amount of comments a post has.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default is the global `$post`.
* @return string|int If the post exists, a numeric string representing the number of comments
* the post has, otherwise 0.
*/
function get_comments_number( $post = 0 ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
$comments_number = $post ? $post->comment_count : 0;
$post_id = $post ? $post->ID : 0;
/**
* Filters the returned comment count for a post.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string|int $comments_number A string representing the number of comments a post has, otherwise 0.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comments_number', $comments_number, $post_id );
}
/**
* Displays the language string for the number of comments the current post has.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 5.4.0 The `$deprecated` parameter was changed to `$post`.
*
* @param string|false $zero Optional. Text for no comments. Default false.
* @param string|false $one Optional. Text for one comment. Default false.
* @param string|false $more Optional. Text for more than one comment. Default false.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default is the global `$post`.
*/
function comments_number( $zero = false, $one = false, $more = false, $post = 0 ) {
echo get_comments_number_text( $zero, $one, $more, $post );
}
/**
* Displays the language string for the number of comments the current post has.
*
* @since 4.0.0
* @since 5.4.0 Added the `$post` parameter to allow using the function outside of the loop.
*
* @param string $zero Optional. Text for no comments. Default false.
* @param string $one Optional. Text for one comment. Default false.
* @param string $more Optional. Text for more than one comment. Default false.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default is the global `$post`.
* @return string Language string for the number of comments a post has.
*/
function get_comments_number_text( $zero = false, $one = false, $more = false, $post = 0 ) {
$comments_number = get_comments_number( $post );
if ( $comments_number > 1 ) {
if ( false === $more ) {
$comments_number_text = sprintf(
/* translators: %s: Number of comments. */
_n( '%s Comment', '%s Comments', $comments_number ),
number_format_i18n( $comments_number )
);
} else {
// % Comments
/*
* translators: If comment number in your language requires declension,
* translate this to 'on'. Do not translate into your own language.
*/
if ( 'on' === _x( 'off', 'Comment number declension: on or off' ) ) {
$text = preg_replace( '#<span class="screen-reader-text">.+?</span>#', '', $more );
$text = preg_replace( '/&.+?;/', '', $text ); // Remove HTML entities.
$text = trim( strip_tags( $text ), '% ' );
// Replace '% Comments' with a proper plural form.
if ( $text && ! preg_match( '/[0-9]+/', $text ) && str_contains( $more, '%' ) ) {
/* translators: %s: Number of comments. */
$new_text = _n( '%s Comment', '%s Comments', $comments_number );
$new_text = trim( sprintf( $new_text, '' ) );
$more = str_replace( $text, $new_text, $more );
if ( ! str_contains( $more, '%' ) ) {
$more = '% ' . $more;
}
}
}
$comments_number_text = str_replace( '%', number_format_i18n( $comments_number ), $more );
}
} elseif ( 0 == $comments_number ) {
$comments_number_text = ( false === $zero ) ? __( 'No Comments' ) : $zero;
} else { // Must be one.
$comments_number_text = ( false === $one ) ? __( '1 Comment' ) : $one;
}
/**
* Filters the comments count for display.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @see _n()
*
* @param string $comments_number_text A translatable string formatted based on whether the count
* is equal to 0, 1, or 1+.
* @param int $comments_number The number of post comments.
*/
return apply_filters( 'comments_number', $comments_number_text, $comments_number );
}
/**
* Retrieves the text of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
* @since 5.4.0 Added 'In reply to %s.' prefix to child comments in comments feed.
*
* @see Walker_Comment::comment()
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to get the text.
* Default current comment.
* @param array $args Optional. An array of arguments. Default empty array.
* @return string The comment content.
*/
function get_comment_text( $comment_id = 0, $args = array() ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_text = $comment->comment_content;
if ( is_comment_feed() && $comment->comment_parent ) {
$parent = get_comment( $comment->comment_parent );
if ( $parent ) {
$parent_link = esc_url( get_comment_link( $parent ) );
$name = get_comment_author( $parent );
$comment_text = sprintf(
/* translators: %s: Comment link. */
ent2ncr( __( 'In reply to %s.' ) ),
'<a href="' . $parent_link . '">' . $name . '</a>'
) . "\n\n" . $comment_text;
}
}
/**
* Filters the text of a comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @see Walker_Comment::comment()
*
* @param string $comment_text Text of the comment.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
* @param array $args An array of arguments.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_text', $comment_text, $comment, $args );
}
/**
* Displays the text of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @see Walker_Comment::comment()
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to print the text.
* Default current comment.
* @param array $args Optional. An array of arguments. Default empty array.
*/
function comment_text( $comment_id = 0, $args = array() ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
$comment_text = get_comment_text( $comment, $args );
/**
* Filters the text of a comment to be displayed.
*
* @since 1.2.0
*
* @see Walker_Comment::comment()
*
* @param string $comment_text Text of the comment.
* @param WP_Comment|null $comment The comment object. Null if not found.
* @param array $args An array of arguments.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'comment_text', $comment_text, $comment, $args );
}
/**
* Retrieves the comment time of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 6.2.0 Added the `$comment_id` parameter.
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP date format. Defaults to the 'time_format' option.
* @param bool $gmt Optional. Whether to use the GMT date. Default false.
* @param bool $translate Optional. Whether to translate the time (for use in feeds).
* Default true.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to get the time.
* Default current comment.
* @return string The formatted time.
*/
function get_comment_time( $format = '', $gmt = false, $translate = true, $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
if ( null === $comment ) {
return '';
}
$comment_date = $gmt ? $comment->comment_date_gmt : $comment->comment_date;
$_format = ! empty( $format ) ? $format : get_option( 'time_format' );
$comment_time = mysql2date( $_format, $comment_date, $translate );
/**
* Filters the returned comment time.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string|int $comment_time The comment time, formatted as a date string or Unix timestamp.
* @param string $format PHP date format.
* @param bool $gmt Whether the GMT date is in use.
* @param bool $translate Whether the time is translated.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_time', $comment_time, $format, $gmt, $translate, $comment );
}
/**
* Displays the comment time of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
* @since 6.2.0 Added the `$comment_id` parameter.
*
* @param string $format Optional. PHP time format. Defaults to the 'time_format' option.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to print the time.
* Default current comment.
*/
function comment_time( $format = '', $comment_id = 0 ) {
echo get_comment_time( $format, false, true, $comment_id );
}
/**
* Retrieves the comment type of the current comment.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment_id` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment_id Optional. WP_Comment or ID of the comment for which to get the type.
* Default current comment.
* @return string The comment type.
*/
function get_comment_type( $comment_id = 0 ) {
$comment = get_comment( $comment_id );
if ( '' === $comment->comment_type ) {
$comment->comment_type = 'comment';
}
/**
* Filters the returned comment type.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.1.0 The `$comment_id` and `$comment` parameters were added.
*
* @param string $comment_type The type of comment, such as 'comment', 'pingback', or 'trackback'.
* @param string $comment_id The comment ID as a numeric string.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The comment object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_comment_type', $comment->comment_type, $comment->comment_ID, $comment );
}
/**
* Displays the comment type of the current comment.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param string|false $commenttxt Optional. String to display for comment type. Default false.
* @param string|false $trackbacktxt Optional. String to display for trackback type. Default false.
* @param string|false $pingbacktxt Optional. String to display for pingback type. Default false.
*/
function comment_type( $commenttxt = false, $trackbacktxt = false, $pingbacktxt = false ) {
if ( false === $commenttxt ) {
$commenttxt = _x( 'Comment', 'noun' );
}
if ( false === $trackbacktxt ) {
$trackbacktxt = __( 'Trackback' );
}
if ( false === $pingbacktxt ) {
$pingbacktxt = __( 'Pingback' );
}
$type = get_comment_type();
switch ( $type ) {
case 'trackback':
echo $trackbacktxt;
break;
case 'pingback':
echo $pingbacktxt;
break;
default:
echo $commenttxt;
}
}
/**
* Retrieves the current post's trackback URL.
*
* There is a check to see if permalink's have been enabled and if so, will
* retrieve the pretty path. If permalinks weren't enabled, the ID of the
* current post is used and appended to the correct page to go to.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string The trackback URL after being filtered.
*/
function get_trackback_url() {
if ( get_option( 'permalink_structure' ) ) {
$trackback_url = trailingslashit( get_permalink() ) . user_trailingslashit( 'trackback', 'single_trackback' );
} else {
$trackback_url = get_option( 'siteurl' ) . '/wp-trackback.php?p=' . get_the_ID();
}
/**
* Filters the returned trackback URL.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @param string $trackback_url The trackback URL.
*/
return apply_filters( 'trackback_url', $trackback_url );
}
/**
* Displays the current post's trackback URL.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param bool $deprecated_echo Not used.
* @return void|string Should only be used to echo the trackback URL, use get_trackback_url()
* for the result instead.
*/
function trackback_url( $deprecated_echo = true ) {
if ( true !== $deprecated_echo ) {
_deprecated_argument(
__FUNCTION__,
'2.5.0',
sprintf(
/* translators: %s: get_trackback_url() */
__( 'Use %s instead if you do not want the value echoed.' ),
'<code>get_trackback_url()</code>'
)
);
}
if ( $deprecated_echo ) {
echo get_trackback_url();
} else {
return get_trackback_url();
}
}
/**
* Generates and displays the RDF for the trackback information of current post.
*
* Deprecated in 3.0.0, and restored in 3.0.1.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param int|string $deprecated Not used (Was $timezone = 0).
*/
function trackback_rdf( $deprecated = '' ) {
if ( ! empty( $deprecated ) ) {
_deprecated_argument( __FUNCTION__, '2.5.0' );
}
if ( isset( $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'] ) && false !== stripos( $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'], 'W3C_Validator' ) ) {
return;
}
echo '<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
xmlns:trackback="http://madskills.com/public/xml/rss/module/trackback/">
<rdf:Description rdf:about="';
the_permalink();
echo '"' . "\n";
echo ' dc:identifier="';
the_permalink();
echo '"' . "\n";
echo ' dc:title="' . str_replace( '--', '--', wptexturize( strip_tags( get_the_title() ) ) ) . '"' . "\n";
echo ' trackback:ping="' . get_trackback_url() . '"' . " />\n";
echo '</rdf:RDF>';
}
/**
* Determines whether the current post is open for comments.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default current post.
* @return bool True if the comments are open.
*/
function comments_open( $post = null ) {
$_post = get_post( $post );
$post_id = $_post ? $_post->ID : 0;
$comments_open = ( $_post && ( 'open' === $_post->comment_status ) );
/**
* Filters whether the current post is open for comments.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param bool $comments_open Whether the current post is open for comments.
* @param int $post_id The post ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'comments_open', $comments_open, $post_id );
}
/**
* Determines whether the current post is open for pings.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object. Default current post.
* @return bool True if pings are accepted
*/
function pings_open( $post = null ) {
$_post = get_post( $post );
$post_id = $_post ? $_post->ID : 0;
$pings_open = ( $_post && ( 'open' === $_post->ping_status ) );
/**
* Filters whether the current post is open for pings.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param bool $pings_open Whether the current post is open for pings.
* @param int $post_id The post ID.
*/
return apply_filters( 'pings_open', $pings_open, $post_id );
}
/**
* Displays form token for unfiltered comments.
*
* Will only display nonce token if the current user has permissions for
* unfiltered html. Won't display the token for other users.
*
* The function was backported to 2.0.10 and was added to versions 2.1.3 and
* above. Does not exist in versions prior to 2.0.10 in the 2.0 branch and in
* the 2.1 branch, prior to 2.1.3. Technically added in 2.2.0.
*
* Backported to 2.0.10.
*
* @since 2.1.3
*/
function wp_comment_form_unfiltered_html_nonce() {
$post = get_post();
$post_id = $post ? $post->ID : 0;
if ( current_user_can( 'unfiltered_html' ) ) {
wp_nonce_field( 'unfiltered-html-comment_' . $post_id, '_wp_unfiltered_html_comment_disabled', false );
echo "<script>(function(){if(window===window.parent){document.getElementById('_wp_unfiltered_html_comment_disabled').name='_wp_unfiltered_html_comment';}})();</script>\n";
}
}
/**
* Loads the comment template specified in $file.
*
* Will not display the comments template if not on single post or page, or if
* the post does not have comments.
*
* Uses the WordPress database object to query for the comments. The comments
* are passed through the {@see 'comments_array'} filter hook with the list of comments
* and the post ID respectively.
*
* The `$file` path is passed through a filter hook called {@see 'comments_template'},
* which includes the TEMPLATEPATH and $file combined. Tries the $filtered path
* first and if it fails it will require the default comment template from the
* default theme. If either does not exist, then the WordPress process will be
* halted. It is advised for that reason, that the default theme is not deleted.
*
* Will not try to get the comments if the post has none.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
* @global WP_Post $post Global post object.
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @global int $id
* @global WP_Comment $comment Global comment object.
* @global string $user_login
* @global string $user_identity
* @global bool $overridden_cpage
* @global bool $withcomments
*
* @param string $file Optional. The file to load. Default '/comments.php'.
* @param bool $separate_comments Optional. Whether to separate the comments by comment type.
* Default false.
*/
function comments_template( $file = '/comments.php', $separate_comments = false ) {
global $wp_query, $withcomments, $post, $wpdb, $id, $comment, $user_login, $user_identity, $overridden_cpage;
if ( ! ( is_single() || is_page() || $withcomments ) || empty( $post ) ) {
return;
}
if ( empty( $file ) ) {
$file = '/comments.php';
}
$req = get_option( 'require_name_email' );
/*
* Comment author information fetched from the comment cookies.
*/
$commenter = wp_get_current_commenter();
/*
* The name of the current comment author escaped for use in attributes.
* Escaped by sanitize_comment_cookies().
*/
$comment_author = $commenter['comment_author'];
/*
* The email address of the current comment author escaped for use in attributes.
* Escaped by sanitize_comment_cookies().
*/
$comment_author_email = $commenter['comment_author_email'];
/*
* The URL of the current comment author escaped for use in attributes.
*/
$comment_author_url = esc_url( $commenter['comment_author_url'] );
$comment_args = array(
'orderby' => 'comment_date_gmt',
'order' => 'ASC',
'status' => 'approve',
'post_id' => $post->ID,
'no_found_rows' => false,
);
if ( get_option( 'thread_comments' ) ) {
$comment_args['hierarchical'] = 'threaded';
} else {
$comment_args['hierarchical'] = false;
}
if ( is_user_logged_in() ) {
$comment_args['include_unapproved'] = array( get_current_user_id() );
} else {
$unapproved_email = wp_get_unapproved_comment_author_email();
if ( $unapproved_email ) {
$comment_args['include_unapproved'] = array( $unapproved_email );
}
}
$per_page = 0;
if ( get_option( 'page_comments' ) ) {
$per_page = (int) get_query_var( 'comments_per_page' );
if ( 0 === $per_page ) {
$per_page = (int) get_option( 'comments_per_page' );
}
$comment_args['number'] = $per_page;
$page = (int) get_query_var( 'cpage' );
if ( $page ) {
$comment_args['offset'] = ( $page - 1 ) * $per_page;
} elseif ( 'oldest' === get_option( 'default_comments_page' ) ) {
$comment_args['offset'] = 0;
} else {
// If fetching the first page of 'newest', we need a top-level comment count.
$top_level_query = new WP_Comment_Query();
$top_level_args = array(
'count' => true,
'orderby' => false,
'post_id' => $post->ID,
'status' => 'approve',
);
if ( $comment_args['hierarchical'] ) {
$top_level_args['parent'] = 0;
}
if ( isset( $comment_args['include_unapproved'] ) ) {
$top_level_args['include_unapproved'] = $comment_args['include_unapproved'];
}
/**
* Filters the arguments used in the top level comments query.
*
* @since 5.6.0
*
* @see WP_Comment_Query::__construct()
*
* @param array $top_level_args {
* The top level query arguments for the comments template.
*
* @type bool $count Whether to return a comment count.
* @type string|array $orderby The field(s) to order by.
* @type int $post_id The post ID.
* @type string|array $status The comment status to limit results by.
* }
*/
$top_level_args = apply_filters( 'comments_template_top_level_query_args', $top_level_args );
$top_level_count = $top_level_query->query( $top_level_args );
$comment_args['offset'] = ( ceil( $top_level_count / $per_page ) - 1 ) * $per_page;
}
}
/**
* Filters the arguments used to query comments in comments_template().
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @see WP_Comment_Query::__construct()
*
* @param array $comment_args {
* Array of WP_Comment_Query arguments.
*
* @type string|array $orderby Field(s) to order by.
* @type string $order Order of results. Accepts 'ASC' or 'DESC'.
* @type string $status Comment status.
* @type array $include_unapproved Array of IDs or email addresses whose unapproved comments
* will be included in results.
* @type int $post_id ID of the post.
* @type bool $no_found_rows Whether to refrain from querying for found rows.
* @type bool $update_comment_meta_cache Whether to prime cache for comment meta.
* @type bool|string $hierarchical Whether to query for comments hierarchically.
* @type int $offset Comment offset.
* @type int $number Number of comments to fetch.
* }
*/
$comment_args = apply_filters( 'comments_template_query_args', $comment_args );
$comment_query = new WP_Comment_Query( $comment_args );
$_comments = $comment_query->comments;
// Trees must be flattened before they're passed to the walker.
if ( $comment_args['hierarchical'] ) {
$comments_flat = array();
foreach ( $_comments as $_comment ) {
$comments_flat[] = $_comment;
$comment_children = $_comment->get_children(
array(
'format' => 'flat',
'status' => $comment_args['status'],
'orderby' => $comment_args['orderby'],
)
);
foreach ( $comment_children as $comment_child ) {
$comments_flat[] = $comment_child;
}
}
} else {
$comments_flat = $_comments;
}
/**
* Filters the comments array.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param array $comments Array of comments supplied to the comments template.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
*/
$wp_query->comments = apply_filters( 'comments_array', $comments_flat, $post->ID );
$comments = &$wp_query->comments;
$wp_query->comment_count = count( $wp_query->comments );
$wp_query->max_num_comment_pages = $comment_query->max_num_pages;
if ( $separate_comments ) {
$wp_query->comments_by_type = separate_comments( $comments );
$comments_by_type = &$wp_query->comments_by_type;
} else {
$wp_query->comments_by_type = array();
}
$overridden_cpage = false;
if ( '' == get_query_var( 'cpage' ) && $wp_query->max_num_comment_pages > 1 ) {
set_query_var( 'cpage', 'newest' === get_option( 'default_comments_page' ) ? get_comment_pages_count() : 1 );
$overridden_cpage = true;
}
if ( ! defined( 'COMMENTS_TEMPLATE' ) ) {
define( 'COMMENTS_TEMPLATE', true );
}
$theme_template = STYLESHEETPATH . $file;
/**
* Filters the path to the theme template file used for the comments template.
*
* @since 1.5.1
*
* @param string $theme_template The path to the theme template file.
*/
$include = apply_filters( 'comments_template', $theme_template );
if ( file_exists( $include ) ) {
require $include;
} elseif ( file_exists( TEMPLATEPATH . $file ) ) {
require TEMPLATEPATH . $file;
} else { // Backward compat code will be removed in a future release.
require ABSPATH . WPINC . '/theme-compat/comments.php';
}
}
/**
* Displays the link to the comments for the current post ID.
*
* @since 0.71
*
* @param false|string $zero Optional. String to display when no comments. Default false.
* @param false|string $one Optional. String to display when only one comment is available. Default false.
* @param false|string $more Optional. String to display when there are more than one comment. Default false.
* @param string $css_class Optional. CSS class to use for comments. Default empty.
* @param false|string $none Optional. String to display when comments have been turned off. Default false.
*/
function comments_popup_link( $zero = false, $one = false, $more = false, $css_class = '', $none = false ) {
$post_id = get_the_ID();
$post_title = get_the_title();
$comments_number = get_comments_number( $post_id );
if ( false === $zero ) {
/* translators: %s: Post title. */
$zero = sprintf( __( 'No Comments<span class="screen-reader-text"> on %s</span>' ), $post_title );
}
if ( false === $one ) {
/* translators: %s: Post title. */
$one = sprintf( __( '1 Comment<span class="screen-reader-text"> on %s</span>' ), $post_title );
}
if ( false === $more ) {
/* translators: 1: Number of comments, 2: Post title. */
$more = _n(
'%1$s Comment<span class="screen-reader-text"> on %2$s</span>',
'%1$s Comments<span class="screen-reader-text"> on %2$s</span>',
$comments_number
);
$more = sprintf( $more, number_format_i18n( $comments_number ), $post_title );
}
if ( false === $none ) {
/* translators: %s: Post title. */
$none = sprintf( __( 'Comments Off<span class="screen-reader-text"> on %s</span>' ), $post_title );
}
if ( 0 == $comments_number && ! comments_open() && ! pings_open() ) {
printf(
'<span%1$s>%2$s</span>',
! empty( $css_class ) ? ' class="' . esc_attr( $css_class ) . '"' : '',
$none
);
return;
}
if ( post_password_required() ) {
_e( 'Enter your password to view comments.' );
return;
}
if ( 0 == $comments_number ) {
$respond_link = get_permalink() . '#respond';
/**
* Filters the respond link when a post has no comments.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $respond_link The default response link.
* @param int $post_id The post ID.
*/
$comments_link = apply_filters( 'respond_link', $respond_link, $post_id );
} else {
$comments_link = get_comments_link();
}
$link_attributes = '';
/**
* Filters the comments link attributes for display.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $link_attributes The comments link attributes. Default empty.
*/
$link_attributes = apply_filters( 'comments_popup_link_attributes', $link_attributes );
printf(
'<a href="%1$s"%2$s%3$s>%4$s</a>',
esc_url( $comments_link ),
! empty( $css_class ) ? ' class="' . $css_class . '" ' : '',
$link_attributes,
get_comments_number_text( $zero, $one, $more )
);
}
/**
* Retrieves HTML content for reply to comment link.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability for `$comment` to also accept a WP_Comment object.
*
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Override default arguments.
*
* @type string $add_below The first part of the selector used to identify the comment to respond below.
* The resulting value is passed as the first parameter to addComment.moveForm(),
* concatenated as $add_below-$comment->comment_ID. Default 'comment'.
* @type string $respond_id The selector identifying the responding comment. Passed as the third parameter
* to addComment.moveForm(), and appended to the link URL as a hash value.
* Default 'respond'.
* @type string $reply_text The text of the Reply link. Default 'Reply'.
* @type string $login_text The text of the link to reply if logged out. Default 'Log in to Reply'.
* @type int $max_depth The max depth of the comment tree. Default 0.
* @type int $depth The depth of the new comment. Must be greater than 0 and less than the value
* of the 'thread_comments_depth' option set in Settings > Discussion. Default 0.
* @type string $before The text or HTML to add before the reply link. Default empty.
* @type string $after The text or HTML to add after the reply link. Default empty.
* }
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment Optional. Comment being replied to. Default current comment.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object the comment is going to be displayed on.
* Default current post.
* @return string|false|null Link to show comment form, if successful. False, if comments are closed.
*/
function get_comment_reply_link( $args = array(), $comment = null, $post = null ) {
$defaults = array(
'add_below' => 'comment',
'respond_id' => 'respond',
'reply_text' => __( 'Reply' ),
/* translators: Comment reply button text. %s: Comment author name. */
'reply_to_text' => __( 'Reply to %s' ),
'login_text' => __( 'Log in to Reply' ),
'max_depth' => 0,
'depth' => 0,
'before' => '',
'after' => '',
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
if ( 0 == $args['depth'] || $args['max_depth'] <= $args['depth'] ) {
return;
}
$comment = get_comment( $comment );
if ( empty( $comment ) ) {
return;
}
if ( empty( $post ) ) {
$post = $comment->comment_post_ID;
}
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! comments_open( $post->ID ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( get_option( 'page_comments' ) ) {
$permalink = str_replace( '#comment-' . $comment->comment_ID, '', get_comment_link( $comment ) );
} else {
$permalink = get_permalink( $post->ID );
}
/**
* Filters the comment reply link arguments.
*
* @since 4.1.0
*
* @param array $args Comment reply link arguments. See get_comment_reply_link()
* for more information on accepted arguments.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The object of the comment being replied to.
* @param WP_Post $post The WP_Post object.
*/
$args = apply_filters( 'comment_reply_link_args', $args, $comment, $post );
if ( get_option( 'comment_registration' ) && ! is_user_logged_in() ) {
$link = sprintf(
'<a rel="nofollow" class="comment-reply-login" href="%s">%s</a>',
esc_url( wp_login_url( get_permalink() ) ),
$args['login_text']
);
} else {
$data_attributes = array(
'commentid' => $comment->comment_ID,
'postid' => $post->ID,
'belowelement' => $args['add_below'] . '-' . $comment->comment_ID,
'respondelement' => $args['respond_id'],
'replyto' => sprintf( $args['reply_to_text'], get_comment_author( $comment ) ),
);
$data_attribute_string = '';
foreach ( $data_attributes as $name => $value ) {
$data_attribute_string .= " data-{$name}=\"" . esc_attr( $value ) . '"';
}
$data_attribute_string = trim( $data_attribute_string );
$link = sprintf(
"<a rel='nofollow' class='comment-reply-link' href='%s' %s aria-label='%s'>%s</a>",
esc_url(
add_query_arg(
array(
'replytocom' => $comment->comment_ID,
'unapproved' => false,
'moderation-hash' => false,
),
$permalink
)
) . '#' . $args['respond_id'],
$data_attribute_string,
esc_attr( sprintf( $args['reply_to_text'], get_comment_author( $comment ) ) ),
$args['reply_text']
);
}
$comment_reply_link = $args['before'] . $link . $args['after'];
/**
* Filters the comment reply link.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $comment_reply_link The HTML markup for the comment reply link.
* @param array $args An array of arguments overriding the defaults.
* @param WP_Comment $comment The object of the comment being replied.
* @param WP_Post $post The WP_Post object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'comment_reply_link', $comment_reply_link, $args, $comment, $post );
}
/**
* Displays the HTML content for reply to comment link.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @see get_comment_reply_link()
*
* @param array $args Optional. Override default options. Default empty array.
* @param int|WP_Comment $comment Optional. Comment being replied to. Default current comment.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object the comment is going to be displayed on.
* Default current post.
*/
function comment_reply_link( $args = array(), $comment = null, $post = null ) {
echo get_comment_reply_link( $args, $comment, $post );
}
/**
* Retrieves HTML content for reply to post link.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Override default arguments.
*
* @type string $add_below The first part of the selector used to identify the comment to respond below.
* The resulting value is passed as the first parameter to addComment.moveForm(),
* concatenated as $add_below-$comment->comment_ID. Default is 'post'.
* @type string $respond_id The selector identifying the responding comment. Passed as the third parameter
* to addComment.moveForm(), and appended to the link URL as a hash value.
* Default 'respond'.
* @type string $reply_text Text of the Reply link. Default is 'Leave a Comment'.
* @type string $login_text Text of the link to reply if logged out. Default is 'Log in to leave a Comment'.
* @type string $before Text or HTML to add before the reply link. Default empty.
* @type string $after Text or HTML to add after the reply link. Default empty.
* }
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object the comment is going to be displayed on.
* Default current post.
* @return string|false|null Link to show comment form, if successful. False, if comments are closed.
*/
function get_post_reply_link( $args = array(), $post = null ) {
$defaults = array(
'add_below' => 'post',
'respond_id' => 'respond',
'reply_text' => __( 'Leave a Comment' ),
'login_text' => __( 'Log in to leave a Comment' ),
'before' => '',
'after' => '',
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! comments_open( $post->ID ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( get_option( 'comment_registration' ) && ! is_user_logged_in() ) {
$link = sprintf(
'<a rel="nofollow" class="comment-reply-login" href="%s">%s</a>',
wp_login_url( get_permalink() ),
$args['login_text']
);
} else {
$onclick = sprintf(
'return addComment.moveForm( "%1$s-%2$s", "0", "%3$s", "%2$s" )',
$args['add_below'],
$post->ID,
$args['respond_id']
);
$link = sprintf(
"<a rel='nofollow' class='comment-reply-link' href='%s' onclick='%s'>%s</a>",
get_permalink( $post->ID ) . '#' . $args['respond_id'],
$onclick,
$args['reply_text']
);
}
$post_reply_link = $args['before'] . $link . $args['after'];
/**
* Filters the formatted post comments link HTML.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $post_reply_link The HTML-formatted post comments link.
* @param int|WP_Post $post The post ID or WP_Post object.
*/
return apply_filters( 'post_comments_link', $post_reply_link, $post );
}
/**
* Displays the HTML content for reply to post link.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @see get_post_reply_link()
*
* @param array $args Optional. Override default options. Default empty array.
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object the comment is going to be displayed on.
* Default current post.
*/
function post_reply_link( $args = array(), $post = null ) {
echo get_post_reply_link( $args, $post );
}
/**
* Retrieves HTML content for cancel comment reply link.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 6.2.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @param string $link_text Optional. Text to display for cancel reply link. If empty,
* defaults to 'Click here to cancel reply'. Default empty.
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. The post the comment thread is being
* displayed for. Defaults to the current global post.
* @return string
*/
function get_cancel_comment_reply_link( $link_text = '', $post = null ) {
if ( empty( $link_text ) ) {
$link_text = __( 'Click here to cancel reply.' );
}
$post = get_post( $post );
$reply_to_id = $post ? _get_comment_reply_id( $post->ID ) : 0;
$link_style = 0 !== $reply_to_id ? '' : ' style="display:none;"';
$link_url = esc_url( remove_query_arg( array( 'replytocom', 'unapproved', 'moderation-hash' ) ) ) . '#respond';
$cancel_comment_reply_link = sprintf(
'<a rel="nofollow" id="cancel-comment-reply-link" href="%1$s"%2$s>%3$s</a>',
$link_url,
$link_style,
$link_text
);
/**
* Filters the cancel comment reply link HTML.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $cancel_comment_reply_link The HTML-formatted cancel comment reply link.
* @param string $link_url Cancel comment reply link URL.
* @param string $link_text Cancel comment reply link text.
*/
return apply_filters( 'cancel_comment_reply_link', $cancel_comment_reply_link, $link_url, $link_text );
}
/**
* Displays HTML content for cancel comment reply link.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param string $link_text Optional. Text to display for cancel reply link. If empty,
* defaults to 'Click here to cancel reply'. Default empty.
*/
function cancel_comment_reply_link( $link_text = '' ) {
echo get_cancel_comment_reply_link( $link_text );
}
/**
* Retrieves hidden input HTML for replying to comments.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 6.2.0 Renamed `$post_id` to `$post` and added WP_Post support.
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. The post the comment is being displayed for.
* Defaults to the current global post.
* @return string Hidden input HTML for replying to comments.
*/
function get_comment_id_fields( $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
return '';
}
$post_id = $post->ID;
$reply_to_id = _get_comment_reply_id( $post_id );
$comment_id_fields = "<input type='hidden' name='comment_post_ID' value='$post_id' id='comment_post_ID' />\n";
$comment_id_fields .= "<input type='hidden' name='comment_parent' id='comment_parent' value='$reply_to_id' />\n";
/**
* Filters the returned comment ID fields.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $comment_id_fields The HTML-formatted hidden ID field comment elements.
* @param int $post_id The post ID.
* @param int $reply_to_id The ID of the comment being replied to.
*/
return apply_filters( 'comment_id_fields', $comment_id_fields, $post_id, $reply_to_id );
}
/**
* Outputs hidden input HTML for replying to comments.
*
* Adds two hidden inputs to the comment form to identify the `comment_post_ID`
* and `comment_parent` values for threaded comments.
*
* This tag must be within the `<form>` section of the `comments.php` template.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 6.2.0 Renamed `$post_id` to `$post` and added WP_Post support.
*
* @see get_comment_id_fields()
*
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. The post the comment is being displayed for.
* Defaults to the current global post.
*/
function comment_id_fields( $post = null ) {
echo get_comment_id_fields( $post );
}
/**
* Displays text based on comment reply status.
*
* Only affects users with JavaScript disabled.
*
* @internal The $comment global must be present to allow template tags access to the current
* comment. See https://core.trac.wordpress.org/changeset/36512.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 6.2.0 Added the `$post` parameter.
*
* @global WP_Comment $comment Global comment object.
*
* @param string|false $no_reply_text Optional. Text to display when not replying to a comment.
* Default false.
* @param string|false $reply_text Optional. Text to display when replying to a comment.
* Default false. Accepts "%s" for the author of the comment
* being replied to.
* @param bool $link_to_parent Optional. Boolean to control making the author's name a link
* to their comment. Default true.
* @param int|WP_Post|null $post Optional. The post that the comment form is being displayed for.
* Defaults to the current global post.
*/
function comment_form_title( $no_reply_text = false, $reply_text = false, $link_to_parent = true, $post = null ) {
global $comment;
if ( false === $no_reply_text ) {
$no_reply_text = __( 'Leave a Reply' );
}
if ( false === $reply_text ) {
/* translators: %s: Author of the comment being replied to. */
$reply_text = __( 'Leave a Reply to %s' );
}
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post ) {
echo $no_reply_text;
return;
}
$reply_to_id = _get_comment_reply_id( $post->ID );
if ( 0 === $reply_to_id ) {
echo $no_reply_text;
return;
}
// Sets the global so that template tags can be used in the comment form.
$comment = get_comment( $reply_to_id );
if ( $link_to_parent ) {
$comment_author = sprintf(
'<a href="#comment-%1$s">%2$s</a>',
get_comment_ID(),
get_comment_author( $reply_to_id )
);
} else {
$comment_author = get_comment_author( $reply_to_id );
}
printf( $reply_text, $comment_author );
}
/**
* Gets the comment's reply to ID from the $_GET['replytocom'].
*
* @since 6.2.0
*
* @access private
*
* @param int|WP_Post $post The post the comment is being displayed for.
* Defaults to the current global post.
* @return int Comment's reply to ID.
*/
function _get_comment_reply_id( $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
if ( ! $post || ! isset( $_GET['replytocom'] ) || ! is_numeric( $_GET['replytocom'] ) ) {
return 0;
}
$reply_to_id = (int) $_GET['replytocom'];
/*
* Validate the comment.
* Bail out if it does not exist, is not approved, or its
* `comment_post_ID` does not match the given post ID.
*/
$comment = get_comment( $reply_to_id );
if (
! $comment instanceof WP_Comment ||
0 === (int) $comment->comment_approved ||
$post->ID !== (int) $comment->comment_post_ID
) {
return 0;
}
return $reply_to_id;
}
/**
* Displays a list of comments.
*
* Used in the comments.php template to list comments for a particular post.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @see WP_Query::$comments
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
* @global int $comment_alt
* @global int $comment_depth
* @global int $comment_thread_alt
* @global bool $overridden_cpage
* @global bool $in_comment_loop
*
* @param string|array $args {
* Optional. Formatting options.
*
* @type object $walker Instance of a Walker class to list comments. Default null.
* @type int $max_depth The maximum comments depth. Default empty.
* @type string $style The style of list ordering. Accepts 'ul', 'ol', or 'div'.
* 'div' will result in no additional list markup. Default 'ul'.
* @type callable $callback Callback function to use. Default null.
* @type callable $end-callback Callback function to use at the end. Default null.
* @type string $type Type of comments to list. Accepts 'all', 'comment',
* 'pingback', 'trackback', 'pings'. Default 'all'.
* @type int $page Page ID to list comments for. Default empty.
* @type int $per_page Number of comments to list per page. Default empty.
* @type int $avatar_size Height and width dimensions of the avatar size. Default 32.
* @type bool $reverse_top_level Ordering of the listed comments. If true, will display
* newest comments first. Default null.
* @type bool $reverse_children Whether to reverse child comments in the list. Default null.
* @type string $format How to format the comments list. Accepts 'html5', 'xhtml'.
* Default 'html5' if the theme supports it.
* @type bool $short_ping Whether to output short pings. Default false.
* @type bool $echo Whether to echo the output or return it. Default true.
* }
* @param WP_Comment[] $comments Optional. Array of WP_Comment objects. Default null.
* @return void|string Void if 'echo' argument is true, or no comments to list.
* Otherwise, HTML list of comments.
*/
function wp_list_comments( $args = array(), $comments = null ) {
global $wp_query, $comment_alt, $comment_depth, $comment_thread_alt, $overridden_cpage, $in_comment_loop;
$in_comment_loop = true;
$comment_alt = 0;
$comment_thread_alt = 0;
$comment_depth = 1;
$defaults = array(
'walker' => null,
'max_depth' => '',
'style' => 'ul',
'callback' => null,
'end-callback' => null,
'type' => 'all',
'page' => '',
'per_page' => '',
'avatar_size' => 32,
'reverse_top_level' => null,
'reverse_children' => '',
'format' => current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'comment-list' ) ? 'html5' : 'xhtml',
'short_ping' => false,
'echo' => true,
);
$parsed_args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
/**
* Filters the arguments used in retrieving the comment list.
*
* @since 4.0.0
*
* @see wp_list_comments()
*
* @param array $parsed_args An array of arguments for displaying comments.
*/
$parsed_args = apply_filters( 'wp_list_comments_args', $parsed_args );
// Figure out what comments we'll be looping through ($_comments).
if ( null !== $comments ) {
$comments = (array) $comments;
if ( empty( $comments ) ) {
return;
}
if ( 'all' !== $parsed_args['type'] ) {
$comments_by_type = separate_comments( $comments );
if ( empty( $comments_by_type[ $parsed_args['type'] ] ) ) {
return;
}
$_comments = $comments_by_type[ $parsed_args['type'] ];
} else {
$_comments = $comments;
}
} else {
/*
* If 'page' or 'per_page' has been passed, and does not match what's in $wp_query,
* perform a separate comment query and allow Walker_Comment to paginate.
*/
if ( $parsed_args['page'] || $parsed_args['per_page'] ) {
$current_cpage = get_query_var( 'cpage' );
if ( ! $current_cpage ) {
$current_cpage = 'newest' === get_option( 'default_comments_page' ) ? 1 : $wp_query->max_num_comment_pages;
}
$current_per_page = get_query_var( 'comments_per_page' );
if ( $parsed_args['page'] != $current_cpage || $parsed_args['per_page'] != $current_per_page ) {
$comment_args = array(
'post_id' => get_the_ID(),
'orderby' => 'comment_date_gmt',
'order' => 'ASC',
'status' => 'approve',
);
if ( is_user_logged_in() ) {
$comment_args['include_unapproved'] = array( get_current_user_id() );
} else {
$unapproved_email = wp_get_unapproved_comment_author_email();
if ( $unapproved_email ) {
$comment_args['include_unapproved'] = array( $unapproved_email );
}
}
$comments = get_comments( $comment_args );
if ( 'all' !== $parsed_args['type'] ) {
$comments_by_type = separate_comments( $comments );
if ( empty( $comments_by_type[ $parsed_args['type'] ] ) ) {
return;
}
$_comments = $comments_by_type[ $parsed_args['type'] ];
} else {
$_comments = $comments;
}
}
// Otherwise, fall back on the comments from `$wp_query->comments`.
} else {
if ( empty( $wp_query->comments ) ) {
return;
}
if ( 'all' !== $parsed_args['type'] ) {
if ( empty( $wp_query->comments_by_type ) ) {
$wp_query->comments_by_type = separate_comments( $wp_query->comments );
}
if ( empty( $wp_query->comments_by_type[ $parsed_args['type'] ] ) ) {
return;
}
$_comments = $wp_query->comments_by_type[ $parsed_args['type'] ];
} else {
$_comments = $wp_query->comments;
}
if ( $wp_query->max_num_comment_pages ) {
$default_comments_page = get_option( 'default_comments_page' );
$cpage = get_query_var( 'cpage' );
if ( 'newest' === $default_comments_page ) {
$parsed_args['cpage'] = $cpage;
/*
* When first page shows oldest comments, post permalink is the same as
* the comment permalink.
*/
} elseif ( 1 == $cpage ) {
$parsed_args['cpage'] = '';
} else {
$parsed_args['cpage'] = $cpage;
}
$parsed_args['page'] = 0;
$parsed_args['per_page'] = 0;
}
}
}
if ( '' === $parsed_args['per_page'] && get_option( 'page_comments' ) ) {
$parsed_args['per_page'] = get_query_var( 'comments_per_page' );
}
if ( empty( $parsed_args['per_page'] ) ) {
$parsed_args['per_page'] = 0;
$parsed_args['page'] = 0;
}
if ( '' === $parsed_args['max_depth'] ) {
if ( get_option( 'thread_comments' ) ) {
$parsed_args['max_depth'] = get_option( 'thread_comments_depth' );
} else {
$parsed_args['max_depth'] = -1;
}
}
if ( '' === $parsed_args['page'] ) {
if ( empty( $overridden_cpage ) ) {
$parsed_args['page'] = get_query_var( 'cpage' );
} else {
$threaded = ( -1 != $parsed_args['max_depth'] );
$parsed_args['page'] = ( 'newest' === get_option( 'default_comments_page' ) ) ? get_comment_pages_count( $_comments, $parsed_args['per_page'], $threaded ) : 1;
set_query_var( 'cpage', $parsed_args['page'] );
}
}
// Validation check.
$parsed_args['page'] = (int) $parsed_args['page'];
if ( 0 == $parsed_args['page'] && 0 != $parsed_args['per_page'] ) {
$parsed_args['page'] = 1;
}
if ( null === $parsed_args['reverse_top_level'] ) {
$parsed_args['reverse_top_level'] = ( 'desc' === get_option( 'comment_order' ) );
}
if ( empty( $parsed_args['walker'] ) ) {
$walker = new Walker_Comment();
} else {
$walker = $parsed_args['walker'];
}
$output = $walker->paged_walk( $_comments, $parsed_args['max_depth'], $parsed_args['page'], $parsed_args['per_page'], $parsed_args );
$in_comment_loop = false;
if ( $parsed_args['echo'] ) {
echo $output;
} else {
return $output;
}
}
/**
* Outputs a complete commenting form for use within a template.
*
* Most strings and form fields may be controlled through the `$args` array passed
* into the function, while you may also choose to use the {@see 'comment_form_default_fields'}
* filter to modify the array of default fields if you'd just like to add a new
* one or remove a single field. All fields are also individually passed through
* a filter of the {@see 'comment_form_field_$name'} where `$name` is the key used
* in the array of fields.
*
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 4.1.0 Introduced the 'class_submit' argument.
* @since 4.2.0 Introduced the 'submit_button' and 'submit_fields' arguments.
* @since 4.4.0 Introduced the 'class_form', 'title_reply_before', 'title_reply_after',
* 'cancel_reply_before', and 'cancel_reply_after' arguments.
* @since 4.5.0 The 'author', 'email', and 'url' form fields are limited to 245, 100,
* and 200 characters, respectively.
* @since 4.6.0 Introduced the 'action' argument.
* @since 4.9.6 Introduced the 'cookies' default comment field.
* @since 5.5.0 Introduced the 'class_container' argument.
*
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Default arguments and form fields to override.
*
* @type array $fields {
* Default comment fields, filterable by default via the {@see 'comment_form_default_fields'} hook.
*
* @type string $author Comment author field HTML.
* @type string $email Comment author email field HTML.
* @type string $url Comment author URL field HTML.
* @type string $cookies Comment cookie opt-in field HTML.
* }
* @type string $comment_field The comment textarea field HTML.
* @type string $must_log_in HTML element for a 'must be logged in to comment' message.
* @type string $logged_in_as The HTML for the 'logged in as [user]' message, the Edit profile link,
* and the Log out link.
* @type string $comment_notes_before HTML element for a message displayed before the comment fields
* if the user is not logged in.
* Default 'Your email address will not be published.'.
* @type string $comment_notes_after HTML element for a message displayed after the textarea field.
* @type string $action The comment form element action attribute. Default '/wp-comments-post.php'.
* @type string $id_form The comment form element id attribute. Default 'commentform'.
* @type string $id_submit The comment submit element id attribute. Default 'submit'.
* @type string $class_container The comment form container class attribute. Default 'comment-respond'.
* @type string $class_form The comment form element class attribute. Default 'comment-form'.
* @type string $class_submit The comment submit element class attribute. Default 'submit'.
* @type string $name_submit The comment submit element name attribute. Default 'submit'.
* @type string $title_reply The translatable 'reply' button label. Default 'Leave a Reply'.
* @type string $title_reply_to The translatable 'reply-to' button label. Default 'Leave a Reply to %s',
* where %s is the author of the comment being replied to.
* @type string $title_reply_before HTML displayed before the comment form title.
* Default: '<h3 id="reply-title" class="comment-reply-title">'.
* @type string $title_reply_after HTML displayed after the comment form title.
* Default: '</h3>'.
* @type string $cancel_reply_before HTML displayed before the cancel reply link.
* @type string $cancel_reply_after HTML displayed after the cancel reply link.
* @type string $cancel_reply_link The translatable 'cancel reply' button label. Default 'Cancel reply'.
* @type string $label_submit The translatable 'submit' button label. Default 'Post a comment'.
* @type string $submit_button HTML format for the Submit button.
* Default: '<input name="%1$s" type="submit" id="%2$s" class="%3$s" value="%4$s" />'.
* @type string $submit_field HTML format for the markup surrounding the Submit button and comment hidden
* fields. Default: '<p class="form-submit">%1$s %2$s</p>', where %1$s is the
* submit button markup and %2$s is the comment hidden fields.
* @type string $format The comment form format. Default 'xhtml'. Accepts 'xhtml', 'html5'.
* }
* @param int|WP_Post $post Optional. Post ID or WP_Post object to generate the form for. Default current post.
*/
function comment_form( $args = array(), $post = null ) {
$post = get_post( $post );
// Exit the function if the post is invalid or comments are closed.
if ( ! $post || ! comments_open( $post ) ) {
/**
* Fires after the comment form if comments are closed.
*
* For backward compatibility, this action also fires if comment_form()
* is called with an invalid post object or ID.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_comments_closed' );
return;
}
$post_id = $post->ID;
$commenter = wp_get_current_commenter();
$user = wp_get_current_user();
$user_identity = $user->exists() ? $user->display_name : '';
$args = wp_parse_args( $args );
if ( ! isset( $args['format'] ) ) {
$args['format'] = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'comment-form' ) ? 'html5' : 'xhtml';
}
$req = get_option( 'require_name_email' );
$html5 = 'html5' === $args['format'];
// Define attributes in HTML5 or XHTML syntax.
$required_attribute = ( $html5 ? ' required' : ' required="required"' );
$checked_attribute = ( $html5 ? ' checked' : ' checked="checked"' );
// Identify required fields visually and create a message about the indicator.
$required_indicator = ' ' . wp_required_field_indicator();
$required_text = ' ' . wp_required_field_message();
$fields = array(
'author' => sprintf(
'<p class="comment-form-author">%s %s</p>',
sprintf(
'<label for="author">%s%s</label>',
__( 'Name' ),
( $req ? $required_indicator : '' )
),
sprintf(
'<input id="author" name="author" type="text" value="%s" size="30" maxlength="245" autocomplete="name"%s />',
esc_attr( $commenter['comment_author'] ),
( $req ? $required_attribute : '' )
)
),
'email' => sprintf(
'<p class="comment-form-email">%s %s</p>',
sprintf(
'<label for="email">%s%s</label>',
__( 'Email' ),
( $req ? $required_indicator : '' )
),
sprintf(
'<input id="email" name="email" %s value="%s" size="30" maxlength="100" aria-describedby="email-notes" autocomplete="email"%s />',
( $html5 ? 'type="email"' : 'type="text"' ),
esc_attr( $commenter['comment_author_email'] ),
( $req ? $required_attribute : '' )
)
),
'url' => sprintf(
'<p class="comment-form-url">%s %s</p>',
sprintf(
'<label for="url">%s</label>',
__( 'Website' )
),
sprintf(
'<input id="url" name="url" %s value="%s" size="30" maxlength="200" autocomplete="url" />',
( $html5 ? 'type="url"' : 'type="text"' ),
esc_attr( $commenter['comment_author_url'] )
)
),
);
if ( has_action( 'set_comment_cookies', 'wp_set_comment_cookies' ) && get_option( 'show_comments_cookies_opt_in' ) ) {
$consent = empty( $commenter['comment_author_email'] ) ? '' : $checked_attribute;
$fields['cookies'] = sprintf(
'<p class="comment-form-cookies-consent">%s %s</p>',
sprintf(
'<input id="wp-comment-cookies-consent" name="wp-comment-cookies-consent" type="checkbox" value="yes"%s />',
$consent
),
sprintf(
'<label for="wp-comment-cookies-consent">%s</label>',
__( 'Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.' )
)
);
// Ensure that the passed fields include cookies consent.
if ( isset( $args['fields'] ) && ! isset( $args['fields']['cookies'] ) ) {
$args['fields']['cookies'] = $fields['cookies'];
}
}
/**
* Filters the default comment form fields.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string[] $fields Array of the default comment fields.
*/
$fields = apply_filters( 'comment_form_default_fields', $fields );
$defaults = array(
'fields' => $fields,
'comment_field' => sprintf(
'<p class="comment-form-comment">%s %s</p>',
sprintf(
'<label for="comment">%s%s</label>',
_x( 'Comment', 'noun' ),
$required_indicator
),
'<textarea id="comment" name="comment" cols="45" rows="8" maxlength="65525"' . $required_attribute . '></textarea>'
),
'must_log_in' => sprintf(
'<p class="must-log-in">%s</p>',
sprintf(
/* translators: %s: Login URL. */
__( 'You must be <a href="%s">logged in</a> to post a comment.' ),
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/link-template.php */
wp_login_url( apply_filters( 'the_permalink', get_permalink( $post_id ), $post_id ) )
)
),
'logged_in_as' => sprintf(
'<p class="logged-in-as">%s%s</p>',
sprintf(
/* translators: 1: User name, 2: Edit user link, 3: Logout URL. */
__( 'Logged in as %1$s. <a href="%2$s">Edit your profile</a>. <a href="%3$s">Log out?</a>' ),
$user_identity,
get_edit_user_link(),
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/link-template.php */
wp_logout_url( apply_filters( 'the_permalink', get_permalink( $post_id ), $post_id ) )
),
$required_text
),
'comment_notes_before' => sprintf(
'<p class="comment-notes">%s%s</p>',
sprintf(
'<span id="email-notes">%s</span>',
__( 'Your email address will not be published.' )
),
$required_text
),
'comment_notes_after' => '',
'action' => site_url( '/wp-comments-post.php' ),
'id_form' => 'commentform',
'id_submit' => 'submit',
'class_container' => 'comment-respond',
'class_form' => 'comment-form',
'class_submit' => 'submit',
'name_submit' => 'submit',
'title_reply' => __( 'Leave a Reply' ),
/* translators: %s: Author of the comment being replied to. */
'title_reply_to' => __( 'Leave a Reply to %s' ),
'title_reply_before' => '<h3 id="reply-title" class="comment-reply-title">',
'title_reply_after' => '</h3>',
'cancel_reply_before' => ' <small>',
'cancel_reply_after' => '</small>',
'cancel_reply_link' => __( 'Cancel reply' ),
'label_submit' => __( 'Post Comment' ),
'submit_button' => '<input name="%1$s" type="submit" id="%2$s" class="%3$s" value="%4$s" />',
'submit_field' => '<p class="form-submit">%1$s %2$s</p>',
'format' => 'xhtml',
);
/**
* Filters the comment form default arguments.
*
* Use {@see 'comment_form_default_fields'} to filter the comment fields.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param array $defaults The default comment form arguments.
*/
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, apply_filters( 'comment_form_defaults', $defaults ) );
// Ensure that the filtered arguments contain all required default values.
$args = array_merge( $defaults, $args );
// Remove `aria-describedby` from the email field if there's no associated description.
if ( isset( $args['fields']['email'] ) && ! str_contains( $args['comment_notes_before'], 'id="email-notes"' ) ) {
$args['fields']['email'] = str_replace(
' aria-describedby="email-notes"',
'',
$args['fields']['email']
);
}
/**
* Fires before the comment form.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_before' );
?>
<div id="respond" class="<?php echo esc_attr( $args['class_container'] ); ?>">
<?php
echo $args['title_reply_before'];
comment_form_title( $args['title_reply'], $args['title_reply_to'], true, $post_id );
if ( get_option( 'thread_comments' ) ) {
echo $args['cancel_reply_before'];
cancel_comment_reply_link( $args['cancel_reply_link'] );
echo $args['cancel_reply_after'];
}
echo $args['title_reply_after'];
if ( get_option( 'comment_registration' ) && ! is_user_logged_in() ) :
echo $args['must_log_in'];
/**
* Fires after the HTML-formatted 'must log in after' message in the comment form.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_must_log_in_after' );
else :
printf(
'<form action="%s" method="post" id="%s" class="%s"%s>',
esc_url( $args['action'] ),
esc_attr( $args['id_form'] ),
esc_attr( $args['class_form'] ),
( $html5 ? ' novalidate' : '' )
);
/**
* Fires at the top of the comment form, inside the form tag.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_top' );
if ( is_user_logged_in() ) :
/**
* Filters the 'logged in' message for the comment form for display.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $args_logged_in The HTML for the 'logged in as [user]' message,
* the Edit profile link, and the Log out link.
* @param array $commenter An array containing the comment author's
* username, email, and URL.
* @param string $user_identity If the commenter is a registered user,
* the display name, blank otherwise.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'comment_form_logged_in', $args['logged_in_as'], $commenter, $user_identity );
/**
* Fires after the is_user_logged_in() check in the comment form.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param array $commenter An array containing the comment author's
* username, email, and URL.
* @param string $user_identity If the commenter is a registered user,
* the display name, blank otherwise.
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_logged_in_after', $commenter, $user_identity );
else :
echo $args['comment_notes_before'];
endif;
// Prepare an array of all fields, including the textarea.
$comment_fields = array( 'comment' => $args['comment_field'] ) + (array) $args['fields'];
/**
* Filters the comment form fields, including the textarea.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array $comment_fields The comment fields.
*/
$comment_fields = apply_filters( 'comment_form_fields', $comment_fields );
// Get an array of field names, excluding the textarea.
$comment_field_keys = array_diff( array_keys( $comment_fields ), array( 'comment' ) );
// Get the first and the last field name, excluding the textarea.
$first_field = reset( $comment_field_keys );
$last_field = end( $comment_field_keys );
foreach ( $comment_fields as $name => $field ) {
if ( 'comment' === $name ) {
/**
* Filters the content of the comment textarea field for display.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $args_comment_field The content of the comment textarea field.
*/
echo apply_filters( 'comment_form_field_comment', $field );
echo $args['comment_notes_after'];
} elseif ( ! is_user_logged_in() ) {
if ( $first_field === $name ) {
/**
* Fires before the comment fields in the comment form, excluding the textarea.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_before_fields' );
}
/**
* Filters a comment form field for display.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$name`, refers to the name
* of the comment form field.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `comment_form_field_comment`
* - `comment_form_field_author`
* - `comment_form_field_email`
* - `comment_form_field_url`
* - `comment_form_field_cookies`
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param string $field The HTML-formatted output of the comment form field.
*/
echo apply_filters( "comment_form_field_{$name}", $field ) . "\n";
if ( $last_field === $name ) {
/**
* Fires after the comment fields in the comment form, excluding the textarea.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_after_fields' );
}
}
}
$submit_button = sprintf(
$args['submit_button'],
esc_attr( $args['name_submit'] ),
esc_attr( $args['id_submit'] ),
esc_attr( $args['class_submit'] ),
esc_attr( $args['label_submit'] )
);
/**
* Filters the submit button for the comment form to display.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param string $submit_button HTML markup for the submit button.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to comment_form().
*/
$submit_button = apply_filters( 'comment_form_submit_button', $submit_button, $args );
$submit_field = sprintf(
$args['submit_field'],
$submit_button,
get_comment_id_fields( $post_id )
);
/**
* Filters the submit field for the comment form to display.
*
* The submit field includes the submit button, hidden fields for the
* comment form, and any wrapper markup.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @param string $submit_field HTML markup for the submit field.
* @param array $args Arguments passed to comment_form().
*/
echo apply_filters( 'comment_form_submit_field', $submit_field, $args );
/**
* Fires at the bottom of the comment form, inside the closing form tag.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id The post ID.
*/
do_action( 'comment_form', $post_id );
echo '</form>';
endif;
?>
</div><!-- #respond -->
<?php
/**
* Fires after the comment form.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*/
do_action( 'comment_form_after' );
}
<?php
/**
* Blocks API: WP_Block_Pattern_Categories_Registry class
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage Blocks
* @since 5.5.0
*/
/**
* Class used for interacting with block pattern categories.
*/
#[AllowDynamicProperties]
final class WP_Block_Pattern_Categories_Registry {
/**
* Registered block pattern categories array.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @var array[]
*/
private $registered_categories = array();
/**
* Pattern categories registered outside the `init` action.
*
* @since 6.0.0
* @var array[]
*/
private $registered_categories_outside_init = array();
/**
* Container for the main instance of the class.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @var WP_Block_Pattern_Categories_Registry|null
*/
private static $instance = null;
/**
* Registers a pattern category.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $category_name Pattern category name including namespace.
* @param array $category_properties {
* List of properties for the block pattern category.
*
* @type string $label Required. A human-readable label for the pattern category.
* }
* @return bool True if the pattern was registered with success and false otherwise.
*/
public function register( $category_name, $category_properties ) {
if ( ! isset( $category_name ) || ! is_string( $category_name ) ) {
_doing_it_wrong(
__METHOD__,
__( 'Block pattern category name must be a string.' ),
'5.5.0'
);
return false;
}
$category = array_merge(
array( 'name' => $category_name ),
$category_properties
);
$this->registered_categories[ $category_name ] = $category;
// If the category is registered inside an action other than `init`, store it
// also to a dedicated array. Used to detect deprecated registrations inside
// `admin_init` or `current_screen`.
if ( current_action() && 'init' !== current_action() ) {
$this->registered_categories_outside_init[ $category_name ] = $category;
}
return true;
}
/**
* Unregisters a pattern category.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $category_name Pattern category name including namespace.
* @return bool True if the pattern was unregistered with success and false otherwise.
*/
public function unregister( $category_name ) {
if ( ! $this->is_registered( $category_name ) ) {
_doing_it_wrong(
__METHOD__,
/* translators: %s: Block pattern name. */
sprintf( __( 'Block pattern category "%s" not found.' ), $category_name ),
'5.5.0'
);
return false;
}
unset( $this->registered_categories[ $category_name ] );
unset( $this->registered_categories_outside_init[ $category_name ] );
return true;
}
/**
* Retrieves an array containing the properties of a registered pattern category.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $category_name Pattern category name including namespace.
* @return array Registered pattern properties.
*/
public function get_registered( $category_name ) {
if ( ! $this->is_registered( $category_name ) ) {
return null;
}
return $this->registered_categories[ $category_name ];
}
/**
* Retrieves all registered pattern categories.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param bool $outside_init_only Return only categories registered outside the `init` action.
* @return array[] Array of arrays containing the registered pattern categories properties.
*/
public function get_all_registered( $outside_init_only = false ) {
return array_values(
$outside_init_only
? $this->registered_categories_outside_init
: $this->registered_categories
);
}
/**
* Checks if a pattern category is registered.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $category_name Pattern category name including namespace.
* @return bool True if the pattern category is registered, false otherwise.
*/
public function is_registered( $category_name ) {
return isset( $this->registered_categories[ $category_name ] );
}
/**
* Utility method to retrieve the main instance of the class.
*
* The instance will be created if it does not exist yet.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @return WP_Block_Pattern_Categories_Registry The main instance.
*/
public static function get_instance() {
if ( null === self::$instance ) {
self::$instance = new self();
}
return self::$instance;
}
}
/**
* Registers a new pattern category.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $category_name Pattern category name including namespace.
* @param array $category_properties List of properties for the block pattern.
* See WP_Block_Pattern_Categories_Registry::register() for
* accepted arguments.
* @return bool True if the pattern category was registered with success and false otherwise.
*/
function register_block_pattern_category( $category_name, $category_properties ) {
return WP_Block_Pattern_Categories_Registry::get_instance()->register( $category_name, $category_properties );
}
/**
* Unregisters a pattern category.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $category_name Pattern category name including namespace.
* @return bool True if the pattern category was unregistered with success and false otherwise.
*/
function unregister_block_pattern_category( $category_name ) {
return WP_Block_Pattern_Categories_Registry::get_instance()->unregister( $category_name );
}
<?php
/**
* HTTPS detection functions.
*
* @package WordPress
* @since 5.7.0
*/
/**
* Checks whether the website is using HTTPS.
*
* This is based on whether both the home and site URL are using HTTPS.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @see wp_is_home_url_using_https()
* @see wp_is_site_url_using_https()
*
* @return bool True if using HTTPS, false otherwise.
*/
function wp_is_using_https() {
if ( ! wp_is_home_url_using_https() ) {
return false;
}
return wp_is_site_url_using_https();
}
/**
* Checks whether the current site URL is using HTTPS.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @see home_url()
*
* @return bool True if using HTTPS, false otherwise.
*/
function wp_is_home_url_using_https() {
return 'https' === wp_parse_url( home_url(), PHP_URL_SCHEME );
}
/**
* Checks whether the current site's URL where WordPress is stored is using HTTPS.
*
* This checks the URL where WordPress application files (e.g. wp-blog-header.php or the wp-admin/ folder)
* are accessible.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @see site_url()
*
* @return bool True if using HTTPS, false otherwise.
*/
function wp_is_site_url_using_https() {
/*
* Use direct option access for 'siteurl' and manually run the 'site_url'
* filter because `site_url()` will adjust the scheme based on what the
* current request is using.
*/
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/link-template.php */
$site_url = apply_filters( 'site_url', get_option( 'siteurl' ), '', null, null );
return 'https' === wp_parse_url( $site_url, PHP_URL_SCHEME );
}
/**
* Checks whether HTTPS is supported for the server and domain.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @return bool True if HTTPS is supported, false otherwise.
*/
function wp_is_https_supported() {
$https_detection_errors = get_option( 'https_detection_errors' );
// If option has never been set by the Cron hook before, run it on-the-fly as fallback.
if ( false === $https_detection_errors ) {
wp_update_https_detection_errors();
$https_detection_errors = get_option( 'https_detection_errors' );
}
// If there are no detection errors, HTTPS is supported.
return empty( $https_detection_errors );
}
/**
* Runs a remote HTTPS request to detect whether HTTPS supported, and stores potential errors.
*
* This internal function is called by a regular Cron hook to ensure HTTPS support is detected and maintained.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @access private
*/
function wp_update_https_detection_errors() {
/**
* Short-circuits the process of detecting errors related to HTTPS support.
*
* Returning a `WP_Error` from the filter will effectively short-circuit the default logic of trying a remote
* request to the site over HTTPS, storing the errors array from the returned `WP_Error` instead.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param null|WP_Error $pre Error object to short-circuit detection,
* or null to continue with the default behavior.
*/
$support_errors = apply_filters( 'pre_wp_update_https_detection_errors', null );
if ( is_wp_error( $support_errors ) ) {
update_option( 'https_detection_errors', $support_errors->errors );
return;
}
$support_errors = new WP_Error();
$response = wp_remote_request(
home_url( '/', 'https' ),
array(
'headers' => array(
'Cache-Control' => 'no-cache',
),
'sslverify' => true,
)
);
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) ) {
$unverified_response = wp_remote_request(
home_url( '/', 'https' ),
array(
'headers' => array(
'Cache-Control' => 'no-cache',
),
'sslverify' => false,
)
);
if ( is_wp_error( $unverified_response ) ) {
$support_errors->add(
'https_request_failed',
__( 'HTTPS request failed.' )
);
} else {
$support_errors->add(
'ssl_verification_failed',
__( 'SSL verification failed.' )
);
}
$response = $unverified_response;
}
if ( ! is_wp_error( $response ) ) {
if ( 200 !== wp_remote_retrieve_response_code( $response ) ) {
$support_errors->add( 'bad_response_code', wp_remote_retrieve_response_message( $response ) );
} elseif ( false === wp_is_local_html_output( wp_remote_retrieve_body( $response ) ) ) {
$support_errors->add( 'bad_response_source', __( 'It looks like the response did not come from this site.' ) );
}
}
update_option( 'https_detection_errors', $support_errors->errors );
}
/**
* Schedules the Cron hook for detecting HTTPS support.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @access private
*/
function wp_schedule_https_detection() {
if ( wp_installing() ) {
return;
}
if ( ! wp_next_scheduled( 'wp_https_detection' ) ) {
wp_schedule_event( time(), 'twicedaily', 'wp_https_detection' );
}
}
/**
* Disables SSL verification if the 'cron_request' arguments include an HTTPS URL.
*
* This prevents an issue if HTTPS breaks, where there would be a failed attempt to verify HTTPS.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @access private
*
* @param array $request The cron request arguments.
* @return array The filtered cron request arguments.
*/
function wp_cron_conditionally_prevent_sslverify( $request ) {
if ( 'https' === wp_parse_url( $request['url'], PHP_URL_SCHEME ) ) {
$request['args']['sslverify'] = false;
}
return $request;
}
/**
* Checks whether a given HTML string is likely an output from this WordPress site.
*
* This function attempts to check for various common WordPress patterns whether they are included in the HTML string.
* Since any of these actions may be disabled through third-party code, this function may also return null to indicate
* that it was not possible to determine ownership.
*
* @since 5.7.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $html Full HTML output string, e.g. from a HTTP response.
* @return bool|null True/false for whether HTML was generated by this site, null if unable to determine.
*/
function wp_is_local_html_output( $html ) {
// 1. Check if HTML includes the site's Really Simple Discovery link.
if ( has_action( 'wp_head', 'rsd_link' ) ) {
$pattern = preg_replace( '#^https?:(?=//)#', '', esc_url( site_url( 'xmlrpc.php?rsd', 'rpc' ) ) ); // See rsd_link().
return str_contains( $html, $pattern );
}
// 2. Check if HTML includes the site's REST API link.
if ( has_action( 'wp_head', 'rest_output_link_wp_head' ) ) {
// Try both HTTPS and HTTP since the URL depends on context.
$pattern = preg_replace( '#^https?:(?=//)#', '', esc_url( get_rest_url() ) ); // See rest_output_link_wp_head().
return str_contains( $html, $pattern );
}
// Otherwise the result cannot be determined.
return null;
}
<?php
/**
* Core HTTP Request API
*
* Standardizes the HTTP requests for WordPress. Handles cookies, gzip encoding and decoding, chunk
* decoding, if HTTP 1.1 and various other difficult HTTP protocol implementations.
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage HTTP
*/
/**
* Returns the initialized WP_Http Object
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @access private
*
* @return WP_Http HTTP Transport object.
*/
function _wp_http_get_object() {
static $http = null;
if ( is_null( $http ) ) {
$http = new WP_Http();
}
return $http;
}
/**
* Retrieve the raw response from a safe HTTP request.
*
* This function is ideal when the HTTP request is being made to an arbitrary
* URL. The URL is validated to avoid redirection and request forgery attacks.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @see wp_remote_request() For more information on the response array format.
* @see WP_Http::request() For default arguments information.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error The response or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_safe_remote_request( $url, $args = array() ) {
$args['reject_unsafe_urls'] = true;
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->request( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Retrieve the raw response from a safe HTTP request using the GET method.
*
* This function is ideal when the HTTP request is being made to an arbitrary
* URL. The URL is validated to avoid redirection and request forgery attacks.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @see wp_remote_request() For more information on the response array format.
* @see WP_Http::request() For default arguments information.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error The response or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_safe_remote_get( $url, $args = array() ) {
$args['reject_unsafe_urls'] = true;
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->get( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Retrieve the raw response from a safe HTTP request using the POST method.
*
* This function is ideal when the HTTP request is being made to an arbitrary
* URL. The URL is validated to avoid redirection and request forgery attacks.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @see wp_remote_request() For more information on the response array format.
* @see WP_Http::request() For default arguments information.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error The response or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_safe_remote_post( $url, $args = array() ) {
$args['reject_unsafe_urls'] = true;
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->post( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Retrieve the raw response from a safe HTTP request using the HEAD method.
*
* This function is ideal when the HTTP request is being made to an arbitrary
* URL. The URL is validated to avoid redirection and request forgery attacks.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @see wp_remote_request() For more information on the response array format.
* @see WP_Http::request() For default arguments information.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error The response or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_safe_remote_head( $url, $args = array() ) {
$args['reject_unsafe_urls'] = true;
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->head( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Performs an HTTP request and returns its response.
*
* There are other API functions available which abstract away the HTTP method:
*
* - Default 'GET' for wp_remote_get()
* - Default 'POST' for wp_remote_post()
* - Default 'HEAD' for wp_remote_head()
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @see WP_Http::request() For information on default arguments.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error {
* The response array or a WP_Error on failure.
*
* @type string[] $headers Array of response headers keyed by their name.
* @type string $body Response body.
* @type array $response {
* Data about the HTTP response.
*
* @type int|false $code HTTP response code.
* @type string|false $message HTTP response message.
* }
* @type WP_HTTP_Cookie[] $cookies Array of response cookies.
* @type WP_HTTP_Requests_Response|null $http_response Raw HTTP response object.
* }
*/
function wp_remote_request( $url, $args = array() ) {
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->request( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Performs an HTTP request using the GET method and returns its response.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @see wp_remote_request() For more information on the response array format.
* @see WP_Http::request() For default arguments information.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error The response or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_remote_get( $url, $args = array() ) {
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->get( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Performs an HTTP request using the POST method and returns its response.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @see wp_remote_request() For more information on the response array format.
* @see WP_Http::request() For default arguments information.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error The response or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_remote_post( $url, $args = array() ) {
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->post( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Performs an HTTP request using the HEAD method and returns its response.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @see wp_remote_request() For more information on the response array format.
* @see WP_Http::request() For default arguments information.
*
* @param string $url URL to retrieve.
* @param array $args Optional. Request arguments. Default empty array.
* See WP_Http::request() for information on accepted arguments.
* @return array|WP_Error The response or WP_Error on failure.
*/
function wp_remote_head( $url, $args = array() ) {
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
return $http->head( $url, $args );
}
/**
* Retrieve only the headers from the raw response.
*
* @since 2.7.0
* @since 4.6.0 Return value changed from an array to an WpOrg\Requests\Utility\CaseInsensitiveDictionary instance.
*
* @see \WpOrg\Requests\Utility\CaseInsensitiveDictionary
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @return \WpOrg\Requests\Utility\CaseInsensitiveDictionary|array The headers of the response, or empty array
* if incorrect parameter given.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_headers( $response ) {
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) || ! isset( $response['headers'] ) ) {
return array();
}
return $response['headers'];
}
/**
* Retrieve a single header by name from the raw response.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @param string $header Header name to retrieve value from.
* @return array|string The header(s) value(s). Array if multiple headers with the same name are retrieved.
* Empty string if incorrect parameter given, or if the header doesn't exist.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_header( $response, $header ) {
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) || ! isset( $response['headers'] ) ) {
return '';
}
if ( isset( $response['headers'][ $header ] ) ) {
return $response['headers'][ $header ];
}
return '';
}
/**
* Retrieve only the response code from the raw response.
*
* Will return an empty string if incorrect parameter value is given.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @return int|string The response code as an integer. Empty string if incorrect parameter given.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_response_code( $response ) {
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) || ! isset( $response['response'] ) || ! is_array( $response['response'] ) ) {
return '';
}
return $response['response']['code'];
}
/**
* Retrieve only the response message from the raw response.
*
* Will return an empty string if incorrect parameter value is given.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @return string The response message. Empty string if incorrect parameter given.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_response_message( $response ) {
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) || ! isset( $response['response'] ) || ! is_array( $response['response'] ) ) {
return '';
}
return $response['response']['message'];
}
/**
* Retrieve only the body from the raw response.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @return string The body of the response. Empty string if no body or incorrect parameter given.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_body( $response ) {
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) || ! isset( $response['body'] ) ) {
return '';
}
return $response['body'];
}
/**
* Retrieve only the cookies from the raw response.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @return WP_Http_Cookie[] An array of `WP_Http_Cookie` objects from the response.
* Empty array if there are none, or the response is a WP_Error.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_cookies( $response ) {
if ( is_wp_error( $response ) || empty( $response['cookies'] ) ) {
return array();
}
return $response['cookies'];
}
/**
* Retrieve a single cookie by name from the raw response.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @param string $name The name of the cookie to retrieve.
* @return WP_Http_Cookie|string The `WP_Http_Cookie` object, or empty string
* if the cookie is not present in the response.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_cookie( $response, $name ) {
$cookies = wp_remote_retrieve_cookies( $response );
if ( empty( $cookies ) ) {
return '';
}
foreach ( $cookies as $cookie ) {
if ( $cookie->name === $name ) {
return $cookie;
}
}
return '';
}
/**
* Retrieve a single cookie's value by name from the raw response.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array|WP_Error $response HTTP response.
* @param string $name The name of the cookie to retrieve.
* @return string The value of the cookie, or empty string
* if the cookie is not present in the response.
*/
function wp_remote_retrieve_cookie_value( $response, $name ) {
$cookie = wp_remote_retrieve_cookie( $response, $name );
if ( ! is_a( $cookie, 'WP_Http_Cookie' ) ) {
return '';
}
return $cookie->value;
}
/**
* Determines if there is an HTTP Transport that can process this request.
*
* @since 3.2.0
*
* @param array $capabilities Array of capabilities to test or a wp_remote_request() $args array.
* @param string $url Optional. If given, will check if the URL requires SSL and adds
* that requirement to the capabilities array.
*
* @return bool
*/
function wp_http_supports( $capabilities = array(), $url = null ) {
$http = _wp_http_get_object();
$capabilities = wp_parse_args( $capabilities );
$count = count( $capabilities );
// If we have a numeric $capabilities array, spoof a wp_remote_request() associative $args array.
if ( $count && count( array_filter( array_keys( $capabilities ), 'is_numeric' ) ) === $count ) {
$capabilities = array_combine( array_values( $capabilities ), array_fill( 0, $count, true ) );
}
if ( $url && ! isset( $capabilities['ssl'] ) ) {
$scheme = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_SCHEME );
if ( 'https' === $scheme || 'ssl' === $scheme ) {
$capabilities['ssl'] = true;
}
}
return (bool) $http->_get_first_available_transport( $capabilities );
}
/**
* Get the HTTP Origin of the current request.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return string URL of the origin. Empty string if no origin.
*/
function get_http_origin() {
$origin = '';
if ( ! empty( $_SERVER['HTTP_ORIGIN'] ) ) {
$origin = $_SERVER['HTTP_ORIGIN'];
}
/**
* Change the origin of an HTTP request.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param string $origin The original origin for the request.
*/
return apply_filters( 'http_origin', $origin );
}
/**
* Retrieve list of allowed HTTP origins.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return string[] Array of origin URLs.
*/
function get_allowed_http_origins() {
$admin_origin = parse_url( admin_url() );
$home_origin = parse_url( home_url() );
// @todo Preserve port?
$allowed_origins = array_unique(
array(
'http://' . $admin_origin['host'],
'https://' . $admin_origin['host'],
'http://' . $home_origin['host'],
'https://' . $home_origin['host'],
)
);
/**
* Change the origin types allowed for HTTP requests.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param string[] $allowed_origins {
* Array of default allowed HTTP origins.
*
* @type string $0 Non-secure URL for admin origin.
* @type string $1 Secure URL for admin origin.
* @type string $2 Non-secure URL for home origin.
* @type string $3 Secure URL for home origin.
* }
*/
return apply_filters( 'allowed_http_origins', $allowed_origins );
}
/**
* Determines if the HTTP origin is an authorized one.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param string|null $origin Origin URL. If not provided, the value of get_http_origin() is used.
* @return string Origin URL if allowed, empty string if not.
*/
function is_allowed_http_origin( $origin = null ) {
$origin_arg = $origin;
if ( null === $origin ) {
$origin = get_http_origin();
}
if ( $origin && ! in_array( $origin, get_allowed_http_origins(), true ) ) {
$origin = '';
}
/**
* Change the allowed HTTP origin result.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param string $origin Origin URL if allowed, empty string if not.
* @param string $origin_arg Original origin string passed into is_allowed_http_origin function.
*/
return apply_filters( 'allowed_http_origin', $origin, $origin_arg );
}
/**
* Send Access-Control-Allow-Origin and related headers if the current request
* is from an allowed origin.
*
* If the request is an OPTIONS request, the script exits with either access
* control headers sent, or a 403 response if the origin is not allowed. For
* other request methods, you will receive a return value.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return string|false Returns the origin URL if headers are sent. Returns false
* if headers are not sent.
*/
function send_origin_headers() {
$origin = get_http_origin();
if ( is_allowed_http_origin( $origin ) ) {
header( 'Access-Control-Allow-Origin: ' . $origin );
header( 'Access-Control-Allow-Credentials: true' );
if ( 'OPTIONS' === $_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] ) {
exit;
}
return $origin;
}
if ( 'OPTIONS' === $_SERVER['REQUEST_METHOD'] ) {
status_header( 403 );
exit;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Validate a URL for safe use in the HTTP API.
*
* @since 3.5.2
*
* @param string $url Request URL.
* @return string|false URL or false on failure.
*/
function wp_http_validate_url( $url ) {
if ( ! is_string( $url ) || '' === $url || is_numeric( $url ) ) {
return false;
}
$original_url = $url;
$url = wp_kses_bad_protocol( $url, array( 'http', 'https' ) );
if ( ! $url || strtolower( $url ) !== strtolower( $original_url ) ) {
return false;
}
$parsed_url = parse_url( $url );
if ( ! $parsed_url || empty( $parsed_url['host'] ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( isset( $parsed_url['user'] ) || isset( $parsed_url['pass'] ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( false !== strpbrk( $parsed_url['host'], ':#?[]' ) ) {
return false;
}
$parsed_home = parse_url( get_option( 'home' ) );
$same_host = isset( $parsed_home['host'] ) && strtolower( $parsed_home['host'] ) === strtolower( $parsed_url['host'] );
$host = trim( $parsed_url['host'], '.' );
if ( ! $same_host ) {
if ( preg_match( '#^(([1-9]?\d|1\d\d|25[0-5]|2[0-4]\d)\.){3}([1-9]?\d|1\d\d|25[0-5]|2[0-4]\d)$#', $host ) ) {
$ip = $host;
} else {
$ip = gethostbyname( $host );
if ( $ip === $host ) { // Error condition for gethostbyname().
return false;
}
}
if ( $ip ) {
$parts = array_map( 'intval', explode( '.', $ip ) );
if ( 127 === $parts[0] || 10 === $parts[0] || 0 === $parts[0]
|| ( 172 === $parts[0] && 16 <= $parts[1] && 31 >= $parts[1] )
|| ( 192 === $parts[0] && 168 === $parts[1] )
) {
// If host appears local, reject unless specifically allowed.
/**
* Check if HTTP request is external or not.
*
* Allows to change and allow external requests for the HTTP request.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param bool $external Whether HTTP request is external or not.
* @param string $host Host name of the requested URL.
* @param string $url Requested URL.
*/
if ( ! apply_filters( 'http_request_host_is_external', false, $host, $url ) ) {
return false;
}
}
}
}
if ( empty( $parsed_url['port'] ) ) {
return $url;
}
$port = $parsed_url['port'];
/**
* Controls the list of ports considered safe in HTTP API.
*
* Allows to change and allow external requests for the HTTP request.
*
* @since 5.9.0
*
* @param int[] $allowed_ports Array of integers for valid ports.
* @param string $host Host name of the requested URL.
* @param string $url Requested URL.
*/
$allowed_ports = apply_filters( 'http_allowed_safe_ports', array( 80, 443, 8080 ), $host, $url );
if ( is_array( $allowed_ports ) && in_array( $port, $allowed_ports, true ) ) {
return $url;
}
if ( $parsed_home && $same_host && isset( $parsed_home['port'] ) && $parsed_home['port'] === $port ) {
return $url;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Mark allowed redirect hosts safe for HTTP requests as well.
*
* Attached to the {@see 'http_request_host_is_external'} filter.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param bool $is_external
* @param string $host
* @return bool
*/
function allowed_http_request_hosts( $is_external, $host ) {
if ( ! $is_external && wp_validate_redirect( 'http://' . $host ) ) {
$is_external = true;
}
return $is_external;
}
/**
* Adds any domain in a multisite installation for safe HTTP requests to the
* allowed list.
*
* Attached to the {@see 'http_request_host_is_external'} filter.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param bool $is_external
* @param string $host
* @return bool
*/
function ms_allowed_http_request_hosts( $is_external, $host ) {
global $wpdb;
static $queried = array();
if ( $is_external ) {
return $is_external;
}
if ( get_network()->domain === $host ) {
return true;
}
if ( isset( $queried[ $host ] ) ) {
return $queried[ $host ];
}
$queried[ $host ] = (bool) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT domain FROM $wpdb->blogs WHERE domain = %s LIMIT 1", $host ) );
return $queried[ $host ];
}
/**
* A wrapper for PHP's parse_url() function that handles consistency in the return values
* across PHP versions.
*
* PHP 5.4.7 expanded parse_url()'s ability to handle non-absolute URLs, including
* schemeless and relative URLs with "://" in the path. This function works around
* those limitations providing a standard output on PHP 5.2~5.4+.
*
* Secondly, across various PHP versions, schemeless URLs containing a ":" in the query
* are being handled inconsistently. This function works around those differences as well.
*
* @since 4.4.0
* @since 4.7.0 The `$component` parameter was added for parity with PHP's `parse_url()`.
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/function.parse-url.php
*
* @param string $url The URL to parse.
* @param int $component The specific component to retrieve. Use one of the PHP
* predefined constants to specify which one.
* Defaults to -1 (= return all parts as an array).
* @return mixed False on parse failure; Array of URL components on success;
* When a specific component has been requested: null if the component
* doesn't exist in the given URL; a string or - in the case of
* PHP_URL_PORT - integer when it does. See parse_url()'s return values.
*/
function wp_parse_url( $url, $component = -1 ) {
$to_unset = array();
$url = (string) $url;
if ( str_starts_with( $url, '//' ) ) {
$to_unset[] = 'scheme';
$url = 'placeholder:' . $url;
} elseif ( str_starts_with( $url, '/' ) ) {
$to_unset[] = 'scheme';
$to_unset[] = 'host';
$url = 'placeholder://placeholder' . $url;
}
$parts = parse_url( $url );
if ( false === $parts ) {
// Parsing failure.
return $parts;
}
// Remove the placeholder values.
foreach ( $to_unset as $key ) {
unset( $parts[ $key ] );
}
return _get_component_from_parsed_url_array( $parts, $component );
}
/**
* Retrieve a specific component from a parsed URL array.
*
* @internal
*
* @since 4.7.0
* @access private
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/function.parse-url.php
*
* @param array|false $url_parts The parsed URL. Can be false if the URL failed to parse.
* @param int $component The specific component to retrieve. Use one of the PHP
* predefined constants to specify which one.
* Defaults to -1 (= return all parts as an array).
* @return mixed False on parse failure; Array of URL components on success;
* When a specific component has been requested: null if the component
* doesn't exist in the given URL; a string or - in the case of
* PHP_URL_PORT - integer when it does. See parse_url()'s return values.
*/
function _get_component_from_parsed_url_array( $url_parts, $component = -1 ) {
if ( -1 === $component ) {
return $url_parts;
}
$key = _wp_translate_php_url_constant_to_key( $component );
if ( false !== $key && is_array( $url_parts ) && isset( $url_parts[ $key ] ) ) {
return $url_parts[ $key ];
} else {
return null;
}
}
/**
* Translate a PHP_URL_* constant to the named array keys PHP uses.
*
* @internal
*
* @since 4.7.0
* @access private
*
* @link https://www.php.net/manual/en/url.constants.php
*
* @param int $constant PHP_URL_* constant.
* @return string|false The named key or false.
*/
function _wp_translate_php_url_constant_to_key( $constant ) {
$translation = array(
PHP_URL_SCHEME => 'scheme',
PHP_URL_HOST => 'host',
PHP_URL_PORT => 'port',
PHP_URL_USER => 'user',
PHP_URL_PASS => 'pass',
PHP_URL_PATH => 'path',
PHP_URL_QUERY => 'query',
PHP_URL_FRAGMENT => 'fragment',
);
if ( isset( $translation[ $constant ] ) ) {
return $translation[ $constant ];
} else {
return false;
}
}
<?php
/**
* WordPress Customize Setting classes
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage Customize
* @since 3.4.0
*/
/**
* Customize Setting class.
*
* Handles saving and sanitizing of settings.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @see WP_Customize_Manager
* @link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/customize-api
*/
#[AllowDynamicProperties]
class WP_Customize_Setting {
/**
* Customizer bootstrap instance.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var WP_Customize_Manager
*/
public $manager;
/**
* Unique string identifier for the setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var string
*/
public $id;
/**
* Type of customize settings.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var string
*/
public $type = 'theme_mod';
/**
* Capability required to edit this setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var string|array
*/
public $capability = 'edit_theme_options';
/**
* Theme features required to support the setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var string|string[]
*/
public $theme_supports = '';
/**
* The default value for the setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var string
*/
public $default = '';
/**
* Options for rendering the live preview of changes in Customizer.
*
* Set this value to 'postMessage' to enable a custom JavaScript handler to render changes to this setting
* as opposed to reloading the whole page.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var string
*/
public $transport = 'refresh';
/**
* Server-side validation callback for the setting's value.
*
* @since 4.6.0
* @var callable
*/
public $validate_callback = '';
/**
* Callback to filter a Customize setting value in un-slashed form.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var callable
*/
public $sanitize_callback = '';
/**
* Callback to convert a Customize PHP setting value to a value that is JSON serializable.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var callable
*/
public $sanitize_js_callback = '';
/**
* Whether or not the setting is initially dirty when created.
*
* This is used to ensure that a setting will be sent from the pane to the
* preview when loading the Customizer. Normally a setting only is synced to
* the preview if it has been changed. This allows the setting to be sent
* from the start.
*
* @since 4.2.0
* @var bool
*/
public $dirty = false;
/**
* ID Data.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @var array
*/
protected $id_data = array();
/**
* Whether or not preview() was called.
*
* @since 4.4.0
* @var bool
*/
protected $is_previewed = false;
/**
* Cache of multidimensional values to improve performance.
*
* @since 4.4.0
* @var array
*/
protected static $aggregated_multidimensionals = array();
/**
* Whether the multidimensional setting is aggregated.
*
* @since 4.4.0
* @var bool
*/
protected $is_multidimensional_aggregated = false;
/**
* Constructor.
*
* Any supplied $args override class property defaults.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param WP_Customize_Manager $manager Customizer bootstrap instance.
* @param string $id A specific ID of the setting.
* Can be a theme mod or option name.
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Array of properties for the new Setting object. Default empty array.
*
* @type string $type Type of the setting. Default 'theme_mod'.
* @type string $capability Capability required for the setting. Default 'edit_theme_options'
* @type string|string[] $theme_supports Theme features required to support the panel. Default is none.
* @type string $default Default value for the setting. Default is empty string.
* @type string $transport Options for rendering the live preview of changes in Customizer.
* Using 'refresh' makes the change visible by reloading the whole preview.
* Using 'postMessage' allows a custom JavaScript to handle live changes.
* Default is 'refresh'.
* @type callable $validate_callback Server-side validation callback for the setting's value.
* @type callable $sanitize_callback Callback to filter a Customize setting value in un-slashed form.
* @type callable $sanitize_js_callback Callback to convert a Customize PHP setting value to a value that is
* JSON serializable.
* @type bool $dirty Whether or not the setting is initially dirty when created.
* }
*/
public function __construct( $manager, $id, $args = array() ) {
$keys = array_keys( get_object_vars( $this ) );
foreach ( $keys as $key ) {
if ( isset( $args[ $key ] ) ) {
$this->$key = $args[ $key ];
}
}
$this->manager = $manager;
$this->id = $id;
// Parse the ID for array keys.
$this->id_data['keys'] = preg_split( '/\[/', str_replace( ']', '', $this->id ) );
$this->id_data['base'] = array_shift( $this->id_data['keys'] );
// Rebuild the ID.
$this->id = $this->id_data['base'];
if ( ! empty( $this->id_data['keys'] ) ) {
$this->id .= '[' . implode( '][', $this->id_data['keys'] ) . ']';
}
if ( $this->validate_callback ) {
add_filter( "customize_validate_{$this->id}", $this->validate_callback, 10, 3 );
}
if ( $this->sanitize_callback ) {
add_filter( "customize_sanitize_{$this->id}", $this->sanitize_callback, 10, 2 );
}
if ( $this->sanitize_js_callback ) {
add_filter( "customize_sanitize_js_{$this->id}", $this->sanitize_js_callback, 10, 2 );
}
if ( 'option' === $this->type || 'theme_mod' === $this->type ) {
// Other setting types can opt-in to aggregate multidimensional explicitly.
$this->aggregate_multidimensional();
// Allow option settings to indicate whether they should be autoloaded.
if ( 'option' === $this->type && isset( $args['autoload'] ) ) {
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $this->id_data['base'] ]['autoload'] = $args['autoload'];
}
}
}
/**
* Get parsed ID data for multidimensional setting.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @return array {
* ID data for multidimensional setting.
*
* @type string $base ID base
* @type array $keys Keys for multidimensional array.
* }
*/
final public function id_data() {
return $this->id_data;
}
/**
* Set up the setting for aggregated multidimensional values.
*
* When a multidimensional setting gets aggregated, all of its preview and update
* calls get combined into one call, greatly improving performance.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*/
protected function aggregate_multidimensional() {
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
if ( ! isset( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ] ) ) {
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ] = array();
}
if ( ! isset( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ] ) ) {
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ] = array(
'previewed_instances' => array(), // Calling preview() will add the $setting to the array.
'preview_applied_instances' => array(), // Flags for which settings have had their values applied.
'root_value' => $this->get_root_value( array() ), // Root value for initial state, manipulated by preview and update calls.
);
}
if ( ! empty( $this->id_data['keys'] ) ) {
// Note the preview-applied flag is cleared at priority 9 to ensure it is cleared before a deferred-preview runs.
add_action( "customize_post_value_set_{$this->id}", array( $this, '_clear_aggregated_multidimensional_preview_applied_flag' ), 9 );
$this->is_multidimensional_aggregated = true;
}
}
/**
* Reset `$aggregated_multidimensionals` static variable.
*
* This is intended only for use by unit tests.
*
* @since 4.5.0
* @ignore
*/
public static function reset_aggregated_multidimensionals() {
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals = array();
}
/**
* The ID for the current site when the preview() method was called.
*
* @since 4.2.0
* @var int
*/
protected $_previewed_blog_id;
/**
* Return true if the current site is not the same as the previewed site.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @return bool If preview() has been called.
*/
public function is_current_blog_previewed() {
if ( ! isset( $this->_previewed_blog_id ) ) {
return false;
}
return ( get_current_blog_id() === $this->_previewed_blog_id );
}
/**
* Original non-previewed value stored by the preview method.
*
* @see WP_Customize_Setting::preview()
* @since 4.1.1
* @var mixed
*/
protected $_original_value;
/**
* Add filters to supply the setting's value when accessed.
*
* If the setting already has a pre-existing value and there is no incoming
* post value for the setting, then this method will short-circuit since
* there is no change to preview.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added boolean return value.
*
* @return bool False when preview short-circuits due no change needing to be previewed.
*/
public function preview() {
if ( ! isset( $this->_previewed_blog_id ) ) {
$this->_previewed_blog_id = get_current_blog_id();
}
// Prevent re-previewing an already-previewed setting.
if ( $this->is_previewed ) {
return true;
}
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
$is_multidimensional = ! empty( $this->id_data['keys'] );
$multidimensional_filter = array( $this, '_multidimensional_preview_filter' );
/*
* Check if the setting has a pre-existing value (an isset check),
* and if doesn't have any incoming post value. If both checks are true,
* then the preview short-circuits because there is nothing that needs
* to be previewed.
*/
$undefined = new stdClass();
$needs_preview = ( $undefined !== $this->post_value( $undefined ) );
$value = null;
// Since no post value was defined, check if we have an initial value set.
if ( ! $needs_preview ) {
if ( $this->is_multidimensional_aggregated ) {
$root = self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['root_value'];
$value = $this->multidimensional_get( $root, $this->id_data['keys'], $undefined );
} else {
$default = $this->default;
$this->default = $undefined; // Temporarily set default to undefined so we can detect if existing value is set.
$value = $this->value();
$this->default = $default;
}
$needs_preview = ( $undefined === $value ); // Because the default needs to be supplied.
}
// If the setting does not need previewing now, defer to when it has a value to preview.
if ( ! $needs_preview ) {
if ( ! has_action( "customize_post_value_set_{$this->id}", array( $this, 'preview' ) ) ) {
add_action( "customize_post_value_set_{$this->id}", array( $this, 'preview' ) );
}
return false;
}
switch ( $this->type ) {
case 'theme_mod':
if ( ! $is_multidimensional ) {
add_filter( "theme_mod_{$id_base}", array( $this, '_preview_filter' ) );
} else {
if ( empty( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['previewed_instances'] ) ) {
// Only add this filter once for this ID base.
add_filter( "theme_mod_{$id_base}", $multidimensional_filter );
}
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['previewed_instances'][ $this->id ] = $this;
}
break;
case 'option':
if ( ! $is_multidimensional ) {
add_filter( "pre_option_{$id_base}", array( $this, '_preview_filter' ) );
} else {
if ( empty( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['previewed_instances'] ) ) {
// Only add these filters once for this ID base.
add_filter( "option_{$id_base}", $multidimensional_filter );
add_filter( "default_option_{$id_base}", $multidimensional_filter );
}
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['previewed_instances'][ $this->id ] = $this;
}
break;
default:
/**
* Fires when the WP_Customize_Setting::preview() method is called for settings
* not handled as theme_mods or options.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$this->id`, refers to the setting ID.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting WP_Customize_Setting instance.
*/
do_action( "customize_preview_{$this->id}", $this );
/**
* Fires when the WP_Customize_Setting::preview() method is called for settings
* not handled as theme_mods or options.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$this->type`, refers to the setting type.
*
* @since 4.1.0
*
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting WP_Customize_Setting instance.
*/
do_action( "customize_preview_{$this->type}", $this );
}
$this->is_previewed = true;
return true;
}
/**
* Clear out the previewed-applied flag for a multidimensional-aggregated value whenever its post value is updated.
*
* This ensures that the new value will get sanitized and used the next time
* that `WP_Customize_Setting::_multidimensional_preview_filter()`
* is called for this setting.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @see WP_Customize_Manager::set_post_value()
* @see WP_Customize_Setting::_multidimensional_preview_filter()
*/
final public function _clear_aggregated_multidimensional_preview_applied_flag() {
unset( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $this->id_data['base'] ]['preview_applied_instances'][ $this->id ] );
}
/**
* Callback function to filter non-multidimensional theme mods and options.
*
* If switch_to_blog() was called after the preview() method, and the current
* site is now not the same site, then this method does a no-op and returns
* the original value.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param mixed $original Old value.
* @return mixed New or old value.
*/
public function _preview_filter( $original ) {
if ( ! $this->is_current_blog_previewed() ) {
return $original;
}
$undefined = new stdClass(); // Symbol hack.
$post_value = $this->post_value( $undefined );
if ( $undefined !== $post_value ) {
$value = $post_value;
} else {
/*
* Note that we don't use $original here because preview() will
* not add the filter in the first place if it has an initial value
* and there is no post value.
*/
$value = $this->default;
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Callback function to filter multidimensional theme mods and options.
*
* For all multidimensional settings of a given type, the preview filter for
* the first setting previewed will be used to apply the values for the others.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @see WP_Customize_Setting::$aggregated_multidimensionals
* @param mixed $original Original root value.
* @return mixed New or old value.
*/
final public function _multidimensional_preview_filter( $original ) {
if ( ! $this->is_current_blog_previewed() ) {
return $original;
}
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
// If no settings have been previewed yet (which should not be the case, since $this is), just pass through the original value.
if ( empty( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['previewed_instances'] ) ) {
return $original;
}
foreach ( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['previewed_instances'] as $previewed_setting ) {
// Skip applying previewed value for any settings that have already been applied.
if ( ! empty( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['preview_applied_instances'][ $previewed_setting->id ] ) ) {
continue;
}
// Do the replacements of the posted/default sub value into the root value.
$value = $previewed_setting->post_value( $previewed_setting->default );
$root = self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $previewed_setting->type ][ $id_base ]['root_value'];
$root = $previewed_setting->multidimensional_replace( $root, $previewed_setting->id_data['keys'], $value );
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $previewed_setting->type ][ $id_base ]['root_value'] = $root;
// Mark this setting having been applied so that it will be skipped when the filter is called again.
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $previewed_setting->type ][ $id_base ]['preview_applied_instances'][ $previewed_setting->id ] = true;
}
return self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['root_value'];
}
/**
* Checks user capabilities and theme supports, and then saves
* the value of the setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return void|false Void on success, false if cap check fails
* or value isn't set or is invalid.
*/
final public function save() {
$value = $this->post_value();
if ( ! $this->check_capabilities() || ! isset( $value ) ) {
return false;
}
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
/**
* Fires when the WP_Customize_Setting::save() method is called.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$id_base` refers to
* the base slug of the setting name.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting WP_Customize_Setting instance.
*/
do_action( "customize_save_{$id_base}", $this );
$this->update( $value );
}
/**
* Fetch and sanitize the $_POST value for the setting.
*
* During a save request prior to save, post_value() provides the new value while value() does not.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param mixed $default_value A default value which is used as a fallback. Default null.
* @return mixed The default value on failure, otherwise the sanitized and validated value.
*/
final public function post_value( $default_value = null ) {
return $this->manager->post_value( $this, $default_value );
}
/**
* Sanitize an input.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param string|array $value The value to sanitize.
* @return string|array|null|WP_Error Sanitized value, or `null`/`WP_Error` if invalid.
*/
public function sanitize( $value ) {
/**
* Filters a Customize setting value in un-slashed form.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the setting.
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting WP_Customize_Setting instance.
*/
return apply_filters( "customize_sanitize_{$this->id}", $value, $this );
}
/**
* Validates an input.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @see WP_REST_Request::has_valid_params()
*
* @param mixed $value Value to validate.
* @return true|WP_Error True if the input was validated, otherwise WP_Error.
*/
public function validate( $value ) {
if ( is_wp_error( $value ) ) {
return $value;
}
if ( is_null( $value ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_value', __( 'Invalid value.' ) );
}
$validity = new WP_Error();
/**
* Validates a Customize setting value.
*
* Plugins should amend the `$validity` object via its `WP_Error::add()` method.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$this->ID`, refers to the setting ID.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param WP_Error $validity Filtered from `true` to `WP_Error` when invalid.
* @param mixed $value Value of the setting.
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting WP_Customize_Setting instance.
*/
$validity = apply_filters( "customize_validate_{$this->id}", $validity, $value, $this );
if ( is_wp_error( $validity ) && ! $validity->has_errors() ) {
$validity = true;
}
return $validity;
}
/**
* Get the root value for a setting, especially for multidimensional ones.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param mixed $default_value Value to return if root does not exist.
* @return mixed
*/
protected function get_root_value( $default_value = null ) {
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
if ( 'option' === $this->type ) {
return get_option( $id_base, $default_value );
} elseif ( 'theme_mod' === $this->type ) {
return get_theme_mod( $id_base, $default_value );
} else {
/*
* Any WP_Customize_Setting subclass implementing aggregate multidimensional
* will need to override this method to obtain the data from the appropriate
* location.
*/
return $default_value;
}
}
/**
* Set the root value for a setting, especially for multidimensional ones.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value to set as root of multidimensional setting.
* @return bool Whether the multidimensional root was updated successfully.
*/
protected function set_root_value( $value ) {
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
if ( 'option' === $this->type ) {
$autoload = true;
if ( isset( self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $this->id_data['base'] ]['autoload'] ) ) {
$autoload = self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $this->id_data['base'] ]['autoload'];
}
return update_option( $id_base, $value, $autoload );
} elseif ( 'theme_mod' === $this->type ) {
set_theme_mod( $id_base, $value );
return true;
} else {
/*
* Any WP_Customize_Setting subclass implementing aggregate multidimensional
* will need to override this method to obtain the data from the appropriate
* location.
*/
return false;
}
}
/**
* Save the value of the setting, using the related API.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param mixed $value The value to update.
* @return bool The result of saving the value.
*/
protected function update( $value ) {
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
if ( 'option' === $this->type || 'theme_mod' === $this->type ) {
if ( ! $this->is_multidimensional_aggregated ) {
return $this->set_root_value( $value );
} else {
$root = self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['root_value'];
$root = $this->multidimensional_replace( $root, $this->id_data['keys'], $value );
self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['root_value'] = $root;
return $this->set_root_value( $root );
}
} else {
/**
* Fires when the WP_Customize_Setting::update() method is called for settings
* not handled as theme_mods or options.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$this->type`, refers to the type of setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param mixed $value Value of the setting.
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting WP_Customize_Setting instance.
*/
do_action( "customize_update_{$this->type}", $value, $this );
return has_action( "customize_update_{$this->type}" );
}
}
/**
* Deprecated method.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @deprecated 4.4.0 Deprecated in favor of update() method.
*/
protected function _update_theme_mod() {
_deprecated_function( __METHOD__, '4.4.0', __CLASS__ . '::update()' );
}
/**
* Deprecated method.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @deprecated 4.4.0 Deprecated in favor of update() method.
*/
protected function _update_option() {
_deprecated_function( __METHOD__, '4.4.0', __CLASS__ . '::update()' );
}
/**
* Fetch the value of the setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return mixed The value.
*/
public function value() {
$id_base = $this->id_data['base'];
$is_core_type = ( 'option' === $this->type || 'theme_mod' === $this->type );
if ( ! $is_core_type && ! $this->is_multidimensional_aggregated ) {
// Use post value if previewed and a post value is present.
if ( $this->is_previewed ) {
$value = $this->post_value( null );
if ( null !== $value ) {
return $value;
}
}
$value = $this->get_root_value( $this->default );
/**
* Filters a Customize setting value not handled as a theme_mod or option.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$id_base`, refers to
* the base slug of the setting name, initialized from `$this->id_data['base']`.
*
* For settings handled as theme_mods or options, see those corresponding
* functions for available hooks.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @since 4.6.0 Added the `$this` setting instance as the second parameter.
*
* @param mixed $default_value The setting default value. Default empty.
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting The setting instance.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "customize_value_{$id_base}", $value, $this );
} elseif ( $this->is_multidimensional_aggregated ) {
$root_value = self::$aggregated_multidimensionals[ $this->type ][ $id_base ]['root_value'];
$value = $this->multidimensional_get( $root_value, $this->id_data['keys'], $this->default );
// Ensure that the post value is used if the setting is previewed, since preview filters aren't applying on cached $root_value.
if ( $this->is_previewed ) {
$value = $this->post_value( $value );
}
} else {
$value = $this->get_root_value( $this->default );
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Sanitize the setting's value for use in JavaScript.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return mixed The requested escaped value.
*/
public function js_value() {
/**
* Filters a Customize setting value for use in JavaScript.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$this->id`, refers to the setting ID.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param mixed $value The setting value.
* @param WP_Customize_Setting $setting WP_Customize_Setting instance.
*/
$value = apply_filters( "customize_sanitize_js_{$this->id}", $this->value(), $this );
if ( is_string( $value ) ) {
return html_entity_decode( $value, ENT_QUOTES, 'UTF-8' );
}
return $value;
}
/**
* Retrieves the data to export to the client via JSON.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @return array Array of parameters passed to JavaScript.
*/
public function json() {
return array(
'value' => $this->js_value(),
'transport' => $this->transport,
'dirty' => $this->dirty,
'type' => $this->type,
);
}
/**
* Validate user capabilities whether the theme supports the setting.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return bool False if theme doesn't support the setting or user can't change setting, otherwise true.
*/
final public function check_capabilities() {
if ( $this->capability && ! current_user_can( $this->capability ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( $this->theme_supports && ! current_theme_supports( ... (array) $this->theme_supports ) ) {
return false;
}
return true;
}
/**
* Multidimensional helper function.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param array $root
* @param array $keys
* @param bool $create Default false.
* @return array|void Keys are 'root', 'node', and 'key'.
*/
final protected function multidimensional( &$root, $keys, $create = false ) {
if ( $create && empty( $root ) ) {
$root = array();
}
if ( ! isset( $root ) || empty( $keys ) ) {
return;
}
$last = array_pop( $keys );
$node = &$root;
foreach ( $keys as $key ) {
if ( $create && ! isset( $node[ $key ] ) ) {
$node[ $key ] = array();
}
if ( ! is_array( $node ) || ! isset( $node[ $key ] ) ) {
return;
}
$node = &$node[ $key ];
}
if ( $create ) {
if ( ! is_array( $node ) ) {
// Account for an array overriding a string or object value.
$node = array();
}
if ( ! isset( $node[ $last ] ) ) {
$node[ $last ] = array();
}
}
if ( ! isset( $node[ $last ] ) ) {
return;
}
return array(
'root' => &$root,
'node' => &$node,
'key' => $last,
);
}
/**
* Will attempt to replace a specific value in a multidimensional array.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param array $root
* @param array $keys
* @param mixed $value The value to update.
* @return mixed
*/
final protected function multidimensional_replace( $root, $keys, $value ) {
if ( ! isset( $value ) ) {
return $root;
} elseif ( empty( $keys ) ) { // If there are no keys, we're replacing the root.
return $value;
}
$result = $this->multidimensional( $root, $keys, true );
if ( isset( $result ) ) {
$result['node'][ $result['key'] ] = $value;
}
return $root;
}
/**
* Will attempt to fetch a specific value from a multidimensional array.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param array $root
* @param array $keys
* @param mixed $default_value A default value which is used as a fallback. Default null.
* @return mixed The requested value or the default value.
*/
final protected function multidimensional_get( $root, $keys, $default_value = null ) {
if ( empty( $keys ) ) { // If there are no keys, test the root.
return isset( $root ) ? $root : $default_value;
}
$result = $this->multidimensional( $root, $keys );
return isset( $result ) ? $result['node'][ $result['key'] ] : $default_value;
}
/**
* Will attempt to check if a specific value in a multidimensional array is set.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param array $root
* @param array $keys
* @return bool True if value is set, false if not.
*/
final protected function multidimensional_isset( $root, $keys ) {
$result = $this->multidimensional_get( $root, $keys );
return isset( $result );
}
}
/**
* WP_Customize_Filter_Setting class.
*/
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/customize/class-wp-customize-filter-setting.php';
/**
* WP_Customize_Header_Image_Setting class.
*/
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/customize/class-wp-customize-header-image-setting.php';
/**
* WP_Customize_Background_Image_Setting class.
*/
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/customize/class-wp-customize-background-image-setting.php';
/**
* WP_Customize_Nav_Menu_Item_Setting class.
*/
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/customize/class-wp-customize-nav-menu-item-setting.php';
/**
* WP_Customize_Nav_Menu_Setting class.
*/
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/customize/class-wp-customize-nav-menu-setting.php';
<?php
/**
* Theme previews using the Site Editor for block themes.
*
* @package WordPress
*/
/**
* Filters the blog option to return the path for the previewed theme.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param string $current_stylesheet The current theme's stylesheet or template path.
* @return string The previewed theme's stylesheet or template path.
*/
function wp_get_theme_preview_path( $current_stylesheet = null ) {
if ( ! current_user_can( 'switch_themes' ) ) {
return $current_stylesheet;
}
$preview_stylesheet = ! empty( $_GET['wp_theme_preview'] ) ? sanitize_text_field( wp_unslash( $_GET['wp_theme_preview'] ) ) : null;
$wp_theme = wp_get_theme( $preview_stylesheet );
if ( ! is_wp_error( $wp_theme->errors() ) ) {
if ( current_filter() === 'template' ) {
$theme_path = $wp_theme->get_template();
} else {
$theme_path = $wp_theme->get_stylesheet();
}
return sanitize_text_field( $theme_path );
}
return $current_stylesheet;
}
/**
* Adds a middleware to `apiFetch` to set the theme for the preview.
* This adds a `wp_theme_preview` URL parameter to API requests from the Site Editor, so they also respond as if the theme is set to the value of the parameter.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*/
function wp_attach_theme_preview_middleware() {
// Don't allow non-admins to preview themes.
if ( ! current_user_can( 'switch_themes' ) ) {
return;
}
wp_add_inline_script(
'wp-api-fetch',
sprintf(
'wp.apiFetch.use( wp.apiFetch.createThemePreviewMiddleware( %s ) );',
wp_json_encode( sanitize_text_field( wp_unslash( $_GET['wp_theme_preview'] ) ) )
),
'after'
);
}
/**
* Set a JavaScript constant for theme activation.
*
* Sets the JavaScript global WP_BLOCK_THEME_ACTIVATE_NONCE containing the nonce
* required to activate a theme. For use within the site editor.
*
* @see https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/pull/41836.
*
* @since 6.3.0
* @private
*/
function wp_block_theme_activate_nonce() {
$nonce_handle = 'switch-theme_' . wp_get_theme_preview_path();
?>
<script type="text/javascript">
window.WP_BLOCK_THEME_ACTIVATE_NONCE = <?php echo wp_json_encode( wp_create_nonce( $nonce_handle ) ); ?>;
</script>
<?php
}
/**
* Add filters and actions to enable Block Theme Previews in the Site Editor.
*
* The filters and actions should be added after `pluggable.php` is included as they may
* trigger code that uses `current_user_can()` which requires functionality from `pluggable.php`.
*
* @since 6.3.2
*/
function wp_initialize_theme_preview_hooks() {
if ( ! empty( $_GET['wp_theme_preview'] ) ) {
add_filter( 'stylesheet', 'wp_get_theme_preview_path' );
add_filter( 'template', 'wp_get_theme_preview_path' );
add_action( 'init', 'wp_attach_theme_preview_middleware' );
add_action( 'admin_head', 'wp_block_theme_activate_nonce' );
}
}
<?php
/**
* WordPress API for media display.
*
* @package WordPress
* @subpackage Media
*/
/**
* Retrieves additional image sizes.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @global array $_wp_additional_image_sizes
*
* @return array Additional images size data.
*/
function wp_get_additional_image_sizes() {
global $_wp_additional_image_sizes;
if ( ! $_wp_additional_image_sizes ) {
$_wp_additional_image_sizes = array();
}
return $_wp_additional_image_sizes;
}
/**
* Scales down the default size of an image.
*
* This is so that the image is a better fit for the editor and theme.
*
* The `$size` parameter accepts either an array or a string. The supported string
* values are 'thumb' or 'thumbnail' for the given thumbnail size or defaults at
* 128 width and 96 height in pixels. Also supported for the string value is
* 'medium', 'medium_large' and 'full'. The 'full' isn't actually supported, but any value other
* than the supported will result in the content_width size or 500 if that is
* not set.
*
* Finally, there is a filter named {@see 'editor_max_image_size'}, that will be
* called on the calculated array for width and height, respectively.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global int $content_width
*
* @param int $width Width of the image in pixels.
* @param int $height Height of the image in pixels.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'medium'.
* @param string $context Optional. Could be 'display' (like in a theme) or 'edit'
* (like inserting into an editor). Default null.
* @return int[] {
* An array of width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The maximum width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The maximum height in pixels.
* }
*/
function image_constrain_size_for_editor( $width, $height, $size = 'medium', $context = null ) {
global $content_width;
$_wp_additional_image_sizes = wp_get_additional_image_sizes();
if ( ! $context ) {
$context = is_admin() ? 'edit' : 'display';
}
if ( is_array( $size ) ) {
$max_width = $size[0];
$max_height = $size[1];
} elseif ( 'thumb' === $size || 'thumbnail' === $size ) {
$max_width = (int) get_option( 'thumbnail_size_w' );
$max_height = (int) get_option( 'thumbnail_size_h' );
// Last chance thumbnail size defaults.
if ( ! $max_width && ! $max_height ) {
$max_width = 128;
$max_height = 96;
}
} elseif ( 'medium' === $size ) {
$max_width = (int) get_option( 'medium_size_w' );
$max_height = (int) get_option( 'medium_size_h' );
} elseif ( 'medium_large' === $size ) {
$max_width = (int) get_option( 'medium_large_size_w' );
$max_height = (int) get_option( 'medium_large_size_h' );
if ( (int) $content_width > 0 ) {
$max_width = min( (int) $content_width, $max_width );
}
} elseif ( 'large' === $size ) {
/*
* We're inserting a large size image into the editor. If it's a really
* big image we'll scale it down to fit reasonably within the editor
* itself, and within the theme's content width if it's known. The user
* can resize it in the editor if they wish.
*/
$max_width = (int) get_option( 'large_size_w' );
$max_height = (int) get_option( 'large_size_h' );
if ( (int) $content_width > 0 ) {
$max_width = min( (int) $content_width, $max_width );
}
} elseif ( ! empty( $_wp_additional_image_sizes ) && in_array( $size, array_keys( $_wp_additional_image_sizes ), true ) ) {
$max_width = (int) $_wp_additional_image_sizes[ $size ]['width'];
$max_height = (int) $_wp_additional_image_sizes[ $size ]['height'];
// Only in admin. Assume that theme authors know what they're doing.
if ( (int) $content_width > 0 && 'edit' === $context ) {
$max_width = min( (int) $content_width, $max_width );
}
} else { // $size === 'full' has no constraint.
$max_width = $width;
$max_height = $height;
}
/**
* Filters the maximum image size dimensions for the editor.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int[] $max_image_size {
* An array of width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The maximum width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The maximum height in pixels.
* }
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
* @param string $context The context the image is being resized for.
* Possible values are 'display' (like in a theme)
* or 'edit' (like inserting into an editor).
*/
list( $max_width, $max_height ) = apply_filters( 'editor_max_image_size', array( $max_width, $max_height ), $size, $context );
return wp_constrain_dimensions( $width, $height, $max_width, $max_height );
}
/**
* Retrieves width and height attributes using given width and height values.
*
* Both attributes are required in the sense that both parameters must have a
* value, but are optional in that if you set them to false or null, then they
* will not be added to the returned string.
*
* You can set the value using a string, but it will only take numeric values.
* If you wish to put 'px' after the numbers, then it will be stripped out of
* the return.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int|string $width Image width in pixels.
* @param int|string $height Image height in pixels.
* @return string HTML attributes for width and, or height.
*/
function image_hwstring( $width, $height ) {
$out = '';
if ( $width ) {
$out .= 'width="' . (int) $width . '" ';
}
if ( $height ) {
$out .= 'height="' . (int) $height . '" ';
}
return $out;
}
/**
* Scales an image to fit a particular size (such as 'thumb' or 'medium').
*
* The URL might be the original image, or it might be a resized version. This
* function won't create a new resized copy, it will just return an already
* resized one if it exists.
*
* A plugin may use the {@see 'image_downsize'} filter to hook into and offer image
* resizing services for images. The hook must return an array with the same
* elements that are normally returned from the function.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $id Attachment ID for image.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'medium'.
* @return array|false {
* Array of image data, or boolean false if no image is available.
*
* @type string $0 Image source URL.
* @type int $1 Image width in pixels.
* @type int $2 Image height in pixels.
* @type bool $3 Whether the image is a resized image.
* }
*/
function image_downsize( $id, $size = 'medium' ) {
$is_image = wp_attachment_is_image( $id );
/**
* Filters whether to preempt the output of image_downsize().
*
* Returning a truthy value from the filter will effectively short-circuit
* down-sizing the image, returning that value instead.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param bool|array $downsize Whether to short-circuit the image downsize.
* @param int $id Attachment ID for image.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
*/
$out = apply_filters( 'image_downsize', false, $id, $size );
if ( $out ) {
return $out;
}
$img_url = wp_get_attachment_url( $id );
$meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $id );
$width = 0;
$height = 0;
$is_intermediate = false;
$img_url_basename = wp_basename( $img_url );
/*
* If the file isn't an image, attempt to replace its URL with a rendered image from its meta.
* Otherwise, a non-image type could be returned.
*/
if ( ! $is_image ) {
if ( ! empty( $meta['sizes']['full'] ) ) {
$img_url = str_replace( $img_url_basename, $meta['sizes']['full']['file'], $img_url );
$img_url_basename = $meta['sizes']['full']['file'];
$width = $meta['sizes']['full']['width'];
$height = $meta['sizes']['full']['height'];
} else {
return false;
}
}
// Try for a new style intermediate size.
$intermediate = image_get_intermediate_size( $id, $size );
if ( $intermediate ) {
$img_url = str_replace( $img_url_basename, $intermediate['file'], $img_url );
$width = $intermediate['width'];
$height = $intermediate['height'];
$is_intermediate = true;
} elseif ( 'thumbnail' === $size && ! empty( $meta['thumb'] ) && is_string( $meta['thumb'] ) ) {
// Fall back to the old thumbnail.
$imagefile = get_attached_file( $id );
$thumbfile = str_replace( wp_basename( $imagefile ), wp_basename( $meta['thumb'] ), $imagefile );
if ( file_exists( $thumbfile ) ) {
$info = wp_getimagesize( $thumbfile );
if ( $info ) {
$img_url = str_replace( $img_url_basename, wp_basename( $thumbfile ), $img_url );
$width = $info[0];
$height = $info[1];
$is_intermediate = true;
}
}
}
if ( ! $width && ! $height && isset( $meta['width'], $meta['height'] ) ) {
// Any other type: use the real image.
$width = $meta['width'];
$height = $meta['height'];
}
if ( $img_url ) {
// We have the actual image size, but might need to further constrain it if content_width is narrower.
list( $width, $height ) = image_constrain_size_for_editor( $width, $height, $size );
return array( $img_url, $width, $height, $is_intermediate );
}
return false;
}
/**
* Registers a new image size.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global array $_wp_additional_image_sizes Associative array of additional image sizes.
*
* @param string $name Image size identifier.
* @param int $width Optional. Image width in pixels. Default 0.
* @param int $height Optional. Image height in pixels. Default 0.
* @param bool|array $crop Optional. Image cropping behavior. If false, the image will be scaled (default),
* If true, image will be cropped to the specified dimensions using center positions.
* If an array, the image will be cropped using the array to specify the crop location.
* Array values must be in the format: array( x_crop_position, y_crop_position ) where:
* - x_crop_position accepts: 'left', 'center', or 'right'.
* - y_crop_position accepts: 'top', 'center', or 'bottom'.
*/
function add_image_size( $name, $width = 0, $height = 0, $crop = false ) {
global $_wp_additional_image_sizes;
$_wp_additional_image_sizes[ $name ] = array(
'width' => absint( $width ),
'height' => absint( $height ),
'crop' => $crop,
);
}
/**
* Checks if an image size exists.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param string $name The image size to check.
* @return bool True if the image size exists, false if not.
*/
function has_image_size( $name ) {
$sizes = wp_get_additional_image_sizes();
return isset( $sizes[ $name ] );
}
/**
* Removes a new image size.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @global array $_wp_additional_image_sizes
*
* @param string $name The image size to remove.
* @return bool True if the image size was successfully removed, false on failure.
*/
function remove_image_size( $name ) {
global $_wp_additional_image_sizes;
if ( isset( $_wp_additional_image_sizes[ $name ] ) ) {
unset( $_wp_additional_image_sizes[ $name ] );
return true;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Registers an image size for the post thumbnail.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @see add_image_size() for details on cropping behavior.
*
* @param int $width Image width in pixels.
* @param int $height Image height in pixels.
* @param bool|array $crop Optional. Whether to crop images to specified width and height or resize.
* An array can specify positioning of the crop area. Default false.
*/
function set_post_thumbnail_size( $width = 0, $height = 0, $crop = false ) {
add_image_size( 'post-thumbnail', $width, $height, $crop );
}
/**
* Gets an img tag for an image attachment, scaling it down if requested.
*
* The {@see 'get_image_tag_class'} filter allows for changing the class name for the
* image without having to use regular expressions on the HTML content. The
* parameters are: what WordPress will use for the class, the Attachment ID,
* image align value, and the size the image should be.
*
* The second filter, {@see 'get_image_tag'}, has the HTML content, which can then be
* further manipulated by a plugin to change all attribute values and even HTML
* content.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $id Attachment ID.
* @param string $alt Image description for the alt attribute.
* @param string $title Image description for the title attribute.
* @param string $align Part of the class name for aligning the image.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array of
* width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'medium'.
* @return string HTML IMG element for given image attachment?
*/
function get_image_tag( $id, $alt, $title, $align, $size = 'medium' ) {
list( $img_src, $width, $height ) = image_downsize( $id, $size );
$hwstring = image_hwstring( $width, $height );
$title = $title ? 'title="' . esc_attr( $title ) . '" ' : '';
$size_class = is_array( $size ) ? implode( 'x', $size ) : $size;
$class = 'align' . esc_attr( $align ) . ' size-' . esc_attr( $size_class ) . ' wp-image-' . $id;
/**
* Filters the value of the attachment's image tag class attribute.
*
* @since 2.6.0
*
* @param string $class CSS class name or space-separated list of classes.
* @param int $id Attachment ID.
* @param string $align Part of the class name for aligning the image.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
*/
$class = apply_filters( 'get_image_tag_class', $class, $id, $align, $size );
$html = '<img src="' . esc_url( $img_src ) . '" alt="' . esc_attr( $alt ) . '" ' . $title . $hwstring . 'class="' . $class . '" />';
/**
* Filters the HTML content for the image tag.
*
* @since 2.6.0
*
* @param string $html HTML content for the image.
* @param int $id Attachment ID.
* @param string $alt Image description for the alt attribute.
* @param string $title Image description for the title attribute.
* @param string $align Part of the class name for aligning the image.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_image_tag', $html, $id, $alt, $title, $align, $size );
}
/**
* Calculates the new dimensions for a down-sampled image.
*
* If either width or height are empty, no constraint is applied on
* that dimension.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $current_width Current width of the image.
* @param int $current_height Current height of the image.
* @param int $max_width Optional. Max width in pixels to constrain to. Default 0.
* @param int $max_height Optional. Max height in pixels to constrain to. Default 0.
* @return int[] {
* An array of width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The height in pixels.
* }
*/
function wp_constrain_dimensions( $current_width, $current_height, $max_width = 0, $max_height = 0 ) {
if ( ! $max_width && ! $max_height ) {
return array( $current_width, $current_height );
}
$width_ratio = 1.0;
$height_ratio = 1.0;
$did_width = false;
$did_height = false;
if ( $max_width > 0 && $current_width > 0 && $current_width > $max_width ) {
$width_ratio = $max_width / $current_width;
$did_width = true;
}
if ( $max_height > 0 && $current_height > 0 && $current_height > $max_height ) {
$height_ratio = $max_height / $current_height;
$did_height = true;
}
// Calculate the larger/smaller ratios.
$smaller_ratio = min( $width_ratio, $height_ratio );
$larger_ratio = max( $width_ratio, $height_ratio );
if ( (int) round( $current_width * $larger_ratio ) > $max_width || (int) round( $current_height * $larger_ratio ) > $max_height ) {
// The larger ratio is too big. It would result in an overflow.
$ratio = $smaller_ratio;
} else {
// The larger ratio fits, and is likely to be a more "snug" fit.
$ratio = $larger_ratio;
}
// Very small dimensions may result in 0, 1 should be the minimum.
$w = max( 1, (int) round( $current_width * $ratio ) );
$h = max( 1, (int) round( $current_height * $ratio ) );
/*
* Sometimes, due to rounding, we'll end up with a result like this:
* 465x700 in a 177x177 box is 117x176... a pixel short.
* We also have issues with recursive calls resulting in an ever-changing result.
* Constraining to the result of a constraint should yield the original result.
* Thus we look for dimensions that are one pixel shy of the max value and bump them up.
*/
// Note: $did_width means it is possible $smaller_ratio == $width_ratio.
if ( $did_width && $w === $max_width - 1 ) {
$w = $max_width; // Round it up.
}
// Note: $did_height means it is possible $smaller_ratio == $height_ratio.
if ( $did_height && $h === $max_height - 1 ) {
$h = $max_height; // Round it up.
}
/**
* Filters dimensions to constrain down-sampled images to.
*
* @since 4.1.0
*
* @param int[] $dimensions {
* An array of width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The height in pixels.
* }
* @param int $current_width The current width of the image.
* @param int $current_height The current height of the image.
* @param int $max_width The maximum width permitted.
* @param int $max_height The maximum height permitted.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_constrain_dimensions', array( $w, $h ), $current_width, $current_height, $max_width, $max_height );
}
/**
* Retrieves calculated resize dimensions for use in WP_Image_Editor.
*
* Calculates dimensions and coordinates for a resized image that fits
* within a specified width and height.
*
* Cropping behavior is dependent on the value of $crop:
* 1. If false (default), images will not be cropped.
* 2. If an array in the form of array( x_crop_position, y_crop_position ):
* - x_crop_position accepts 'left' 'center', or 'right'.
* - y_crop_position accepts 'top', 'center', or 'bottom'.
* Images will be cropped to the specified dimensions within the defined crop area.
* 3. If true, images will be cropped to the specified dimensions using center positions.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $orig_w Original width in pixels.
* @param int $orig_h Original height in pixels.
* @param int $dest_w New width in pixels.
* @param int $dest_h New height in pixels.
* @param bool|array $crop Optional. Whether to crop image to specified width and height or resize.
* An array can specify positioning of the crop area. Default false.
* @return array|false Returned array matches parameters for `imagecopyresampled()`. False on failure.
*/
function image_resize_dimensions( $orig_w, $orig_h, $dest_w, $dest_h, $crop = false ) {
if ( $orig_w <= 0 || $orig_h <= 0 ) {
return false;
}
// At least one of $dest_w or $dest_h must be specific.
if ( $dest_w <= 0 && $dest_h <= 0 ) {
return false;
}
/**
* Filters whether to preempt calculating the image resize dimensions.
*
* Returning a non-null value from the filter will effectively short-circuit
* image_resize_dimensions(), returning that value instead.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param null|mixed $null Whether to preempt output of the resize dimensions.
* @param int $orig_w Original width in pixels.
* @param int $orig_h Original height in pixels.
* @param int $dest_w New width in pixels.
* @param int $dest_h New height in pixels.
* @param bool|array $crop Whether to crop image to specified width and height or resize.
* An array can specify positioning of the crop area. Default false.
*/
$output = apply_filters( 'image_resize_dimensions', null, $orig_w, $orig_h, $dest_w, $dest_h, $crop );
if ( null !== $output ) {
return $output;
}
// Stop if the destination size is larger than the original image dimensions.
if ( empty( $dest_h ) ) {
if ( $orig_w < $dest_w ) {
return false;
}
} elseif ( empty( $dest_w ) ) {
if ( $orig_h < $dest_h ) {
return false;
}
} else {
if ( $orig_w < $dest_w && $orig_h < $dest_h ) {
return false;
}
}
if ( $crop ) {
/*
* Crop the largest possible portion of the original image that we can size to $dest_w x $dest_h.
* Note that the requested crop dimensions are used as a maximum bounding box for the original image.
* If the original image's width or height is less than the requested width or height
* only the greater one will be cropped.
* For example when the original image is 600x300, and the requested crop dimensions are 400x400,
* the resulting image will be 400x300.
*/
$aspect_ratio = $orig_w / $orig_h;
$new_w = min( $dest_w, $orig_w );
$new_h = min( $dest_h, $orig_h );
if ( ! $new_w ) {
$new_w = (int) round( $new_h * $aspect_ratio );
}
if ( ! $new_h ) {
$new_h = (int) round( $new_w / $aspect_ratio );
}
$size_ratio = max( $new_w / $orig_w, $new_h / $orig_h );
$crop_w = round( $new_w / $size_ratio );
$crop_h = round( $new_h / $size_ratio );
if ( ! is_array( $crop ) || count( $crop ) !== 2 ) {
$crop = array( 'center', 'center' );
}
list( $x, $y ) = $crop;
if ( 'left' === $x ) {
$s_x = 0;
} elseif ( 'right' === $x ) {
$s_x = $orig_w - $crop_w;
} else {
$s_x = floor( ( $orig_w - $crop_w ) / 2 );
}
if ( 'top' === $y ) {
$s_y = 0;
} elseif ( 'bottom' === $y ) {
$s_y = $orig_h - $crop_h;
} else {
$s_y = floor( ( $orig_h - $crop_h ) / 2 );
}
} else {
// Resize using $dest_w x $dest_h as a maximum bounding box.
$crop_w = $orig_w;
$crop_h = $orig_h;
$s_x = 0;
$s_y = 0;
list( $new_w, $new_h ) = wp_constrain_dimensions( $orig_w, $orig_h, $dest_w, $dest_h );
}
if ( wp_fuzzy_number_match( $new_w, $orig_w ) && wp_fuzzy_number_match( $new_h, $orig_h ) ) {
// The new size has virtually the same dimensions as the original image.
/**
* Filters whether to proceed with making an image sub-size with identical dimensions
* with the original/source image. Differences of 1px may be due to rounding and are ignored.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param bool $proceed The filtered value.
* @param int $orig_w Original image width.
* @param int $orig_h Original image height.
*/
$proceed = (bool) apply_filters( 'wp_image_resize_identical_dimensions', false, $orig_w, $orig_h );
if ( ! $proceed ) {
return false;
}
}
/*
* The return array matches the parameters to imagecopyresampled().
* int dst_x, int dst_y, int src_x, int src_y, int dst_w, int dst_h, int src_w, int src_h
*/
return array( 0, 0, (int) $s_x, (int) $s_y, (int) $new_w, (int) $new_h, (int) $crop_w, (int) $crop_h );
}
/**
* Resizes an image to make a thumbnail or intermediate size.
*
* The returned array has the file size, the image width, and image height. The
* {@see 'image_make_intermediate_size'} filter can be used to hook in and change the
* values of the returned array. The only parameter is the resized file path.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $file File path.
* @param int $width Image width.
* @param int $height Image height.
* @param bool $crop Optional. Whether to crop image to specified width and height or resize.
* Default false.
* @return array|false Metadata array on success. False if no image was created.
*/
function image_make_intermediate_size( $file, $width, $height, $crop = false ) {
if ( $width || $height ) {
$editor = wp_get_image_editor( $file );
if ( is_wp_error( $editor ) || is_wp_error( $editor->resize( $width, $height, $crop ) ) ) {
return false;
}
$resized_file = $editor->save();
if ( ! is_wp_error( $resized_file ) && $resized_file ) {
unset( $resized_file['path'] );
return $resized_file;
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Helper function to test if aspect ratios for two images match.
*
* @since 4.6.0
*
* @param int $source_width Width of the first image in pixels.
* @param int $source_height Height of the first image in pixels.
* @param int $target_width Width of the second image in pixels.
* @param int $target_height Height of the second image in pixels.
* @return bool True if aspect ratios match within 1px. False if not.
*/
function wp_image_matches_ratio( $source_width, $source_height, $target_width, $target_height ) {
/*
* To test for varying crops, we constrain the dimensions of the larger image
* to the dimensions of the smaller image and see if they match.
*/
if ( $source_width > $target_width ) {
$constrained_size = wp_constrain_dimensions( $source_width, $source_height, $target_width );
$expected_size = array( $target_width, $target_height );
} else {
$constrained_size = wp_constrain_dimensions( $target_width, $target_height, $source_width );
$expected_size = array( $source_width, $source_height );
}
// If the image dimensions are within 1px of the expected size, we consider it a match.
$matched = ( wp_fuzzy_number_match( $constrained_size[0], $expected_size[0] ) && wp_fuzzy_number_match( $constrained_size[1], $expected_size[1] ) );
return $matched;
}
/**
* Retrieves the image's intermediate size (resized) path, width, and height.
*
* The $size parameter can be an array with the width and height respectively.
* If the size matches the 'sizes' metadata array for width and height, then it
* will be used. If there is no direct match, then the nearest image size larger
* than the specified size will be used. If nothing is found, then the function
* will break out and return false.
*
* The metadata 'sizes' is used for compatible sizes that can be used for the
* parameter $size value.
*
* The url path will be given, when the $size parameter is a string.
*
* If you are passing an array for the $size, you should consider using
* add_image_size() so that a cropped version is generated. It's much more
* efficient than having to find the closest-sized image and then having the
* browser scale down the image.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $post_id Attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @return array|false {
* Array of file relative path, width, and height on success. Additionally includes absolute
* path and URL if registered size is passed to `$size` parameter. False on failure.
*
* @type string $file Filename of image.
* @type int $width Width of image in pixels.
* @type int $height Height of image in pixels.
* @type string $path Path of image relative to uploads directory.
* @type string $url URL of image.
* }
*/
function image_get_intermediate_size( $post_id, $size = 'thumbnail' ) {
$imagedata = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $post_id );
if ( ! $size || ! is_array( $imagedata ) || empty( $imagedata['sizes'] ) ) {
return false;
}
$data = array();
// Find the best match when '$size' is an array.
if ( is_array( $size ) ) {
$candidates = array();
if ( ! isset( $imagedata['file'] ) && isset( $imagedata['sizes']['full'] ) ) {
$imagedata['height'] = $imagedata['sizes']['full']['height'];
$imagedata['width'] = $imagedata['sizes']['full']['width'];
}
foreach ( $imagedata['sizes'] as $_size => $data ) {
// If there's an exact match to an existing image size, short circuit.
if ( (int) $data['width'] === (int) $size[0] && (int) $data['height'] === (int) $size[1] ) {
$candidates[ $data['width'] * $data['height'] ] = $data;
break;
}
// If it's not an exact match, consider larger sizes with the same aspect ratio.
if ( $data['width'] >= $size[0] && $data['height'] >= $size[1] ) {
// If '0' is passed to either size, we test ratios against the original file.
if ( 0 === $size[0] || 0 === $size[1] ) {
$same_ratio = wp_image_matches_ratio( $data['width'], $data['height'], $imagedata['width'], $imagedata['height'] );
} else {
$same_ratio = wp_image_matches_ratio( $data['width'], $data['height'], $size[0], $size[1] );
}
if ( $same_ratio ) {
$candidates[ $data['width'] * $data['height'] ] = $data;
}
}
}
if ( ! empty( $candidates ) ) {
// Sort the array by size if we have more than one candidate.
if ( 1 < count( $candidates ) ) {
ksort( $candidates );
}
$data = array_shift( $candidates );
/*
* When the size requested is smaller than the thumbnail dimensions, we
* fall back to the thumbnail size to maintain backward compatibility with
* pre 4.6 versions of WordPress.
*/
} elseif ( ! empty( $imagedata['sizes']['thumbnail'] ) && $imagedata['sizes']['thumbnail']['width'] >= $size[0] && $imagedata['sizes']['thumbnail']['width'] >= $size[1] ) {
$data = $imagedata['sizes']['thumbnail'];
} else {
return false;
}
// Constrain the width and height attributes to the requested values.
list( $data['width'], $data['height'] ) = image_constrain_size_for_editor( $data['width'], $data['height'], $size );
} elseif ( ! empty( $imagedata['sizes'][ $size ] ) ) {
$data = $imagedata['sizes'][ $size ];
}
// If we still don't have a match at this point, return false.
if ( empty( $data ) ) {
return false;
}
// Include the full filesystem path of the intermediate file.
if ( empty( $data['path'] ) && ! empty( $data['file'] ) && ! empty( $imagedata['file'] ) ) {
$file_url = wp_get_attachment_url( $post_id );
$data['path'] = path_join( dirname( $imagedata['file'] ), $data['file'] );
$data['url'] = path_join( dirname( $file_url ), $data['file'] );
}
/**
* Filters the output of image_get_intermediate_size()
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @see image_get_intermediate_size()
*
* @param array $data Array of file relative path, width, and height on success. May also include
* file absolute path and URL.
* @param int $post_id The ID of the image attachment.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
*/
return apply_filters( 'image_get_intermediate_size', $data, $post_id, $size );
}
/**
* Gets the available intermediate image size names.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @return string[] An array of image size names.
*/
function get_intermediate_image_sizes() {
$default_sizes = array( 'thumbnail', 'medium', 'medium_large', 'large' );
$additional_sizes = wp_get_additional_image_sizes();
if ( ! empty( $additional_sizes ) ) {
$default_sizes = array_merge( $default_sizes, array_keys( $additional_sizes ) );
}
/**
* Filters the list of intermediate image sizes.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string[] $default_sizes An array of intermediate image size names. Defaults
* are 'thumbnail', 'medium', 'medium_large', 'large'.
*/
return apply_filters( 'intermediate_image_sizes', $default_sizes );
}
/**
* Returns a normalized list of all currently registered image sub-sizes.
*
* @since 5.3.0
* @uses wp_get_additional_image_sizes()
* @uses get_intermediate_image_sizes()
*
* @return array[] Associative array of arrays of image sub-size information,
* keyed by image size name.
*/
function wp_get_registered_image_subsizes() {
$additional_sizes = wp_get_additional_image_sizes();
$all_sizes = array();
foreach ( get_intermediate_image_sizes() as $size_name ) {
$size_data = array(
'width' => 0,
'height' => 0,
'crop' => false,
);
if ( isset( $additional_sizes[ $size_name ]['width'] ) ) {
// For sizes added by plugins and themes.
$size_data['width'] = (int) $additional_sizes[ $size_name ]['width'];
} else {
// For default sizes set in options.
$size_data['width'] = (int) get_option( "{$size_name}_size_w" );
}
if ( isset( $additional_sizes[ $size_name ]['height'] ) ) {
$size_data['height'] = (int) $additional_sizes[ $size_name ]['height'];
} else {
$size_data['height'] = (int) get_option( "{$size_name}_size_h" );
}
if ( empty( $size_data['width'] ) && empty( $size_data['height'] ) ) {
// This size isn't set.
continue;
}
if ( isset( $additional_sizes[ $size_name ]['crop'] ) ) {
$size_data['crop'] = $additional_sizes[ $size_name ]['crop'];
} else {
$size_data['crop'] = get_option( "{$size_name}_crop" );
}
if ( ! is_array( $size_data['crop'] ) || empty( $size_data['crop'] ) ) {
$size_data['crop'] = (bool) $size_data['crop'];
}
$all_sizes[ $size_name ] = $size_data;
}
return $all_sizes;
}
/**
* Retrieves an image to represent an attachment.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array of
* width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param bool $icon Optional. Whether the image should fall back to a mime type icon. Default false.
* @return array|false {
* Array of image data, or boolean false if no image is available.
*
* @type string $0 Image source URL.
* @type int $1 Image width in pixels.
* @type int $2 Image height in pixels.
* @type bool $3 Whether the image is a resized image.
* }
*/
function wp_get_attachment_image_src( $attachment_id, $size = 'thumbnail', $icon = false ) {
// Get a thumbnail or intermediate image if there is one.
$image = image_downsize( $attachment_id, $size );
if ( ! $image ) {
$src = false;
if ( $icon ) {
$src = wp_mime_type_icon( $attachment_id );
if ( $src ) {
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/post.php */
$icon_dir = apply_filters( 'icon_dir', ABSPATH . WPINC . '/images/media' );
$src_file = $icon_dir . '/' . wp_basename( $src );
list( $width, $height ) = wp_getimagesize( $src_file );
}
}
if ( $src && $width && $height ) {
$image = array( $src, $width, $height, false );
}
}
/**
* Filters the attachment image source result.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param array|false $image {
* Array of image data, or boolean false if no image is available.
*
* @type string $0 Image source URL.
* @type int $1 Image width in pixels.
* @type int $2 Image height in pixels.
* @type bool $3 Whether the image is a resized image.
* }
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
* @param bool $icon Whether the image should be treated as an icon.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_image_src', $image, $attachment_id, $size, $icon );
}
/**
* Gets an HTML img element representing an image attachment.
*
* While `$size` will accept an array, it is better to register a size with
* add_image_size() so that a cropped version is generated. It's much more
* efficient than having to find the closest-sized image and then having the
* browser scale down the image.
*
* @since 2.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 The `$srcset` and `$sizes` attributes were added.
* @since 5.5.0 The `$loading` attribute was added.
* @since 6.1.0 The `$decoding` attribute was added.
*
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param bool $icon Optional. Whether the image should be treated as an icon. Default false.
* @param string|array $attr {
* Optional. Attributes for the image markup.
*
* @type string $src Image attachment URL.
* @type string $class CSS class name or space-separated list of classes.
* Default `attachment-$size_class size-$size_class`,
* where `$size_class` is the image size being requested.
* @type string $alt Image description for the alt attribute.
* @type string $srcset The 'srcset' attribute value.
* @type string $sizes The 'sizes' attribute value.
* @type string|false $loading The 'loading' attribute value. Passing a value of false
* will result in the attribute being omitted for the image.
* Defaults to 'lazy', depending on wp_lazy_loading_enabled().
* @type string $decoding The 'decoding' attribute value. Possible values are
* 'async' (default), 'sync', or 'auto'. Passing false or an empty
* string will result in the attribute being omitted.
* }
* @return string HTML img element or empty string on failure.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_image( $attachment_id, $size = 'thumbnail', $icon = false, $attr = '' ) {
$html = '';
$image = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $attachment_id, $size, $icon );
if ( $image ) {
list( $src, $width, $height ) = $image;
$attachment = get_post( $attachment_id );
$hwstring = image_hwstring( $width, $height );
$size_class = $size;
if ( is_array( $size_class ) ) {
$size_class = implode( 'x', $size_class );
}
$default_attr = array(
'src' => $src,
'class' => "attachment-$size_class size-$size_class",
'alt' => trim( strip_tags( get_post_meta( $attachment_id, '_wp_attachment_image_alt', true ) ) ),
'decoding' => 'async',
);
/**
* Filters the context in which wp_get_attachment_image() is used.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param string $context The context. Default 'wp_get_attachment_image'.
*/
$context = apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_image_context', 'wp_get_attachment_image' );
$attr = wp_parse_args( $attr, $default_attr );
$loading_attr = $attr;
$loading_attr['width'] = $width;
$loading_attr['height'] = $height;
$loading_optimization_attr = wp_get_loading_optimization_attributes(
'img',
$loading_attr,
$context
);
// Add loading optimization attributes if not available.
$attr = array_merge( $attr, $loading_optimization_attr );
// Omit the `decoding` attribute if the value is invalid according to the spec.
if ( empty( $attr['decoding'] ) || ! in_array( $attr['decoding'], array( 'async', 'sync', 'auto' ), true ) ) {
unset( $attr['decoding'] );
}
/*
* If the default value of `lazy` for the `loading` attribute is overridden
* to omit the attribute for this image, ensure it is not included.
*/
if ( isset( $attr['loading'] ) && ! $attr['loading'] ) {
unset( $attr['loading'] );
}
// If the `fetchpriority` attribute is overridden and set to false or an empty string.
if ( isset( $attr['fetchpriority'] ) && ! $attr['fetchpriority'] ) {
unset( $attr['fetchpriority'] );
}
// Generate 'srcset' and 'sizes' if not already present.
if ( empty( $attr['srcset'] ) ) {
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
if ( is_array( $image_meta ) ) {
$size_array = array( absint( $width ), absint( $height ) );
$srcset = wp_calculate_image_srcset( $size_array, $src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
$sizes = wp_calculate_image_sizes( $size_array, $src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
if ( $srcset && ( $sizes || ! empty( $attr['sizes'] ) ) ) {
$attr['srcset'] = $srcset;
if ( empty( $attr['sizes'] ) ) {
$attr['sizes'] = $sizes;
}
}
}
}
/**
* Filters the list of attachment image attributes.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param string[] $attr Array of attribute values for the image markup, keyed by attribute name.
* See wp_get_attachment_image().
* @param WP_Post $attachment Image attachment post.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
*/
$attr = apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_image_attributes', $attr, $attachment, $size );
$attr = array_map( 'esc_attr', $attr );
$html = rtrim( "<img $hwstring" );
foreach ( $attr as $name => $value ) {
$html .= " $name=" . '"' . $value . '"';
}
$html .= ' />';
}
/**
* Filters the HTML img element representing an image attachment.
*
* @since 5.6.0
*
* @param string $html HTML img element or empty string on failure.
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
* @param bool $icon Whether the image should be treated as an icon.
* @param string[] $attr Array of attribute values for the image markup, keyed by attribute name.
* See wp_get_attachment_image().
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_image', $html, $attachment_id, $size, $icon, $attr );
}
/**
* Gets the URL of an image attachment.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array of
* width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param bool $icon Optional. Whether the image should be treated as an icon. Default false.
* @return string|false Attachment URL or false if no image is available. If `$size` does not match
* any registered image size, the original image URL will be returned.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_image_url( $attachment_id, $size = 'thumbnail', $icon = false ) {
$image = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $attachment_id, $size, $icon );
return isset( $image[0] ) ? $image[0] : false;
}
/**
* Gets the attachment path relative to the upload directory.
*
* @since 4.4.1
* @access private
*
* @param string $file Attachment file name.
* @return string Attachment path relative to the upload directory.
*/
function _wp_get_attachment_relative_path( $file ) {
$dirname = dirname( $file );
if ( '.' === $dirname ) {
return '';
}
if ( str_contains( $dirname, 'wp-content/uploads' ) ) {
// Get the directory name relative to the upload directory (back compat for pre-2.7 uploads).
$dirname = substr( $dirname, strpos( $dirname, 'wp-content/uploads' ) + 18 );
$dirname = ltrim( $dirname, '/' );
}
return $dirname;
}
/**
* Gets the image size as array from its meta data.
*
* Used for responsive images.
*
* @since 4.4.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $size_name Image size. Accepts any registered image size name.
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data.
* @return array|false {
* Array of width and height or false if the size isn't present in the meta data.
*
* @type int $0 Image width.
* @type int $1 Image height.
* }
*/
function _wp_get_image_size_from_meta( $size_name, $image_meta ) {
if ( 'full' === $size_name ) {
return array(
absint( $image_meta['width'] ),
absint( $image_meta['height'] ),
);
} elseif ( ! empty( $image_meta['sizes'][ $size_name ] ) ) {
return array(
absint( $image_meta['sizes'][ $size_name ]['width'] ),
absint( $image_meta['sizes'][ $size_name ]['height'] ),
);
}
return false;
}
/**
* Retrieves the value for an image attachment's 'srcset' attribute.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @see wp_calculate_image_srcset()
*
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array of
* width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'medium'.
* @param array $image_meta Optional. The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* Default null.
* @return string|false A 'srcset' value string or false.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_image_srcset( $attachment_id, $size = 'medium', $image_meta = null ) {
$image = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $attachment_id, $size );
if ( ! $image ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! is_array( $image_meta ) ) {
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
}
$image_src = $image[0];
$size_array = array(
absint( $image[1] ),
absint( $image[2] ),
);
return wp_calculate_image_srcset( $size_array, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* A helper function to calculate the image sources to include in a 'srcset' attribute.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int[] $size_array {
* An array of width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The height in pixels.
* }
* @param string $image_src The 'src' of the image.
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int $attachment_id Optional. The image attachment ID. Default 0.
* @return string|false The 'srcset' attribute value. False on error or when only one source exists.
*/
function wp_calculate_image_srcset( $size_array, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id = 0 ) {
/**
* Pre-filters the image meta to be able to fix inconsistencies in the stored data.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int[] $size_array {
* An array of requested width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The height in pixels.
* }
* @param string $image_src The 'src' of the image.
* @param int $attachment_id The image attachment ID or 0 if not supplied.
*/
$image_meta = apply_filters( 'wp_calculate_image_srcset_meta', $image_meta, $size_array, $image_src, $attachment_id );
if ( empty( $image_meta['sizes'] ) || ! isset( $image_meta['file'] ) || strlen( $image_meta['file'] ) < 4 ) {
return false;
}
$image_sizes = $image_meta['sizes'];
// Get the width and height of the image.
$image_width = (int) $size_array[0];
$image_height = (int) $size_array[1];
// Bail early if error/no width.
if ( $image_width < 1 ) {
return false;
}
$image_basename = wp_basename( $image_meta['file'] );
/*
* WordPress flattens animated GIFs into one frame when generating intermediate sizes.
* To avoid hiding animation in user content, if src is a full size GIF, a srcset attribute is not generated.
* If src is an intermediate size GIF, the full size is excluded from srcset to keep a flattened GIF from becoming animated.
*/
if ( ! isset( $image_sizes['thumbnail']['mime-type'] ) || 'image/gif' !== $image_sizes['thumbnail']['mime-type'] ) {
$image_sizes[] = array(
'width' => $image_meta['width'],
'height' => $image_meta['height'],
'file' => $image_basename,
);
} elseif ( str_contains( $image_src, $image_meta['file'] ) ) {
return false;
}
// Retrieve the uploads sub-directory from the full size image.
$dirname = _wp_get_attachment_relative_path( $image_meta['file'] );
if ( $dirname ) {
$dirname = trailingslashit( $dirname );
}
$upload_dir = wp_get_upload_dir();
$image_baseurl = trailingslashit( $upload_dir['baseurl'] ) . $dirname;
/*
* If currently on HTTPS, prefer HTTPS URLs when we know they're supported by the domain
* (which is to say, when they share the domain name of the current request).
*/
if ( is_ssl() && ! str_starts_with( $image_baseurl, 'https' ) && parse_url( $image_baseurl, PHP_URL_HOST ) === $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'] ) {
$image_baseurl = set_url_scheme( $image_baseurl, 'https' );
}
/*
* Images that have been edited in WordPress after being uploaded will
* contain a unique hash. Look for that hash and use it later to filter
* out images that are leftovers from previous versions.
*/
$image_edited = preg_match( '/-e[0-9]{13}/', wp_basename( $image_src ), $image_edit_hash );
/**
* Filters the maximum image width to be included in a 'srcset' attribute.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param int $max_width The maximum image width to be included in the 'srcset'. Default '2048'.
* @param int[] $size_array {
* An array of requested width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The height in pixels.
* }
*/
$max_srcset_image_width = apply_filters( 'max_srcset_image_width', 2048, $size_array );
// Array to hold URL candidates.
$sources = array();
/**
* To make sure the ID matches our image src, we will check to see if any sizes in our attachment
* meta match our $image_src. If no matches are found we don't return a srcset to avoid serving
* an incorrect image. See #35045.
*/
$src_matched = false;
/*
* Loop through available images. Only use images that are resized
* versions of the same edit.
*/
foreach ( $image_sizes as $image ) {
$is_src = false;
// Check if image meta isn't corrupted.
if ( ! is_array( $image ) ) {
continue;
}
// If the file name is part of the `src`, we've confirmed a match.
if ( ! $src_matched && str_contains( $image_src, $dirname . $image['file'] ) ) {
$src_matched = true;
$is_src = true;
}
// Filter out images that are from previous edits.
if ( $image_edited && ! strpos( $image['file'], $image_edit_hash[0] ) ) {
continue;
}
/*
* Filters out images that are wider than '$max_srcset_image_width' unless
* that file is in the 'src' attribute.
*/
if ( $max_srcset_image_width && $image['width'] > $max_srcset_image_width && ! $is_src ) {
continue;
}
// If the image dimensions are within 1px of the expected size, use it.
if ( wp_image_matches_ratio( $image_width, $image_height, $image['width'], $image['height'] ) ) {
// Add the URL, descriptor, and value to the sources array to be returned.
$source = array(
'url' => $image_baseurl . $image['file'],
'descriptor' => 'w',
'value' => $image['width'],
);
// The 'src' image has to be the first in the 'srcset', because of a bug in iOS8. See #35030.
if ( $is_src ) {
$sources = array( $image['width'] => $source ) + $sources;
} else {
$sources[ $image['width'] ] = $source;
}
}
}
/**
* Filters an image's 'srcset' sources.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array $sources {
* One or more arrays of source data to include in the 'srcset'.
*
* @type array $width {
* @type string $url The URL of an image source.
* @type string $descriptor The descriptor type used in the image candidate string,
* either 'w' or 'x'.
* @type int $value The source width if paired with a 'w' descriptor, or a
* pixel density value if paired with an 'x' descriptor.
* }
* }
* @param array $size_array {
* An array of requested width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The height in pixels.
* }
* @param string $image_src The 'src' of the image.
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID or 0.
*/
$sources = apply_filters( 'wp_calculate_image_srcset', $sources, $size_array, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
// Only return a 'srcset' value if there is more than one source.
if ( ! $src_matched || ! is_array( $sources ) || count( $sources ) < 2 ) {
return false;
}
$srcset = '';
foreach ( $sources as $source ) {
$srcset .= str_replace( ' ', '%20', $source['url'] ) . ' ' . $source['value'] . $source['descriptor'] . ', ';
}
return rtrim( $srcset, ', ' );
}
/**
* Retrieves the value for an image attachment's 'sizes' attribute.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @see wp_calculate_image_sizes()
*
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array of
* width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'medium'.
* @param array $image_meta Optional. The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* Default null.
* @return string|false A valid source size value for use in a 'sizes' attribute or false.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_image_sizes( $attachment_id, $size = 'medium', $image_meta = null ) {
$image = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $attachment_id, $size );
if ( ! $image ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! is_array( $image_meta ) ) {
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
}
$image_src = $image[0];
$size_array = array(
absint( $image[1] ),
absint( $image[2] ),
);
return wp_calculate_image_sizes( $size_array, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Creates a 'sizes' attribute value for an image.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string|int[] $size Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array of
* width and height values in pixels (in that order).
* @param string $image_src Optional. The URL to the image file. Default null.
* @param array $image_meta Optional. The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* Default null.
* @param int $attachment_id Optional. Image attachment ID. Either `$image_meta` or `$attachment_id`
* is needed when using the image size name as argument for `$size`. Default 0.
* @return string|false A valid source size value for use in a 'sizes' attribute or false.
*/
function wp_calculate_image_sizes( $size, $image_src = null, $image_meta = null, $attachment_id = 0 ) {
$width = 0;
if ( is_array( $size ) ) {
$width = absint( $size[0] );
} elseif ( is_string( $size ) ) {
if ( ! $image_meta && $attachment_id ) {
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
}
if ( is_array( $image_meta ) ) {
$size_array = _wp_get_image_size_from_meta( $size, $image_meta );
if ( $size_array ) {
$width = absint( $size_array[0] );
}
}
}
if ( ! $width ) {
return false;
}
// Setup the default 'sizes' attribute.
$sizes = sprintf( '(max-width: %1$dpx) 100vw, %1$dpx', $width );
/**
* Filters the output of 'wp_calculate_image_sizes()'.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $sizes A source size value for use in a 'sizes' attribute.
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
* @param string|null $image_src The URL to the image file or null.
* @param array|null $image_meta The image meta data as returned by wp_get_attachment_metadata() or null.
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID of the original image or 0.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_calculate_image_sizes', $sizes, $size, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Determines if the image meta data is for the image source file.
*
* The image meta data is retrieved by attachment post ID. In some cases the post IDs may change.
* For example when the website is exported and imported at another website. Then the
* attachment post IDs that are in post_content for the exported website may not match
* the same attachments at the new website.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $image_location The full path or URI to the image file.
* @param array $image_meta The attachment meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int $attachment_id Optional. The image attachment ID. Default 0.
* @return bool Whether the image meta is for this image file.
*/
function wp_image_file_matches_image_meta( $image_location, $image_meta, $attachment_id = 0 ) {
$match = false;
// Ensure the $image_meta is valid.
if ( isset( $image_meta['file'] ) && strlen( $image_meta['file'] ) > 4 ) {
// Remove query args in image URI.
list( $image_location ) = explode( '?', $image_location );
// Check if the relative image path from the image meta is at the end of $image_location.
if ( strrpos( $image_location, $image_meta['file'] ) === strlen( $image_location ) - strlen( $image_meta['file'] ) ) {
$match = true;
} else {
// Retrieve the uploads sub-directory from the full size image.
$dirname = _wp_get_attachment_relative_path( $image_meta['file'] );
if ( $dirname ) {
$dirname = trailingslashit( $dirname );
}
if ( ! empty( $image_meta['original_image'] ) ) {
$relative_path = $dirname . $image_meta['original_image'];
if ( strrpos( $image_location, $relative_path ) === strlen( $image_location ) - strlen( $relative_path ) ) {
$match = true;
}
}
if ( ! $match && ! empty( $image_meta['sizes'] ) ) {
foreach ( $image_meta['sizes'] as $image_size_data ) {
$relative_path = $dirname . $image_size_data['file'];
if ( strrpos( $image_location, $relative_path ) === strlen( $image_location ) - strlen( $relative_path ) ) {
$match = true;
break;
}
}
}
}
}
/**
* Filters whether an image path or URI matches image meta.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param bool $match Whether the image relative path from the image meta
* matches the end of the URI or path to the image file.
* @param string $image_location Full path or URI to the tested image file.
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int $attachment_id The image attachment ID or 0 if not supplied.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_image_file_matches_image_meta', $match, $image_location, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Determines an image's width and height dimensions based on the source file.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $image_src The image source file.
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int $attachment_id Optional. The image attachment ID. Default 0.
* @return array|false Array with first element being the width and second element being the height,
* or false if dimensions cannot be determined.
*/
function wp_image_src_get_dimensions( $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id = 0 ) {
$dimensions = false;
// Is it a full size image?
if (
isset( $image_meta['file'] ) &&
str_contains( $image_src, wp_basename( $image_meta['file'] ) )
) {
$dimensions = array(
(int) $image_meta['width'],
(int) $image_meta['height'],
);
}
if ( ! $dimensions && ! empty( $image_meta['sizes'] ) ) {
$src_filename = wp_basename( $image_src );
foreach ( $image_meta['sizes'] as $image_size_data ) {
if ( $src_filename === $image_size_data['file'] ) {
$dimensions = array(
(int) $image_size_data['width'],
(int) $image_size_data['height'],
);
break;
}
}
}
/**
* Filters the 'wp_image_src_get_dimensions' value.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param array|false $dimensions Array with first element being the width
* and second element being the height, or
* false if dimensions could not be determined.
* @param string $image_src The image source file.
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data as returned by
* 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int $attachment_id The image attachment ID. Default 0.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_image_src_get_dimensions', $dimensions, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
}
/**
* Adds 'srcset' and 'sizes' attributes to an existing 'img' element.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @see wp_calculate_image_srcset()
* @see wp_calculate_image_sizes()
*
* @param string $image An HTML 'img' element to be filtered.
* @param array $image_meta The image meta data as returned by 'wp_get_attachment_metadata()'.
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @return string Converted 'img' element with 'srcset' and 'sizes' attributes added.
*/
function wp_image_add_srcset_and_sizes( $image, $image_meta, $attachment_id ) {
// Ensure the image meta exists.
if ( empty( $image_meta['sizes'] ) ) {
return $image;
}
$image_src = preg_match( '/src="([^"]+)"/', $image, $match_src ) ? $match_src[1] : '';
list( $image_src ) = explode( '?', $image_src );
// Return early if we couldn't get the image source.
if ( ! $image_src ) {
return $image;
}
// Bail early if an image has been inserted and later edited.
if ( preg_match( '/-e[0-9]{13}/', $image_meta['file'], $img_edit_hash ) &&
! str_contains( wp_basename( $image_src ), $img_edit_hash[0] ) ) {
return $image;
}
$width = preg_match( '/ width="([0-9]+)"/', $image, $match_width ) ? (int) $match_width[1] : 0;
$height = preg_match( '/ height="([0-9]+)"/', $image, $match_height ) ? (int) $match_height[1] : 0;
if ( $width && $height ) {
$size_array = array( $width, $height );
} else {
$size_array = wp_image_src_get_dimensions( $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
if ( ! $size_array ) {
return $image;
}
}
$srcset = wp_calculate_image_srcset( $size_array, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
if ( $srcset ) {
// Check if there is already a 'sizes' attribute.
$sizes = strpos( $image, ' sizes=' );
if ( ! $sizes ) {
$sizes = wp_calculate_image_sizes( $size_array, $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
}
}
if ( $srcset && $sizes ) {
// Format the 'srcset' and 'sizes' string and escape attributes.
$attr = sprintf( ' srcset="%s"', esc_attr( $srcset ) );
if ( is_string( $sizes ) ) {
$attr .= sprintf( ' sizes="%s"', esc_attr( $sizes ) );
}
// Add the srcset and sizes attributes to the image markup.
return preg_replace( '/<img ([^>]+?)[\/ ]*>/', '<img $1' . $attr . ' />', $image );
}
return $image;
}
/**
* Determines whether to add the `loading` attribute to the specified tag in the specified context.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @since 5.7.0 Now returns `true` by default for `iframe` tags.
*
* @param string $tag_name The tag name.
* @param string $context Additional context, like the current filter name
* or the function name from where this was called.
* @return bool Whether to add the attribute.
*/
function wp_lazy_loading_enabled( $tag_name, $context ) {
/*
* By default add to all 'img' and 'iframe' tags.
* See https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/embedded-content.html#attr-img-loading
* See https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/iframe-embed-object.html#attr-iframe-loading
*/
$default = ( 'img' === $tag_name || 'iframe' === $tag_name );
/**
* Filters whether to add the `loading` attribute to the specified tag in the specified context.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param bool $default Default value.
* @param string $tag_name The tag name.
* @param string $context Additional context, like the current filter name
* or the function name from where this was called.
*/
return (bool) apply_filters( 'wp_lazy_loading_enabled', $default, $tag_name, $context );
}
/**
* Filters specific tags in post content and modifies their markup.
*
* Modifies HTML tags in post content to include new browser and HTML technologies
* that may not have existed at the time of post creation. These modifications currently
* include adding `srcset`, `sizes`, and `loading` attributes to `img` HTML tags, as well
* as adding `loading` attributes to `iframe` HTML tags.
* Future similar optimizations should be added/expected here.
*
* @since 5.5.0
* @since 5.7.0 Now supports adding `loading` attributes to `iframe` tags.
*
* @see wp_img_tag_add_width_and_height_attr()
* @see wp_img_tag_add_srcset_and_sizes_attr()
* @see wp_img_tag_add_loading_optimization_attrs()
* @see wp_iframe_tag_add_loading_attr()
*
* @param string $content The HTML content to be filtered.
* @param string $context Optional. Additional context to pass to the filters.
* Defaults to `current_filter()` when not set.
* @return string Converted content with images modified.
*/
function wp_filter_content_tags( $content, $context = null ) {
if ( null === $context ) {
$context = current_filter();
}
$add_iframe_loading_attr = wp_lazy_loading_enabled( 'iframe', $context );
if ( ! preg_match_all( '/<(img|iframe)\s[^>]+>/', $content, $matches, PREG_SET_ORDER ) ) {
return $content;
}
// List of the unique `img` tags found in $content.
$images = array();
// List of the unique `iframe` tags found in $content.
$iframes = array();
foreach ( $matches as $match ) {
list( $tag, $tag_name ) = $match;
switch ( $tag_name ) {
case 'img':
if ( preg_match( '/wp-image-([0-9]+)/i', $tag, $class_id ) ) {
$attachment_id = absint( $class_id[1] );
if ( $attachment_id ) {
/*
* If exactly the same image tag is used more than once, overwrite it.
* All identical tags will be replaced later with 'str_replace()'.
*/
$images[ $tag ] = $attachment_id;
break;
}
}
$images[ $tag ] = 0;
break;
case 'iframe':
$iframes[ $tag ] = 0;
break;
}
}
// Reduce the array to unique attachment IDs.
$attachment_ids = array_unique( array_filter( array_values( $images ) ) );
if ( count( $attachment_ids ) > 1 ) {
/*
* Warm the object cache with post and meta information for all found
* images to avoid making individual database calls.
*/
_prime_post_caches( $attachment_ids, false, true );
}
// Iterate through the matches in order of occurrence as it is relevant for whether or not to lazy-load.
foreach ( $matches as $match ) {
// Filter an image match.
if ( isset( $images[ $match[0] ] ) ) {
$filtered_image = $match[0];
$attachment_id = $images[ $match[0] ];
// Add 'width' and 'height' attributes if applicable.
if ( $attachment_id > 0 && ! str_contains( $filtered_image, ' width=' ) && ! str_contains( $filtered_image, ' height=' ) ) {
$filtered_image = wp_img_tag_add_width_and_height_attr( $filtered_image, $context, $attachment_id );
}
// Add 'srcset' and 'sizes' attributes if applicable.
if ( $attachment_id > 0 && ! str_contains( $filtered_image, ' srcset=' ) ) {
$filtered_image = wp_img_tag_add_srcset_and_sizes_attr( $filtered_image, $context, $attachment_id );
}
// Add loading optimization attributes if applicable.
$filtered_image = wp_img_tag_add_loading_optimization_attrs( $filtered_image, $context );
// Add 'decoding=async' attribute unless a 'decoding' attribute is already present.
if ( ! str_contains( $filtered_image, ' decoding=' ) ) {
$filtered_image = wp_img_tag_add_decoding_attr( $filtered_image, $context );
}
/**
* Filters an img tag within the content for a given context.
*
* @since 6.0.0
*
* @param string $filtered_image Full img tag with attributes that will replace the source img tag.
* @param string $context Additional context, like the current filter name or the function name from where this was called.
* @param int $attachment_id The image attachment ID. May be 0 in case the image is not an attachment.
*/
$filtered_image = apply_filters( 'wp_content_img_tag', $filtered_image, $context, $attachment_id );
if ( $filtered_image !== $match[0] ) {
$content = str_replace( $match[0], $filtered_image, $content );
}
/*
* Unset image lookup to not run the same logic again unnecessarily if the same image tag is used more than
* once in the same blob of content.
*/
unset( $images[ $match[0] ] );
}
// Filter an iframe match.
if ( isset( $iframes[ $match[0] ] ) ) {
$filtered_iframe = $match[0];
// Add 'loading' attribute if applicable.
if ( $add_iframe_loading_attr && ! str_contains( $filtered_iframe, ' loading=' ) ) {
$filtered_iframe = wp_iframe_tag_add_loading_attr( $filtered_iframe, $context );
}
if ( $filtered_iframe !== $match[0] ) {
$content = str_replace( $match[0], $filtered_iframe, $content );
}
/*
* Unset iframe lookup to not run the same logic again unnecessarily if the same iframe tag is used more
* than once in the same blob of content.
*/
unset( $iframes[ $match[0] ] );
}
}
return $content;
}
/**
* Adds optimization attributes to an `img` HTML tag.
*
* @since 6.3.0
*
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag where the attribute should be added.
* @param string $context Additional context to pass to the filters.
* @return string Converted `img` tag with optimization attributes added.
*/
function wp_img_tag_add_loading_optimization_attrs( $image, $context ) {
$width = preg_match( '/ width=["\']([0-9]+)["\']/', $image, $match_width ) ? (int) $match_width[1] : null;
$height = preg_match( '/ height=["\']([0-9]+)["\']/', $image, $match_height ) ? (int) $match_height[1] : null;
$loading_val = preg_match( '/ loading=["\']([A-Za-z]+)["\']/', $image, $match_loading ) ? $match_loading[1] : null;
$fetchpriority_val = preg_match( '/ fetchpriority=["\']([A-Za-z]+)["\']/', $image, $match_fetchpriority ) ? $match_fetchpriority[1] : null;
/*
* Get loading optimization attributes to use.
* This must occur before the conditional check below so that even images
* that are ineligible for being lazy-loaded are considered.
*/
$optimization_attrs = wp_get_loading_optimization_attributes(
'img',
array(
'width' => $width,
'height' => $height,
'loading' => $loading_val,
'fetchpriority' => $fetchpriority_val,
),
$context
);
// Images should have source and dimension attributes for the loading optimization attributes to be added.
if ( ! str_contains( $image, ' src="' ) || ! str_contains( $image, ' width="' ) || ! str_contains( $image, ' height="' ) ) {
return $image;
}
// Retained for backward compatibility.
$loading_attrs_enabled = wp_lazy_loading_enabled( 'img', $context );
if ( empty( $loading_val ) && $loading_attrs_enabled ) {
/**
* Filters the `loading` attribute value to add to an image. Default `lazy`.
*
* Returning `false` or an empty string will not add the attribute.
* Returning `true` will add the default value.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string|bool $value The `loading` attribute value. Returning a falsey value will result in
* the attribute being omitted for the image.
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag to be filtered.
* @param string $context Additional context about how the function was called or where the img tag is.
*/
$filtered_loading_attr = apply_filters(
'wp_img_tag_add_loading_attr',
isset( $optimization_attrs['loading'] ) ? $optimization_attrs['loading'] : false,
$image,
$context
);
// Validate the values after filtering.
if ( isset( $optimization_attrs['loading'] ) && ! $filtered_loading_attr ) {
// Unset `loading` attributes if `$filtered_loading_attr` is set to `false`.
unset( $optimization_attrs['loading'] );
} elseif ( in_array( $filtered_loading_attr, array( 'lazy', 'eager' ), true ) ) {
/*
* If the filter changed the loading attribute to "lazy" when a fetchpriority attribute
* with value "high" is already present, trigger a warning since those two attribute
* values should be mutually exclusive.
*
* The same warning is present in `wp_get_loading_optimization_attributes()`, and here it
* is only intended for the specific scenario where the above filtered caused the problem.
*/
if ( isset( $optimization_attrs['fetchpriority'] ) && 'high' === $optimization_attrs['fetchpriority'] &&
( isset( $optimization_attrs['loading'] ) ? $optimization_attrs['loading'] : false ) !== $filtered_loading_attr &&
'lazy' === $filtered_loading_attr
) {
_doing_it_wrong(
__FUNCTION__,
__( 'An image should not be lazy-loaded and marked as high priority at the same time.' ),
'6.3.0'
);
}
// The filtered value will still be respected.
$optimization_attrs['loading'] = $filtered_loading_attr;
}
if ( ! empty( $optimization_attrs['loading'] ) ) {
$image = str_replace( '<img', '<img loading="' . esc_attr( $optimization_attrs['loading'] ) . '"', $image );
}
}
if ( empty( $fetchpriority_val ) && ! empty( $optimization_attrs['fetchpriority'] ) ) {
$image = str_replace( '<img', '<img fetchpriority="' . esc_attr( $optimization_attrs['fetchpriority'] ) . '"', $image );
}
return $image;
}
/**
* Adds `decoding` attribute to an `img` HTML tag.
*
* The `decoding` attribute allows developers to indicate whether the
* browser can decode the image off the main thread (`async`), on the
* main thread (`sync`) or as determined by the browser (`auto`).
*
* By default WordPress adds `decoding="async"` to images but developers
* can use the {@see 'wp_img_tag_add_decoding_attr'} filter to modify this
* to remove the attribute or set it to another accepted value.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag where the attribute should be added.
* @param string $context Additional context to pass to the filters.
*
* @return string Converted `img` tag with `decoding` attribute added.
*/
function wp_img_tag_add_decoding_attr( $image, $context ) {
/*
* Only apply the decoding attribute to images that have a src attribute that
* starts with a double quote, ensuring escaped JSON is also excluded.
*/
if ( ! str_contains( $image, ' src="' ) ) {
return $image;
}
/**
* Filters the `decoding` attribute value to add to an image. Default `async`.
*
* Returning a falsey value will omit the attribute.
*
* @since 6.1.0
*
* @param string|false|null $value The `decoding` attribute value. Returning a falsey value
* will result in the attribute being omitted for the image.
* Otherwise, it may be: 'async' (default), 'sync', or 'auto'.
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag to be filtered.
* @param string $context Additional context about how the function was called
* or where the img tag is.
*/
$value = apply_filters( 'wp_img_tag_add_decoding_attr', 'async', $image, $context );
if ( in_array( $value, array( 'async', 'sync', 'auto' ), true ) ) {
$image = str_replace( '<img ', '<img decoding="' . esc_attr( $value ) . '" ', $image );
}
return $image;
}
/**
* Adds `width` and `height` attributes to an `img` HTML tag.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag where the attribute should be added.
* @param string $context Additional context to pass to the filters.
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @return string Converted 'img' element with 'width' and 'height' attributes added.
*/
function wp_img_tag_add_width_and_height_attr( $image, $context, $attachment_id ) {
$image_src = preg_match( '/src="([^"]+)"/', $image, $match_src ) ? $match_src[1] : '';
list( $image_src ) = explode( '?', $image_src );
// Return early if we couldn't get the image source.
if ( ! $image_src ) {
return $image;
}
/**
* Filters whether to add the missing `width` and `height` HTML attributes to the img tag. Default `true`.
*
* Returning anything else than `true` will not add the attributes.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param bool $value The filtered value, defaults to `true`.
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag where the attribute should be added.
* @param string $context Additional context about how the function was called or where the img tag is.
* @param int $attachment_id The image attachment ID.
*/
$add = apply_filters( 'wp_img_tag_add_width_and_height_attr', true, $image, $context, $attachment_id );
if ( true === $add ) {
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
$size_array = wp_image_src_get_dimensions( $image_src, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
if ( $size_array ) {
$hw = trim( image_hwstring( $size_array[0], $size_array[1] ) );
return str_replace( '<img', "<img {$hw}", $image );
}
}
return $image;
}
/**
* Adds `srcset` and `sizes` attributes to an existing `img` HTML tag.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag where the attribute should be added.
* @param string $context Additional context to pass to the filters.
* @param int $attachment_id Image attachment ID.
* @return string Converted 'img' element with 'loading' attribute added.
*/
function wp_img_tag_add_srcset_and_sizes_attr( $image, $context, $attachment_id ) {
/**
* Filters whether to add the `srcset` and `sizes` HTML attributes to the img tag. Default `true`.
*
* Returning anything else than `true` will not add the attributes.
*
* @since 5.5.0
*
* @param bool $value The filtered value, defaults to `true`.
* @param string $image The HTML `img` tag where the attribute should be added.
* @param string $context Additional context about how the function was called or where the img tag is.
* @param int $attachment_id The image attachment ID.
*/
$add = apply_filters( 'wp_img_tag_add_srcset_and_sizes_attr', true, $image, $context, $attachment_id );
if ( true === $add ) {
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment_id );
return wp_image_add_srcset_and_sizes( $image, $image_meta, $attachment_id );
}
return $image;
}
/**
* Adds `loading` attribute to an `iframe` HTML tag.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param string $iframe The HTML `iframe` tag where the attribute should be added.
* @param string $context Additional context to pass to the filters.
* @return string Converted `iframe` tag with `loading` attribute added.
*/
function wp_iframe_tag_add_loading_attr( $iframe, $context ) {
/*
* Iframes with fallback content (see `wp_filter_oembed_result()`) should not be lazy-loaded because they are
* visually hidden initially.
*/
if ( str_contains( $iframe, ' data-secret="' ) ) {
return $iframe;
}
/*
* Get loading attribute value to use. This must occur before the conditional check below so that even iframes that
* are ineligible for being lazy-loaded are considered.
*/
$optimization_attrs = wp_get_loading_optimization_attributes(
'iframe',
array(
/*
* The concrete values for width and height are not important here for now
* since fetchpriority is not yet supported for iframes.
* TODO: Use WP_HTML_Tag_Processor to extract actual values once support is
* added.
*/
'width' => str_contains( $iframe, ' width="' ) ? 100 : null,
'height' => str_contains( $iframe, ' height="' ) ? 100 : null,
// This function is never called when a 'loading' attribute is already present.
'loading' => null,
),
$context
);
// Iframes should have source and dimension attributes for the `loading` attribute to be added.
if ( ! str_contains( $iframe, ' src="' ) || ! str_contains( $iframe, ' width="' ) || ! str_contains( $iframe, ' height="' ) ) {
return $iframe;
}
$value = isset( $optimization_attrs['loading'] ) ? $optimization_attrs['loading'] : false;
/**
* Filters the `loading` attribute value to add to an iframe. Default `lazy`.
*
* Returning `false` or an empty string will not add the attribute.
* Returning `true` will add the default value.
*
* @since 5.7.0
*
* @param string|bool $value The `loading` attribute value. Returning a falsey value will result in
* the attribute being omitted for the iframe.
* @param string $iframe The HTML `iframe` tag to be filtered.
* @param string $context Additional context about how the function was called or where the iframe tag is.
*/
$value = apply_filters( 'wp_iframe_tag_add_loading_attr', $value, $iframe, $context );
if ( $value ) {
if ( ! in_array( $value, array( 'lazy', 'eager' ), true ) ) {
$value = 'lazy';
}
return str_replace( '<iframe', '<iframe loading="' . esc_attr( $value ) . '"', $iframe );
}
return $iframe;
}
/**
* Adds a 'wp-post-image' class to post thumbnails. Internal use only.
*
* Uses the {@see 'begin_fetch_post_thumbnail_html'} and {@see 'end_fetch_post_thumbnail_html'}
* action hooks to dynamically add/remove itself so as to only filter post thumbnails.
*
* @ignore
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param string[] $attr Array of thumbnail attributes including src, class, alt, title, keyed by attribute name.
* @return string[] Modified array of attributes including the new 'wp-post-image' class.
*/
function _wp_post_thumbnail_class_filter( $attr ) {
$attr['class'] .= ' wp-post-image';
return $attr;
}
/**
* Adds '_wp_post_thumbnail_class_filter' callback to the 'wp_get_attachment_image_attributes'
* filter hook. Internal use only.
*
* @ignore
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param string[] $attr Array of thumbnail attributes including src, class, alt, title, keyed by attribute name.
*/
function _wp_post_thumbnail_class_filter_add( $attr ) {
add_filter( 'wp_get_attachment_image_attributes', '_wp_post_thumbnail_class_filter' );
}
/**
* Removes the '_wp_post_thumbnail_class_filter' callback from the 'wp_get_attachment_image_attributes'
* filter hook. Internal use only.
*
* @ignore
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param string[] $attr Array of thumbnail attributes including src, class, alt, title, keyed by attribute name.
*/
function _wp_post_thumbnail_class_filter_remove( $attr ) {
remove_filter( 'wp_get_attachment_image_attributes', '_wp_post_thumbnail_class_filter' );
}
/**
* Overrides the context used in {@see wp_get_attachment_image()}. Internal use only.
*
* Uses the {@see 'begin_fetch_post_thumbnail_html'} and {@see 'end_fetch_post_thumbnail_html'}
* action hooks to dynamically add/remove itself so as to only filter post thumbnails.
*
* @ignore
* @since 6.3.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $context The context for rendering an attachment image.
* @return string Modified context set to 'the_post_thumbnail'.
*/
function _wp_post_thumbnail_context_filter( $context ) {
return 'the_post_thumbnail';
}
/**
* Adds the '_wp_post_thumbnail_context_filter' callback to the 'wp_get_attachment_image_context'
* filter hook. Internal use only.
*
* @ignore
* @since 6.3.0
* @access private
*/
function _wp_post_thumbnail_context_filter_add() {
add_filter( 'wp_get_attachment_image_context', '_wp_post_thumbnail_context_filter' );
}
/**
* Removes the '_wp_post_thumbnail_context_filter' callback from the 'wp_get_attachment_image_context'
* filter hook. Internal use only.
*
* @ignore
* @since 6.3.0
* @access private
*/
function _wp_post_thumbnail_context_filter_remove() {
remove_filter( 'wp_get_attachment_image_context', '_wp_post_thumbnail_context_filter' );
}
add_shortcode( 'wp_caption', 'img_caption_shortcode' );
add_shortcode( 'caption', 'img_caption_shortcode' );
/**
* Builds the Caption shortcode output.
*
* Allows a plugin to replace the content that would otherwise be returned. The
* filter is {@see 'img_caption_shortcode'} and passes an empty string, the attr
* parameter and the content parameter values.
*
* The supported attributes for the shortcode are 'id', 'caption_id', 'align',
* 'width', 'caption', and 'class'.
*
* @since 2.6.0
* @since 3.9.0 The `class` attribute was added.
* @since 5.1.0 The `caption_id` attribute was added.
* @since 5.9.0 The `$content` parameter default value changed from `null` to `''`.
*
* @param array $attr {
* Attributes of the caption shortcode.
*
* @type string $id ID of the image and caption container element, i.e. `<figure>` or `<div>`.
* @type string $caption_id ID of the caption element, i.e. `<figcaption>` or `<p>`.
* @type string $align Class name that aligns the caption. Default 'alignnone'. Accepts 'alignleft',
* 'aligncenter', alignright', 'alignnone'.
* @type int $width The width of the caption, in pixels.
* @type string $caption The caption text.
* @type string $class Additional class name(s) added to the caption container.
* }
* @param string $content Optional. Shortcode content. Default empty string.
* @return string HTML content to display the caption.
*/
function img_caption_shortcode( $attr, $content = '' ) {
// New-style shortcode with the caption inside the shortcode with the link and image tags.
if ( ! isset( $attr['caption'] ) ) {
if ( preg_match( '#((?:<a [^>]+>\s*)?<img [^>]+>(?:\s*</a>)?)(.*)#is', $content, $matches ) ) {
$content = $matches[1];
$attr['caption'] = trim( $matches[2] );
}
} elseif ( str_contains( $attr['caption'], '<' ) ) {
$attr['caption'] = wp_kses( $attr['caption'], 'post' );
}
/**
* Filters the default caption shortcode output.
*
* If the filtered output isn't empty, it will be used instead of generating
* the default caption template.
*
* @since 2.6.0
*
* @see img_caption_shortcode()
*
* @param string $output The caption output. Default empty.
* @param array $attr Attributes of the caption shortcode.
* @param string $content The image element, possibly wrapped in a hyperlink.
*/
$output = apply_filters( 'img_caption_shortcode', '', $attr, $content );
if ( ! empty( $output ) ) {
return $output;
}
$atts = shortcode_atts(
array(
'id' => '',
'caption_id' => '',
'align' => 'alignnone',
'width' => '',
'caption' => '',
'class' => '',
),
$attr,
'caption'
);
$atts['width'] = (int) $atts['width'];
if ( $atts['width'] < 1 || empty( $atts['caption'] ) ) {
return $content;
}
$id = '';
$caption_id = '';
$describedby = '';
if ( $atts['id'] ) {
$atts['id'] = sanitize_html_class( $atts['id'] );
$id = 'id="' . esc_attr( $atts['id'] ) . '" ';
}
if ( $atts['caption_id'] ) {
$atts['caption_id'] = sanitize_html_class( $atts['caption_id'] );
} elseif ( $atts['id'] ) {
$atts['caption_id'] = 'caption-' . str_replace( '_', '-', $atts['id'] );
}
if ( $atts['caption_id'] ) {
$caption_id = 'id="' . esc_attr( $atts['caption_id'] ) . '" ';
$describedby = 'aria-describedby="' . esc_attr( $atts['caption_id'] ) . '" ';
}
$class = trim( 'wp-caption ' . $atts['align'] . ' ' . $atts['class'] );
$html5 = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'caption' );
// HTML5 captions never added the extra 10px to the image width.
$width = $html5 ? $atts['width'] : ( 10 + $atts['width'] );
/**
* Filters the width of an image's caption.
*
* By default, the caption is 10 pixels greater than the width of the image,
* to prevent post content from running up against a floated image.
*
* @since 3.7.0
*
* @see img_caption_shortcode()
*
* @param int $width Width of the caption in pixels. To remove this inline style,
* return zero.
* @param array $atts Attributes of the caption shortcode.
* @param string $content The image element, possibly wrapped in a hyperlink.
*/
$caption_width = apply_filters( 'img_caption_shortcode_width', $width, $atts, $content );
$style = '';
if ( $caption_width ) {
$style = 'style="width: ' . (int) $caption_width . 'px" ';
}
if ( $html5 ) {
$html = sprintf(
'<figure %s%s%sclass="%s">%s%s</figure>',
$id,
$describedby,
$style,
esc_attr( $class ),
do_shortcode( $content ),
sprintf(
'<figcaption %sclass="wp-caption-text">%s</figcaption>',
$caption_id,
$atts['caption']
)
);
} else {
$html = sprintf(
'<div %s%sclass="%s">%s%s</div>',
$id,
$style,
esc_attr( $class ),
str_replace( '<img ', '<img ' . $describedby, do_shortcode( $content ) ),
sprintf(
'<p %sclass="wp-caption-text">%s</p>',
$caption_id,
$atts['caption']
)
);
}
return $html;
}
add_shortcode( 'gallery', 'gallery_shortcode' );
/**
* Builds the Gallery shortcode output.
*
* This implements the functionality of the Gallery Shortcode for displaying
* WordPress images on a post.
*
* @since 2.5.0
* @since 2.8.0 Added the `$attr` parameter to set the shortcode output. New attributes included
* such as `size`, `itemtag`, `icontag`, `captiontag`, and columns. Changed markup from
* `div` tags to `dl`, `dt` and `dd` tags. Support more than one gallery on the
* same page.
* @since 2.9.0 Added support for `include` and `exclude` to shortcode.
* @since 3.5.0 Use get_post() instead of global `$post`. Handle mapping of `ids` to `include`
* and `orderby`.
* @since 3.6.0 Added validation for tags used in gallery shortcode. Add orientation information to items.
* @since 3.7.0 Introduced the `link` attribute.
* @since 3.9.0 `html5` gallery support, accepting 'itemtag', 'icontag', and 'captiontag' attributes.
* @since 4.0.0 Removed use of `extract()`.
* @since 4.1.0 Added attribute to `wp_get_attachment_link()` to output `aria-describedby`.
* @since 4.2.0 Passed the shortcode instance ID to `post_gallery` and `post_playlist` filters.
* @since 4.6.0 Standardized filter docs to match documentation standards for PHP.
* @since 5.1.0 Code cleanup for WPCS 1.0.0 coding standards.
* @since 5.3.0 Saved progress of intermediate image creation after upload.
* @since 5.5.0 Ensured that galleries can be output as a list of links in feeds.
* @since 5.6.0 Replaced order-style PHP type conversion functions with typecasts. Fix logic for
* an array of image dimensions.
*
* @param array $attr {
* Attributes of the gallery shortcode.
*
* @type string $order Order of the images in the gallery. Default 'ASC'. Accepts 'ASC', 'DESC'.
* @type string $orderby The field to use when ordering the images. Default 'menu_order ID'.
* Accepts any valid SQL ORDERBY statement.
* @type int $id Post ID.
* @type string $itemtag HTML tag to use for each image in the gallery.
* Default 'dl', or 'figure' when the theme registers HTML5 gallery support.
* @type string $icontag HTML tag to use for each image's icon.
* Default 'dt', or 'div' when the theme registers HTML5 gallery support.
* @type string $captiontag HTML tag to use for each image's caption.
* Default 'dd', or 'figcaption' when the theme registers HTML5 gallery support.
* @type int $columns Number of columns of images to display. Default 3.
* @type string|int[] $size Size of the images to display. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @type string $ids A comma-separated list of IDs of attachments to display. Default empty.
* @type string $include A comma-separated list of IDs of attachments to include. Default empty.
* @type string $exclude A comma-separated list of IDs of attachments to exclude. Default empty.
* @type string $link What to link each image to. Default empty (links to the attachment page).
* Accepts 'file', 'none'.
* }
* @return string HTML content to display gallery.
*/
function gallery_shortcode( $attr ) {
$post = get_post();
static $instance = 0;
$instance++;
if ( ! empty( $attr['ids'] ) ) {
// 'ids' is explicitly ordered, unless you specify otherwise.
if ( empty( $attr['orderby'] ) ) {
$attr['orderby'] = 'post__in';
}
$attr['include'] = $attr['ids'];
}
/**
* Filters the default gallery shortcode output.
*
* If the filtered output isn't empty, it will be used instead of generating
* the default gallery template.
*
* @since 2.5.0
* @since 4.2.0 The `$instance` parameter was added.
*
* @see gallery_shortcode()
*
* @param string $output The gallery output. Default empty.
* @param array $attr Attributes of the gallery shortcode.
* @param int $instance Unique numeric ID of this gallery shortcode instance.
*/
$output = apply_filters( 'post_gallery', '', $attr, $instance );
if ( ! empty( $output ) ) {
return $output;
}
$html5 = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'gallery' );
$atts = shortcode_atts(
array(
'order' => 'ASC',
'orderby' => 'menu_order ID',
'id' => $post ? $post->ID : 0,
'itemtag' => $html5 ? 'figure' : 'dl',
'icontag' => $html5 ? 'div' : 'dt',
'captiontag' => $html5 ? 'figcaption' : 'dd',
'columns' => 3,
'size' => 'thumbnail',
'include' => '',
'exclude' => '',
'link' => '',
),
$attr,
'gallery'
);
$id = (int) $atts['id'];
if ( ! empty( $atts['include'] ) ) {
$_attachments = get_posts(
array(
'include' => $atts['include'],
'post_status' => 'inherit',
'post_type' => 'attachment',
'post_mime_type' => 'image',
'order' => $atts['order'],
'orderby' => $atts['orderby'],
)
);
$attachments = array();
foreach ( $_attachments as $key => $val ) {
$attachments[ $val->ID ] = $_attachments[ $key ];
}
} elseif ( ! empty( $atts['exclude'] ) ) {
$post_parent_id = $id;
$attachments = get_children(
array(
'post_parent' => $id,
'exclude' => $atts['exclude'],
'post_status' => 'inherit',
'post_type' => 'attachment',
'post_mime_type' => 'image',
'order' => $atts['order'],
'orderby' => $atts['orderby'],
)
);
} else {
$post_parent_id = $id;
$attachments = get_children(
array(
'post_parent' => $id,
'post_status' => 'inherit',
'post_type' => 'attachment',
'post_mime_type' => 'image',
'order' => $atts['order'],
'orderby' => $atts['orderby'],
)
);
}
if ( ! empty( $post_parent_id ) ) {
$post_parent = get_post( $post_parent_id );
// terminate the shortcode execution if user cannot read the post or password-protected
if (
( ! is_post_publicly_viewable( $post_parent->ID ) && ! current_user_can( 'read_post', $post_parent->ID ) )
|| post_password_required( $post_parent ) ) {
return '';
}
}
if ( empty( $attachments ) ) {
return '';
}
if ( is_feed() ) {
$output = "\n";
foreach ( $attachments as $att_id => $attachment ) {
if ( ! empty( $atts['link'] ) ) {
if ( 'none' === $atts['link'] ) {
$output .= wp_get_attachment_image( $att_id, $atts['size'], false, $attr );
} else {
$output .= wp_get_attachment_link( $att_id, $atts['size'], false );
}
} else {
$output .= wp_get_attachment_link( $att_id, $atts['size'], true );
}
$output .= "\n";
}
return $output;
}
$itemtag = tag_escape( $atts['itemtag'] );
$captiontag = tag_escape( $atts['captiontag'] );
$icontag = tag_escape( $atts['icontag'] );
$valid_tags = wp_kses_allowed_html( 'post' );
if ( ! isset( $valid_tags[ $itemtag ] ) ) {
$itemtag = 'dl';
}
if ( ! isset( $valid_tags[ $captiontag ] ) ) {
$captiontag = 'dd';
}
if ( ! isset( $valid_tags[ $icontag ] ) ) {
$icontag = 'dt';
}
$columns = (int) $atts['columns'];
$itemwidth = $columns > 0 ? floor( 100 / $columns ) : 100;
$float = is_rtl() ? 'right' : 'left';
$selector = "gallery-{$instance}";
$gallery_style = '';
/**
* Filters whether to print default gallery styles.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @param bool $print Whether to print default gallery styles.
* Defaults to false if the theme supports HTML5 galleries.
* Otherwise, defaults to true.
*/
if ( apply_filters( 'use_default_gallery_style', ! $html5 ) ) {
$type_attr = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'style' ) ? '' : ' type="text/css"';
$gallery_style = "
<style{$type_attr}>
#{$selector} {
margin: auto;
}
#{$selector} .gallery-item {
float: {$float};
margin-top: 10px;
text-align: center;
width: {$itemwidth}%;
}
#{$selector} img {
border: 2px solid #cfcfcf;
}
#{$selector} .gallery-caption {
margin-left: 0;
}
/* see gallery_shortcode() in wp-includes/media.php */
</style>\n\t\t";
}
$size_class = sanitize_html_class( is_array( $atts['size'] ) ? implode( 'x', $atts['size'] ) : $atts['size'] );
$gallery_div = "<div id='$selector' class='gallery galleryid-{$id} gallery-columns-{$columns} gallery-size-{$size_class}'>";
/**
* Filters the default gallery shortcode CSS styles.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string $gallery_style Default CSS styles and opening HTML div container
* for the gallery shortcode output.
*/
$output = apply_filters( 'gallery_style', $gallery_style . $gallery_div );
$i = 0;
foreach ( $attachments as $id => $attachment ) {
$attr = ( trim( $attachment->post_excerpt ) ) ? array( 'aria-describedby' => "$selector-$id" ) : '';
if ( ! empty( $atts['link'] ) && 'file' === $atts['link'] ) {
$image_output = wp_get_attachment_link( $id, $atts['size'], false, false, false, $attr );
} elseif ( ! empty( $atts['link'] ) && 'none' === $atts['link'] ) {
$image_output = wp_get_attachment_image( $id, $atts['size'], false, $attr );
} else {
$image_output = wp_get_attachment_link( $id, $atts['size'], true, false, false, $attr );
}
$image_meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $id );
$orientation = '';
if ( isset( $image_meta['height'], $image_meta['width'] ) ) {
$orientation = ( $image_meta['height'] > $image_meta['width'] ) ? 'portrait' : 'landscape';
}
$output .= "<{$itemtag} class='gallery-item'>";
$output .= "
<{$icontag} class='gallery-icon {$orientation}'>
$image_output
</{$icontag}>";
if ( $captiontag && trim( $attachment->post_excerpt ) ) {
$output .= "
<{$captiontag} class='wp-caption-text gallery-caption' id='$selector-$id'>
" . wptexturize( $attachment->post_excerpt ) . "
</{$captiontag}>";
}
$output .= "</{$itemtag}>";
if ( ! $html5 && $columns > 0 && 0 === ++$i % $columns ) {
$output .= '<br style="clear: both" />';
}
}
if ( ! $html5 && $columns > 0 && 0 !== $i % $columns ) {
$output .= "
<br style='clear: both' />";
}
$output .= "
</div>\n";
return $output;
}
/**
* Outputs the templates used by playlists.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*/
function wp_underscore_playlist_templates() {
?>
<script type="text/html" id="tmpl-wp-playlist-current-item">
<# if ( data.thumb && data.thumb.src ) { #>
<img src="{{ data.thumb.src }}" alt="" />
<# } #>
<div class="wp-playlist-caption">
<span class="wp-playlist-item-meta wp-playlist-item-title">
<# if ( data.meta.album || data.meta.artist ) { #>
<?php
/* translators: %s: Playlist item title. */
printf( _x( '“%s”', 'playlist item title' ), '{{ data.title }}' );
?>
<# } else { #>
{{ data.title }}
<# } #>
</span>
<# if ( data.meta.album ) { #><span class="wp-playlist-item-meta wp-playlist-item-album">{{ data.meta.album }}</span><# } #>
<# if ( data.meta.artist ) { #><span class="wp-playlist-item-meta wp-playlist-item-artist">{{ data.meta.artist }}</span><# } #>
</div>
</script>
<script type="text/html" id="tmpl-wp-playlist-item">
<div class="wp-playlist-item">
<a class="wp-playlist-caption" href="{{ data.src }}">
{{ data.index ? ( data.index + '. ' ) : '' }}
<# if ( data.caption ) { #>
{{ data.caption }}
<# } else { #>
<# if ( data.artists && data.meta.artist ) { #>
<span class="wp-playlist-item-title">
<?php
/* translators: %s: Playlist item title. */
printf( _x( '“%s”', 'playlist item title' ), '{{{ data.title }}}' );
?>
</span>
<span class="wp-playlist-item-artist"> — {{ data.meta.artist }}</span>
<# } else { #>
<span class="wp-playlist-item-title">{{{ data.title }}}</span>
<# } #>
<# } #>
</a>
<# if ( data.meta.length_formatted ) { #>
<div class="wp-playlist-item-length">{{ data.meta.length_formatted }}</div>
<# } #>
</div>
</script>
<?php
}
/**
* Outputs and enqueues default scripts and styles for playlists.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param string $type Type of playlist. Accepts 'audio' or 'video'.
*/
function wp_playlist_scripts( $type ) {
wp_enqueue_style( 'wp-mediaelement' );
wp_enqueue_script( 'wp-playlist' );
?>
<!--[if lt IE 9]><script>document.createElement('<?php echo esc_js( $type ); ?>');</script><![endif]-->
<?php
add_action( 'wp_footer', 'wp_underscore_playlist_templates', 0 );
add_action( 'admin_footer', 'wp_underscore_playlist_templates', 0 );
}
/**
* Builds the Playlist shortcode output.
*
* This implements the functionality of the playlist shortcode for displaying
* a collection of WordPress audio or video files in a post.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @global int $content_width
*
* @param array $attr {
* Array of default playlist attributes.
*
* @type string $type Type of playlist to display. Accepts 'audio' or 'video'. Default 'audio'.
* @type string $order Designates ascending or descending order of items in the playlist.
* Accepts 'ASC', 'DESC'. Default 'ASC'.
* @type string $orderby Any column, or columns, to sort the playlist. If $ids are
* passed, this defaults to the order of the $ids array ('post__in').
* Otherwise default is 'menu_order ID'.
* @type int $id If an explicit $ids array is not present, this parameter
* will determine which attachments are used for the playlist.
* Default is the current post ID.
* @type array $ids Create a playlist out of these explicit attachment IDs. If empty,
* a playlist will be created from all $type attachments of $id.
* Default empty.
* @type array $exclude List of specific attachment IDs to exclude from the playlist. Default empty.
* @type string $style Playlist style to use. Accepts 'light' or 'dark'. Default 'light'.
* @type bool $tracklist Whether to show or hide the playlist. Default true.
* @type bool $tracknumbers Whether to show or hide the numbers next to entries in the playlist. Default true.
* @type bool $images Show or hide the video or audio thumbnail (Featured Image/post
* thumbnail). Default true.
* @type bool $artists Whether to show or hide artist name in the playlist. Default true.
* }
*
* @return string Playlist output. Empty string if the passed type is unsupported.
*/
function wp_playlist_shortcode( $attr ) {
global $content_width;
$post = get_post();
static $instance = 0;
$instance++;
if ( ! empty( $attr['ids'] ) ) {
// 'ids' is explicitly ordered, unless you specify otherwise.
if ( empty( $attr['orderby'] ) ) {
$attr['orderby'] = 'post__in';
}
$attr['include'] = $attr['ids'];
}
/**
* Filters the playlist output.
*
* Returning a non-empty value from the filter will short-circuit generation
* of the default playlist output, returning the passed value instead.
*
* @since 3.9.0
* @since 4.2.0 The `$instance` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $output Playlist output. Default empty.
* @param array $attr An array of shortcode attributes.
* @param int $instance Unique numeric ID of this playlist shortcode instance.
*/
$output = apply_filters( 'post_playlist', '', $attr, $instance );
if ( ! empty( $output ) ) {
return $output;
}
$atts = shortcode_atts(
array(
'type' => 'audio',
'order' => 'ASC',
'orderby' => 'menu_order ID',
'id' => $post ? $post->ID : 0,
'include' => '',
'exclude' => '',
'style' => 'light',
'tracklist' => true,
'tracknumbers' => true,
'images' => true,
'artists' => true,
),
$attr,
'playlist'
);
$id = (int) $atts['id'];
if ( 'audio' !== $atts['type'] ) {
$atts['type'] = 'video';
}
$args = array(
'post_status' => 'inherit',
'post_type' => 'attachment',
'post_mime_type' => $atts['type'],
'order' => $atts['order'],
'orderby' => $atts['orderby'],
);
if ( ! empty( $atts['include'] ) ) {
$args['include'] = $atts['include'];
$_attachments = get_posts( $args );
$attachments = array();
foreach ( $_attachments as $key => $val ) {
$attachments[ $val->ID ] = $_attachments[ $key ];
}
} elseif ( ! empty( $atts['exclude'] ) ) {
$args['post_parent'] = $id;
$args['exclude'] = $atts['exclude'];
$attachments = get_children( $args );
} else {
$args['post_parent'] = $id;
$attachments = get_children( $args );
}
if ( ! empty( $args['post_parent'] ) ) {
$post_parent = get_post( $id );
// terminate the shortcode execution if user cannot read the post or password-protected
if ( ! current_user_can( 'read_post', $post_parent->ID ) || post_password_required( $post_parent ) ) {
return '';
}
}
if ( empty( $attachments ) ) {
return '';
}
if ( is_feed() ) {
$output = "\n";
foreach ( $attachments as $att_id => $attachment ) {
$output .= wp_get_attachment_link( $att_id ) . "\n";
}
return $output;
}
$outer = 22; // Default padding and border of wrapper.
$default_width = 640;
$default_height = 360;
$theme_width = empty( $content_width ) ? $default_width : ( $content_width - $outer );
$theme_height = empty( $content_width ) ? $default_height : round( ( $default_height * $theme_width ) / $default_width );
$data = array(
'type' => $atts['type'],
// Don't pass strings to JSON, will be truthy in JS.
'tracklist' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['tracklist'] ),
'tracknumbers' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['tracknumbers'] ),
'images' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['images'] ),
'artists' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['artists'] ),
);
$tracks = array();
foreach ( $attachments as $attachment ) {
$url = wp_get_attachment_url( $attachment->ID );
$ftype = wp_check_filetype( $url, wp_get_mime_types() );
$track = array(
'src' => $url,
'type' => $ftype['type'],
'title' => $attachment->post_title,
'caption' => $attachment->post_excerpt,
'description' => $attachment->post_content,
);
$track['meta'] = array();
$meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment->ID );
if ( ! empty( $meta ) ) {
foreach ( wp_get_attachment_id3_keys( $attachment ) as $key => $label ) {
if ( ! empty( $meta[ $key ] ) ) {
$track['meta'][ $key ] = $meta[ $key ];
}
}
if ( 'video' === $atts['type'] ) {
if ( ! empty( $meta['width'] ) && ! empty( $meta['height'] ) ) {
$width = $meta['width'];
$height = $meta['height'];
$theme_height = round( ( $height * $theme_width ) / $width );
} else {
$width = $default_width;
$height = $default_height;
}
$track['dimensions'] = array(
'original' => compact( 'width', 'height' ),
'resized' => array(
'width' => $theme_width,
'height' => $theme_height,
),
);
}
}
if ( $atts['images'] ) {
$thumb_id = get_post_thumbnail_id( $attachment->ID );
if ( ! empty( $thumb_id ) ) {
list( $src, $width, $height ) = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $thumb_id, 'full' );
$track['image'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
list( $src, $width, $height ) = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $thumb_id, 'thumbnail' );
$track['thumb'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
} else {
$src = wp_mime_type_icon( $attachment->ID );
$width = 48;
$height = 64;
$track['image'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
$track['thumb'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
}
}
$tracks[] = $track;
}
$data['tracks'] = $tracks;
$safe_type = esc_attr( $atts['type'] );
$safe_style = esc_attr( $atts['style'] );
ob_start();
if ( 1 === $instance ) {
/**
* Prints and enqueues playlist scripts, styles, and JavaScript templates.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param string $type Type of playlist. Possible values are 'audio' or 'video'.
* @param string $style The 'theme' for the playlist. Core provides 'light' and 'dark'.
*/
do_action( 'wp_playlist_scripts', $atts['type'], $atts['style'] );
}
?>
<div class="wp-playlist wp-<?php echo $safe_type; ?>-playlist wp-playlist-<?php echo $safe_style; ?>">
<?php if ( 'audio' === $atts['type'] ) : ?>
<div class="wp-playlist-current-item"></div>
<?php endif; ?>
<<?php echo $safe_type; ?> controls="controls" preload="none" width="<?php echo (int) $theme_width; ?>"
<?php
if ( 'video' === $safe_type ) {
echo ' height="', (int) $theme_height, '"';
}
?>
></<?php echo $safe_type; ?>>
<div class="wp-playlist-next"></div>
<div class="wp-playlist-prev"></div>
<noscript>
<ol>
<?php
foreach ( $attachments as $att_id => $attachment ) {
printf( '<li>%s</li>', wp_get_attachment_link( $att_id ) );
}
?>
</ol>
</noscript>
<script type="application/json" class="wp-playlist-script"><?php echo wp_json_encode( $data ); ?></script>
</div>
<?php
return ob_get_clean();
}
add_shortcode( 'playlist', 'wp_playlist_shortcode' );
/**
* Provides a No-JS Flash fallback as a last resort for audio / video.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $url The media element URL.
* @return string Fallback HTML.
*/
function wp_mediaelement_fallback( $url ) {
/**
* Filters the Mediaelement fallback output for no-JS.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $output Fallback output for no-JS.
* @param string $url Media file URL.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_mediaelement_fallback', sprintf( '<a href="%1$s">%1$s</a>', esc_url( $url ) ), $url );
}
/**
* Returns a filtered list of supported audio formats.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @return string[] Supported audio formats.
*/
function wp_get_audio_extensions() {
/**
* Filters the list of supported audio formats.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string[] $extensions An array of supported audio formats. Defaults are
* 'mp3', 'ogg', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wav'.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_audio_extensions', array( 'mp3', 'ogg', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wav' ) );
}
/**
* Returns useful keys to use to lookup data from an attachment's stored metadata.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param WP_Post $attachment The current attachment, provided for context.
* @param string $context Optional. The context. Accepts 'edit', 'display'. Default 'display'.
* @return string[] Key/value pairs of field keys to labels.
*/
function wp_get_attachment_id3_keys( $attachment, $context = 'display' ) {
$fields = array(
'artist' => __( 'Artist' ),
'album' => __( 'Album' ),
);
if ( 'display' === $context ) {
$fields['genre'] = __( 'Genre' );
$fields['year'] = __( 'Year' );
$fields['length_formatted'] = _x( 'Length', 'video or audio' );
} elseif ( 'js' === $context ) {
$fields['bitrate'] = __( 'Bitrate' );
$fields['bitrate_mode'] = __( 'Bitrate Mode' );
}
/**
* Filters the editable list of keys to look up data from an attachment's metadata.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param array $fields Key/value pairs of field keys to labels.
* @param WP_Post $attachment Attachment object.
* @param string $context The context. Accepts 'edit', 'display'. Default 'display'.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_get_attachment_id3_keys', $fields, $attachment, $context );
}
/**
* Builds the Audio shortcode output.
*
* This implements the functionality of the Audio Shortcode for displaying
* WordPress mp3s in a post.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param array $attr {
* Attributes of the audio shortcode.
*
* @type string $src URL to the source of the audio file. Default empty.
* @type string $loop The 'loop' attribute for the `<audio>` element. Default empty.
* @type string $autoplay The 'autoplay' attribute for the `<audio>` element. Default empty.
* @type string $preload The 'preload' attribute for the `<audio>` element. Default 'none'.
* @type string $class The 'class' attribute for the `<audio>` element. Default 'wp-audio-shortcode'.
* @type string $style The 'style' attribute for the `<audio>` element. Default 'width: 100%;'.
* }
* @param string $content Shortcode content.
* @return string|void HTML content to display audio.
*/
function wp_audio_shortcode( $attr, $content = '' ) {
$post_id = get_post() ? get_the_ID() : 0;
static $instance = 0;
$instance++;
/**
* Filters the default audio shortcode output.
*
* If the filtered output isn't empty, it will be used instead of generating the default audio template.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $html Empty variable to be replaced with shortcode markup.
* @param array $attr Attributes of the shortcode. @see wp_audio_shortcode()
* @param string $content Shortcode content.
* @param int $instance Unique numeric ID of this audio shortcode instance.
*/
$override = apply_filters( 'wp_audio_shortcode_override', '', $attr, $content, $instance );
if ( '' !== $override ) {
return $override;
}
$audio = null;
$default_types = wp_get_audio_extensions();
$defaults_atts = array(
'src' => '',
'loop' => '',
'autoplay' => '',
'preload' => 'none',
'class' => 'wp-audio-shortcode',
'style' => 'width: 100%;',
);
foreach ( $default_types as $type ) {
$defaults_atts[ $type ] = '';
}
$atts = shortcode_atts( $defaults_atts, $attr, 'audio' );
$primary = false;
if ( ! empty( $atts['src'] ) ) {
$type = wp_check_filetype( $atts['src'], wp_get_mime_types() );
if ( ! in_array( strtolower( $type['ext'] ), $default_types, true ) ) {
return sprintf( '<a class="wp-embedded-audio" href="%s">%s</a>', esc_url( $atts['src'] ), esc_html( $atts['src'] ) );
}
$primary = true;
array_unshift( $default_types, 'src' );
} else {
foreach ( $default_types as $ext ) {
if ( ! empty( $atts[ $ext ] ) ) {
$type = wp_check_filetype( $atts[ $ext ], wp_get_mime_types() );
if ( strtolower( $type['ext'] ) === $ext ) {
$primary = true;
}
}
}
}
if ( ! $primary ) {
$audios = get_attached_media( 'audio', $post_id );
if ( empty( $audios ) ) {
return;
}
$audio = reset( $audios );
$atts['src'] = wp_get_attachment_url( $audio->ID );
if ( empty( $atts['src'] ) ) {
return;
}
array_unshift( $default_types, 'src' );
}
/**
* Filters the media library used for the audio shortcode.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $library Media library used for the audio shortcode.
*/
$library = apply_filters( 'wp_audio_shortcode_library', 'mediaelement' );
if ( 'mediaelement' === $library && did_action( 'init' ) ) {
wp_enqueue_style( 'wp-mediaelement' );
wp_enqueue_script( 'wp-mediaelement' );
}
/**
* Filters the class attribute for the audio shortcode output container.
*
* @since 3.6.0
* @since 4.9.0 The `$atts` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $class CSS class or list of space-separated classes.
* @param array $atts Array of audio shortcode attributes.
*/
$atts['class'] = apply_filters( 'wp_audio_shortcode_class', $atts['class'], $atts );
$html_atts = array(
'class' => $atts['class'],
'id' => sprintf( 'audio-%d-%d', $post_id, $instance ),
'loop' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['loop'] ),
'autoplay' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['autoplay'] ),
'preload' => $atts['preload'],
'style' => $atts['style'],
);
// These ones should just be omitted altogether if they are blank.
foreach ( array( 'loop', 'autoplay', 'preload' ) as $a ) {
if ( empty( $html_atts[ $a ] ) ) {
unset( $html_atts[ $a ] );
}
}
$attr_strings = array();
foreach ( $html_atts as $k => $v ) {
$attr_strings[] = $k . '="' . esc_attr( $v ) . '"';
}
$html = '';
if ( 'mediaelement' === $library && 1 === $instance ) {
$html .= "<!--[if lt IE 9]><script>document.createElement('audio');</script><![endif]-->\n";
}
$html .= sprintf( '<audio %s controls="controls">', implode( ' ', $attr_strings ) );
$fileurl = '';
$source = '<source type="%s" src="%s" />';
foreach ( $default_types as $fallback ) {
if ( ! empty( $atts[ $fallback ] ) ) {
if ( empty( $fileurl ) ) {
$fileurl = $atts[ $fallback ];
}
$type = wp_check_filetype( $atts[ $fallback ], wp_get_mime_types() );
$url = add_query_arg( '_', $instance, $atts[ $fallback ] );
$html .= sprintf( $source, $type['type'], esc_url( $url ) );
}
}
if ( 'mediaelement' === $library ) {
$html .= wp_mediaelement_fallback( $fileurl );
}
$html .= '</audio>';
/**
* Filters the audio shortcode output.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $html Audio shortcode HTML output.
* @param array $atts Array of audio shortcode attributes.
* @param string $audio Audio file.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $library Media library used for the audio shortcode.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_audio_shortcode', $html, $atts, $audio, $post_id, $library );
}
add_shortcode( 'audio', 'wp_audio_shortcode' );
/**
* Returns a filtered list of supported video formats.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @return string[] List of supported video formats.
*/
function wp_get_video_extensions() {
/**
* Filters the list of supported video formats.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string[] $extensions An array of supported video formats. Defaults are
* 'mp4', 'm4v', 'webm', 'ogv', 'flv'.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_video_extensions', array( 'mp4', 'm4v', 'webm', 'ogv', 'flv' ) );
}
/**
* Builds the Video shortcode output.
*
* This implements the functionality of the Video Shortcode for displaying
* WordPress mp4s in a post.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @global int $content_width
*
* @param array $attr {
* Attributes of the shortcode.
*
* @type string $src URL to the source of the video file. Default empty.
* @type int $height Height of the video embed in pixels. Default 360.
* @type int $width Width of the video embed in pixels. Default $content_width or 640.
* @type string $poster The 'poster' attribute for the `<video>` element. Default empty.
* @type string $loop The 'loop' attribute for the `<video>` element. Default empty.
* @type string $autoplay The 'autoplay' attribute for the `<video>` element. Default empty.
* @type string $muted The 'muted' attribute for the `<video>` element. Default false.
* @type string $preload The 'preload' attribute for the `<video>` element.
* Default 'metadata'.
* @type string $class The 'class' attribute for the `<video>` element.
* Default 'wp-video-shortcode'.
* }
* @param string $content Shortcode content.
* @return string|void HTML content to display video.
*/
function wp_video_shortcode( $attr, $content = '' ) {
global $content_width;
$post_id = get_post() ? get_the_ID() : 0;
static $instance = 0;
$instance++;
/**
* Filters the default video shortcode output.
*
* If the filtered output isn't empty, it will be used instead of generating
* the default video template.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @see wp_video_shortcode()
*
* @param string $html Empty variable to be replaced with shortcode markup.
* @param array $attr Attributes of the shortcode. @see wp_video_shortcode()
* @param string $content Video shortcode content.
* @param int $instance Unique numeric ID of this video shortcode instance.
*/
$override = apply_filters( 'wp_video_shortcode_override', '', $attr, $content, $instance );
if ( '' !== $override ) {
return $override;
}
$video = null;
$default_types = wp_get_video_extensions();
$defaults_atts = array(
'src' => '',
'poster' => '',
'loop' => '',
'autoplay' => '',
'muted' => 'false',
'preload' => 'metadata',
'width' => 640,
'height' => 360,
'class' => 'wp-video-shortcode',
);
foreach ( $default_types as $type ) {
$defaults_atts[ $type ] = '';
}
$atts = shortcode_atts( $defaults_atts, $attr, 'video' );
if ( is_admin() ) {
// Shrink the video so it isn't huge in the admin.
if ( $atts['width'] > $defaults_atts['width'] ) {
$atts['height'] = round( ( $atts['height'] * $defaults_atts['width'] ) / $atts['width'] );
$atts['width'] = $defaults_atts['width'];
}
} else {
// If the video is bigger than the theme.
if ( ! empty( $content_width ) && $atts['width'] > $content_width ) {
$atts['height'] = round( ( $atts['height'] * $content_width ) / $atts['width'] );
$atts['width'] = $content_width;
}
}
$is_vimeo = false;
$is_youtube = false;
$yt_pattern = '#^https?://(?:www\.)?(?:youtube\.com/watch|youtu\.be/)#';
$vimeo_pattern = '#^https?://(.+\.)?vimeo\.com/.*#';
$primary = false;
if ( ! empty( $atts['src'] ) ) {
$is_vimeo = ( preg_match( $vimeo_pattern, $atts['src'] ) );
$is_youtube = ( preg_match( $yt_pattern, $atts['src'] ) );
if ( ! $is_youtube && ! $is_vimeo ) {
$type = wp_check_filetype( $atts['src'], wp_get_mime_types() );
if ( ! in_array( strtolower( $type['ext'] ), $default_types, true ) ) {
return sprintf( '<a class="wp-embedded-video" href="%s">%s</a>', esc_url( $atts['src'] ), esc_html( $atts['src'] ) );
}
}
if ( $is_vimeo ) {
wp_enqueue_script( 'mediaelement-vimeo' );
}
$primary = true;
array_unshift( $default_types, 'src' );
} else {
foreach ( $default_types as $ext ) {
if ( ! empty( $atts[ $ext ] ) ) {
$type = wp_check_filetype( $atts[ $ext ], wp_get_mime_types() );
if ( strtolower( $type['ext'] ) === $ext ) {
$primary = true;
}
}
}
}
if ( ! $primary ) {
$videos = get_attached_media( 'video', $post_id );
if ( empty( $videos ) ) {
return;
}
$video = reset( $videos );
$atts['src'] = wp_get_attachment_url( $video->ID );
if ( empty( $atts['src'] ) ) {
return;
}
array_unshift( $default_types, 'src' );
}
/**
* Filters the media library used for the video shortcode.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $library Media library used for the video shortcode.
*/
$library = apply_filters( 'wp_video_shortcode_library', 'mediaelement' );
if ( 'mediaelement' === $library && did_action( 'init' ) ) {
wp_enqueue_style( 'wp-mediaelement' );
wp_enqueue_script( 'wp-mediaelement' );
wp_enqueue_script( 'mediaelement-vimeo' );
}
/*
* MediaElement.js has issues with some URL formats for Vimeo and YouTube,
* so update the URL to prevent the ME.js player from breaking.
*/
if ( 'mediaelement' === $library ) {
if ( $is_youtube ) {
// Remove `feature` query arg and force SSL - see #40866.
$atts['src'] = remove_query_arg( 'feature', $atts['src'] );
$atts['src'] = set_url_scheme( $atts['src'], 'https' );
} elseif ( $is_vimeo ) {
// Remove all query arguments and force SSL - see #40866.
$parsed_vimeo_url = wp_parse_url( $atts['src'] );
$vimeo_src = 'https://' . $parsed_vimeo_url['host'] . $parsed_vimeo_url['path'];
// Add loop param for mejs bug - see #40977, not needed after #39686.
$loop = $atts['loop'] ? '1' : '0';
$atts['src'] = add_query_arg( 'loop', $loop, $vimeo_src );
}
}
/**
* Filters the class attribute for the video shortcode output container.
*
* @since 3.6.0
* @since 4.9.0 The `$atts` parameter was added.
*
* @param string $class CSS class or list of space-separated classes.
* @param array $atts Array of video shortcode attributes.
*/
$atts['class'] = apply_filters( 'wp_video_shortcode_class', $atts['class'], $atts );
$html_atts = array(
'class' => $atts['class'],
'id' => sprintf( 'video-%d-%d', $post_id, $instance ),
'width' => absint( $atts['width'] ),
'height' => absint( $atts['height'] ),
'poster' => esc_url( $atts['poster'] ),
'loop' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['loop'] ),
'autoplay' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['autoplay'] ),
'muted' => wp_validate_boolean( $atts['muted'] ),
'preload' => $atts['preload'],
);
// These ones should just be omitted altogether if they are blank.
foreach ( array( 'poster', 'loop', 'autoplay', 'preload', 'muted' ) as $a ) {
if ( empty( $html_atts[ $a ] ) ) {
unset( $html_atts[ $a ] );
}
}
$attr_strings = array();
foreach ( $html_atts as $k => $v ) {
$attr_strings[] = $k . '="' . esc_attr( $v ) . '"';
}
$html = '';
if ( 'mediaelement' === $library && 1 === $instance ) {
$html .= "<!--[if lt IE 9]><script>document.createElement('video');</script><![endif]-->\n";
}
$html .= sprintf( '<video %s controls="controls">', implode( ' ', $attr_strings ) );
$fileurl = '';
$source = '<source type="%s" src="%s" />';
foreach ( $default_types as $fallback ) {
if ( ! empty( $atts[ $fallback ] ) ) {
if ( empty( $fileurl ) ) {
$fileurl = $atts[ $fallback ];
}
if ( 'src' === $fallback && $is_youtube ) {
$type = array( 'type' => 'video/youtube' );
} elseif ( 'src' === $fallback && $is_vimeo ) {
$type = array( 'type' => 'video/vimeo' );
} else {
$type = wp_check_filetype( $atts[ $fallback ], wp_get_mime_types() );
}
$url = add_query_arg( '_', $instance, $atts[ $fallback ] );
$html .= sprintf( $source, $type['type'], esc_url( $url ) );
}
}
if ( ! empty( $content ) ) {
if ( str_contains( $content, "\n" ) ) {
$content = str_replace( array( "\r\n", "\n", "\t" ), '', $content );
}
$html .= trim( $content );
}
if ( 'mediaelement' === $library ) {
$html .= wp_mediaelement_fallback( $fileurl );
}
$html .= '</video>';
$width_rule = '';
if ( ! empty( $atts['width'] ) ) {
$width_rule = sprintf( 'width: %dpx;', $atts['width'] );
}
$output = sprintf( '<div style="%s" class="wp-video">%s</div>', $width_rule, $html );
/**
* Filters the output of the video shortcode.
*
* @since 3.6.0
*
* @param string $output Video shortcode HTML output.
* @param array $atts Array of video shortcode attributes.
* @param string $video Video file.
* @param int $post_id Post ID.
* @param string $library Media library used for the video shortcode.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_video_shortcode', $output, $atts, $video, $post_id, $library );
}
add_shortcode( 'video', 'wp_video_shortcode' );
/**
* Gets the previous image link that has the same post parent.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @see get_adjacent_image_link()
*
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param string|false $text Optional. Link text. Default false.
* @return string Markup for previous image link.
*/
function get_previous_image_link( $size = 'thumbnail', $text = false ) {
return get_adjacent_image_link( true, $size, $text );
}
/**
* Displays previous image link that has the same post parent.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param string|false $text Optional. Link text. Default false.
*/
function previous_image_link( $size = 'thumbnail', $text = false ) {
echo get_previous_image_link( $size, $text );
}
/**
* Gets the next image link that has the same post parent.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @see get_adjacent_image_link()
*
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param string|false $text Optional. Link text. Default false.
* @return string Markup for next image link.
*/
function get_next_image_link( $size = 'thumbnail', $text = false ) {
return get_adjacent_image_link( false, $size, $text );
}
/**
* Displays next image link that has the same post parent.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param string|false $text Optional. Link text. Default false.
*/
function next_image_link( $size = 'thumbnail', $text = false ) {
echo get_next_image_link( $size, $text );
}
/**
* Gets the next or previous image link that has the same post parent.
*
* Retrieves the current attachment object from the $post global.
*
* @since 5.8.0
*
* @param bool $prev Optional. Whether to display the next (false) or previous (true) link. Default true.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param bool $text Optional. Link text. Default false.
* @return string Markup for image link.
*/
function get_adjacent_image_link( $prev = true, $size = 'thumbnail', $text = false ) {
$post = get_post();
$attachments = array_values(
get_children(
array(
'post_parent' => $post->post_parent,
'post_status' => 'inherit',
'post_type' => 'attachment',
'post_mime_type' => 'image',
'order' => 'ASC',
'orderby' => 'menu_order ID',
)
)
);
foreach ( $attachments as $k => $attachment ) {
if ( (int) $attachment->ID === (int) $post->ID ) {
break;
}
}
$output = '';
$attachment_id = 0;
if ( $attachments ) {
$k = $prev ? $k - 1 : $k + 1;
if ( isset( $attachments[ $k ] ) ) {
$attachment_id = $attachments[ $k ]->ID;
$attr = array( 'alt' => get_the_title( $attachment_id ) );
$output = wp_get_attachment_link( $attachment_id, $size, true, false, $text, $attr );
}
}
$adjacent = $prev ? 'previous' : 'next';
/**
* Filters the adjacent image link.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$adjacent`, refers to the type of adjacency,
* either 'next', or 'previous'.
*
* Possible hook names include:
*
* - `next_image_link`
* - `previous_image_link`
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param string $output Adjacent image HTML markup.
* @param int $attachment_id Attachment ID
* @param string|int[] $size Requested image size. Can be any registered image size name, or
* an array of width and height values in pixels (in that order).
* @param string $text Link text.
*/
return apply_filters( "{$adjacent}_image_link", $output, $attachment_id, $size, $text );
}
/**
* Displays next or previous image link that has the same post parent.
*
* Retrieves the current attachment object from the $post global.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param bool $prev Optional. Whether to display the next (false) or previous (true) link. Default true.
* @param string|int[] $size Optional. Image size. Accepts any registered image size name, or an array
* of width and height values in pixels (in that order). Default 'thumbnail'.
* @param bool $text Optional. Link text. Default false.
*/
function adjacent_image_link( $prev = true, $size = 'thumbnail', $text = false ) {
echo get_adjacent_image_link( $prev, $size, $text );
}
/**
* Retrieves taxonomies attached to given the attachment.
*
* @since 2.5.0
* @since 4.7.0 Introduced the `$output` parameter.
*
* @param int|array|object $attachment Attachment ID, data array, or data object.
* @param string $output Output type. 'names' to return an array of taxonomy names,
* or 'objects' to return an array of taxonomy objects.
* Default is 'names'.
* @return string[]|WP_Taxonomy[] List of taxonomies or taxonomy names. Empty array on failure.
*/
function get_attachment_taxonomies( $attachment, $output = 'names' ) {
if ( is_int( $attachment ) ) {
$attachment = get_post( $attachment );
} elseif ( is_array( $attachment ) ) {
$attachment = (object) $attachment;
}
if ( ! is_object( $attachment ) ) {
return array();
}
$file = get_attached_file( $attachment->ID );
$filename = wp_basename( $file );
$objects = array( 'attachment' );
if ( str_contains( $filename, '.' ) ) {
$objects[] = 'attachment:' . substr( $filename, strrpos( $filename, '.' ) + 1 );
}
if ( ! empty( $attachment->post_mime_type ) ) {
$objects[] = 'attachment:' . $attachment->post_mime_type;
if ( str_contains( $attachment->post_mime_type, '/' ) ) {
foreach ( explode( '/', $attachment->post_mime_type ) as $token ) {
if ( ! empty( $token ) ) {
$objects[] = "attachment:$token";
}
}
}
}
$taxonomies = array();
foreach ( $objects as $object ) {
$taxes = get_object_taxonomies( $object, $output );
if ( $taxes ) {
$taxonomies = array_merge( $taxonomies, $taxes );
}
}
if ( 'names' === $output ) {
$taxonomies = array_unique( $taxonomies );
}
return $taxonomies;
}
/**
* Retrieves all of the taxonomies that are registered for attachments.
*
* Handles mime-type-specific taxonomies such as attachment:image and attachment:video.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @see get_taxonomies()
*
* @param string $output Optional. The type of taxonomy output to return. Accepts 'names' or 'objects'.
* Default 'names'.
* @return string[]|WP_Taxonomy[] Array of names or objects of registered taxonomies for attachments.
*/
function get_taxonomies_for_attachments( $output = 'names' ) {
$taxonomies = array();
foreach ( get_taxonomies( array(), 'objects' ) as $taxonomy ) {
foreach ( $taxonomy->object_type as $object_type ) {
if ( 'attachment' === $object_type || str_starts_with( $object_type, 'attachment:' ) ) {
if ( 'names' === $output ) {
$taxonomies[] = $taxonomy->name;
} else {
$taxonomies[ $taxonomy->name ] = $taxonomy;
}
break;
}
}
}
return $taxonomies;
}
/**
* Determines whether the value is an acceptable type for GD image functions.
*
* In PHP 8.0, the GD extension uses GdImage objects for its data structures.
* This function checks if the passed value is either a GdImage object instance
* or a resource of type `gd`. Any other type will return false.
*
* @since 5.6.0
*
* @param resource|GdImage|false $image A value to check the type for.
* @return bool True if `$image` is either a GD image resource or a GdImage instance,
* false otherwise.
*/
function is_gd_image( $image ) {
if ( $image instanceof GdImage
|| is_resource( $image ) && 'gd' === get_resource_type( $image )
) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Creates a new GD image resource with transparency support.
*
* @todo Deprecate if possible.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param int $width Image width in pixels.
* @param int $height Image height in pixels.
* @return resource|GdImage|false The GD image resource or GdImage instance on success.
* False on failure.
*/
function wp_imagecreatetruecolor( $width, $height ) {
$img = imagecreatetruecolor( $width, $height );
if ( is_gd_image( $img )
&& function_exists( 'imagealphablending' ) && function_exists( 'imagesavealpha' )
) {
imagealphablending( $img, false );
imagesavealpha( $img, true );
}
return $img;
}
/**
* Based on a supplied width/height example, returns the biggest possible dimensions based on the max width/height.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @see wp_constrain_dimensions()
*
* @param int $example_width The width of an example embed.
* @param int $example_height The height of an example embed.
* @param int $max_width The maximum allowed width.
* @param int $max_height The maximum allowed height.
* @return int[] {
* An array of maximum width and height values.
*
* @type int $0 The maximum width in pixels.
* @type int $1 The maximum height in pixels.
* }
*/
function wp_expand_dimensions( $example_width, $example_height, $max_width, $max_height ) {
$example_width = (int) $example_width;
$example_height = (int) $example_height;
$max_width = (int) $max_width;
$max_height = (int) $max_height;
return wp_constrain_dimensions( $example_width * 1000000, $example_height * 1000000, $max_width, $max_height );
}
/**
* Determines the maximum upload size allowed in php.ini.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @return int Allowed upload size.
*/
function wp_max_upload_size() {
$u_bytes = wp_convert_hr_to_bytes( ini_get( 'upload_max_filesize' ) );
$p_bytes = wp_convert_hr_to_bytes( ini_get( 'post_max_size' ) );
/**
* Filters the maximum upload size allowed in php.ini.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @param int $size Max upload size limit in bytes.
* @param int $u_bytes Maximum upload filesize in bytes.
* @param int $p_bytes Maximum size of POST data in bytes.
*/
return apply_filters( 'upload_size_limit', min( $u_bytes, $p_bytes ), $u_bytes, $p_bytes );
}
/**
* Returns a WP_Image_Editor instance and loads file into it.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param string $path Path to the file to load.
* @param array $args Optional. Additional arguments for retrieving the image editor.
* Default empty array.
* @return WP_Image_Editor|WP_Error The WP_Image_Editor object on success,
* a WP_Error object otherwise.
*/
function wp_get_image_editor( $path, $args = array() ) {
$args['path'] = $path;
// If the mime type is not set in args, try to extract and set it from the file.
if ( ! isset( $args['mime_type'] ) ) {
$file_info = wp_check_filetype( $args['path'] );
/*
* If $file_info['type'] is false, then we let the editor attempt to
* figure out the file type, rather than forcing a failure based on extension.
*/
if ( isset( $file_info ) && $file_info['type'] ) {
$args['mime_type'] = $file_info['type'];
}
}
// Check and set the output mime type mapped to the input type.
if ( isset( $args['mime_type'] ) ) {
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-image-editor.php */
$output_format = apply_filters( 'image_editor_output_format', array(), $path, $args['mime_type'] );
if ( isset( $output_format[ $args['mime_type'] ] ) ) {
$args['output_mime_type'] = $output_format[ $args['mime_type'] ];
}
}
$implementation = _wp_image_editor_choose( $args );
if ( $implementation ) {
$editor = new $implementation( $path );
$loaded = $editor->load();
if ( is_wp_error( $loaded ) ) {
return $loaded;
}
return $editor;
}
return new WP_Error( 'image_no_editor', __( 'No editor could be selected.' ) );
}
/**
* Tests whether there is an editor that supports a given mime type or methods.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param string|array $args Optional. Array of arguments to retrieve the image editor supports.
* Default empty array.
* @return bool True if an eligible editor is found; false otherwise.
*/
function wp_image_editor_supports( $args = array() ) {
return (bool) _wp_image_editor_choose( $args );
}
/**
* Tests which editors are capable of supporting the request.
*
* @ignore
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param array $args Optional. Array of arguments for choosing a capable editor. Default empty array.
* @return string|false Class name for the first editor that claims to support the request.
* False if no editor claims to support the request.
*/
function _wp_image_editor_choose( $args = array() ) {
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/class-wp-image-editor.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/class-wp-image-editor-gd.php';
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/class-wp-image-editor-imagick.php';
/**
* Filters the list of image editing library classes.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param string[] $image_editors Array of available image editor class names. Defaults are
* 'WP_Image_Editor_Imagick', 'WP_Image_Editor_GD'.
*/
$implementations = apply_filters( 'wp_image_editors', array( 'WP_Image_Editor_Imagick', 'WP_Image_Editor_GD' ) );
$supports_input = false;
foreach ( $implementations as $implementation ) {
if ( ! call_user_func( array( $implementation, 'test' ), $args ) ) {
continue;
}
// Implementation should support the passed mime type.
if ( isset( $args['mime_type'] ) &&
! call_user_func(
array( $implementation, 'supports_mime_type' ),
$args['mime_type']
) ) {
continue;
}
// Implementation should support requested methods.
if ( isset( $args['methods'] ) &&
array_diff( $args['methods'], get_class_methods( $implementation ) ) ) {
continue;
}
// Implementation should ideally support the output mime type as well if set and different than the passed type.
if (
isset( $args['mime_type'] ) &&
isset( $args['output_mime_type'] ) &&
$args['mime_type'] !== $args['output_mime_type'] &&
! call_user_func( array( $implementation, 'supports_mime_type' ), $args['output_mime_type'] )
) {
/*
* This implementation supports the imput type but not the output type.
* Keep looking to see if we can find an implementation that supports both.
*/
$supports_input = $implementation;
continue;
}
// Favor the implementation that supports both input and output mime types.
return $implementation;
}
return $supports_input;
}
/**
* Prints default Plupload arguments.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*/
function wp_plupload_default_settings() {
$wp_scripts = wp_scripts();
$data = $wp_scripts->get_data( 'wp-plupload', 'data' );
if ( $data && str_contains( $data, '_wpPluploadSettings' ) ) {
return;
}
$max_upload_size = wp_max_upload_size();
$allowed_extensions = array_keys( get_allowed_mime_types() );
$extensions = array();
foreach ( $allowed_extensions as $extension ) {
$extensions = array_merge( $extensions, explode( '|', $extension ) );
}
/*
* Since 4.9 the `runtimes` setting is hardcoded in our version of Plupload to `html5,html4`,
* and the `flash_swf_url` and `silverlight_xap_url` are not used.
*/
$defaults = array(
'file_data_name' => 'async-upload', // Key passed to $_FILE.
'url' => admin_url( 'async-upload.php', 'relative' ),
'filters' => array(
'max_file_size' => $max_upload_size . 'b',
'mime_types' => array( array( 'extensions' => implode( ',', $extensions ) ) ),
),
);
/*
* Currently only iOS Safari supports multiple files uploading,
* but iOS 7.x has a bug that prevents uploading of videos when enabled.
* See #29602.
*/
if ( wp_is_mobile()
&& str_contains( $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'], 'OS 7_' )
&& str_contains( $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'], 'like Mac OS X' )
) {
$defaults['multi_selection'] = false;
}
// Check if WebP images can be edited.
if ( ! wp_image_editor_supports( array( 'mime_type' => 'image/webp' ) ) ) {
$defaults['webp_upload_error'] = true;
}
/**
* Filters the Plupload default settings.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param array $defaults Default Plupload settings array.
*/
$defaults = apply_filters( 'plupload_default_settings', $defaults );
$params = array(
'action' => 'upload-attachment',
);
/**
* Filters the Plupload default parameters.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param array $params Default Plupload parameters array.
*/
$params = apply_filters( 'plupload_default_params', $params );
$params['_wpnonce'] = wp_create_nonce( 'media-form' );
$defaults['multipart_params'] = $params;
$settings = array(
'defaults' => $defaults,
'browser' => array(
'mobile' => wp_is_mobile(),
'supported' => _device_can_upload(),
),
'limitExceeded' => is_multisite() && ! is_upload_space_available(),
);
$script = 'var _wpPluploadSettings = ' . wp_json_encode( $settings ) . ';';
if ( $data ) {
$script = "$data\n$script";
}
$wp_scripts->add_data( 'wp-plupload', 'data', $script );
}
/**
* Prepares an attachment post object for JS, where it is expected
* to be JSON-encoded and fit into an Attachment model.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param int|WP_Post $attachment Attachment ID or object.
* @return array|void {
* Array of attachment details, or void if the parameter does not correspond to an attachment.
*
* @type string $alt Alt text of the attachment.
* @type string $author ID of the attachment author, as a string.
* @type string $authorName Name of the attachment author.
* @type string $caption Caption for the attachment.
* @type array $compat Containing item and meta.
* @type string $context Context, whether it's used as the site icon for example.
* @type int $date Uploaded date, timestamp in milliseconds.
* @type string $dateFormatted Formatted date (e.g. June 29, 2018).
* @type string $description Description of the attachment.
* @type string $editLink URL to the edit page for the attachment.
* @type string $filename File name of the attachment.
* @type string $filesizeHumanReadable Filesize of the attachment in human readable format (e.g. 1 MB).
* @type int $filesizeInBytes Filesize of the attachment in bytes.
* @type int $height If the attachment is an image, represents the height of the image in pixels.
* @type string $icon Icon URL of the attachment (e.g. /wp-includes/images/media/archive.png).
* @type int $id ID of the attachment.
* @type string $link URL to the attachment.
* @type int $menuOrder Menu order of the attachment post.
* @type array $meta Meta data for the attachment.
* @type string $mime Mime type of the attachment (e.g. image/jpeg or application/zip).
* @type int $modified Last modified, timestamp in milliseconds.
* @type string $name Name, same as title of the attachment.
* @type array $nonces Nonces for update, delete and edit.
* @type string $orientation If the attachment is an image, represents the image orientation
* (landscape or portrait).
* @type array $sizes If the attachment is an image, contains an array of arrays
* for the images sizes: thumbnail, medium, large, and full.
* @type string $status Post status of the attachment (usually 'inherit').
* @type string $subtype Mime subtype of the attachment (usually the last part, e.g. jpeg or zip).
* @type string $title Title of the attachment (usually slugified file name without the extension).
* @type string $type Type of the attachment (usually first part of the mime type, e.g. image).
* @type int $uploadedTo Parent post to which the attachment was uploaded.
* @type string $uploadedToLink URL to the edit page of the parent post of the attachment.
* @type string $uploadedToTitle Post title of the parent of the attachment.
* @type string $url Direct URL to the attachment file (from wp-content).
* @type int $width If the attachment is an image, represents the width of the image in pixels.
* }
*
*/
function wp_prepare_attachment_for_js( $attachment ) {
$attachment = get_post( $attachment );
if ( ! $attachment ) {
return;
}
if ( 'attachment' !== $attachment->post_type ) {
return;
}
$meta = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $attachment->ID );
if ( str_contains( $attachment->post_mime_type, '/' ) ) {
list( $type, $subtype ) = explode( '/', $attachment->post_mime_type );
} else {
list( $type, $subtype ) = array( $attachment->post_mime_type, '' );
}
$attachment_url = wp_get_attachment_url( $attachment->ID );
$base_url = str_replace( wp_basename( $attachment_url ), '', $attachment_url );
$response = array(
'id' => $attachment->ID,
'title' => $attachment->post_title,
'filename' => wp_basename( get_attached_file( $attachment->ID ) ),
'url' => $attachment_url,
'link' => get_attachment_link( $attachment->ID ),
'alt' => get_post_meta( $attachment->ID, '_wp_attachment_image_alt', true ),
'author' => $attachment->post_author,
'description' => $attachment->post_content,
'caption' => $attachment->post_excerpt,
'name' => $attachment->post_name,
'status' => $attachment->post_status,
'uploadedTo' => $attachment->post_parent,
'date' => strtotime( $attachment->post_date_gmt ) * 1000,
'modified' => strtotime( $attachment->post_modified_gmt ) * 1000,
'menuOrder' => $attachment->menu_order,
'mime' => $attachment->post_mime_type,
'type' => $type,
'subtype' => $subtype,
'icon' => wp_mime_type_icon( $attachment->ID ),
'dateFormatted' => mysql2date( __( 'F j, Y' ), $attachment->post_date ),
'nonces' => array(
'update' => false,
'delete' => false,
'edit' => false,
),
'editLink' => false,
'meta' => false,
);
$author = new WP_User( $attachment->post_author );
if ( $author->exists() ) {
$author_name = $author->display_name ? $author->display_name : $author->nickname;
$response['authorName'] = html_entity_decode( $author_name, ENT_QUOTES, get_bloginfo( 'charset' ) );
$response['authorLink'] = get_edit_user_link( $author->ID );
} else {
$response['authorName'] = __( '(no author)' );
}
if ( $attachment->post_parent ) {
$post_parent = get_post( $attachment->post_parent );
if ( $post_parent ) {
$response['uploadedToTitle'] = $post_parent->post_title ? $post_parent->post_title : __( '(no title)' );
$response['uploadedToLink'] = get_edit_post_link( $attachment->post_parent, 'raw' );
}
}
$attached_file = get_attached_file( $attachment->ID );
if ( isset( $meta['filesize'] ) ) {
$bytes = $meta['filesize'];
} elseif ( file_exists( $attached_file ) ) {
$bytes = wp_filesize( $attached_file );
} else {
$bytes = '';
}
if ( $bytes ) {
$response['filesizeInBytes'] = $bytes;
$response['filesizeHumanReadable'] = size_format( $bytes );
}
$context = get_post_meta( $attachment->ID, '_wp_attachment_context', true );
$response['context'] = ( $context ) ? $context : '';
if ( current_user_can( 'edit_post', $attachment->ID ) ) {
$response['nonces']['update'] = wp_create_nonce( 'update-post_' . $attachment->ID );
$response['nonces']['edit'] = wp_create_nonce( 'image_editor-' . $attachment->ID );
$response['editLink'] = get_edit_post_link( $attachment->ID, 'raw' );
}
if ( current_user_can( 'delete_post', $attachment->ID ) ) {
$response['nonces']['delete'] = wp_create_nonce( 'delete-post_' . $attachment->ID );
}
if ( $meta && ( 'image' === $type || ! empty( $meta['sizes'] ) ) ) {
$sizes = array();
/** This filter is documented in wp-admin/includes/media.php */
$possible_sizes = apply_filters(
'image_size_names_choose',
array(
'thumbnail' => __( 'Thumbnail' ),
'medium' => __( 'Medium' ),
'large' => __( 'Large' ),
'full' => __( 'Full Size' ),
)
);
unset( $possible_sizes['full'] );
/*
* Loop through all potential sizes that may be chosen. Try to do this with some efficiency.
* First: run the image_downsize filter. If it returns something, we can use its data.
* If the filter does not return something, then image_downsize() is just an expensive way
* to check the image metadata, which we do second.
*/
foreach ( $possible_sizes as $size => $label ) {
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/media.php */
$downsize = apply_filters( 'image_downsize', false, $attachment->ID, $size );
if ( $downsize ) {
if ( empty( $downsize[3] ) ) {
continue;
}
$sizes[ $size ] = array(
'height' => $downsize[2],
'width' => $downsize[1],
'url' => $downsize[0],
'orientation' => $downsize[2] > $downsize[1] ? 'portrait' : 'landscape',
);
} elseif ( isset( $meta['sizes'][ $size ] ) ) {
// Nothing from the filter, so consult image metadata if we have it.
$size_meta = $meta['sizes'][ $size ];
/*
* We have the actual image size, but might need to further constrain it if content_width is narrower.
* Thumbnail, medium, and full sizes are also checked against the site's height/width options.
*/
list( $width, $height ) = image_constrain_size_for_editor( $size_meta['width'], $size_meta['height'], $size, 'edit' );
$sizes[ $size ] = array(
'height' => $height,
'width' => $width,
'url' => $base_url . $size_meta['file'],
'orientation' => $height > $width ? 'portrait' : 'landscape',
);
}
}
if ( 'image' === $type ) {
if ( ! empty( $meta['original_image'] ) ) {
$response['originalImageURL'] = wp_get_original_image_url( $attachment->ID );
$response['originalImageName'] = wp_basename( wp_get_original_image_path( $attachment->ID ) );
}
$sizes['full'] = array( 'url' => $attachment_url );
if ( isset( $meta['height'], $meta['width'] ) ) {
$sizes['full']['height'] = $meta['height'];
$sizes['full']['width'] = $meta['width'];
$sizes['full']['orientation'] = $meta['height'] > $meta['width'] ? 'portrait' : 'landscape';
}
$response = array_merge( $response, $sizes['full'] );
} elseif ( $meta['sizes']['full']['file'] ) {
$sizes['full'] = array(
'url' => $base_url . $meta['sizes']['full']['file'],
'height' => $meta['sizes']['full']['height'],
'width' => $meta['sizes']['full']['width'],
'orientation' => $meta['sizes']['full']['height'] > $meta['sizes']['full']['width'] ? 'portrait' : 'landscape',
);
}
$response = array_merge( $response, array( 'sizes' => $sizes ) );
}
if ( $meta && 'video' === $type ) {
if ( isset( $meta['width'] ) ) {
$response['width'] = (int) $meta['width'];
}
if ( isset( $meta['height'] ) ) {
$response['height'] = (int) $meta['height'];
}
}
if ( $meta && ( 'audio' === $type || 'video' === $type ) ) {
if ( isset( $meta['length_formatted'] ) ) {
$response['fileLength'] = $meta['length_formatted'];
$response['fileLengthHumanReadable'] = human_readable_duration( $meta['length_formatted'] );
}
$response['meta'] = array();
foreach ( wp_get_attachment_id3_keys( $attachment, 'js' ) as $key => $label ) {
$response['meta'][ $key ] = false;
if ( ! empty( $meta[ $key ] ) ) {
$response['meta'][ $key ] = $meta[ $key ];
}
}
$id = get_post_thumbnail_id( $attachment->ID );
if ( ! empty( $id ) ) {
list( $src, $width, $height ) = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $id, 'full' );
$response['image'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
list( $src, $width, $height ) = wp_get_attachment_image_src( $id, 'thumbnail' );
$response['thumb'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
} else {
$src = wp_mime_type_icon( $attachment->ID );
$width = 48;
$height = 64;
$response['image'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
$response['thumb'] = compact( 'src', 'width', 'height' );
}
}
if ( function_exists( 'get_compat_media_markup' ) ) {
$response['compat'] = get_compat_media_markup( $attachment->ID, array( 'in_modal' => true ) );
}
if ( function_exists( 'get_media_states' ) ) {
$media_states = get_media_states( $attachment );
if ( ! empty( $media_states ) ) {
$response['mediaStates'] = implode( ', ', $media_states );
}
}
/**
* Filters the attachment data prepared for JavaScript.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param array $response Array of prepared attachment data. @see wp_prepare_attachment_for_js().
* @param WP_Post $attachment Attachment object.
* @param array|false $meta Array of attachment meta data, or false if there is none.
*/
return apply_filters( 'wp_prepare_attachment_for_js', $response, $attachment, $meta );
}
/**
* Enqueues all scripts, styles, settings, and templates necessary to use
* all media JS APIs.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @global int $content_width
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
*
* @param array $args {
* Arguments for enqueuing media scripts.
*
* @type int|WP_Post $post Post ID or post object.
* }
*/
function wp_enqueue_media( $args = array() ) {
// Enqueue me just once per page, please.
if ( did_action( 'wp_enqueue_media' ) ) {
return;
}
global $content_width, $wpdb, $wp_locale;
$defaults = array(
'post' => null,
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
/*
* We're going to pass the old thickbox media tabs to `media_upload_tabs`
* to ensure plugins will work. We will then unset those tabs.
*/
$tabs = array(
// handler action suffix => tab label
'type' => '',
'type_url' => '',
'gallery' => '',
'library' => '',
);
/** This filter is documented in wp-admin/includes/media.php */
$tabs = apply_filters( 'media_upload_tabs', $tabs );
unset( $tabs['type'], $tabs['type_url'], $tabs['gallery'], $tabs['library'] );
$props = array(
'link' => get_option( 'image_default_link_type' ), // DB default is 'file'.
'align' => get_option( 'image_default_align' ), // Empty default.
'size' => get_option( 'image_default_size' ), // Empty default.
);
$exts = array_merge( wp_get_audio_extensions(), wp_get_video_extensions() );
$mimes = get_allowed_mime_types();
$ext_mimes = array();
foreach ( $exts as $ext ) {
foreach ( $mimes as $ext_preg => $mime_match ) {
if ( preg_match( '#' . $ext . '#i', $ext_preg ) ) {
$ext_mimes[ $ext ] = $mime_match;
break;
}
}
}
/**
* Allows showing or hiding the "Create Audio Playlist" button in the media library.
*
* By default, the "Create Audio Playlist" button will always be shown in
* the media library. If this filter returns `null`, a query will be run
* to determine whether the media library contains any audio items. This
* was the default behavior prior to version 4.8.0, but this query is
* expensive for large media libraries.
*
* @since 4.7.4
* @since 4.8.0 The filter's default value is `true` rather than `null`.
*
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/31071
*
* @param bool|null $show Whether to show the button, or `null` to decide based
* on whether any audio files exist in the media library.
*/
$show_audio_playlist = apply_filters( 'media_library_show_audio_playlist', true );
if ( null === $show_audio_playlist ) {
$show_audio_playlist = $wpdb->get_var(
"SELECT ID
FROM $wpdb->posts
WHERE post_type = 'attachment'
AND post_mime_type LIKE 'audio%'
LIMIT 1"
);
}
/**
* Allows showing or hiding the "Create Video Playlist" button in the media library.
*
* By default, the "Create Video Playlist" button will always be shown in
* the media library. If this filter returns `null`, a query will be run
* to determine whether the media library contains any video items. This
* was the default behavior prior to version 4.8.0, but this query is
* expensive for large media libraries.
*
* @since 4.7.4
* @since 4.8.0 The filter's default value is `true` rather than `null`.
*
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/31071
*
* @param bool|null $show Whether to show the button, or `null` to decide based
* on whether any video files exist in the media library.
*/
$show_video_playlist = apply_filters( 'media_library_show_video_playlist', true );
if ( null === $show_video_playlist ) {
$show_video_playlist = $wpdb->get_var(
"SELECT ID
FROM $wpdb->posts
WHERE post_type = 'attachment'
AND post_mime_type LIKE 'video%'
LIMIT 1"
);
}
/**
* Allows overriding the list of months displayed in the media library.
*
* By default (if this filter does not return an array), a query will be
* run to determine the months that have media items. This query can be
* expensive for large media libraries, so it may be desirable for sites to
* override this behavior.
*
* @since 4.7.4
*
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/31071
*
* @param stdClass[]|null $months An array of objects with `month` and `year`
* properties, or `null` for default behavior.
*/
$months = apply_filters( 'media_library_months_with_files', null );
if ( ! is_array( $months ) ) {
$months = $wpdb->get_results(
$wpdb->prepare(
"SELECT DISTINCT YEAR( post_date ) AS year, MONTH( post_date ) AS month
FROM $wpdb->posts
WHERE po